Location via proxy:   [ UP ]  
[Report a bug]   [Manage cookies]                

Vocab PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 546

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 419 437 FL 801 237

AUTHOR Nadell, Judith; Johnson, Beth; Langan, Paul


TITLE Vocabulary Basics.
ISBN ISBN-0-944210-40-6
PUB DATE 1998-00-00
NOTE 544p.
AVAILABLE FROM Townsend Press, Inc., 1038 Industrial Drive, West Berlin, NJ
08053.
PUB TYPE Guides Classroom Learner (051) Guides Classroom
Teacher (052)
EDRS PRICE MF02/PC22 Plus Postage.
DESCRIPTORS Adult Literacy; Adult Students; *English (Second Language);
High School Equivalency Programs; Learning Activities;
Second Language Instruction; Second Language Learning; Skill
Development; Teaching Guides; *Vocabulary Development

ABSTRACT
This book is a guide to teaching English vocabulary to
second-language learners. The book is divided into 30 chapters that teach 240
critical words. This vocabulary includes what English-as-a-Second-Language
(ESL), adult literacy, and pre-general equivalency diploma students need to
get ahead in today's competitive world. The guide's distinctive features
include these: (1) an intensive words-in-context approach; (2) abundant and
varied practice; (3) a focus on essential. words; (4) sensitivity to students'
needs, appealing content; (5) a clear format; and (6) helpful supplements.
The guide is one in a series that includes "Building Vocabulary Skills,"
"Improving Vocabulary Skills," "Advancing Vocabulary Skills," and
"Instructors Manual." (JL)

********************************************************************************
* Reproductions supplied by EDRS are the best that can be made *
* from the original document. *
********************************************************************************
/II A D A A

I
NIA

1
t
'VA

V PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE AND

1. DISSEMINATE THIS MATERIAL HAS


BEEN GRANTED BY

I e SD Veae...

TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES


INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)

U S DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION
Office of Educational Research and Improvement
EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES INFORMATION
CENTER (ERIC)

4 This document has been reproduced as


received from the person or organization
originating it
O Minor changes have been made to
improve reproduction quality

i Points of view or opinions stated in this


document do not necessarily represent
official OERI position or policy

it 'I . II A A Ai
PRONUNCIATION GUIDE

Many of the words in this book will be new to you. To help you say (or pronounce) the words, the book gives
information after each word. For example, the information for the word labor is (lay-bur). Here is how to use
that information with the guide in the box below.
I To pronounce the 1 in lay-bur, look for the letter 1 in the guide. It tells you that the I in labor is pronounced
like the / in the simple word let. To pronounce the ay, look under "A sounds" in the guide. You will see that
ay is sounded like the ay in the simple word say. The guide also tells you that b sounds like the b in the
simple word big, and ur sounds like the ur in fur.
2 You learn that labor is a word made up of two syllables. A syllable (sil-uh-buhl) is a part of a word that can be
said by itself. The word hat has one syllable. The word labor has two syllables: la and bor.
3 When a word has two or more syllables, one syllable is said a bit more strongly than the others. In this book,
the strong, or stressed, syllable is shown in boldfaced letters: lay-but
4 Some words of three or more syllables have one syllable that gets a lighter stress. This syllable will be shown
in italic letters. For example, the word volunteer is pronounced vol -uhn -teer. The last syllable, teer, is said
most strongly, and a bit of stress is put on the first syllable, vol, as well.

A sounds Other sounds


a (short a) hat b big, crib
ay (long a) say, made, paid ch cheese, catch
ah calm d do, head
air bear, care
ff fall, stuff, laugh
ar card
aw all, law g give, dog
he
E sounds
ten
jump, edge
e (short e)
ee (long e) she, feet, these, teacher k kiss, cat, back
let, call
I sounds
i (short i) sit m meet, comb
ii (long i) hi, ice, pie n new, fun, sign, know
ihr here, near ng song
0 sounds p put, trip
o (short o) lot red, dear
oh (long o) go, rope, row, toe s sell
oi oil, boy ss kiss, face, yes
or for
sh shine, dish, sure
ou out, now
t top, hat
00 sounds th thin, bath
u (short oo) put, book
Till the, bathe
00 (long oo) cool, lose, new, juice
very, have
U sounds w way, when
uh (short u) up; about, item, easily,
y yes
reason, circus
yoo (long u) use, cure z zero, has, lose
ur fur, teacher zh usual

3
A Pragew for Inotrusetors

Thank you for your interest in the Townsend Press vocabulary seriesperhaps the most widely-
used vocabulary books on the educational market today. Our goal in this series has been to
produce nothing less than excellent books at nothing more than reasonable prices.

Al ut the cok
You might look first at the introduction to students (page 1), which immediately makes clear just
why vocabulary study is important. Students are presented with a series of reasons for developing
a strong vocabulary. The back cover as well convinces students that "a good vocabulary
matters"in school, at work, and in life.
Next, you might turn to the preface, starting on page vii, which describes in detail the nine
distinctive features of the book.
Paging then through the text, you'll see that a second color is used throughout to make
material as inviting as possible. You'll note, too, that while each chapter takes up only six pages,
those pages contain a great deal of hands-on practice to help ensure that students master each
word. And you'll find that the practice materials themselves are far more carefully done, and more
appealing, than the run-of-the-mill items you typically find in a skills text. The quality and interest
level of the content will help students truly learn the words, without either boring them or
insulting their intelligence.

Supp ments to the ooh


Adding to the value of Vocabulary Basics, which has a net price of only $7.90, is the quality of the
supplements:

o An Instructor's Edition, which you hold in your hand. The Instructor's Edition is identical to the
student text except that it includes (in italic type) the answers to all of the practices and tests.
A combined Instructor's Manual and Test Bank, free with adoptions of 20 or more copies. This
booklet contains a general vocabulary placement test as well as a pretest and a posttest for the
book and for each of the five units in the text. It also includes teaching guidelines, an answer
key, and an additional mastery test for each chapter.
o Computer disks, which provide additional testing materials for the words in the book. Free with
adoptions of 200 or more copies, the disks contain a number of user- and instructor-friendly
features: 1) actual pronunciations of each word; 2) brief explanations of answers; 3) frequent
mention of the user's first name; 4) a running score at the bottom of the screen; and 5) a record-
keeping file.

Adopters of the book can obtain any of these supplements by calling our toll-free number,
1-800-772-6410, or by writing or faxing Townsend Press at the numbers shown on page iv.

(Continues on next page)

4
Key Features of the
An intensive words-in-context approach. Each new word is presented in ten different
settings. Practices include sentence-completion activities and high-interest passages. And to
develop "ownership" of the new words, students are also asked to use the words in speaking and
writing situations. No comparable book gives such sustained attention to the words-in-context
approach.
o Sensitivity to the needs of basic students. Words and pronunciations are presented in easy-to-
understand ways, sentence structure is kept simple, and paragraphs are kept brief. The book's
numerous writing and speaking activities give basic students the extra practice they need to
master the new words. And the book uses a friendly, accessible tone that never condescends.
Focus on essential words. A good deal of time went into selecting the 240 words featured in
the book. Word frequency lists were consulted, along with lists in a wide range of vocabulary
books. A long process of research and discussion resulted in a list of words that students
working at a basic level would find most helpful.
Varied practice and appealing content. The wide variety of activities keeps students
motivated. The lively, realistic, and even humorous practice materials grab students' attention
and enhance learning. A special effort has been made to provide positive and humanistic
materialsones that recognize and even celebrate the goodness in people and in everyday life.

A Comprehensive Vocabulary Program


There are eight books in the Townsend Press vocabulary series:
Vocabulary Basics (reading level 4-6)
Groundwork for a Better Vocabulary, 2/e (reading level 5-8)
Building Vocabulary Skills, 2/e (reading level 7-9)
Improving Vocabulary Skills, 2/e (reading level 9-11)
Advancing Vocabulary Skills, 2/e (reading level 11-13)
Building Vocabulary Skills, Short Version, 2/e (reading level 7-9)
Improving Vocabulary Skills, Short Version, 2/e (reading level 9-11)
o Advancing Vocabulary Skills, Short Version, 2/e (reading level 11-13)
Note that the short versions of the Building, Improving, and Advancing books are limited to 200
words, as opposed to the 260 words and 40 word parts in each of the long versions. For some
students and classes, the short versions of these books will provide an easier, more manageable
approach to vocabulary development.
Instructor's Edition

SIGS

JUDITH HAD=
SETH I-OHNSON
PAUL LANG_AN

iM)
TOWNSEND PRESS Marlton, NJ 08053
Books in the Townsend Press Vocabulary Series:
VOCABULARY BASICS
GROUNDWORK FOR A BETTER VOCABULARY, 2/e
BUILDING VOCABULARY SKILLS, 2/e
IMPROVING VOCABULARY SKILLS, 2/e
ADVANCING VOCABULARY SKILLS, 2/e
BUILDING VOCABULARY SKILLS, SHORT VERSION, 2/e
IMPROVING VOCABULARY SKILLS, SHORT VERSION, 2/e
ADVANCING VOCABULARY SKILLS, SHORT VERSION, 2/e

Books in the Townsend Press Reading Series:


GROUNDWORK FOR COLLEGE READING, 2/e
KEYS TO BETTER COLLEGE READING
TEN STEPS TO BUILDING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, FORM A, 2/e
TEN STEPS TO BUILDING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, FORM B, 2/e
TEN STEPS TO IMPROVING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, 3/e
IMPROVING READING COMPREHENSION SKILLS
TEN STEPS TO ADVANCING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, 2/e

Supplements Available for Most Books:


Instructor's Edition
Instructor's Manual, Test Bank, and Computer Guide
Set of Computer Disks (IBM or Macintosh)

Copyright 1998 by Townsend Press, Inc.


Printed in the United States of America
ISBN 0-944210-40-6
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 I

All rights reserved. No part of this work may be


reproduced in any form without permission in writing
from the publisher. Send requests to:
Townsend Press, Inc.
Pavilions at Greentree-408
Marlton, New Jersey 08053

Send book orders to:


Townsend Press
1038 Industrial Drive
West Berlin, New Jersey 08091
For even faster service, call us at our toll-free number:
1-800-772-6410

Or FAX your request to:


1-609-753-0649

ISBN 0-944210-40-6
Contenes
Note: For ease of reference, the titles of the reading selections in each chapter are included.

To the Instructor vii

To the Student 1

UNIT ONE
Chapter 1 The Nose Knows / Barbie: A Bad Example? 8
Chapter 2 Feeling Blue / A Late Love Letter 14
Chapter 3 Ads That Lie / Horrible Hiccups! 20
Chapter 4 An Upsetting Dream / A King's Mistake 26
Chapter 5 Be Proud of Your Age! / Making Anger Work for You 32
Chapter 6 How Not to Treat Customers / Stuck in the Middle 38

Unit One Review Activities 44

UNIT TWO
Chapter 7 The Joy of Ice Cream / A Noisy Apartment 56
Chapter 8 Nuts in the Senate / Calling Dr. Leech 62
Chapter 9 TV and Violence / Are You Ready for a Pet? 68
Chapter 10 Help for Shy People / Not a Laughing Matter 74
Chapter 11 Taking Risks / Bad Manners Hurt Everyone 80
Chapter 12 Two Different Sisters / How "Honest Abe" Earned His Name 86

Unit Two Review Activities 92

UNIT THREE
Chapter 13 Ready to Do Well / Advertising for a Date 104
Chapter 14 The Good and Bad Sides of Malls / As Good As It Looks? 110
Chapter 15 A Belief in Flying / She Tries Before She Buys 116
Chapter 16 Play Now, Pay Later / A Man of Many Faces 122
Chapter 17 Soaps Are for Me! / Keeping the Customer Happy 128
Chapter 18 A Fake "Cure" / The Jobs Everyone Hates 134

Unit Three Review Activities 140

a
Vi Contents

UNIT FOUR
Chapter 19 A Young Librarian / No More Harm 152
Chapter 20 Is He Man or Machine? / Struck by Lightning 158
Chapter 21 Whose Fault Is It? / Forests Full of Life 164
Chapter 22 An Animal in Danger / The Simple Life of the Amish 170
Chapter 23 Taking a Break with TV / Working and Living Together 176
Chapter 24 The Horror of Hate / Taking Time for Thanks 182

Unit Four Review Activities 188

UNIT FIVE
Chapter 25 A Surprising Change / Just for Fun 200
Chapter 26 Little Lies / Rudeness at the Movies 206
Chapter 27 The Truth About Drinking / A Life Out of Balance 212
Chapter 28 Animals Were First / Call WaitingOh, No! 218
Chapter 29 A Cab Driver for Now / Thoughts at the Mall 224
Chapter 30 The Birth of the American Red Cross / To Spank or Not to Spank? 230

Unit Five Review Activities 236

FO EXT A HELP
Forming Verb Tenses 249

Making Nouns Plural 252

Limited Answer Key 253

Word List 257


ghe LSOgnSegOT

In all likelihood, the students you teach have severely limited vocabularies. Some have come to this
country as adults, and their day-to-day struggles in an unfamiliar culture have left them little time to
acquire more than the most basic vocabulary. Others, although born in this country, have been short-
changed by the educational system. Often with undiagnosed or poorly understood learning problems,
they were pushed from grade to grade and missed consistent instruction in vocabulary development.
Still others received a solid enough education but never developed strong vocabularies because they
were raised in homes where televisionnot reading or conversationwas the favored pastime.
In the long run, it makes no difference why your students have limited vocabularies. The results
are the same: Self-conscious about their limited vocabularies, students hesitate to take steps on their
own behalflike continuing in school or applying for a better job. Not knowing enough words, they
are unable to meet the demands of school and the workplace.
Vocabulary Basics provides a practical answer to your students' vocabulary problem. In the
course of 30 chapters, Vocabulary Basics teaches 240 critical wordsthe words that ESL, adult-
literacy, and pre-GED students need to get ahead in today's competitive world. Here are the book's
distinctive features:
1 An intensive words-in-context approach. Studies show that students learn words best by
encountering them repeatedly in different contexts, not through rote memorization. The book
gives students a concentrated in-context experience by presenting each new word in seven
different settings. Each of the thirty chapters takes students through the following series of
steps:

O Students start by inferring the meaning of each word as it appears in two sentences. On the
basis of their inferences, they choose the closest meaning from three multiple-choice
options.
Then, armed with a basic understanding of the new words, students are ready to match each
word to its meaning.
Next, they strengthen their understanding of the word by applying it in four different words-
in-context practices, including sentence-completion activities and high-interest fill-in-the-
blank passages.
Last, to lock in their mastery of the new words, students are asked to come up with their
own endings for eight practice sentences, each of which includes one of the new words. At
this point, students will be so comfortable with the words that they will have little trouble
using them in this challenging writing-speaking activity.
Each encounter with a word brings it closer to becoming part of the student's permanent word
bank. No comparable vocabulary book gives such sustained attention to the words-in-context
approach.
10 vii
V900 To the Instructor

2 Abundant and varied practice. Along with extensive practice in each chapter, unit tests at
the end of every six chapters provide students with three additional chances to work with the
words in a unit. By the end of the book, then, students will have worked with each new word
ten times. Moreover, Chapters 2 through 30 repeat words from earlier chapters (such repeated
words are marked with small circles like this°), allowing for even more reinforcement. Many
unit activitiesfor example, synonym and antonym practices and crossword puzzlesare
completely different from those found in the chapters. This variety keeps students motivated
and ensures their mastery of the words. All this practice makes it possible for students to learn
in the best possible way: by working closely and repeatedly with the new words. No
comparable book provides so much and such varied reinforcement.
3 Focus on essential words. A good deal of time went into selecting the 240 words featured in
the book. We started by consulting word frequency lists, along with lists in a wide range of
vocabulary books. In addition, each of usas well as our editorsprepared a list of words. A
computer was used to consolidate these many word lists. Then a long process of group
discussion led to final decisions about the words that would be most helpful for students
working at a basic level.
4 Sensitivity to students' needs. The book gives careful attention to the special needs of basic
students.
The simplified pronunciation guide at the front of the book and in each chapter is free of the
strange-looking pronunciation symbols that many people, particularly basic students, find so
confusing. Instead, easily understood letters and letter combinations are used to show
students how to sound out each new word.
Throughout, we have aimed for a tone that is friendly and accessible, but never
condescending.
O Recognizing that basic students often have difficulty processing long sentences and
paragraphs, we have kept sentence structure uncomplicated and paragraphs brief.
.0 Whenever a word has multiple meanings (for example, delicate, meaning "easily broken" or
"requiring care and skill"), we use the meaning that basic students are most likely to
encounter and thus find helpful. (In this case, the meaning "easily broken" is the one we use.)
Many basic students have difficulty with verbs: they have trouble remembering the correct
form of the third-person singular in the present tense and the correct endings of the past and
progressive tenses. Their tendency is to omit, respectively, the -s, -ed, and -ing endings. For
example, when adding a new verb, such as insist, to their vocabulary, they will often write
(and sometimes say), "My friend always insist I drive when we go out," "Last night, I insist
that we buy a new radio," and "I got tired of insist that my kids clean their rooms." So in the
"Learning Eight New Words" section, whenever a new word is a verb, we usually provide
the verb's base form (insist) in the first sentence and the third-person singular present tense,
past tense, or progressive form in subsequent sentences. Through repeated exposure,
students become familiar with the correct way to form verbs. To help them even further, we
include at the end of the book (see pages 249-251) a chart summarizing the more
troublesome verb forms.
To dispel students' belief that the words in Vocabulary Basics are removed from their
everyday lives, we deliberately use the second-person point of view in many of the book's
activities and passages. Seeing unfamiliar words in material that refers to "you" helps
students see the relevance of the words to their own lives.
i.
11
To the Instructor iX

Finally, the last activity in each chapter and in each unit review encourages students'
ownership of the words even further. These activities ask students to use the new words
when writing and speaking. Indeed, what better way is there for students to "own" a new
word than to use it on paper or in conversation? However, basic students are often at a loss
when asked to write or say a sentence using a new word. Throughout the book, then, we
provide considerable help when it's time for students to generate their own material. For
example, the last activity in each chapter has students devise only endings for partial
sentences already containing the new words. Such a structured approach gives students the
help they need to get moving in the right direction. Similarly, the final activity in each unit
review provides students with help as they get ready to create their own sentencesthis
time, from scratch. In this instance, we provide suggested topics that students can draw upon
when writing or saying their sentences.
Consider, for example, our item for the word comfortable: "Using the word
comfortable, write or talk about a time you made someone feel relaxed and at ease. Perhaps
you invited a new neighbor to dinner, took the time to show a coworker around on the first
day on the job, or helped a relative feel less nervous about going into the hospital." If
students were simply told "Make up a sentence using the word comfortable," they might
come up with something like this: "I feel comfortable in my English class." Of course, such
a sentence doesn't demonstrate students' understanding of the word. Comfortable could
mean "upset" or "angry" or "bored." Our suggestions encourage students to generate
sentences that show they truly understand the new words. Some students may follow our
suggestions closely; others may use our suggestions to spark topics of their own. In either
case, our "prompts" help students write or say sentences that demonstrate their genuine
understanding of the new words.
5 Appealing content. Dull practice exercises work against learning, while relevant, lively, even
humorous materials grab students' attention and enhance learning. For this reason, we put
considerable effort into creating activities and passages with widespread appeal. Throughout,
we have tried to make the material enjoyable for teachers and students alike. Look for a
moment at the sentences on pages 10 and 28, and at the reading passages on pages 12,30-31,
and 42. When field-testing the material, we found that students especially enjoyed the often
playful quality of the "Showing You Understand the Words" activity (see pages 11 and 17, for
example).
6 Clear format. Vocabulary Basics has been designed so that its very format contributes to the
learning process. Each chapter consists of three two-page spreads. In the first two-page spread
(see pages 8-9), students can easily refer to all eight new words when completing the
matching activity. In the second two-page spread (see pages 10-11), students can refer to a
box that shows all eight words while working on the "Adding One Word" and "Adding Two
Words" activities. In the third two-page spread (see pages 12-13), they can cross out the
words in the box when filling in the blanks in the reading passages. The book's format is
equally attentive to the needs of the instructor. For instance, to facilitate grading, including use
of the Scantron, students can mark answer spaces with the letter of the word or with the word
itself.

7 Helpful supplements. An Instructor's Edition containing answers to all the activities and
tests in the student book as well as teaching guidelines is available at no charge to instructors
adopting the text. Also available is a computer disk containing additional tests for each
vocabulary chapter; these tests feature actual pronunciatts of the words.
X To the Instructor

8 Realistic pricing. While Vocabulary Basics is comprehensive enough to serve as a primary


text, its modest price ($7.90 net) also makes it an inexpensive supplement in basic reading,
writing, pre-GED, and ESL classes.
9 One in a sequence of books. Vocabulary Basics is the most fundamental book in the
Townsend Press vocabulary series. It is followed by Groundwork for a Better Vocabulary (a
slightly more advanced basic text), Building Vocabulary Skills (an even more advanced basic
text), Improving Vocabulary Skills (an intermediate text), and Advancing Vocabulary Skills (an
advanced text). There are also short versions of the last three books. Suggested reading levels
for the books are included in the Instructor's Manual. Together, the books create a
comprehensive vocabulary program that will make any student a better reader, writer, and
thinker.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
A number of people provided valuable assistance as the three of us worked on Vocabulary Basics. Our
thanks go to Susan G. Hamson, whose word-processing abilities eased the demands of the project.
Eliza Comodromos assisted at the very end by fine-tuning some of the questions and activities. Susan
Gamer helped by drafting several sets of lively practice materials and by proofreading the completed
manuscript. We appreciate as well the extraordinary design, editing, and proofreading skills of the
multi-talented Janet M. Goldstein. Final thanks go to Carole Mohr, co-author of the other books in the
Townsend Press vocabulary series. Her rigorous and insightful editing identified the changes that were
needed to make the book as helpful as possible to ESL, adult-literacy, and pre-GED students.

Judith Nadel
Beth Johnson
Paul Langan

13
e Pst

WHY A GOOD VOCABULARY MATTERS


At one time or another, you have probably heard someone say, "It's important to have a good
vocabulary." Wanting to be polite, you may have agreed. But perhaps you really wanted to ask, "Why
is having a good vocabulary important?" Here are five reasons why.
1 Knowing a lot of words makes it easier for you to understand others and for others to
understand you. Have you ever had trouble following what someone else was saying?
Maybe you found it hard to understand a television news report. Perhaps you could not
understand a doctor's instructions for completing a medical form. Maybe you could not figure
out what family members meant when they talked about an election. If you are like most
people, you probably got upset when you didn't understand what was being said.
It can also be difficult to tell others what you are thinking and feeling when you don't
know enough words. Maybe the words will not come when you are writing a letter to a sick
neighbor. Perhaps you have a hard time explaining to relatives why you were hurt by
something they did. Maybe you have trouble telling friends why you are so excited about your
new apartment.
As your vocabulary gets larger, you will not have to work so hard to understand others
or to make others understand you. That, in turn, will make your life much easier.
2 A good vocabulary is the key to understanding what you read. If you don't know enough
words, you are going to have trouble figuring out the meaning of what you read. One or two
words whose meanings you don't know may not stop you. However, if there are many words
you don't know, it will be hard for you to understand what you read. With a strong vocabulary,
you will get more out of newspapers, magazines, booksor anything else you want to read.
3 A large vocabulary can help you score higher on tests. Vocabulary is an important part of
many testsfor example, the GED exam, college entrance exams, armed forces tests, and job
placement tests. Why is that? It's because the people who make up these exams know that
vocabulary helps measure what you already know and how easily you can learn new
information in the future. The more words you know, the better you will do on these exams.

14 1
2 To the Student

4 A solid vocabulary will help you do better in school and at work. Knowing many words
makes you a better reader, writer, speaker, listener, and thinker. These are the skills you need
to do well in the classroom and on the job. In school, having a good vocabulary helps you
understand your textbooks, classmates, and teachers. And in the world of work, a good
vocabulary counts as never before. More and more, workers are being asked to change jobs
and learn new skills. Knowing how to learn quickly is the key to doing well in this fast-
changing world. A good vocabulary makes it easier for you to understand new ideas so you
can get ahead on the joband stay there.
5 A strong vocabulary helps you believe in yourself. Sometimes people who don't have large
vocabularies feel they don't have what it takes to do well in today's world. They may sit
quietly in the back of the classroom, nervous about joining in. They may hear about an
interesting job opening but be afraid to apply. Having a strong vocabulary helps you feel you
have what it takes to make your life better. In other words, having a strong vocabulary helps
you build confidence. What is confidence? It is the belief that you can do things you used to
think you would never be able to do.
Now you know why it is so important to have a good vocabulary. The next few pages tell how
this book will help you build a strong vocabularyone that can unlock doors that used to be tightly
closed.

HOW VOCABULARY BASICS IS DIFFERENT FROM OTHER OOKS


The way most books try to build vocabulary is by asking students to memorize lists of words. But
people usually forget memorized lists quickly. To learn a word really well, you must see and use it a
number of times. Vocabulary Basics gives you the chance to use the new words in each chapter seven
different ways. By the end of each chapter, you will easily remember what the new words mean
because you will have used them so many times.

UNDERSTANDING THE OOK AS A WHOLE

Inside Front Cover and Contents


By filling in the blanks below, you will understand how the book is organized. First, turn to the inside
front cover. As you can see, the inside front cover provides a chart called Pronunciation Guide
. This chart will help you figure out how to say the
vocabulary words in the book. Next, turn to the Table of Contents on pages vvi. There are thirty

chapters in the book and a unit review after every six chapters. At the end of the last unit
review, there are four short sections. The first section shows how to form verb tenses. The second
gives information on making nouns plural . The third section is a
Limited Answer Key . The fourth section is a list of the words
in the book.

15
To the Student 3
UNDERSTANDING EACH CHAPTER
Now it's time to turn to the first chapter in the book, on pages 8-13. This chapter, like all the others
(except for the unit reviews), has seven parts. Each part is described below.

I. Learning Eight New Words


The first part of the chapter (see pages 8-9) is called "Learning Eight New Words." The left-hand
column lists eight boldfaced words. Underneath, you are shown how to say, or pronounce, each
boldfaced word. For example, here is how to say agreement, the first word on page 8: uh-gree-muhnt.
(Remember: for help on how to say the new words, see the guide on the inside front cover.)
After showing how to say the boldfaced word, the chapter gives the word's part of speech. What
part of speech is agreement? It is a noun. The vocabulary words in this book are mostly nouns,
adjectives, and verbs. Nouns are words used to name somethinga person, place, thing, or idea. The
words boyfriend, city, hat, and truth are all nouns. Adjectives are words that describe nouns, as in the
following word pairs: old boyfriend, large city, red hat, whole truth. Many of the words in this book
are verbs, words that show action. They tell what someone or something is doing. The words ask, buy,
drive, learn, and sing are all verbs.
To the right of each boldfaced word are two sentences that will help you understand its meaning.
And below the sentences are three possible meanings for the boldfaced word. From among the three
choices, you select the answer that has the closest meaning to that of the boldfaced word. In each
sentence, the other words near the boldfaced wordthe contextwill give clues that help you figure
out the meaning of the boldfaced word. There are four kinds of context clues: examples, words with
similar meanings, words with opposite meanings, and the meaning of the sentence as a whole. Each
kind of context clue is described below.

Examples
A sentence may have examples that help explain the meaning of the boldfaced word. For
instance, take a look at the following sentence (from Chapter 1) and note how the examples (in
italics) help explain the meaning of the word agreement:
After fighting for hours, the little girls made an agreement to share their toys.
The sentence gives an example of an agreementsharing toys. To figure out what agreement
means, think about the example. What would it mean if two children said they would share their
toys? Now look at the three answer choices below. On the answer line to the left, write the letter
of the answer you think is right.
Agreement means a. fight b. question c. promise
The examples make it clear that the two girls have made a promise to each other, so c is the
correct answer.

Words with Similar Meanings


Words with the same or almost the same meaning are called synonyms (sin-uh-nimz). For
example, the words joyful, happy, and pleased are synonyms because they all mean about the
same thing. Synonyms often give clues about the meaning of a nearby unknown word. Look at

16
4 To the Student

the following sentence (from Chapter 1) and note how the synonym (in italics) helps explain the
meaning of the word prepare:
Last year, I prepared all kinds of interesting dishes for our holiday dinner. But this year,
I'm going to relax and let someone else make the meal.
Instead of using prepare again in the second sentence, the writer uses the synonym make. Now
choose the letter of the right answer.
Prepare means a. get ready b. watch c. leave
Since both prepare the meal and make the meal mean "get the meal ready," answer a is correct.

Words with Opposite Meanings


Words with opposite or almost opposite meanings are called antonyms (an-toh-nimz). For
example, help and hurt are antonyms, as are work and rest. Antonyms can help you figure out the
meanings of new words. How? By giving the opposite meaning of an unknown word, an antonym
makes it easier to figure out what a new word means. Look at the following sentence from
Chapter 1 and note how the antonym (in italics) helps explain the meaning of the word cancel.
Then look at the three answer choices below and select the best answer.
I had planned to see the doctor today, but I feel so much better that I think I will cancel my
visit there.
Cancel means a. remember b. not do as planned c. get ready for
The sentence says that the writer had planned to see the doctor but now will cancel the visit. You
can guess, then, that cancel has the opposite meaning of plan to. So b is the correct answer.

The Meaning of the Sentence as a Whole


Sometimes there is no example, synonym, or antonym in a sentence. But even without these
clues, you can figure out what a boldfaced word means by studying the meaning of the sentence
as a whole. For example, look at the following sentence (from Chapter 1) and see if you can
decide on the meaning of the word flexible simply by studying the rest of the sentence:
The new lamp next to my bed has a long neck that is so flexible it can be moved any way I
want.
Flexible means a. able to bend b. real c. heavy
It's clear that the neck of the new lamp must be able to bend in different ways. So a is the correct
answer.

As you go through the "Learning Eight New Words" sections, look closely at the two sentences
given for each word and at the answer choices. As you figure out the meaning of each word, you are
doing what's needed to understand and remember the word. Working with the word in this way and
seeing how it is used in a sentence are the keys to completing the rest of the chapter.

17
To the Student 5

2. Matching Words with Meanings


The second part of the chapter (see page 9) is called "Matching Words with Meanings." Often it is not
enough to see how a word is used in a sentence. To understand a word fully, most people need to see
the meaning, or definition, of the word. The matching activity gives the meaning of each new word,
but it also makes you look for and think about each meaning. This is the best way to learn and
remember a word. Now look at the Be Careful note that follows the matching activity. This note
reminds you that you should not move on to the rest of the chapter until you are sure that you know
the correct meaning of each word.

3. Adding One Word to an Rem


The third part of the chapter (see page 10) is called "Adding One Word to a Sentence." This section,
with eight sentences, gives you a chance to show how well you understand the new words. After
placing one word in each sentence, be sure to check your answers in the Limited Answer Key at the
back of the book. Checking your answers will help you see if you really know the words. If you do,
you are ready to complete the rest of the activities, for which answers are not given.

4. Adding Two Words to an nem


The fourth part (see page 10) is called "Adding Two Words to a Sentence." This activity is a bit more
difficult because you have to see which two words fit best in a sentence. The extra work you do to find
the right answers will help you learn the words.

5. Showing You Understand the Words


The fifth part (see page 11), called "Showing You Understand the Words," is made up of two sets of
four items. Each item uses one of the chapter's new words. By completing an item or by answering the
question asked by an item, you show that you truly understand what the word means. You will, we
think, have a lot of fun doing this activity.

6. Adding Words to a Reading


The sixth part (see page 12), called "Adding Words to a Reading," has two interesting readings. By
choosing the right word to fill in each blank, you get a good idea of the way the new words can be
used in a paragraph.

7. Using the Words When Writing and Talking


The seventh part (see page 13) is called "Using the Words When Writing and Talking." By coming up
with your own ending for each item, you will be well on the way to making the words part of your
everyday vocabulary.
At the end of the seventh part, you will find a box where you can enter your scores for "Adding
One Word to an Item" through "Adding Words to a Reading." To get your score for each part, count
how many you got right. Then look at the "Number right" explanation below the box to see what your
score is for that part. You should also enter your scores on the Vocabulary Performance Chart found
on the inside back cover of the book.
15
6 To the Student

Now you know how the chapters in Vocabulary Basics are organized. As you have seen, every
chapter gives you the chance to work with the new words seven times. Each time you complete an
activity, you get closer to making the new words part of your everyday vocabulary. And to give you
even more practice, almost every chapter repeats some words from earlier chapters. (These repeated
words are marked with small circleslike this°. If you are not sure of the meaning of a repeated word,
turn to the Word List on pages 257-258. There you will find the page on which the word was first
used.) In short, you will have plenty of chances to learnand relearnthe words.

UNDERSTANDING THE UNIT REVIEWS


As you saw earlier, there is a unit review at the end of every six chapters. Each unit review offers six
different kinds of activitieseverything from crossword puzzles to sentence writing. All in all, you
will have the chance to practice each word in the unit three more times. When you finish the unit
reviews, you will have worked at least ten times with each word in the book. By then, you should
know the words so well that you will be ready to use them whenever you want.
Take a moment to look at the instructions for the final activity in the unit reviews (see page 53,
for example). Note that when doing this final activity, you should "feel free to use any tense of a
boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural." For example, for the verb assist, you might
use a number of different tenses: "My family assists me when I have trouble with my schoolwork,"
"Last summer, I assisted my uncle with the opening of his new store," or "For two weeks, my friends
have been assisting me with plans for the party." For the noun volunteer, you might use the plural
form and write or say, "Two volunteers came to the school to talk about fire safety."
Like many people, you may have trouble remembering the correct form of some verb tenses and
the correct plural form of some nouns. So, when doing this final activity, you will probably find it
helpful to look at the charts on pages 249-251 and 252. They will give you the help you need.

A FINAL THOUGHT
The facts are in. It is important to have a strong vocabulary. Having a good vocabulary makes you a
better reader, writer, speaker, thinker, and learner. Having a good vocabulary can make things
smoother for you at home, in school, and on the job. But learning new words will not happen easily or
by itself. You must decide that you want to build your vocabulary and then work hard with the
chapters in this book. If you do, you will not only add to your vocabularyyou will add to your life as
well. Good luck.
Judith Nadel!
Beth Johnson
Paul Langan

19
Chapter 1 Chapter 2

agreement flexible daily negative


cancel odor entertain original
curious prepare experience produce
fact suggest identify tension

Chapter 3 Chapter 4

attack minor accuse pleasant


conclusion protect claim precious
event talent embarrassed public
humble volunteer inspire unusual

Chapter 5 Chapter 6

benefit rival definite oppose


delay satisfy fortunate refer
emphasize tempt leisure specific
logical vacant motivated suspect

20
agreement flexible
cancel odor
curious prepare
fact suggest

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 agreement o After fighting for hours, the little girls made an agreement to share their
(uh-gree-muhnt) toys.
noun
o Len is angry because Anita broke their agreement to take turns doing
the dishes.
c Agreement means a. fight b. question c. promise

2 cancel o I had planned to see the doctor today, but I feel so much better that I
(kan-suhl) think I will cancel my visit there.
verb
o The teacher canceled the test because so many students were absent.
b Cancel means a. remember b. not do as planned c. get ready for

3 curious o My son is so curious about what I got him for his birthday that he asks
(kyoor-ee-uhss) me questions about it all day long.
adjective
. Scientists are curious peoplethey want to know how nature works.
c Curious means a. not interested b. angry c. full of questions

4 fact . It is a strange fact that the male sea horse, not the female, gives birth.
(fakt) o After the robbery, the police asked us many questions. They wanted to
noun get as many facts as they could about what had happened.
b Fact means a. rule b. something true c. long story

5 flexible . The new lamp next to my bed has a long neck that is so flexible it can
(flek-suh-buhl) be moved any way I want.
adjective
o Karen is so flexible that she can sit down and lift her ankle over her
head.
a Flexible means a. able to bend b. real c. heavy

21
Chapter 1 9

6 odor If you think there is an odor of gas in your home, you should call the
(oh-duhr) gas company right away.
noun As I painted the room, the odor of the paint began to give me a
headache.
a Odor means a. smell b. cost c. warm feeling

7 prepare c To prepare for the difficult test, Jeff decided to stay up all night and
(pree-pair) study.
verb ° Last year, I prepared all kinds of interesting dishes for our holiday dinner.
But this year, I'm going to relax and let someone else make the meal.
a Prepare means a. get ready b. watch c. leave

8 suggest When my son gets bored, I often suggest that he call his friends or go
(suhg-jest) outside.
verb O My cousin suggested that we have Thanksgiving dinner at her house.
She loves to cook for company.
a Suggest means a. fear b. forget c. offer an idea

Machin Wards with Mc cam


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. cancel To stop something that was planned; to call something off

2. flexible Able to bend

3. suggest To give someone an idea about something; to offer a thought for


others to think about

4. fact Something true; something that can be proved

5. prepare To get ready

6. odor A smell

7. curious Wanting to know more about something; having questions about


someone or something

8. agreement A promise people make to one another; an understanding between


people

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

22
10 Chapter 1

One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. agreement c. curious e. flexible g. prepare


b. cancel d. fact f. odor h. suggests

agreement 1. Diane came to an 7 with her parents that she would get home
before midnight on weekends.
cancel 2. During heavy snowstorms, airlines often . . ? . . flights because it is too
dangerous to fly.
curious 3. I was 7 about the two new students. They arrived in class carrying
briefcases and laptop computers.
prepare 4. I 7 for a visit from my two-year-old niece by hiding all the glass
objects so she can't break them.
flexible 5. A fishing rod must be 9 so that it does not break when a fish pulls
on the line.
odor 6. The 9 of dirty socks and old sneakers filled the boys' bedroom.
fact 7. It is a 9 that the world is round.
suggests 8. Before I hand in a paper, I read it out loud to my sister, and she 9
ways to make it better.

Adding Two Words fit® an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. agreement c. curious e. flexible g. prepares


b. canceled d. facts f. odor h. suggest

suggest 1-2. My muscles get stiff when I run, so I asked the coach to . . ? . . some
flexible exercises to make me more 7
agreement 3 -4. Before you make an 7 to buy a used car, learn all the 9
facts such as how many miles it has gone and what needs to be fixed.
curious 5-6: Julia is 7 about her new neighbors. When they invited her to
canceled lunch, she . . ? . . another lunch date so that she could pay them a visit.
prepares 7-8. When Jack cleans the smelly old barn, he by putting a
odor handkerchief over his nose to keep out the 9

23
Chapter 1 11

Showing ,You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. If you called to cancel a visit to the dentist, you might say,


a. "Where's the office?"
b. "I'd like to come in as soon as possible."
c. "Sorry. I won't be able to come after all."
a 2. Which of the following would you expect to have a bad odor?
a. An old garbage bag
b. A broken piano
c. A rusty bike
b 3. To prepare for a party, you
a. clean up after the guests leave.
b. buy food and drinks.
c. refill your guests' empty plates.
b 4. If you suggest going to a movie with someone, you probably
a. have other plans that night.
b. enjoy being with the person.
c. do not like the person.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. People are likely to have an agreement with


a. a stranger.
b. the owner of the building their apartment is in.
c. their supermarket.
a 6. If parents are curious about how their kids are doing in school, they will probably
a. ask the kids questions about teachers, classes, and homework.
b. ask no questions about teachers, classes, and homework.
c. sign report cards without looking at the grades given.
b 7. Which of the following is a fact?
a. "What is your name?"
b. "Canada is north of the United States."
c. "I wonder what we are having for lunch."
b 8. Which of the following is flexible?
a. A bowling ball
b. A rubber band
c. A pencil
24
12 Chapter 1

Adding Words to a Reading


A. The Nose Knows
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. curious b. fact c. odors d. suggest

Have you ever been (1) curious about what life would be like if
you couldn't smell anything? Maybe you think, "That wouldn't be so bad." After all, you
wouldn't miss some (2) odors , like the smell coming from the guy
sitting next to you who hasn't taken a bath in several weeks. But think about it again. All
day, every day, our noses pass along information to us. We walk by the kitchen, pick up
the smell of apple pie in the oven, and know that we will enjoy a tasty slice later on. Or
we go outside on a warm spring day and pick up the clean smell of freshly cut grass.
Other smells that aren't so nice, like those of spilled gasoline or burning wood, may
protect us by warning of danger.
It is a (3) fact that smells make us remember the past. For
instance, the smell of the outdoors after a rainstorm may remind us of an early-morning
hike in the woods we took years ago. Scientists are not sure why smells remind us of the
past, but they know it is so. Indeed, scientists (4) suggest that smell
may be the most powerful of all our senses.

I:. 1:, arbie: A mad Example?


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. agreement b. cancel c. flexible d. prepare

"I want a Barbie. I want a Barbie." Most parents have heard that cry. Lots of little
girls love Barbie. Barbie has been around for many years, and she will probably be
around for many more. But some parents worry about Barbie. They worry that as their
daughters (5) prepare to grow up, they will look at Barbie and think,
"She's so pretty. I want to be like her." The problem is that no healthy, normal woman
looks like Barbie. If Barbie were full-sized, she would be more than six feet tall and
weigh about one hundred pounds. Little girls may get the idea that in order to be pretty,
they must have a very thin body. Parents need to tell their daughters that it is more

25
Chapter 1 13

important to have a strong, (6) flexible bodyone that can run and jump,
twist and turn. Of course, it's hard to tell a little girl that she can't have a Barbie if all her
friends do. So some parents get together and, among themselves, make an
(7) agreement not to buy Barbie dolls. The parents (8) cancel
their plans to buy Barbie and buy dolls that have more healthy-looking bodies.

Using the Words When Writing and Raking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. People sharing an apartment often make an agreement to


Answers will vary.

2. The school had to cancel the trip because

3. Small children are very curious. They

4. It is a fact that a good education will

5. To stay flexible, many people

6. As I passed by the kitchen, I picked up the odor of

7. To prepare the store for the holiday season, the workers

8. If a young married couple is having money problems. I might suggest that the couple

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 10067o, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

26
daily negative
entertain original
experience produce
identify tension

Learn ibs Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 daily Noah goes to the gym seven days a week. He says daily exercise keeps
(day-lee) him healthy and happy.
adjective Washing the dishes is one of my sister's daily jobs.
c Daily means a. happening b. happening c. happening
each year each week each day

2 entertain a Cristine thought the novel would entertain her, but instead it put her to
(en-tur-tayn) sleep.
verb o While we were stuck at home during the snowstorm, my brother
entertained us with ghost stories.
c Entertain means a. change b. make sleepy c. interest greatly

3 experience o Having my car break down on a busy highway was one experience I
(ek-spihr-ee-uhnss) don't want to have again.
noun o I'm happy to say that working at the day care center turned out to be a
wonderful experience.
b Experience means a. difficult question b. something that a c. good reason
person lives through

4 identify Palm readers say they can identify many things about a person by
(ii-den-tuh-fii) looking at the lines of the hand.
verb
The police used the fingerprints they found to identify who the bank
robbers were.
c identify means a. dislike b. make c. find out

5 negative People who feel negative about themselves often have trouble making
(neg-uh-tiv) friends.
adjective ° I turned off the TV because I didn't want to hear another negative story
about crime and violence.
b Negative means a. nice b. bad c. interesting
14
27
Chapter 2 15
6 original O My ideas for the baby shower were boring and unexciting, but Carla's
(uh-rij-uh-nuhl) were interesting and original.
adjective O All the students in the class thought that the ending of my short story
was original and very different from anything they had ever read.
c Original means a. quiet b. weak c. fresh

7 produce The new factory in town can produce millions of bottles a year.
(pruh-dooss) My little nephew produces the loudest snores I have ever heard.
verb

a Produce means a. make b. break c. take

8 tension Whenever she gets upset or feels tension, Jane takes a hot bath.
(ten-shuhn) When I feel tension, I relax by going for a long, quiet walk.
noun

c Tension means a. rest b. happiness c. worry

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. negative Bad; without anything good; not positive

2. experience Anything someone has seen or lived through; what happens to


someone

3. identify To find out exactly who someone is or what something is

4. daily Done every day; happening or appearing every day

5. produce To make; to bring about

6. original New; not like everything else

7. tension A nervous feeling; unrest caused by worry

8. entertain To keep people's interest with something happy or enjoyable

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
2S
16 Chapter 2

Adding One Word t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. daily c. experience a negative g. produced


b. entertained d. identify f. original h. tension

tension 1. Many students feel 7 before they take a test.


produced 2. After months of cutting and sewing, the group . . ? . . a beautiful quilt.
daily 3. My neighbor, Mrs. Yoo, likes to read the . 7 newspaper on her porch.
experience 4. My husband's high-school graduation was an .. ? .. we will never forget.
original 5. I was happy when my boss told me I had some helpful and 7 ideas
for improving business.
identify 6. My blind date said I could . . ? . . him at the coffee shop by his red hair
and beard.
negative 7. Gina doesn't seem to like her relatives. She's always saying 7

things about them.


entertained 8. My three-year-old nephew 7 us by singing a little song about a
spider in the rain.

Addin Two Words t (rgn Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. daily c. experience e. negative g. produced


b. entertaining d. identify f. original h. tension

daily 1-2. Chandra takes a 7 walk right after work because it helps her calm
tension down after a long day filled with 7
experience 3-4. My 7 with dates has often been good, but my brother's has
negative always been . . ? . . .

identify 5-6. We could not the rock star who was


7 7 the crowd, but we
entertaining knew we had seen him somewhere else.
original 7-8. Years ago, the Coca-Cola Company came up with a completely
produced recipe for a new drink. Today that drink is called "Coke," and millions
of gallons of it are . ? . each year.
. .

29
Chapter 2 17

Showing You Understcmd the 'Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

b 1. It's a good idea for you to make a daily habit of


a. going to a doctor.
b. brushing your teeth.
c. taking a vacation.
b 2. If you want to entertain friends who are sick, you might
a. bring them their homework from school.
b. bring them several of their favorite movies to play on the VCR.
c. let them sleep.
c 3. You would probably have negative feelings about
a. friends who were nice to you.
b. a neighbor who visited you in the hospital.
c. a dog that bit you.
a 4. At school, you would probably feel tension if your teacher
a. gave a surprise test.
b. gave you an "A" on a paper.
c. said, "Class is over now."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. Which of the following would be a scary driving experience?


a. Listening to the car radio
b. Rolling down the car window
c. Sliding on an icy road
a 6. To identify a patient's problem, a doctor may
a. do some tests.
b. send a bill.
c. give the patient some pills.
a 7. If students have an original idea for a play, they will
a. write the play themselves.
b. copy someone else's play.
c. listen to a tape of another play.
c 8. The milk from cows is used to produce
a. meat.
b. leather.
c. cheese.

3
18 Chapter 2

Adding Wards to Readin


A. Feeling Cue
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. entertain b. experience c. produce d. tension

At some point or another, every one of us has gotten up in the morning feeling a lot
of (1) tension . Problems at work, difficulties at home, and too many
bills to pay can make us feel down. Studies show that these bad moods can make a real
difference in how we feel about ourselves and our lives. For example, bad moods often
lead to or (2) produce sad, gloomy thoughts. We may get down on
ourselves and think we're not worth much. Thinking that life will always be this way, we
may decide that nothing in the world can possibly (3) entertain us or
make us feel better. These beliefs are false, but they seem true at the time. Also, when we
are in a bad mood, even a good (4) experience
like an excellent meal or
a wonderful evening with friendsusually isn't enough to raise our spirits. The only
bright spot about bad moods is this fact°they always pass. When they do, the bad
thoughts and feelings pass too.

. A Late Love Letter


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. daily b. identified c. negative d. original

Years ago, a man working in Hawaii wrote a love letter to his wife in Seattle. He put
the letter in a bottle and threw the bottle into the Pacific Ocean. He hoped the bottle
would end up on a beach near Seattle. However, the bottle washed up on a beach
thousands of miles away, where it was picked up by Chris Willie. Willie, of course, was
curious° about the letter. He took it out of the bottle and read what the man had written.
Smiling, Willie thought to himself, "There are so many sad, (5) negative

things in the world. It's wonderful that the writer has found such a surprising and
(6) original way to show his love." Then Willie put the letter and the
bottle in a package, which he mailed to Seattle. Soon, though, the package was returned,
with the message "No longer at this address."

31
Chapter 2 19
Next, Willie mailed the package to a Seattle (7) daily
newspaper. The paper printed the letter, but no one called to say she was the woman to
whom the letter was addressed. Six years later, a newspaper reporter finally
(8) identified the woman and read her the letter over the phone. The
letter began, "If by the time this letter reaches you I am old and gray, I know that our love
will be as great as it is today." When the reporter finished reading, he heard the woman
laughing. "Well," she said, "I hate to tell you, but we got divorced." Then she hung up.

Usin the Words When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Many older people like to take a daily nap because


Answers will vary.

2. To entertain young children, teachers often

3. Riding a roller coaster is an experience that

4. If you want to identify your car easily in a parking lot, you

5. People who say negative things about others often

6. I came up with an original way to

7. In order to produce a nice dinner, you will need

8. When I feel tension, I

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

32
HAPTER
attack minor
conclusion protect
3 event
humble
talent
volunteer

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 attack Army ants attack and often destroy other insects in their path.
(uh-tak) o The soldiers attacked the sleeping village without any warning.
verb

b Attack means a. run away b. hurt c. keep safe

2 conclusion In most action movies, the conclusion is always the samethe hero
(kuhn-kloo-shuhn) beats the bad guy and wins the heart of the beautiful girl.
noun My first date started out well but came to a poor conclusion. My car
broke down and had to be towed to a garage.
a Conclusion means a. last part b. best part c. first part

3 event o Our family party is an event that I look forward to each year.
(i-vent) o The first day of school is a big event for most children.
noun

a Event means a. important happening b. problem c. special skill

4 humble ° Jack always brags about himself, but Kathy is humble even when she
(huhm-buhl) has reason to be proud.
adjective Even though his home run won the game, Ali was so humble that he
just said, "I was lucky" when we thanked him.
a Humble means a. loud b. afraid c. not bragging

5 minor ° Although Tanya's car was badly hurt in the crash, Tanya had only minor
(mii-nor) cuts and bruises.
adjective The teacher must have liked my paper because she made only a few
minor changes.
b Minor means a. dangerous b. small c. important

20 33
Chapter 3 21
6 protect Before putting the glass candlesticks in a bag, the salesperson wrapped
(pruh-tekt) them in newspaper to protect them.
verb O The mother turtle protects her eggs by burying them in the sand.
c Protect means a. hurt b. look at c. keep safe

7 talent Some lucky people are born with a talent for making friends easily.
(tal-uhnt) Lian was happy when her uncle told her she had a talent for singing.
noun

b Talent means a. dislike b. skill c. fear

8 volunteer Mrs. Jackson has been a volunteer at the hospital for so many years that
(vol -uhn-teer) many people think she is a paid worker.
noun My son's teacher sent a note home that said, "I need parent volunteers
to help when we take trips away from school."
c Volunteer means a. bad worker b. paid worker c. worker who
is not paid

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. protect To keep safe


2. volunteer Someone who works or helps for no pay
3. talent A special skill, often one that someone is born with
4. minor Not important
5. humble Not thinking too highly of oneself
6. attack To hurt; to begin to harm
7. event Something that happens, often an important happening
8. conclusion The ending of something

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

34
22 Chapter 3

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attack c. event e. minor g. talent


b. conclusion d. humble f. protects h. volunteers

minor 1. Although my VCR had only a 7 problem, it still cost me a lot of


money to get it fixed.
event 2. The first day of school is an important 7 in a child's life.
conclusion 3. At the 9 of the school play, the parents and teachers stood up and
cheered the kids.
attack 4. If you tease an animal, you may cause it to . . ? . . you.

talent 5. I can't draw a straight line, but my son has so much . . ? . . in art that he
can draw anything.
volunteers 6. Since the city did not have money to pay for more police, the mayor
asked for . . ? . . to help keep the streets safe.
humble 7. My neighbor is so 9 that he didn't want to accept an award for all
the work he has done with the elderly.
protects 8. Even a gentle animal can be dangerous when it . 7 its young.

Addin Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attacks c. event e. minor g. talent


b. conclusion d. humble f. protect h. volunteers

talent 1 -2. Many famous athletes have lots of 9 but few of these "heroes"
humble seem like nice, . 9 people.
protect 3-4. Some people think owning a gun is a good way to 9 themselves
attacks in case a burglar . ? . . , but I think having a gun is dangerous.
.

event 5-6. The main 7 at the picnic was a bicycle race. It went well except
minor for a 9 problemone of the bikes got a flat tire.
conclusion 7-8. At the 9of Jim's birthday party, everybody left so quickly that we
volunteers could not find any 9 to help clean up the mess.

35
Chapter 3 23

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 1. Bees would attack you if you


a. poked their nest with your finger.
b. had someone carefully- remove their nest.
c. stayed away from their nest.
b 2. At the conclusion of a movie, you would probably
a. sit down and look at the screen.
b. leave the theater.
c. look around for a better seat.
a 3. Which of the following would you think of as a real event in your life?
a. Getting married
b. Taking a trip to the supermarket
c. Eating dinner at a fast-food restaurant
c 4. You would probably think skaters had talent if they
a. skated slowly around the rink.
b. fell down several times.
c. spun four times in the air before landing.

PA T B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. After winning a game of basketball, humble players might


a. brag that they are better than everyone else.
b. dance around and shout that they had won.
c. say that the losers had played well.
a 6. Which of the following is a minor problem that might slow people on their way to work?
a. A short rain shower
b. A big flood
c. A bad snowstorm
c 7. A good watchdog can protect its owner from
a. spending too much money on pet tags.
b. strange calls on the phone.
c. someone trying to break into the house.
a 8. The volunteers at the zoo probably
a. love working with animals.
b. are paid for the work they do.
c. don't like animals.
36
24 Chapter 3

Addin Words to a Reading


A. Ads That Lie
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. conclusion b. events c. protect d. talent

Every day of our lives, ads send messages about drinking and smoking that just are
not true. It's time we learned how to (1) protect ourselves and our
kids from these dangerous lies. At the (2) conclusion of a long day at
work or school, many of us come home and flip on the television. What do we see? We
will probably see a TV ad showing healthy young people drinking beer and enjoying life.
Maybe they are at the beach, on the ski slopes, or at a party. By the time we are old
enough to vote, we will have seen this kind of TV commercial more than 75,000 times.
These ads suggest° that drinking is part of a fun-filled life. Is that really true? Not at all.
Studies show that drinking leads to car accidents, fighting, loss of memory, birth defects,
and more.
Ads for smoking are no better. In magazines and on signs, beautiful young people
puff on cigarettes as they enjoy fun-filled (3) events like games of
volleyball or tennis. But by now, we know that smoking is not part of a healthy life. In
real life, top athletesthose who have real (4) talent don't reach for
a cigarette at game time. They know that smoking will harm their bodies and can lead to
cancer, heart disease, and lung problems.
If you are an adult and you drink and smoke, that's your choice. But to young
children who don't know the truth, these ads are dangerous. Cigarettes and beer won't
give them strength, good looks, or lots of friends. They will just make them sick. And
that's the truth.

I., Horrible Hiccups!


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. attacked b. humble c. minor d. volunteer

Everyone gets the hiccups. To most people, they are just a (5) minor

problem. But for some people, hiccups can cause real trouble. Between 1948 and 1956,
one man hiccupped 160 million times! He tried everything to stop themdrinking a cold

37
Chapter 3 25
glass of water, getting scared by one of his friends, holding his breath. They still came
back. Then one day, the hiccups simply stopped. Heinz Isecke, a plumber from England,
had an even worse experience.° Starting in 1973, Isecke was (6) attacked
by a fit of hiccups that lasted eight years. Isecke hiccuped so many times that he was
unable to sleep. He even had an operation to get rid of the hiccups, but it didn't work.
Isecke was a quiet, (7) humble man who hated to trouble others. But he
was so bothered by his hiccups that he asked for help from all over the world. After a few
weeks, an unknown (8) volunteer sent Isecke, free of charge, a "secret"
herbal drink. The day after he tried it, Isecke's hiccups were gone. What was in the drink?
No one is sure. So the next time you have the hiccups, just be glad you are not Isecke.

Using the Wards When Writing and Taiaing


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. One reason why someone's dog might attack is


Answers will vary.

2. At the conclusion of the horror movie, the monster

3. One of the most important events in my life was

4. One of the most humble people I know

5. My neighbors have a minor problem with their new apartment. It

6. To protect your family and home from fire, you should

7. I wish I had a talent for

8. One way to keep a park clean is to ask volunteers to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

38
accuse pleasant
claim precious
embarrassed public
inspire unusual

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 accuse o My roommates often accuse me of eating food they had bought for
(uh-kyooz) themselves.
verb o My mother asked my little brother if he had spread jam all over the wall.
He said "no" and accused his teddy bear of being the guilty one.
b Accuse means a. ask b. blame c. thank

2 claim The ads claim that the new diet pills melt away fat while you sleep.
(klaym) Car dealers often claim that their prices are the lowest in town.
verb

a Claim means a. say that it is true b. hide c. forget to say

3 embarrassed o Teenage boys often feel embarrassed when their voices sound deep one
(em-ba-ruhsst) minute and squeaky the next.
adjective 0 Suki felt embarrassed when she dropped a tray loaded with food on the
floor of the cafeteria.
c Embarrassed means a. proud b. easy to like c. silly and ashamed

4 inspire O Cool fall days inspire me to take long walks in the woods.
(in-spiir) The movie Rocky inspired Stan to become a boxer.
verb

c Inspire means a. stop someone b. make someone c. make someone


from doing afraid to do want to do
something something something

5 pleasant .0 Let's invite the new neighbors to our party. They seem pleasant.
(plez-uhnt) Rosa smiled at the pleasant sound of her children laughing and playing
adjective outside.
c Pleasant means a. sleepy b. mean c. nice

26 39
Chapter 4 27
6 precious Lawrence is so careful with his children that it is plain they are precious
(presh-uhss) to him.
adjective The painting is so precious that the museum will never sell it.
a Precious means a. great in value b. not important c. funny

7 public Thousands of people enjoyed the city's public pools last summer.
(puhb-lik) Anyone who lives in the city can use the public library without paying.
adjective

c Public means a. secret b. not crowded c. open to all

8 unusual Most lions have a golden-brown color, but the unusual lion we saw at
(uhn-yoo-zhoo-uhl) the zoo was white.
adjective It is unusual to have snow in June, but sometimes it happens.
a Unusual means a. surprising b. helpful c. boring

Matching Words with Meanin 3


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. pleasant Easy to like; enjoyable; lovely

2. public Open to everyone; not private

3. unusual Not often happening or seen; strange; not usual

4. accuse To say someone has done something wrong; to charge someone


with a fault or crime

5. precious Worth a lot; having great value

6. inspire To get someone to want to do something; to move someone to take


action

7. embarrassed Feeling silly and ashamed

8. claim To say that something is true, often without being able to show
that it is so

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

40
28 Chapter 4

Adding On,e Word t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. accused c. embarrassed e. pleasant g: public


b. claims d. inspires f. precious h. unusual

accused 1. The teacher 9 Sandra of cheating on the test.


precious 2. The queen of England owns many famous and 7 jewels.
embarrassed 3. Many people get red-faced and 9 when given a compliment.
pleasant 4. One reason people love spring and fall is that the weather then is often
so
inspires 5. Ms. Lennox is a great teacher. She . . ? . . students to do their best.
public 6. I go to a private school, but all my friends go to 9 school.
unusual 7. It is 9 for my kids not to be hungry. If they don't want to eat, they
must be sick.
claims 8. Jerry 7 that he told his friends he would be late, but no one
remembers hearing him say that.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. accused c. embarrassed e. pleasant g. public


b. claim d. inspired f. precious h. unusual

accused 1-2. A man at the hotel 9 the person who cleaned his room of stealing
precious a 9 ring.
embarrassed 3-4. At home, Troy's wife calls him "Sweetie Pie," but he would be 7
public if she used that name in a 9 place, where many other people are
around.
pleasant 5-6. It's hard work to be a Santa Claus in a department store. You have to
claim act 7 for hours while children 9 that they have been good all
year long.
inspired 7-8. An old girlfriend who liked birds 7 Robert to take up the
unusual hobby of finding and saving bird feathers.

41
Chapter 4 29

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 1. You would probably feel embarrassed if you


a. cleaned your home well.
b. forgot your neighbor's name.
c. finished a good book.
a 2. To inspire a friend to begin an exercise program, you might tell him or her
a. how much better you feel since you started exercising.
b. how difficult it is to find the time to exercise.
c. how expensive it can be to start an exercise program.
b 3. Which of these would you find a pleasant greeting?
a. "What are you doing here?"
b. "Hi, how are you? You look great!"
c. "I'm too busy to see you right now."
c 4. Which of the following would be an unusual way for you to get to work in the morning?
a. Driving a car
b. Taking a bus
c. Hopping on one foot

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 5. If several store owners accuse a person of stealing, they have to


a. show that the person took things without paying.
b. show that the person paid for what was taken.
c. forgive the person.
b 6. The police claim that they will make an arrest soon. The guilty person probably feels
a. happy.
b. nervous.
c. bored.
b 7. How do most people treat a precious watch?
a. They step all over it.
b. They take good care of it.
c. They trade it for something better.
c 8. Who can go to a public meeting of the town council?
a. Only the mayor
b. Only members of the town council
c. Anyone

42
30 Chapter 4

Addin Words t® a Reading


A. An Upsetting Dream
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. claimed b. embarrassed c. inspired d. -unusual

When I was in high school, I had an upsetting dream. It was about a science teacher
that I really liked. Her name was Mrs. Kahn. She was kind and friendly and
(1) inspired me to work hard. Mrs. Kahn had a ring that I liked a lot. It
was made of gold bands that were braided together. One day after school, she told me that
her husband had given the ring to her on their first anniversary and that it meant a great
deal to her.
In my dream, I was inside Mrs. Kahn's house. She had gone into the kitchen to get
us cold drinks. While she was gone, I saw she had left her ring on the table. Before I
thought about it, I did something strange and (2) unusual . I picked up the

ring and started putting it in my pocket. Just at that moment, I looked up and saw Mrs.
Kahn standing at the door watching me. Although we both knew I was lying, I

(3) claimed that I was only looking at the ring closely because I liked it
so much. Mrs. Kahn didn't say anything, but at the conclusion° of the dream, her face
showed that she knew what had really happened. Then I woke up. Even though it was just
a dream, I felt (4) embarrassed about stealing the ring. I didn't get over that
feeling until I saw Mrs. Kahn the next day and made sure the ring was safe on her finger.

o A King's Mistake
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. accusing b. pleasant c. precious d. public

For centuries, people have said that the dog is man's best friend. The following story,
for example, is more than a thousand years old. A king had a strong, beautiful dog that he
loved greatly. When the king went to war, the dog went with him. When the weather was
warm and sunny, the dog joined the king on nice, (5) pleasant walks in
the countryside. Whenever the king went to the (6) public hall, where
anyone could talk to him, the dog lay at his feet. If the king felt sad or troubled, he talked
to the dog. The dog always listened.
After the king had his first son, he often let the dog watch the baby. He trusted the
dog to take care of and protect° this special, (7) precious child. One day,
Chapter 4 31

after being away for an hour or so, the king returned to the baby's room. He saw
something terrible. The baby was nowhere in sight. His bed was turned over, and there
was blood all over the dog's mouth. (8) Accusing the dog, the king shouted,
"You killed my son!" He grabbed his knife and stabbed the dog in the heart several times.
Then he heard a soft cry. Looking under the baby's bed, he found his baby son, safe and
sound. Looking further, he saw the body of a large wolf. Its body was bloody and covered
with deep bites. At that moment, the king understood that he had killed the dog that had
saved his son's life.

Using the Wards When Wri tin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Parents may accuse a child of


Answers will vary.

2. Ads for lipstick often claim that it

3. I was embarrassed when

4. Parents can inspire their children to do their best by

5. My idea of a pleasant vacation is

6. One very precious thing in my life is

7. In good weather, public parks become

8. It's unusual for teachers to let students

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
't

44
benefit rival
delay satisfy
emphasize tempt
logical vacant

Learning Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 benefit o People who lost their homes in the flood will benefit greatly from the
(ben-uh-fit) food and clothes that others give them.
verb 0 John's grades have benefited from the studying he now does after
school.
a Benefit means a. be helped b. be harmed c. be told

2 delay When Mom and Dad work late, we delay dinner until they get home.
(di-lay) Tony delayed doing his homework for an hour because he wanted to
verb watch his favorite TV show.
c Delay means a. enjoy b. hurry c. wait until later

3 emphasize o Sarah uses yellow markers to emphasize the important points in her
(em- fuh -siiz) textbooks.
verb 0 The speaker emphasized his main points by pounding on the table as he
spoke.
a Emphasize means a. show to be important b. cover up c. turn around

4 logical Juan really likes his science class because his teacher can make the most
(loj- ik -uhl) difficult ideas seem clear and logical.
adjective Your apartment is so small that it does not seem logical to invite forty
people to the party.
b Logical means a. empty b. making sense c. lucky

5 rival I am Yolanda's good friend, but when we face each other on the tennis
(rii-vuhl) court, she is my biggest rival.
noun Kevin and Ted were rivalsthey each wanted to go on a date with
Monica.
c Rival means a. partner b. student c. enemy

32 45
Chapter 5 33
6 satisfy o I'm not very hungry. Just a sandwich will satisfy me.
(sat-iss-fii) o My little girl likes me to read to her. A few pages satisfy her and then
verb she goes off to play.
c Satisfy means a. surprise b. make unhappy c. be enough for

7 tempt o Pies, cakes, candy bars, and ice cream tempt many people to go off
(tempt) their diets.
verb o I don't go to my favorite clothing store often because it tempts me to
spend too much money.
a Tempt means a. invite someone to b. warn someone c. stop someone
do something bad against doing from doing
something bad something bad

8 vacant o The Committee for a Beautiful City is going to plant a garden in that
(vay-kuhnt) ugly vacant lot.
adjective o Too tired to drive any further, we stopped at a motel and asked if there
was a vacant room.
c Vacant means a. helpful b. crowded c. not in use

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. rival Someone that another person tries to beat in a contest of some kind

2. vacant Empty; not being used by anyone

3. delay To wait until later to do something; to postpone

4. emphasize To show that something is important

5. benefit To be helped by something

6. tempt To make someone want to do something that isn't good or right

7. logical Making sense; using or showing reason

8. satisfy To be enough for someone; to fill someone's need or wish

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further Until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

46
34 Chapter 5

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. benefited c. emphasize e. rivals g. tempted


b. delayed d. logical f. satisfy h. vacant

logical 1. Many drivers get lost in our town because the streets often curve
sharply, rather than going in . . ? . . directions.
benefited 2. The dry lawn ? from the heavy rain.
rivals 3. Children often think of their brothers and sisters as for their
parents' love.
delayed 4. Tara was so afraid of the dentist that she . going to visit him until
her tooth really hurt.
emphasize 5. The weather reporter raised her voice to 7 that no one should drive
during the dangerous ice storm.
vacant 6. Since Doris went off to college, her bedroom at home has been
tempted 7. My brother . . ? . me to skip school today. He said, "Instead of going to
.

school, come to the park with me."


satisfy 8. I can't go to the beach today, but an hour in the swimming pool should
me.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. benefit c. emphasize e. rival g. tempts


b. delay d. logical f. satisfy h. vacant

benefit 1-2. I'm so tired that I would from a long vacation. It would . 9
satisfy my need to do nothing but relax.
rival 3-4. Juan plays poker with his 7 Mark. The desire to win 9 Juan
tempts to cheat, but he never does.
vacant 5-6. The 7 lot on the corner is filled with rusty auto parts and old
emphasize refrigerators. Parents 7 to their children that they should never
play there.
logical 7-8. Since it is raining heavily, it would be 9 for us to 9 our
delay picnic until tomorrow.
47
Chapter 5 35

Show ing You Understc&nd the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 1. If you benefit from going to bed early, you probably


a. feel rested when it's time to get up.
b. feel tired when it's time to get up.
c. are unhappy with the way you look and feel.
c 2. If you delayed having lunch yesterday, you
a. never had any lunch at all.
b. had lunch earlier that usual.
c. had lunch later than usual.
a 3. It is noon. The sky turns dark, and you see a flash of lightning. It is logical to think that
a. a thunderstorm is on its way.
b. a snowstorm is coming.
c. the weather will be perfect.
a 4. If you play basketball, who are your rivals?
a. The other people on your team
b. The people who watch from the sidelines
c. The people on the other team

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 5. When people want to emphasize a point, they often


a. go away without saying anything.
b. talk so softly that no one can hear them.
c. speak loudly and clearly.
a 6. Which of these would satisfy a hungry child?
a. Giving the child a snack
b. Scolding the child for wanting to eat before dinner
c. Saying to the child, "Wait until supper time."
b 7. Which is these might tempt a person who is trying to stop smoking?
a. An article on how smoking causes lung cancer
b. An open pack of cigarettes
c. A friend who is also trying to quit smoking
a 8. If a hotel always has a lot of vacant rooms, it
a. may go out of business.
b. is always packed with customers.
c. probably makes all its customers very happy.

43
36 Chapter 5

Adding Words to a Reading


A. le Proud of Your Age!
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. benefit b. delay c. emphasize d. logical

"Young, wrinkle-free skin in two weeks!" "Cover up that gray hair!" "Keep your
body fit and young!" Everywhere we look, ads claim° that it is best to do everything we
can to stay young. Loudly, the ads (1) emphasize one idea over and over:
Young is good and old is bad. The message is that we must (2) delay
getting older as long as possible. Sadly, what happens is that as people age, they become
unhappy because they don't look twenty anymore. But does this make sense? Wouldn't it
be more (3) logical if we liked ourselves, no matter what our age?
Wouldn't we all (4) benefit if we could accept our wrinkles, gray hair,
and middle-age bodies? After all, life is meant to be enjoyed, no matter how old we are.
Why should we feel bad about looking the age we really are? If we keep seeing life as a
race against time, we will end up feeling like losers.

Making Anger Work for You


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. rival b. satisfy c. tempted d. vacant

Everyone has felt angry at one time or another. Maybe you felt angry when a
(5) rival at school teased you, when a boss treated you unfairly, or
when a family member said something mean. If you are like most people, your anger may
have (6) tempted
you to get back at those who made you feel bad.
Maybe you wanted to shout at them or even hit them. But this is not a good way to
(7) satisfy the need to let people know how you feel.
Anger is powerful and can be helpful. However, it must be used in a healthy way. If
someone makes you angry, you shouldn't yell and accuse° the person of hurting you, nor
should you give the person the silent treatment. Instead, tell the person exactly what it is
that upsets you. Once you do that, you and the person can work together to change things
so you both feel better.
Here is a real-life example showing how people used their anger in a good way to
make their lives better. People living in a city neighborhood were angry. Why? For over a
4
Chapter 5 37
year, they had been promised that a (8) vacant building on their street
would be torn down. However, the building was still there and had become home to drug
dealers. Instead of sitting around, complaining, and doing nothing but getting even
angrier, a group from the neighborhood went to see their mayor. They explained to the
mayor how upset they were and how they feared for their children's safety. The mayor
listened. And guess what happened! The building was torn down. The neighbors had
made good use of their anger and put it to work in the best way possible.
So the next time someone makes you angry, don't strike out against or stop talking to
the person. Instead, stay calm and explain why you are angry. You may be surprised by
how well things turn out.

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. People's health would benefit greatly from


Answers will vary.

2. Children often delay going to bed by

3. In class, teachers often emphasize important ideas by

4. If the directions for putting the bike together were not logical, then

5. Although the girls are good friends, they are rivals in the classroom. They

6. To satisfy their hunger, teenage boys

7. A beautiful summer day may tempt some people to

8. Shopping centers often have vacant stores because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

50
definite oppose
fortunate refer
leisure specific
motivated suspect

Learning Ei.:ht Neu) Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 definite o Roger did not know his sister's plan to take a vacation was definite until
(def-uh-nit) he saw a plane ticket on the table.
adjective o With our team ahead by three runs in the final inning, it seemed definite
a Definite means that we would win the game.
a. certain b. not fair c. wrong

2 fortunate O Steve's grandmother is a fortunate person. She won the lottery two
(for-chuh-nit) times in one year.
adjective o I feel fortunate to have a comfortable place to live and plenty of food,
when so many people in the world have so little.
c Fortunate means a. sorry b. scared c. lucky

3 leisure O When you finally have some leisure, you should come to my house and
(lee-zhur) relax with me over a steaming cup of coffee.
noun O Our boss doesn't like us to have any leisure on the job. If there is a
second or two when we are not working, she rushes over and asks,
"Don't you have anything to do?"
b Leisure means a. hard work b. time off c. deep sleep

4 motivated O A teacher's jOb is to get students motivated so they want to learn.


(moh-tuh-vay-tid) O Needing money to pay her bills made Maria a motivated worker.
adjective

a Motivated means a. interested and excited b. well-known c. good-looking

5 oppose O My parents oppose my plan to hitchhike across the country. They say
(uh-pohz) hitchhiking would be dangerous.
verb O I think school uniforms would be a good idea, but the student council
opposes them.
b Oppose means a. are happy about b. are against c. speak about

38
51
Chapter 6 39
6 refer o My brothers and sisters get angry when my relatives refer to me as "the
(ri-fur) smart one in the family."
verb o My grandfather refers to World War I as "The Great War."
c Refer to means a. put a stop to b. be unable to remember c. talk about

7 specific O The record-store clerk asked if I needed help finding a specific title.
(spi-sif-ik) O Of all the conversations I ever had with my father, there was one
adjective specific talk I will never forget.
a Specific means a. special b. boring c. future

8 suspect o Some scientists suspect that there is life on many planets other than
(suh-spekt) Earth.
verb 0 Mr. Bosshart suspects that the clothes missing from his store were
stolen by an employee.
c Suspect means a. hope b. do not think c. believe

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. refer To speak briefly about someone or something

2. motivated Interested and excited about doing something

3. oppose To be against something

4. fortunate Lucky

5. leisure Free time (for rest or fun)

6. suspect To think that something is true or likely to be true

7. specific Limited to just one; exact; particular

8. definite Sure; without doubt; certain

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

52
40 Chapter 6

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. definite c. leisure e. opposes g. specific


b. fortunate d. motivated f. refers h. suspect

fortunate 1. Working in a hospital, I see many very sick people, which makes me
feel 7 that my family and I are well.
motivated 2. Mrs. Soma knew little English when class started. But because she is
smart and very . . ? . . , she learned fast.
suspect 3. Aunt Ida thinks her new boyfriend loves her, but I 7 he is interested
only in her money.
leisure 4. Because she works at two jobs and goes to school at night, Nilsa has
very little 9

opposes 5. The mayor 7 raising taxesshe feels we already pay too many taxes.
definite 6. It is 9 that Lena is getting marriedtoday I saw an engagement
ring on her hand.
refers 7. Our history teacher always 9 to the country's "good old days."
specific 8. I am looking for a 9 recipe for chocolate cake, the one my mother
used to make with chocolate chips and sour cream.

Adding 711wo Wards t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. definite c. leisure e. oppose g. specific


b. fortunate d. motivated f. refer h. suspected

refer 1-2. Linda went to school to meet her son's teacher. At the meeting, she
motivated was happy to hear the teacher 9 to the boy as a , hard-
working student.
fortunate 3-4. It is 9 that I have health insurance, because my doctor says it is
definite 7 that I will need an operation.
suspected 5-6. Ana that her family might do something special for her birthday,
specific but she did not know their . planto have a surprise party for her.
oppose 7-8. The employees 9 the company's plan to get rid of coffee breaks.
leisure Because they work so hard, they feel they need some . . ? . on the job. .

53
Chapter 6 41

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. Which of these would make you feel fortunate?


a. Taking the bus to work
b. Having your TV set break in the middle of an important soccer game
c. Jumping out of the way of a truck just before it hit you
b 2. Which of these might you do if you were motivated to save money?
a. Buy everything you want without thinking about the price.
b. Make a budget and cut out grocery coupons.
c. Give a few dollars to your little cousin.
a 3. Which law might you oppose?
a. One that you think is harmful
b. One that you believe is needed
c. One that was passed years ago and works well
b 4. If police suspected that you had done something against the law, they would probably
a. leave you alone.
b. ask you many questions.
c. say, "We're sorry."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. If it is definite that a company is going to close forever, the employees will probably
a. spend all their savings.
b. start looking for other jobs.
c. be happy that their jobs are safe.
b 6. Most people use their leisure to
a. do more work.
b. relax and rest.
c. clean the house.
b 7. If friends refer to a difficulty they are having with their landlord, they probably
a. are happy with the way things are in their apartment.
b. are not happy with the way things are in their apartment.
c. feel good that the problem in their apartment has been solved.
c 8. Which of these is a specific place to go on vacation?
a. A place far away
b. The ocean
c. Hawaii

54
42 Chapter 6

Adding Words to a Reading


A. IHIow Not to Treat Customers
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. definite b. motivated c. specific d. suspect

There are two department stores in my town. I will call them Store "A" and Store
"B." They carry many of the same items. They are about the same size. They look very
much the same. But oh, how different they are to shop in. At Store "A," employees are
(1) motivated to keep customers happy. They help customers find things;
they carry packages; they hand out lollipops to children. They will even guide a customer
away from a (2) specific brand item to something that costs less but is
just as good. Customers find that shopping in Store "A" is a very pleasant° experience.
The rule in this store seems to be "The customer is always right."
I don't know this for sure, but I (3) suspect that the rule in Store
"B" is "The customer is a big bother." Clerks just stare at customers who ask for help.
They talk with fellow employees while customers wait in long lines at the checkout
counters. When a customer asks a clerk for information, the clerk often answers, "I don't
know," and walks away. Several months ago, I heard that Store "B" might go out of
business. Now it is (4) definite . The store will close by the end of the
month. Are you surprised? I'm not!

IL Stuck in the Middle


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. fortunate b. leisure c. oppose d. referring

Have you ever heard anyone use the term "sandwich generation"? It doesn't have
anything to do with eating sandwiches. Instead, when people talk about the "sandwich
generation," they are (5) referring to adults who are caring for their own
children and their aging parents at the same time. People in the sandwich generation are
"caught in the middle," like the filling of a sandwich. As people live longer, more and
more adults end up taking care of their elderly parents. They may feel torn between
giving time to their kids and their parents, all of whom need daily° help. The sandwich
generation is so busy that it has very little (6) leisure If they are
.

lucky, members of the sandwich generation will have relatives who help them with their

55
Chapter 6 43
heavy load. If they are not so (7) fortunate , they will have nobody to
help them out. They may even have relatives who (8) oppose
everything they try to do. For example, sometimes several members of a family feel
strongly that Mom or Dad should never be placed in a nursing home. However, they don't
do anything to help the family member who is trying to care for an elderly parent at
home. Members of the sandwich generation can easily get overworked and overtired
because of everything that is expected of them.

Using the Words When Writing and Tagkin


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. You would feel definite about your vacation plans when


Answers will vary.

2. I am fortunate to have

3. Some people have trouble relaxing. Even during their leisure, they

4. Students feel motivated when

5. One reason why people are opposed to smoking is

6. My family or friends sometimes refer to me as

7. One specific way to make your boss happy is to

8. The police suspected the man wasn't telling the truth because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit One. You may do
these activities in any order.

. Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

. Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

. Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

. Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

. Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

. Using the Words When Writing and Talking

57
44
Unit 1 Review Activities 45

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit One. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

1 2 3 4
P P P B agreement
6
5
O DOR 9
U 0 T L E
attack
benefit
E E M B A R R A S S ED 10
N cancel
L C L I L A A E claim
11 curious
A I I G E S A T I S F Y
delay
Y 0 C I N A T I embarrassed
event
U N T N A T
flexible
S A T C inspire
12 13 14
C L A I MM K F logical
minor
G L
odor
15
I PREP ARE
16 17

18
E original
N E I C X pleasant
19 20 precious
E S U G G E S T V U I prepare
V P M A R B public
E I E
21
LOGIC A L
rival
satisfy
MINOR
22
CANCEL
23
0 E suggest
T E T talent
24
UNUSUAL unusual

ACROSS 23. To stop something that was 8. A special skill, often one
5. A smell planned that someone is born with
9. Feeling silly and ashamed 24. Not often happening or 10. To hurt; to begin to harm
11. To be enough for someone; seen; strange; not usual 13. A promise people make to
to fill someone's need or one another
DOWN 14. Able to bend
wish
12. To say something is true, 1. Worth a lot; having great 15. To get someone to want to
often without being able to value do something; to move
show that it is so 2. Open to everyone someone to take action
16. To get ready 3. Easy to like; enjoyable 17. Someone that another
20. To offer a thought for 4. To be helped by something person tries to beat in a
others to think about 6. To wait until later to do contest of some kind
21. Making sense; using or something; to postpone 18. Wanting to know more
showing reason 7. New; fresh; not like about something
22. Not important anything else 19. An important happening

58
46 Unit 1 Review Activities

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit One. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

D accuse
2 3 4
N A M F conclusion
daily
E I 0 0
definite
5
TENS ION 6
VOLUNTEER C emphasize
P A 'V I T entertain
8
PROTECT 9
V U experience
fact
0 I V A N
fortunate
10
S S V
11
FACT A humble
12
HUMB L E
13
E C E T identify
S E A D E leisure
P
14
CONCLUS ION motivated
15
REFER 16

17
T T
negative
oppose
C M DEF I N I
18
TE 19 20
produce
T P R E L P protect
21
H T A M refer
E R
specific
A A C P I 0 suspect
SPECIF
22
I C T S D tempt
I N U U U tension
Z S R C vacant

IDENTIFY
23
EXPERIENCE
24 volunteer

ACROSS 23. To find out exactly who 9. Empty; not being used
5. A nervous feeling someone is or what 10. To think that something is
7. Someone who works or something is true or likely to be true
helps for no pay 24. Anything someone has 13. To keep people's interest
8. To keep safe seen or lived through with something happy or
11. Something true; something enjoyable
DOWN 16. To show that something is
that can be proved
12. Not thinking too highly of 1. Done every day; happening important
oneself or appearing every day 18. To make people want to do
14. The ending of something 2. Bad; without anything something that is not good
15. To speak briefly about good; not positive or right
someone or something 3. Interested and excited 19. Free time (for rest or fun)
17. Sure; without doubt about doing something 20. To make; to bring about
22. Limited to just one; exact; 4. Lucky 21. To say someone has done
particular 6. To be against something something wrong

59
Unit 1 Review Activities 47

Choosing the est Ward t Complete an Item


IL)

On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

claimed 1. The TV show 7 that a photo of Elvis had been found on the moon.
a. delayed b. claimed c. prepared
agreement 2. My wife and I cannot come to an about whether to spend the
holidays with her parents or mine.
a. agreement b. experience c. event
tempt 3. The promise of money can . ? . people to do things they know are not
. .

right.
a. tempt b. emphasize c. oppose
specific 4. I cannot remember the 9 time that the train will arrive, but I know
it will be in the afternoon.
a. humble b. specific c. motivated
opposed 5. The people in town the government's plan to build a garbage
dump near their homes.
a. opposed b. satisfied c. protected
attack 6. Unless they are angry or afraid, wolves will not . ? . . a human being.
.

a. cancel b. emphasize c. attack


rival 7. In movies made years ago, there was always a handsome hero in love
with a beautiful young woman. But the hero had a 9 a bad guy
who wanted the young woman for himself.
a. leisure b. rival c. fact
embarrassed 8. Jeanne was 9 when she learned she had fallen asleep in class and
had snored loudly.
a. precious b. embarrassed c. curious
event 9. The most important 7 in our family this year was my
grandmother's wedding.
a. talent b. event c. conclusion
inspired 10. Elena's new vocabulary skills have her to read more and to be
less shy about talking in class.
a. protected b. inspired c. claimed
daily 11. To keep up with the news, I read the newspaper. But my husband
sticks to Time magazine, which comes out only once a week.
a. daily b. humble c. negative
talent 12. My son seems to have a real for the trumpet. Just two weeks
9
after he started lessons, he could play several songs very well.
a. conclusion b. talent c. rival

(Continues on next page)

60
48 Unit 1 Review Activities

original 13. I keep coming up with boring ideas for decorating the apartment, but
my roommate has several 9 thoughts about what we can do.
a. original b. negative c. public
prepare 14. To 2 for an exam, don't wait until the last minute. Start studying
well ahead of time.
a. accuse b. prepare c. identify
tension 15. To deal with 7 , you may find it helpful to exercise. A long walk
can make you feel less worried and less nervous.
a. tension b. fact c. agreement
entertained 16. Brenda didn't find the movie at all interesting, but it 7 Omar
greatly. He thought it was really funny.
a. entertained b. emphasized c. protected
curious 17. Small children are 7 about everything. They are always asking
questions like "Why is the sky blue?" and "Why can't dogs talk?"
a. pleasant b. flexible c. curious
delayed 18. The people waiting for the subway started to groan when they heard
that bad weather had 2 all the trains for at least thirty minutes.
a. motivated b. delayed c. attacked
odor 19. The 7 of garbage rotting in the hot sun makes me sick to my
stomach.
a. odor b. talent c. tension
experience 20. Skydiving is said to be an exciting 7 , but I am in no hurry to try it.
a. experience b. agreement c. conclusion
emphasizes 21. When your teacher 7 something by writing it on the board, be sure
to get the point down in your notebook.
a. protects b. cancels c. emphasizes
fortunate 22. Even though his car was destroyed in the accident, James felt
because he was able to walk away without a scratch.
a. fortunate b. specific c. negative
humble 23. People who win awards often say they feel "proud but 7 " They
want to get across the idea that winning hasn't made them feel like big
shots.
a. humble b. flexible c. logical
leisure 24. Tony likes to read. Whenever he has a moment of , he grabs a
book and finds a nice, quiet spot to read.
a. leisure b. conclusion c. talent

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 = 46%, 10 = 42%, 9 38%, 8 = 33%, 7 = 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, 1 =4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

61
Unit 1 Review Activities 49

Adding a Word to an iteNg


PA TA
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. accuse d. identify g. produces j. satisfy


b. cancel e. negative h. protect k. suggest
c. fact f. precious i. referred I. volunteer

produces 1. The factory where my wife works 9 vacuum cleaners.


identify 2. I have a tune running through my head, but I cannot 9 it. I don't
know what it's from.
volunteer 3. When I was growing up, my mother ran our house like the army.
Looking me squarely in the eye one day, she said, "I want a .. ? .. to
clean the kitchenyou."
cancel 4. "I really hate to 9 my appointment," Mimi told the dentist. "But I
just cannot come. I cannot find a baby sitter."
referred 5. I felt angry and hurt when my teachers 9 to my older sister as the
best student they had ever had.
protect 6. To . 9 the furniture while the living room was being painted, we
covered everything with sheets.
suggest 7. When the toaster did not work, my daughter said, "Dad, I 9 you try
plugging it in."
precious 8. Of all the things you own, what is the most .. ? .. to you? What is so
important to you that you would be very upset if you lost it?
accuse 9. Do not 9 me of forgetting the tickets! You were the one who was
going to bring them!
fact 10. It is a . . ? . that February is the shortest month of the year; no one can
.

argue about that.


negative 11. Gordon's feelings about his new job are very 7 Even though he
hasn't started working yet, he expects to dislike the job, to be bored,
and to do badly.
satisfy 12. One sandwich did not 9 Li's hunger, so he ate two more. Then he
felt full.

(Continues on next page)

62'
50 Unit 1 Review Activities

PART
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. benefit d. flexible g. motivated j. suspected


b. conclusion e. logical h. pleasant k. unusual
c. definite f. minor i. public I. vacant

conclusion 13. The 9 of the movie was terrible. At the end, the good guys died
and the bad guys went free.

flexible 14. A good fishing pole must be strong but 9 It has to be able to bend
without breaking.

vacant 15. One apartment on our floor has been ' for months. No one wants
to rent it because it's too noisy. It's right next to the elevators.

pleasant 16. The new restaurant is very 7 It has good food, soft lights, and
friendly service.

suspected 17. Because my brother found cake crumbs outside my bedroom door, he
7 that I was the one who had eaten the last of his birthday cake.

logical 18. When Janice has a problem, she doesn't make decisions based on her
feelings. Instead, she is highly 7 and thinks carefully about what
she should do.

motivated 19. After listening to the coach's pep talk, the players were so 9 that
they felt they could beat the best team in the state.

unusual 20. As a rule, I go to bed at 10:00 p.m. It is ? for me to be up for the


11:00 news.

definite 21. It is 9 My insurance will cover my hospital stay.

minor 22. When you are studying a textbook chapter, underline the most
important ideas but not the . . ? . . points.

benefit 23. Our school would 9 from two things: a new gym and a better
library.

public 24. The garden behind the bank is a 7 area. It's open to everyone, not
just to people who work at the bank.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) 0 Part B (Adding a Word) %

Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

63
Unit 1 Review Activities 51

Finding the Sanae ®r the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that correctly completes each sentence. In most
cases, the correct answer will have the same or almost the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

c 1. A young man accused two teenagers of stealing. That means the young man
a. joined the two teenagers in stealing. b. told the two teenagers about the stealing.
c. said the two teenagers had stolen something.

b 2. If a teacher cancels a class, that means the class


a. will cover important material. b. is called off.
c. will meet as always.

c 3. If friends say that their plans to move to a new home are definite, that means
a. the plans are not clear yet. b. the plans will change.
c. the plans will not change.

a 4. If a history teacher tests you on the facts of the Second World War, you need to know
a. what actually happened during the war. b. why your teacher is so interested in the war.
c. what might have happened if the fighting had ended earlier.

a 5. I would like to identify the beautiful flowers in my neighbor's garden. In other words, I would
like to
a. find out what kind of flowers they are. b. plant the flowers.
c. take the flowers.

b 6. If a company produces candy, that means it


a. buys candy and then sells it to people. b. makes the candy.
c. wraps the candy for the candymaker.

a 7. If my boots protect me from the rain and snow, they


a. keep out the wet and cold. b. leak, so that my feet get wet and cold.
c. need to be replaced.

a 8. If you refer to a trip you took, you


a. speak of the trip. b. tell your friends not to take the same trip.
c. say you will go someplace else next time.

a 9. If I say that one scoop of ice cream satisfies me, I mean that
a. one scoop is enough for me. b. having one scoop will not be enough for me.
c. I would rather have a doughnut.

a 10. If I suggest a school project to my children, I


a. give them some ideas to help them get started. b. do much of the project for them.
c. tell them they should not come to me for help.

c 11. If you suspect that two relatives sometimes lie, you


a. know for sure that they lie. b. know for sure that they never lie.
c. think that they lie.
64 (Continues on next page)
52 Unit 1 Review Activities

b 12. When people work as volunteers, they


a. receive a large paycheck. b. work without pay.
c. get a paid two-week vacation.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

Example: The opposite of up is


a. before b. under c. down

a 13. The opposite of benefit is


a. hurt b. try c. laugh

c 14. The opposite of conclusion is


a. work b. end c. beginning

c 15. The opposite of flexible is


a. funny b. sunny c. stiff

c 16. The opposite of logical is


a. not feeling sad b. not fattening c. not making sense

b 17. The opposite of minor is


a. very dry b. very important c. very dirty

a 18. The opposite of motivated is


a. bored b. hungry c. happy

b 19. The opposite of negative is


a. pretty b. good c. bad

c 20. The opposite of pleasant is


a. warm b. quiet c. not nice

a 21. The opposite of precious is


a. not worth much b. not friendly c. not smart

b 22. The opposite of public is


a. straight b. private c. sweet

a 23. The opposite of tension is


a. relaxation b. noise c. unhappiness

b 24. The opposite of vacant is


a. cheap b. in use c. falling apart

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
Ca

65
Unit 1 Review Activities 53

Usin the Wards When Writing and Teking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word agreement, write or talk about a time that you and someone you know solved a
problem by making a promise to one another. For example, you and your roommate might have
promised to split up household jobs, or you and a neighbor might have promised not to play your
radios late at night.

2. Using the word attack, write or talk about a time when someone or something tried to harm you.
It could be that a neighbor's dog tried to bite you, a schoolyard bully wanted to beat you up, or
some angry bees tried to sting you.

3. Using the word claim, write or talk about a time you heard someone say something was true but
you know the person could not prove it. Perhaps you heard someone making big promises on a
TV commercial or during an election.

4. Using the word curious, write or talk about someone who wants to learn more about things. It
might be a child who asks lots of questions or an adult who has returned to school to get more
education.

5. Using the word daily, write or talk about something you do every day that makes you feel good. It
might be drinking a cold glass of orange juice every morning or taking a warm shower before
going to bed.

6. Using the word delay, write or talk about something you will dobut not right away. Tell why
you are waiting until later to do it. It might be cleaning your closet, taking a course, changing your
job, or ending a relationship.

7. Using the word embarrassed, write or talk about a time when you or someone you know felt silly
because of something that happened in front of other people. Maybe you tripped when you walked
into a fancy restaurant or your closest friend forgot to invite you to your own surprise birthday
party.

8. Using the word emphasize, write or talk about one thing that parents should tell their children is
important. Perhaps you think parents should tell kids it is important to have good manners, stay
away from drugs, do well in school, or be kind to others.
9. Using the word entertain, write or talk about a movie, play, concert, or TV show that you have
enjoyed.

10. Using the word event, write or talk about a special happening that you look forward to. It might
be a a company picnic, a trip to an amusement park, or a visit from a favorite relative.

11. Using the word experience, write or talk about a time in your life that you will always remember.
Maybe it was your first day of school, a stay in the hospital, a wonderful vacation, or a scary plane
ride.

12. Using the word fortunate, describe something in your life that makes you feel thankful. You
might feel lucky to have a special friend, a job you like, or a home that brings you happiness.

66 (Continues on next page)


54 Unit 1 Review Activities

13. Using the word humble, write or talk about one person you know who doesn't brag and doesn't
think highly of himself or herself, even though that person has good reason to be proud. The
person could be a relative, friend, neighbor, classmate, or teacher.
14. Using the word inspire, write or talk about a time that someone got you interested in doing
something you had never tried before. Maybe a relative got you excited about camping, or a
person on a TV show gave you the idea to try oil painting.
15. Using the word leisure, write or talk about how you like to relax during your free time. Perhaps
you like to walk, read, or take naps.
16. Using the word odor, write or talk about a place you try to stay away from because it smells bad.
You might describe a garbage dump or a kitchen where food you do not like is being cooked.
17. Using the word oppose, write or talk about a time you were against what someone was doing. You
might have been against your best friend's leaving a job or against a relative's speaking unkindly
of a neighbor.
18. Using the word original, write or talk about a time you came up with an idea that no one else had
thought of before. Maybe you came up with a new recipe for chili or a new way of getting a job
done at work.
19. Using the word prepare, write or talk about something you do to get ready for class. Perhaps you
sharpen your pencil, read your notes, or study your homework.
20. Using the word rival, describe two people who feel they have to beat each other in some sort of
contest. You might have two friends who always try to get better grades than each other, or maybe
you have two relatives who always try to beat each other in games.
21. Using the word specific, write or talk about a certain kind of music, TV show, or movie that you
dislike a great deal.
22. Using the word talent, write or talk about someone who has a special skill. The person might
dance beautifully, play a sport well, or tell good jokes.
23. Using the word tempt, think of a magazine advertisement or TV commercial that makes you want
to do something you know you should not do. Maybe an ad makes you want to buy a car that costs
too much or eat something that isn't good for you.
24. Using the word unusual, write or talk about something that would be strange if it happened in the
middle of the summerfor example, the temperature dropping below zero or snow falling
heavily.

67
Um 'g, Two

Chapter 7 Chapter 8

aware distressed ability glance


constant modern create gratitude
devour occasion damage introduce
discover popular failure labor

Chapter 9 Chapter 10

avoid intend approach numerous


excuse normal damp previous
helpless sociable ignore require
include struggle loyal timid

Chapter 11 Chapter 12

capable opportunity allow persist


careless resist comfortable respect
furious reverse distract sensitive
observe tradition insulting wonder

68
aware distressed
constant modern
devour occasion
discover popular

Learnin Eight New Wards


tli

In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 aware o The warnings on the radio made everyone aware of the dangerous icy
(uh-wair) roads.
adjective o Even though Mr. and Mrs. Patel were aware that their children were
planning an anniversary party, they acted as if they knew nothing about it.
c Aware means a. sad b. ashamed c. knowing

2 constant Because there are three teenagers in our family, the phone is in constant
(kon-stuhnt) use.
adjective All night long, I hear the constant sound of a dog barking outside my
window.
a Constant means a. never-ending b. quiet c. sad

3 devour 0 I want to devour the last piece of chocolate fudge cake myself before
(di-vou-ur) anyone else has a chance to eat it.
verb ° By accident, my family devoured the cherry cheesecake that I had made
for my girlfriend's graduation.
b Devour means a. make b. eat quickly c. save for later

4 discover o It took my four-year old sister only minutes to discover a secret hiding
(diss-kuh-vur) place in my new apartment.
verb Not long ago, scientists discovered a two-thousand-year-old ship sitting
on the bottom of the ocean.
c Discover means a. lose b. sell c. find

5 distressed The kitten, crying loudly from the top of the tree, was too distressed to
(diss-trest) move.
adjective The workers were distressed after hearing that the factory would close
and they would lose their jobs.
b Distressed means a. full of energy b. upset c. up-to-date

56
69
Chapter 7 57
6 modern 0 Instead of using modern machines, the Amish prefer old-fashioned
(mod-urn) machines pulled by horses.
adjective
Dad doesn't like modern music. He would rather listen to music written
thirty years ago.
a Modern means a. up-to-date b. broken down c. strong

7 occasion Halloween is a great occasion for most children.


(uh-kay-zhuhn) O Tom hates to dress up. Even on special occasions like birthdays and
noun anniversaries, he wears jeans and sneakers.
b Occasion means a. regular day b. special time c. boring time

8 popular The Beatles and Elvis Presley are among the most popular performers
(pop-yuh-lur) of all time.
adjective Eva is liked by her teachers and is also popular with her classmates.
c Popular means a. healthy b. not known c. well-liked

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. discover To find something for the first time; to come upon something

2. occasion A time when something takes place, often something special;


an event

3. aware Knowing about something; having knowledge

4. constant Never stopping; always happening; happening again and again

5. devour To eat quickly and hungrily

6. modern Of the present time; up-to-date; not old-fashioned

7. popular Liked by many people

8. distressed Very upset; troubled

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

't0
58 Chapter 7

Adding One Ward t w Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. aware c. devour e. distressed g. occasion


b. constant d. discovered f. modern h. popular

devour 1. It took Greg's dog only thirty seconds to . 7 a full bowl of food.
distressed 2. Sara's little sister was 9 when her pet snake died.
modem 3. To look up the meanings of new words like "software" and "hard drive,"
you need a good 7 dictionary.
occasion 4. The last time I saw Aunt Bonita was at a very special 9 her
daughter's wedding.
discovered 5. Phil was happy the day he . . ? . . a shortcut to work.
aware 6. Since Steve had missed class, he was not 7 that his teacher had
changed the day for the final exam.
constant 7. Small children can tire a parent with their 9 questionslike "Why
doesn't the sky fall down?" and "Why does it get dark when I close my
eyes?"
popular 8. The restaurant runs out of taco salad almost every day. It's the most
7 dish on the menu.

Adding Two Words t a iteng


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. aware c. devour e. distressed g. occasions


b. constant d. discovered f. modern h. popular

popular 1-2. The World Series and Super Bowl have become so that many
occasions Americans watch them together as if they were important family . 9
constant 3-4. Because of my 7 hunger for sweets, I can quickly 9 a whole
devour box of chocolate-chip cookies.
modem 5-6 7 medicine has 7 cures for many diseases that used to kill
discovered people.
aware 7-8. Because we hid in the trees, the animals were not of us and
distressed never got frightened or . 9

71
Chapter 7 59

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. Which of the following should you be aware of before diving into a swimming pool?
a. How much the pool cost
b. What the pool is made of
c. How deep the pool is
a 2. Which of the following would you want to discover in your living room?
a. A bag of trash
b. A fifty-dollar bill
c. A roll of bathroom tissue
c 3. You would probably be distressed if someone told you that
a. you had won the lottery.
b. your neighbor has two sisters.
c. you did not do well on a test.
b 4. If you are using a modern tool to add up numbers, you probably are using
a. pencil and paper.
b. a computer.
c. your fingers.

PART 13
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 5. One thing that is constant in everyone's life is


a. going to sleep and waking up.
b. making a lot of money.
c. doing well in school.
c 6. A cat would probably devour
a. a ball of string.
b. a large dog.
c. a juicy mouse.
c 7. Most people think it is a special occasion when
a. they drive to work every morning.
b. they get a bad cold.
c. they turn twenty-one.
b 8. Which of the following foods is the most popular with children?
a. Spinach
b. Pizza
c. Coffee
60 Chapter 7

Adding Words to a Reading


A. The Joy of Ice Cream
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. devour b. modern c. occasions d. popular

For hundreds of years, people have enjoyed ice cream. No one is sure when people
first started to (1) devour the frozen treat. But paintings show an icy
dessert being enjoyed as far back as the twelfth century. Ice cream as we know it became
(2) popular among the rich and powerful in Europe during the 1500s. King
Charles I of England liked ice cream so much he made a law which said that it could be
served only at his table. He even said that he would have his chef's head cut off if the chef
gave his secret ice-cream recipe to anyone. To Charles, the food was much too precious° to
share. In the United States, too, ice cream was eaten on special (3) occasions
by the country's richest people. George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and James
Madison were all big fans of the frozen dessert. However, ice cream did not reach the rest
of the nation until 1845. At that time, a New Jersey woman made a hand-held ice-cream
maker. Thanks to that machine, ice cream in the (4) modern world is
not just for kings and presidents. Now it's for all of us!

. A Noisy Apartment
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. aware b. constant c. discover d. distressed

When Carla decided to move out of her parents' house, she thought it might be hard
to find a nice apartment for a low rent. So she felt fortunate° to (5) discover
a clean and pretty little apartment that was not too expensive. Within a week of moving
in, though, she was not so happy. When she had rented the place, she had not seen how
close it was to the train tracks. Soon she became very (6) aware of the
noise from the trains. In fact, the noise was almost (7) constant because
trains went roaring past several times every hour, day and night. At first, Carla was really
(8) distressed . She even thought about moving. But she decided to stay
six weeks to see if she could get used to the noise. Little by little, she did. Now the noise

73
Chapter 7 61

does not bother her at all. When friends ask, "How can you bear that noise?" she answers,
"What noise?"

Using the Words When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I became aware that I had overslept when


Answers will vary.

2. Throughout the two-hour class, I heard the constant sound of

3. From the way most people devour ice cream, it is clear that

4. After I moved into my new home, I discovered that

5. At the zoo, animals become so distressed in their cages that

6. I like the modern look of

7. A family occasion I will never forget was

8. If you go into a school playground, you can usually tell right away who the most popular kids
are. All the other children

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

74
ability glance
create gratitude
damage introduce
failure labor

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 ability Many animals, such as cats and deer, have the ability to see at night.
(uh-bil-i-tee) When my teacher saw me in the school play, she said I had the ability to
noun be a good actor.
b Ability means a. feeling of thanks b. special power c. wish

2 create Children like to create drawings that their parents can put up on the
(kree-ayt) refrigerator.
verb Starting with a ball of gray clay, I created a small bowl that I liked a lot.
b Create means a. study b. make c. look at quickly

3 damage O Even though the accident was not bad, there was a lot of damage to
(dam-ij) Julia's car.
noun o Damage caused by the hurricane was so great that many people could
not find their homes.
c Damage means a. hard work b. danger c. harm

4 failure The dinner that Rashid cooked for Janelle was a failure. Everything was
(fayl-yur) burned to a crisp.
noun When she was turned down for the job she wanted badly, Betsy felt like
a failure.
c Failure means a. something that b. something that c. something that doesn't
works easily works well turn out well

5 glance The sun is so bright that if you just glance at it, you can hurt your eyes.
(glanss) Instead of reading the directions carefully, Leon simply glanced at the
verb box before trying to put the toy together.
a Glance means a. look quickly b. listen carefully c. keep from looking

62
75
Chapter 8 63
6 gratitude Because of his gratitude for my working overtime, the boss gave me an
(grat-uh-tood) extra day of vacation.
noun O When friends help you or do you a favor, it's good to show them
gratitude for what they did.
b Gratitude means a. anger b. thanks c. worry

7 introduce As soon as the moving van leaves, we will go next door and introduce
(in-truh-dooss) ourselves to our new neighbors.
verb Someonee introduced Jenna to me in kindergarten, and we have been
friends ever since.
c Introduce means a. sell something b. not agree c. meet someone for
to someone with someone the first time

8 labor The beautiful tablecloth is the result of months of my grandmother's


(lay-bur) labor.
noun O It will take a full day of labor to clean out the garage.
c Labor means a. space b. quiet c. hard work

Matching Wards with Meanin S


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. gratitude A feeling or showing of thanks; thankfulness

2. damage Harm; injury

3. ability The skill or power to do something

4. labor Hard work

5. introduce To make one person known to another for the first time

6. create To make something; to bring something into being

7. glance To look at something quickly; to take a fast look at something

8. failure Someone or something that does not turn out well; someone or
something that fails

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

76
64 Chapter 8

Adding One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. ability c. damage e. glanced g. introduce


b. create d. failure f. gratitude h. labor

gratitude 1. After I shoveled her walkway, my neighbor was so happy she gave me a
hug to show her 7
ability 2. On TV and in the movies, Superman has the 7 to fly.
glanced 3. Even though we only 7 at the bedroom set in the store window, we
knew right away that it was the one we wanted.
damage 4. Every year, insects that eat wood cause millions of dollars of 9 in
homes across the country.
failure 5. As a dancer, I am a because I can't move my arms and legs at the
same time.
introduce 6. At the party, I will . . ? . . you to my cousin. I think you will like her.
labor 7. It took thousands of workers and many years of hard to build the
Pyramids in Egypt.
create 8. Chang used several boards to 7 a desk.

Addin Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. ability c. damage e. glance g. introduced


b. created d. failure f. gratitude h. labor

labor 1-2. After many hours of in the kitchen, Paul's sister some
created wonderful cookiesand a big mess.
ability 3-4. Because of his doctor's great 7 , the 7 to my father's heart
damage could be repaired.
introduced 5-6. When Jamal .. ? .. his parents to his teacher, they told her how much
gratitude . . ? . . they had for the extra help she had given their son.
glance 7-8. I had only to . . . at the bookcase I had made to know that it was a
? .

failure 7 Not one of the shelves was straight.

77
Chapter 8 65

Showing You Understand the Words


PA TA
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 1. Which of the following might you glance at?


a. A song on the radio
b. Your watch to see the time
c. A movie you want to see
b 2. You would probably feel gratitude if someone
a. smashed your new car.
b. bought you a nice present.
c. gave you a bad haircut.
b 3. You might need to be introduced to
a. your brother and sister.
b. the parents of a new friend.
c. your old boss.
c 4. Which of the following would take a lot of labor?
a. Watching TV
b. Picking up a pencil
c. Moving a heavy couch

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. Someone who writes children's books must have the ability to


a. sew quickly.
b. tell a good story.
c. get along with people.
c 6. Which of the following is needed to create a sandwich?
a. A glass of milk
b. A napkin
c. Two slices of bread
a 7. On farms, insects cause crop damage by
a. eating plants that grow in the field.
b. crawling into living rooms.
c. buzzing loudly.
c 8. Which of the following would make many people feel like a failure?
a. Winning the lottery
b. Moving to a beautiful new apartment
c. Getting fired

7S
66 Chapter 8

Adding Wards t® a Reading


A. Nuts in the Senate
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. created b. failure c. glanced d. introduced

On a cold winter day in 1921, an interesting event° took place. A man spoke to the
United States Senate about something he thought was very important: peanuts. The man's
name was George Washington Carver. When the senators found out what he came to talk
about, at first they laughed. But that did not stop Carver or make him feel like a
(1) failure Carver, an African-American scientist, believed so much in
.

peanuts that he wanted the Senate to pass laws to help farmers who grew them. After
someone (2) introduced him to the senators, Carver showed them many
interesting things. He began with several items that he had (3) created
out of peanutsdye, soap, wood stain, and gravy. Next, he handed out paper made from
peanut shells, shaving cream made from peanut oil, and rubber made from the nut itself.
But he saved the best for last. Just as Carver's time was almost up, one of the senators
asked, "What is the brown stuff in the jar you are holding?" Carver
(4) glanced at the man and smiled. Opening the jar, he let the senators
smell and then taste what was inside. Much to their surprise, the "brown stuff' smelled
good and tasted even better. By the end of the day, the Senate had passed the law Carver
wanted, and the nation had begun its love affair withyou guessed itpeanut butter!

Calling Dr. Leech


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. ability b. damage c. gratitude d. labor

When the ear of seven-year-old Jimmy Taylor was nearly torn off by a dog, the
doctors didn't know if they could help. They spent hours trying to repair the
(5) damage . But after all their (6) labor
Jimmy's ear was not getting better. Instead, the blood in his ear began to dry up, and the
ear puffed up and turned blue. The doctors knew that Jimmy would lose his ear unless
they acted quickly. So they decided on an unusual° treatment that is not often followed
today but was widely used hundreds of years ago. They decided to use leeches,
bloodsucking worms that live in ponds and lakes. In the mouth of a leech are juices that
have the (7) ability to break up dried-up blood, letting the blood
79
Chapter 8 67
flow freely again. The blood then helps the problem area get better. Six leeches were
rushed to the hospital to feed on the dried-up blood in Jimmy's ear. The doctors made
small holes in the skin of Jimmy's ear and placed the hungry leeches at the holes. After
just a few hours, the ear turned a pink, healthy color. It was clear that Jimmy's ear would
be saved. Did Jimmy show any (8) gratitude to his wormy helpers? Not
really. When he found out that it was leeches that had saved his ear, all he could do was
make a face and say, "Yuck!"

Using the Wards When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

I. I wish I had the ability to


Answers will vary.

2. Children often create a mess in the house by

3. After the flood, damage was so widespread that

4. Parents can help their children not feel like failures by

5. In a restaurant, if you glance many times at the food that people at the next table are eating, they

6. One way to show gratitude to others is

7. To introduce two people to each other, all you have to do is say something like, "
9)

8. It took days of labor to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
N

S0
avoid intend
excuse normal
helpless sociable
include struggle

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 avoid O One way to stay healthy is to avoid foods with a lot of sugar and fat.
(uh-void) O Steven avoided getting stuck in a traffic jam by taking another road to
- verb get to work.
b Avoid means a. get closer to b. keep away from c. enjoy

2 excuse O Cora's excuse for not handing in her homework was that it had gotten
(eks-kyooss) wet in the rain.
noun O Instead of saying that he did not want to go to the party, Bill made up an
excuse about having a bad cold.
a Excuse means a. reason b. happy time c. question
(

3 helpless O Newborn babies are completely helpless. They need adults to do


(help-liss) everything for them.
adjective O When I broke my hip, I was helpless for six weeks. I could not even get
myself something to eat.
b Helpless means a. not able to b. not able to take c. not very
see well care of oneself well known

4 include O The new band will include a drummer, a singer, and a guitar player.
(in-klood) O Pedro's costume for the Halloween party includes a rubber mask, a
verb purple wig, and a long black cape.
c Include means a. be without b. stay away from c. be made up of

5 intend O After working outside in the hot sun for hours, I intend to go home and
(in-tend) take a cold shower.
verb O Greg intended to spend his paycheck on a nice vacation, but then his
car broke down.
c Intend means a. forget b. hate c. plan

68
81
Chapter 9 69

6 normal o The parents were happy to learn that their little boy's fear of the dark
(nor-muhl) was normal.
adjective o The normal time for the class to begin is 9 a.m., but today we will meet at
11 a.m.
a Normal means a. usual b. strange c. easily hurt

7 sociable Eric is shy and doesn't like parties, but his sister is very sociable.
(soh-shuh-buhl) The store wants to hire a sociable person to say hello to customers as
adjective they walk through the door.
b Sociable means a. quiet b. friendly c. angry

8 struggle O Rita did well in her English course, but the class was a real struggle for
(struhg-uhl) her at first.
noun It is a struggle to work and go to school at the same time.
c Struggle means a. boring time b. easy time c. difficult time

Matching Words with Meanin IQ


S
Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. excuse A reason, often not true, why something happened

2. intend To plan to do something

3. avoid To stay away from someone or something

4. sociable Friendly; enjoying the company of others

5. struggle A hard and difficult time

6. helpless Unable to take care of oneself

7. normal Usual; regular

8. include To be made up of; to have within itself

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

82
70 Chapter 9

Adding One Ward t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. avoided c. helpless e. intended g. sociable


b. excuse d. includes f. normal h. struggle

intended 1. The teacher had 9 to give a test on Friday, but then she saw that
half the class was absent.
helpless 2. Many people feel . ? . at fancy restaurants. They always need to ask
. .

their friends what they should order and how much they should tip.
avoided 3. When Bill caught the flu, his friends 9 him so they wouldn't get
sick, too.
sociable 4. Because Eva is so 7 , she wants a job where she will work with
people.
excuse 5. Sira's . 9 for not going to basketball practice was that she couldn't
find her sneakers.
normal 6. A . . ? . . . workday runs from about 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
includes 7. T o Joanne, a weekend is not perfect unless it . . ? . . sleeping late, seeing
friends, and going to a movie.
struggle 8. It was a 9 for Thien to save enough money to bring his parents to
this country.

Addin Tw® Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. avoid c. helpless e. intend g. sociable


b. excuse d. includes f. n rmal h. struggle

avoid 1-2. In order to 9 hurting Bruno's feelings, Rosa made up an . . ? . . to


excuse explain why she was not able to go to the movies with him.
normal 3 -4. A 9 day at a fast-food restaurant 9 getting covered in grease,
includes getting burned by hot ovens, and being yelled at by customers.
intend 5 -6. Before going to the city next weekend, I . 7 to buy a map and a
helpless guidebook. Without them, I would feel lost and
sociable 7 -8. For 7 people, speaking in front of crowds is often easy. But for
struggle shy folks, talking to large groups can be a real 7 .
Chapter 9 71

Showing You Eln,derstand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. If you were really tired, you would probably want to avoid


a. relaxing in front of the TV.
b. going to bed early.
c. going out to a party.

a 2. You might try to find an excuse if you


a. forgot your best friend's birthday.
b. fixed your neighbor's roof.
c. came to work on time.
c 3. You would probably feel helpless if you were
a. at home with your family.
b. at a party with friends.
c. lost in a strange city.
b 4. Which of the following would it be normal for you to see in a grocery store?
a. People playing basketball
b. Bananas on a shelf
c. A can of soup stuck to the ceiling

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. Which of the following should a good winter outfit include?


a. Sandals, a bathing suit, and sunglasses
b. Warm boots, a thick jacket, and a wool hat
c. Sneakers, a pair of jeans, and a T-shirt

c 6. If two people intend to make up after a fight, they will


a. continue to find fault with each other.
b. never speak to each other again.
c. say they are sorry.
b 7. A sociable person would probably
a. have trouble making friends.
b. look forward to a neighborhood party.
c. be nervous about talking to an old friend.

a 8. It would be a struggle for people who love chocolate to


a. turn down a slice of chocolate cake.
b. eat all of a chocolate candy bar by themselves.
c. enjoy a hot fudge sundae.

84
72 Chapter 9

Adding Words t a Reading


A. TV and Violence
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. avoid b. excuse c. includes d. normal

Would you want someone teaching your kids how to be mean and hurtful? That is
often what happens when kids watch television. Today's most-watched TV shows are
filled with violence and crime. And no one watches more of these shows than America's
kids. In a (1) normal week, many children sit in front of the TV set for
more than twenty-seven hours. By the time kids finish grade school, they have seen over
100,000 acts of people using force to cause harm. This number (2) includes
more than 8,000 killings. By the time kids graduate from high school, they will have
spent more time watching TV than sitting in the classroom or talking with their families.
The effects of watching this much TV are scary. Studies show that when kids watch
people fighting and shooting each other, they are more likely to be violent themselves.
True, in the modern° world, it is hard for kids to (3) avoid watching
TV. But that is no (4) excuse for parents to let their kids watch
whatever they want. If parents find that their kids are watching one violent show after
another, the adults must act. What should they do? They should get up, turn off the TV,
and help the kids find better ways to spend their time.

Are You Ready for a Pet?


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. helpless b. intend c. sociable d. struggle

If you (5) intend to get a pet, make sure you know what you are
doing. A new pet may be cute, but it also means lots of work. Puppies, for example, are
friendly, (6) sociable animals. They like to be around people, but they
also like to chew things. And to them, it does not matter whether they are chewing your
kitchen table or your leather jacket. Teaching puppies not to destroy things and be
housetrained can be a long, hard (7) struggle that lasts for months.
Kittens also can make life difficult. Those sweet little animals scratch everything in sight.
85
Chapter 9 73
In no time, a kitten's sharp claws can rip a new sofa apart, causing damage° that cannot
be fixed. What about smaller pets such as goldfish? They may not take as much everyday
work as dogs and cats. However, fish often get sick, and they are completely
(8) helpless if they jump out of their tank. The time and money you
spend at the vet's office can really add up. For all the fun and friendship pets give, they
are also a lot of work and expense. Keep that in mind before you bring one home.

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. People often avoid the supermarket on weekends because


Answers will vary.

2. Most children are good at finding excuses for

3. I used to feel helpless when

4. My favorite singers include

5. In a few years, I intend to

6. It is normal for teenagers to

7. The monkeys at the zoo are so sociable that

8. It was a struggle for me to learn how to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
88
approach numer us
damp previous
ignore require
loyal timid

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 approach As you approach a stop sign, slow your car down and get ready to stop.
(uh-prohch) The man on the corner approached us and said, "Do you have any extra
verb
change?"
c Approach means a. go away from b.. need c. come near

2 damp At the ocean, clothes often feel sticky and damp.


(damp) I got angry when I saw my roommate's damp, dirty socks on the table.
adjective

b Damp means a. clean b. a bit wet c. good-smelling

3 ignore O It is hard to ignore the smell of delicious food when you are really
(ig-nor) hungry.
verb
When Ruby ignored her little girl's question, the child shouted it loudly.
b Ignore means a. know b. pay no attention to c. need

4 loyal c I read about a dog in England who was so loyal to his owner that after
(loi-uhl) the man died, the dog went to his grave every day.
adjective
c No matter how many games they lose, Connie is loyal to her favorite
baseball team.
a Loyal means a. faithful b. mean c. helpful

5 numerous On a clear evening, you can see numerous stars in the night sky.
(noo-mur-uhss) Although Mr. Colon has numerous reasons why he has not stopped
adjective smoking, none of them is a good one.
c Numerous means a. a few b. ugly c. lots of

74
8`7
Chapter 10 75
6 previous o It's hard to understand what's going on in a TV soap opera if you
(pree-vee-uhss) haven't seen the show the previous day.
adjective o Robert married a woman who had two children from a previous
marriage.
b Previous means a. next b. earlier c. favorite

7 require o Many jobs today require employees who know how to use a computer.
(ri-kwii-ur) When we went camping, we couldn't take our three dogs with us in the
verb van. They require too much space.
c Require means a. send away b. do without c. need

8 timid On the first day of kindergarten, most children in the class were too
(tim-id) timid to speak.
adjective O It is hard for a timid person to talk in front of a group.
a Timid means a. fearful b. noisy c. old

Matching Words with Newlin S


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

I. loyal Ready to stand by or stand up for someone; faithful

2. numerous Many

3. previous Earlier; happening before something else

4. damp A little wet; moist

5. require To need something

6. approach To come close or closer to someone or something

7. ignore To pay no attention to something

8. timid Shy

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

88
76 Chapter 10

Adding One Ward to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. approached c. ignored e. numerous g. require


b. damp d. loyal f. previous h. timid

previous 1. Steve is a truck driver now. In his 7 job, he was a cook in a


restaurant.
damp 2. After Mona played basketball, her clothes were . . ? . . with sweat.
loyal 3. Although he was born in another country, Akira is so 7 to the
United States that he joined the Army.
approached 4. The Halloween trick-or-treaters put on their masks as they 9 each
house.
numerous 5. The school offers 7 art classes, including watercolor painting and
cartoon drawing.
ignored 6. Betty 9 what the doctor told her to do and ended up so sick that she
missed work for a week.
require 7. To feel rested, I 9 seven or eight hours of sleep each night.
timid 8. Most people feel a bit 9 at parties where they don't know anyone.

Adding Tw® Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. approached c. ignores e. numerous g. requires


b. damp d. loyal f. previous h. timid

loyal 1-2. Lawrence is always 7 to his friends. He 7 anything bad he


ignores hears about them and pays attention only to the good things.
requires 3-4. Tonya's new hairstyle 7 a lot of work. The hair has to be set on
damp big rollers while it is still . . ? . . from being washed.

numerous 5-6. I gave 7 reasons why I couldn't sing in the choir, but the real
timid reason was that I was too . . ? . . to try out.
approached 7-8. When I was out in the yard, my new neighbor 7 me to ask if I
previous knew the . . ? . . owner of her house well.

89
Chapter 10 77

Showin You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 1. Which of the following might feel damp against your bare feet?
a. Grass in the early morning
b. A bath towel that was never used
c. A sidewalk on a sunny day
b 2. If you plan to get numerous things done this weekend, you will probably be
a. sleeping all weekend.
b. busy all weekend.
c. lazy all weekend.
a 3. If you used to be a waiter, now are a painter, and plan to become a circus clown, which is your
previous job?
a. A waiter
b. A painter
c. A clown
b 4. If you are timid, which of these would be hard for you to do?
a. Wash the dishes
b. Give a speech in front of strangers
c. Carry a heavy package

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 5. When people approach the ticket booth at a movie theater, they probably
a. have just arrived at the theater.
b. have already seen the movie.
c. are ready to leave the theater.
b 6. A man on the corner asked people for some money. Which of the following people ignored him?
a. A woman who gave him fifty cents
b. A couple who walked past without looking at him
c. A teenager who said "Get a job!"
c 7. When a football team does badly, a loyal fan
a. boos them and says, "Get off the field, you jerks."
b. hopes they lose games.
c. keeps cheering for them.
b 8. If a newspaper ad says a job "requires heavy lifting," anyone applying for the job
a. will not be asked to do any lifting.
b. needs to be strong.
c. doesn't need to be strong.
90
78 Chapter 10

Adding Words t a Read in


A. Help for Shy People
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. damp b. numerous c. require d. timid

Many people are a little shy. In fact, probably everyone feels shy once in a while.
But some people are so (1) timid that it makes their lives difficult. For
them, making everyday conversationeven with people they knowcan be a struggle°.
And the thought of speaking to a stranger makes their hands (2) damp
with sweat. Being so shy gets in the way of having friends or doing well at school or on
the job.
Many adult-education schools offer courses to help shy people. Shy people
(3) require practice in talking to strangers. So the teacher of such a
course may ask students to speak to class members they don't know. Students are also
given (4) numerous tricks for getting over their shyness. For example,
they might be told to think about a friend who is outgoing and friendly; then they make
believe they are that person and try to act as he or she would. Students also are given
interesting assignments to do at home. One assignment might be for students to start a
conversation with someone they don't know but have always wanted to meet. After a
while, the students in these classes learn to relax, make friends, and enjoy life more.

Not a Laughing Matter


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. approached b. ignored c. loyal d. previous

The other day, I had lunch with a group of friends from work. My friend Patty, who
recently remarried and has two children, was in the group. While we were eating, one of
the men said something mean about his ex-wife. Some people laughed, but Patty
(5) ignored what he said. A little later, he made another mean joke
about his ex-wife. Then he (6) approached Patty and said, "What about
you? Tell us about your (7) previous husband. What kind of jerk was
he?" Patty replied, "My ex-husband and I had our problems. But I am not going to make

91
Chapter 10 79
fun of him just so you can have a laugh. I married him because he's a good guy in many
ways. We had a couple of wonderful kids together. Our marriage is over, but I still feel
(8) loyal to him. I don't want him laughing about me with his
friends. And I do not intend° to laugh at him either." Everybody at the table was quiet. We
quickly started talking about something else. There were no more dumb jokes that day
about an ex-husband or an ex-wife.

Using the Words When Writing cad Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I would not like to approach


Answers will vary.

2. When it is damp outside, older folks often feel

3. When children ignore what their parents tell them,

4. When people are hospitalized, a visit from a loyal friend makes them

5. Students give numerous reasons why

6. One of the vocabulary words in the previous chapter was

7. For me, a good party requires

8. I sometimes feel timid when

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

92
capabDe opportunKy
careDess ress.a
lurjous VS Verse
observe .arad'Uon

Learning Eight Neu, Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 capable Only the most capable runners should try a twenty-six-mile race.
(kay-puh-buhl) Of all the people who applied for the job, Maya was the most capable,
adjective so she was hired.
a Capable means a. having skill b. not ready c. not careful

2 careless Each year hundreds of fires are started by careless smokers.


(kair-luhss) O The careless painter splashed drops of paint all over the carpet.
adjective
b Careless means a. intelligent b. not careful c. cheerful

3 furious People who cannot control their tempers often become furious over
(fyoo-ree-uhss) small problems.
adjective My parents were furious when I tracked mud all over the clean kitchen
floor just before their guests arrived.
c Furious means a. helpful b. quiet c. angry

4 observe O Mirrors hanging high in the corners of the store let the owner observe
(uhb-zurv) people who might be stealing.
verb O The lifeguards at the pool closely observed the kids in the water.
c Observe means a. miss b. copy c. watch

5 opportunity Because of his excellent grades, Kevin has the opportunity to go to a


(op-ur-too-nuh-tee) top-rated college.
noun Sheila's job gives her the opportunity to meet many interesting people.
c Opportunity means a. problem b. habit c. chance

80 93
Chapter 11 81

6 resist Many people are strong and can resist a hot fudge sundae topped with
(ri-zist) whipped cream, nuts, and a cherry. I'm not one of those people.
verb The children resisted sleep as long as they could. Then they went to
bed.
b Resist means a. answer b. say no to c. invite

7 reverse o As a little girl, I liked to reverse the order of dinner and start with
(ri-vurss) dessert.
verb My father likes to reverse our home movies so that it looks as if
everyone is walking backward.
c Reverse means a. say loudly b. keep c. turn around

8 tradition It is a Latin American tradition to have a special party on a girl's


(truh-dish-uhn) fifteenth birthday.
noun Two traditions in the United States are watching fireworks on the
Fourth of July and eating turkey on Thanksgiving.
a Tradition means a. handed-down way b. law c. difficult time
of doing something

Match:in Wards with Meanin S

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. opportunity A chance to do something that will probably lead to good things

2. careless Paying little or no attention; not careful

3. furious Very angry

4. resist To keep from doing something

5. observe To see and pay attention to something

6. tradition A special way of doing something that is passed down from older
to younger people; a custom

7. capable Having the skill to do something; able

8. reverse To turn something around; to go in the opposite direction

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

94
82 Chapter 11

Addin One Word to an Item


Ih

Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. capable c. furious e. opportunity g. reversed


b. careless d. observes f. resist h. tradition

furious 1. Research shows that people who often become 9 have more heart
problems than those who are slow to anger.
reversed 2. At first, Mom said I could not borrow the car, but then she 9 her
decision and gave me the keys.
careless 3. Even good students can become . . ? . . if they rush to get their work
done.
capable 4. Dolphins and bats are 9 of hearing sounds that people cannot hear.
tradition 5. For many children throughout the world, Halloween is a day to wear
masks and tell ghost stories. This scary 9 is believed to be
hundreds of years old.
observes 6. The school principal . ? . a different classroom every day, just to see
. .

how students and teachers are doing.


resist 7. Since I don't really love candy, I can easily . . ? . . it.

opportunity 8. Hector takes every 9 to spend time with his children. He tries to get
them up every morning and to put them to bed every night.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. capable c. furious e. opportunity g. reverses


b. careless d. observe f. resist h. tradition

reverses 1-2. Although she doesn't eat meat, Donna 7 her position every
tradition Thanksgiving. Following .. ? .. , she has turkey with stuffing.
opportunity 3-4. Without thinking, Andrew turned down an 9 to see the President
furious of the United States in person. Now he is 9 at himself.
capable 5-6. Most people are 7 of keeping their weight down if they exercise
resist often and 9 fatty foods.
observe 7-8. When you are driving on the highway, you must everything 9
careless around you. It takes only one ' mistake to cause an accident.
95
Chapter 11 83

Showing You Un,derstand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 1. Which of the following behaviors would make you furious?


a. Someone breaking into your mailbox
b. Someone enjoying a meal that you cooked
c. Someone walking down your street
a 2. If you are baby-sitting, it would be your job to observe
a. the children you are taking care of.
b. the food in the refrigerator.
c. the neighbors next door.
c 3. If you are looking for a job opportunity, you probably
a. will not look at the "Help Wanted" ads in the newspaper.
b. are happy with the job you have now.
c. are not happy with the job you have now.
b 4. If you want to save money, which of these activities should you resist?
a. Working overtime
b. Going shopping at the mall
c. Playing basketball

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 5. Capable students usually


a. live one block from school.
b. are good-looking.
c. do well in school.
a 6. A person who is careless might
a. spill some coffee.
b. drink some water.
c. share a lunch.
b 7. A fifteen-year old girl was upset because her parents said she couldn't date until she was 16.
However, her parents just reversed what they said earlier. This means that the girl
a. still can't date until age 16.
b. can date now.
c. can date only boys who are sixteen years old.
b 8. In the United States, it is a tradition on birthdays to
a. paint eggs different colors and put them in baskets.
b. have a cake with candles on it.
c. eat fish for dinner.
96
84 Chapter 11

Adding Wards to a Readin :


A. Taking Risks
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. capable b. observe c. opportunities d. resist

Taking risks in life can make us feel good about ourselves. All of us should try
something neweven something scaryevery once in a while. Each of us is
(1) capable of taking chances, but we often don't. Instead, we
sometimes let good (2) opportunities pass us by because they seem a bit
too risky. Maybe we don't apply for an exciting new job because we are not sure we can
handle it. Perhaps we delay° returning to school because we are afraid that the work will
be too hard. Maybe we walk away from a relationship because it is becoming more
important than we had planned.
If you (3) observe yourself getting frightened by something new and
different, that is all the more reason to face it head-on and not run away. Finding that you
have the strength inside to overcome your fears will make you feel proud of yourself. You
will begin to feel that you have what it takes to get through even the difficult times. So if
you want to move ahead in life, with your head held high, don't (4) resist
making a change or taking a chance. Go for it.

It It ad Manners Hurt Everyone


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. careless b. furious c. reverse d. tradition

Many people these days don't have good manners. Acting as though they are the
only people in the world, they are (5) careless about the feelings of
others. These selfish people ignore° other people's feelingsthey pay attention only to
their own wishes. They push their way into lines, blast their horns at other drivers, and
play loud music late at night when their neighbors are trying to sleep. Such rude behavior
makes most of us (6) furious . Sadly, though, it has gotten to the point
where nicely asking people to act more politely can be dangerous. You never know if
someone will turn against you violently. It is time to turn things around. It is time to

97
Chapter 11 85

(7) reverse all this bad behavior. We need to go back to the


(8) tradition of caring about our fellow human beings. Paying
attention to our manners is a good place to start.

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Only the most capable students will


Answers will vary.

2. Careless driving leads to

3. Many people get furious when

4. I was lucky that my neighbor observed our house when

5. I would like the opportunity to

6. In the grocery store, I try to resist

7. I used to think that spring was the best time of year. But then I reversed myself, and now I think
that

8. One of my favorite family traditions is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

9
allow persist
comfortable respect
distract sensitive
insulting wonder

Learnills Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 allow o Some schools will allow students to wear shorts on days when the
(uh-low) weather is very hot.
verb o Jay's parents allowed him to go to the mall after he did his homework.
b Allow means a. hate b. let c. stop

2 comfortable When Brian first met his girlfriend's parents, he was nervous, but now
(kuhm-fur-tuh-buhl) he is comfortable with them.
adjective ° The burning sun and the ants made it hard to get comfortable at the
picnic.
a Comfortable means a. relaxed b. mean c. thirsty

3 distract When babies want something they can't have, it's a good idea to
(diss-trakt) distract them by handing them a favorite toy.
verb ° None of us can study with Julie in the room. The loud way she chews
gum distracts us.
c Distract means a. have questions b. make clean c. take away
about attention

4 insulting o Rafael is angry because someone wrote an insulting message about him
(in-suhlt-ing) on the sidewalk.
adjective o Our boss calls his workers insulting names, such as "stupid" and "lazy."
c Insulting means a. kind b. easy to understand c. hurtful

5 persist To reach a goal, you must persist rather than giving up at the first sign
(pur-sist) of a problem.
verb ° The salesperson persisted in trying to sell me a car, even after I said I
wasn't interested.
b Persist means a. give up easily b. keep doing something c. forget

86
99
Chapter 12 87
6 respect I have respect for my aunt because every day she works hard to take
(ri-spekt) care of her young kids and her older parents.
noun o Because she has so much respect for her grandmother, Mona changed
out of her torn jeans before visiting her.
b Respect means a. great fear b. great liking c. great anger

7 sensitive My dog is sensitive. When I am sad, she sits down gently beside me and
(sen-suh-tiv) puts her paw in my lap.
adjective o Pablo is a sensitive person. At parties, he always spends time talking to
c Sensitive means anyone who looks nervous and out of place.
a. not caring b. happy c. caring

8 wonder o Don't you wonder why the dinosaurs died out millions of years ago?
(wuhn-dur) o Everyone wonders why Hector and Andrew are angry at one another,
verb but neither of them will talk about it.
a Wonder means a. want to know b. answer c. blame

Matchin Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. respect A feeling of great liking and honor for someone or something;


looking up to someone or something

2. wonder To want to know or learn about something

3. allow To let someone do something

4. insulting Mean; nasty; rude

5. persist To keep doing something, especially when faced with difficulties;


to not give up

6. distract To weaken someone's attention

7, comfortable Relaxed; at ease; in a state of comfort

8. sensitive Understanding the feelings and needs of others; caring

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

0O
88 Chapter 12

Adding One Word to w Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. allow c. distracted e. persists g. sensitive


b. comfortable d. insulting f. respect h. wondered

comfortable 1. Whenever my new kitten sits on my lap, she feels so 2 that she
falls asleep.
persists 2. Joseph hasn't found work yet. But he will because he . . ? . . in looking
for a job.
allow 3. Because cigarettes are so dangerous, not many parents 7 their
children to smoke.
distracted 4. The children's fight 9 the bus driver so much that he almost
crashed into a tree.
respect 5. My parents taught me to have . ? . for education and learning. That's
. .

why I have always done well in school.


insulting 6. I won't answer Vera when she speaks to me in that 7 tone of voice.
sensitive 7. We send our children to a 9 doctor. Whenever they are scared, she
uses smiles and kind words to take away their fears.
wondered 8. We . ? . . who the man sitting in the back of the class was until the
.

teacher said, "Ladies and gentlemen, I'd like you to meet my brother."

Addin : Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. allow c. distract e. persisted g. sensitive


b. comfortable d. insulting f. respect h. wonder

insulting 1-2. At the movies, we asked the man next to us to stop saying rude, . ? . . .

persisted things to us. When he 2 , we got the manager to throw him out.
allow 3 -4. Jim is an excellent student and doesn't 7 anyone to 9 him
distract from his homework.
sensitive 5-6. Mr. Brown is a caring, . ? . teacher who goes out of his way to make
. .

comfortable shy students feel 9 in class.


respect 7-8. I feel great 9 for my parents. I often . . ? . . how they raised such a
wonder large family without losing their tempers.

1 ni
Chapter 12 89

Showing You Understand the Words


PA T A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. If you feel comfortable at a family party, you will probably


a. sit sadly in the corner.
b. leave as soon as possible.
c. stay for a long while.
a 2. If you are writing a paper for school, which of the following would be likely to distract you?
a. Loud music outside your window
b. A gentle breeze coming in the window
c. A dictionary sitting on a shelf
c 3. If you persist in trying to learn to swim, you would probably
a. stop going to the swimming pool.
b. decide to start running instead.
c. go to the swimming pool as often as you can.
b 4. If you wonder how big the raise you are getting at work will be, you
a. know how much you will receive.
b. do not know how much you will receive.
c. spend the money before you get it.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

a 5. The new town rule doesn't allow dogs to run free in the neighborhood. From now on, people
will have to
a. put their dogs on a leash.
b. give away their dogs.
c. get indoor cats instead.
b 6. When people are called an insulting name, they often
a. seem happy.
b. feel hurt.
c. look silly.
a 7. Workers who have respect for their boss
a. look up to and learn from the boss.
b. argue with the boss.
c. don't listen to what the boss says.
a 8. People who are sensitive
a. don't like to hurt or upset others.
b. don't care how others feel.
c. laugh at others who feel sad.
AiZ 2
90 Chapter 12

Adding Wards t® a Reading


A. Two Different Sisters
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. comfortable b. distract c. insulting d. sensitive

Carla and Luisa are sisters. They are both smart young women who work at the same
company. But Carla gets along better with others than Luisa. One difference is that Carla
is a (1) sensitive person who cares about people and how they feel.
If someone looks unhappy, she will always stop and ask if she can help in any way. Luisa,
though, never takes the time to see what's bothering a coworker. Because she thinks only
of her job, she will not let anything (2) distract her from doing
her work. However, Carla is sociable° and enjoys joking and having fun with the other
workers. If people say to her, "Carla, you are as slow as molasses in January!" she knows
they are not serious. But if a coworker makes a gentle joke about Luisa, Luisa gets upset
and finds the joke (3) insulting . It's not surprising that many
people at work do not feel relaxed or (4) comfortable around Luisa.

How "Honest Abe" Earned His Name


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. allow b. persisted c. respect d. wonder

When Abraham Lincoln was a young man, he worked as a clerk in a general store.
One day a woman came in and bought some things. She paid and went away. But after
she left the store, Lincoln began to (5) wonder if he had added up the
bill correctly. Had he been careless'? He looked at the bill again and saw that he had
charged the woman six cents too much. It was only a few cents. But Lincoln would not
(6) allow himself to keep the woman's money. That night, he closed
up the store and began walking toward the woman's house, which was several miles away.
Although it grew dark, Lincoln (7) persisted until he reached the
woman's home and returned her six cents. After Lincoln became President, even those
who disliked him had to give him (8) respect for his honesty.
103
Chapter 12 91

Using the Wards When Writing and Tagking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Most parents do not allow their very young children to watch movies that
Answers will vary.

2. To get comfortable at the end of the day, I

3. One thing that distracts me when I am trying to study is

4. If someone says something insulting to me, the best thing to do is

5. When learning how to drive a car, most people persist, even though they

6. Children should show their respect for older people by

7. A sensitive person will

8. I have always wondered if

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words %
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading %

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

104
I

Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Two. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

O Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

O Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

O Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

O Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

O Using the Words When Writing and Talking

105
92
Unit 2 Review Activities 93

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Two. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

1 2 3
H A E ability
4
IGNORE P X
5
A
6
L approach
avoid
L P C B 0
capable
7
N OPPORTUNI
8
TY careless
U
12
L 0 S L
9
AVOID 10 11

damp
M R E A E I L B excuse
13
REVERSE C, T S M
furious
helpless
R 0 S H Y E P ignore
0 U R include
U INTEND
14
V
15
C intend
S R STRUGGLE
16 17
A
loyal
normal
RES
18
I S T E R numerous
21
19
C SOCI ABLE 20
observe
F A P L opportunity
22
INCLUDE PREV IOUS
23
E
previous
require
R A C S
resist
I B T S respect
24
NORMAL reverse
sociable
U E
struggle
S

AC OSS 22. To be made up of; to have 6. Ready to stand by or stand


4. To pay no attention within itself up for someone; faithful
8. A chance to do something 23. Earlier; happening before 7. Many
that will probably lead to something else 10. To see and pay attention to
good things 24. Usual; regular something
9. To stay away from 11. A little wet; moist
DOWN 12. To need something
someone or something
1. Unable to take care of 15. Not careful; paying little
13. To go in the opposite
oneself attention
direction
2. To come close or closer to 17. A feeling of great liking
14. To plan to do something
someone or something and honor for someone or
16. A hard and difficult time
3. A reason, often not true, something
18. To keep from doing
why something happened 19. Having the skill to do
something
5. The skill or power to do something
20. Friendly; enjoying the
something 21. Very angry
company of others
106
94 Unit 2 Review Activities

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Two. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

1 2
G G allow
3
COMFORT ABL
4 5
E
6
I
aware
comfortable
C A A A N
constant
C I T
7
STANT
ANT 8

create
A L I C W R damage
9
W S U T E A 0 devour
discover
0 I R U R D
10 distract
N 0 E D A M A G E U distressed
MODERN
11
E C failure

15
E
16
12
T COVER 13
DI
14
S glance
gratitude
T R A D I T ! ON N
insulting
L
18
M PERSIST
17

introduce
L C I U labor
DEVOUR
19
D
20
L modern
W E
21
DI S T R E S S E D
occasion
persist
A L I
22 23 popular
D I S T R A C T S E N S I T I V E sensitive
E B G timid
POPUL
24
AR tradition
wonder
R
AC OSS 19. To eat quickly and hungrily 5. Someone or something that
3. Relaxed; at ease 20. Very upset; troubled does not turn out well
7. Never stopping; happening 22. To weaken someone's 6. To make one person known
again and again attention to another for the first time
10. Harm; injury 23. Understanding the feelings 8. Knowing about something
11. Of the present time; up-to- and needs of others; caring 9. To want to know or learn
date; not old-fashioned 24. Liked by many people about something
13. To find something for the 12. Shy
DOWN 14. Mean; nasty; rude
first time
15. A special way of doing 1. A feeling of thanks 16. To let someone do
something that is passed 2. To look at something something
down; a custom quickly 18. To make something; to
17. To keep doing something, 4. A time when something bring something into being
especially when faced with takes place, often 21. Hard work
difficulties something special
107
Unit 2 Review Activities 95

Choosin the est Word to Complete cut Item


On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

capable 1. Even a small child is of doing simple jobs around the house,
such as clearing the table.
a. capable b. damp c. sociable
modern 2. Old-fashioned telephones have round dials, but 9 ones have
buttons.
a. helpless b. modern c. insulting
includes 3. The art set Lisa got for her birthday markers, colored pencils,
and a set of paints.
a. ignores b. devours c. includes
comfortable 4. On the first day of class, the teacher helped the students feel by
learning their names and asking friendly questions about their families.
a. comfortable b. numerous c. previous
sociable 5. Because she is 7 , Grandmother likes living with a group of other
retired people.
a. insulting b. furious c. sociable
occasions 6. On those 9 when my children don't have school, I need to find a
baby sitter for them.
a. occasions b. excuses c. traditions
normal 7. Although our ' suppertime is 6:30, we did not eat until 8:00 last
night.
a. normal b. sensitive c. popular
allowed 8. When I turned 15, my parents me to wear a little makeup and
date.
a. wondered b. created c. allowed
opportunity 9. Born in the United States, Paco was happy to have the to visit
Mexico, where both his parents had been raised.
a. respect b. opportunity c. labor
ability 10. Although whales need air, they have the to stay under water for
as long as two hours.
a. gratitude b. excuse c. ability
approaching 11. We could tell by the cold weather and shorter days that winter was
quickly
a. approaching b. including c. distracting
distract 12. When my parents said they wanted to talk to me about the yard work I
had not done, I tried to them by telling a joke.
a. require b. devour c. distract
(Continues on next page)
108
96 Unit 2 Review Activities

reversed 13. At exactly 6 p.m., the owner of the store went to the sign on the door that
said "Open" and 9 it to the other side, which said "Sorry, closed."
a. glanced b. introduced c. reversed
damage 14. Bad weather can cause a great deal of . ' to a crop of oranges.
a. damage b. opportunity c. excuse
struggle 15. It was a for Greta to stop smoking, but she is proud that she
finally did it.
a. respect b. gratitude c. struggle
persists 16. Although I never buy anything over the phone, there is one telephone
salesperson who . ? . in calling me at least once a week.
. .

a. persists b. creates c. resists


aware 17. Are you that you are wearing one black shoe and one brown
shoe?
a. modern b. aware c. capable
gratitude 18. When the neighbors got together to paint Mrs. Kim's house, she cooked
dinner for all of them to show them her 9
a. failure b. occasion c. gratitude
damp 19. It makes me angry when my kids leave 9 towels lying on the
bathroom floor.
a. comfortable b. damp c. popular
sensitive 20. Sandra is a 7 boss. She always knows when a worker is upset, even
if the worker acts as if nothing is wrong.
a. previous b. modern c. sensitive
devoured 21. The hungry teenagers '
a box of crackers and a jar of peanut butter
while putting away the groceries.
a. devoured b. introduced c. created
numerous 22. It took Carla a long time to choose new eyeglass frames because there
were . . ? . . styles for her to look at.
a. helpless b. numerous c. furious
avoid 23. Most religions teach that people should speaking unkindly of
others.
a. reverse b. intend c. avoid
failure 24. Joseph's to find work in his hometown has made him think about
moving to a larger city where there are more jobs.
a. tradition b. occasion c. failure

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 =46 %, 10 = 42%, 9 38%, 8 = 33%, 7 = 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, I =4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

109
Unit 2 Review Activities 97

Adding a Word to an Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. create d. insulting g. observed j. popular


b. excuse e. introduced h. require k. timid
c. furious f. loyal i. resist I. wonder

wonder 1. TV soap operas often end in a way that makes people 9 what is
going to happen next.

create 2. Believe it or not, you can 9 a very good candy by mixing only
three things: peanut butter, honey, and powdered milk.

introduced 3. Because Meg and Gerald are so happy that they met and fell in love,
they wrote a thank-you note to the friend who them.

popular 4. The pizza restaurant on the corner is so 9 that people often have to
wait an hour for a table.

excuse 5. Barry had a good . . ? . . for falling asleep in classhe had been up all
night with his sick child.

observed 6. The store owner called police when she two scary-looking men
walking around the building and looking in the windows.

timid 7. Some brave children run right up to a department-store Santa Claus, but
others are so . . ? . . that they won't go near him at all.

insulting 8. When parents say 9 things to their children, such as "You're


stupid," the youngsters often begin to think poorly of themselves.

resist 9. My parents taught me to work hard and 9 doing things the easy
way.

loyal 10. Even if the new supermarket has low prices, I am going to be to
the neighborhood grocery store where I have shopped for years.

fttrious 11. I knew that Dad would be upset that I lost his wallet, but he was more
than upset. He was . . ? . . .

require 12. "In order to do this trick," said the magician, "I 9 a brave person
from the audience to come up on stage with me."

(Continues on next page)


110
98 Unit 2 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. careless d. distressed g. ignores j. previous


b. constant e. glanced h. intend k. respect
c. discovered f. helpless i. labor 1. tradition

intend 13. After their children are grown and leave home, Mr. and Mrs. Siskin
9 to sell their house and move to an apartment.
helpless 14. When I first moved away from home, I felt as 9 as a baby.
respect 15. Many people lost their 9 for the mayor when they learned he had
made up stories about being a war hero.
glanced 16. At first, I only 9 at the couple entering the store. But when I
realized they were famous movie actors, I turned around and stared.
discovered 17. The last time I was at the library, I I. . ? . . a writer whose books I really
like.

distressed 18. My children are so 7 about having to move to another city that
they aren't eating or sleeping well.
careless 19. When the restaurant owners saw the new menus, they were very
unhappy. The 7 printer had spelled the name of the restaurant
wrong.

labor 20. The children put many hours of . 9 into building their tree house.
They often worked from the time they got home from school until it
was dark.

tradition 21. The 9 of throwing rice at a wedding is a very old one, going back
many hundreds of years.
constant 22. Mr. and Mrs. Shue called their landlord to complain about the 9
loud music and shouting from their neighbors downstairs.
ignores 23. Most people in my office are bothered by the sounds of heavy traffic
outside. But Rhonda . . ? . . the noise and gets her job done.
previous 24. Last winter was not bad, but the 9 one was the coldest I can
remember.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
Unit 2 Review Activities 99

Finding the Same w the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that correctly completes each sentence. In most
cases, the correct answer will have the same or almost the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

b 1. If you see coming toward you a couple you want to avoid, you would probably
a. call out their names. b. walk the other way.
c. walk up to them and tell them who you are.

a 2. If a three-year-old asks constant questions, the questions


a. go on and on and never seem to stop. b. are hard to understand.
c. are about private matters.

a 3. If you create a new way of doing a job at work, you


a. come up with the idea on your own. b. have trouble finding a way to do the job better.
c. are happy that other people found a way to do the job better.

c 4. If insects do a lot of damage to a plant, the plant will


a. grow tall. b. be healthy and strong.
c. be harmed badly.

a 5. If something happens that makes you feel like a failure, you might feel as though
a. nothing works out well for you. b. everything turns out well for you.
c. everyone is on your side..

a 6. If a friend is furious with you, the friend would be


a. really angry with you. b. relaxed with you.
c. fearful of you.

c 7. If a turtle is helpless when it is on its back, that means that it


a. is especially strong. b. is sleepy.
c. can't help itself by turning over.

a 8. If dinner at a restaurant includes dessert, this means that


a. dessert will be a part of the meal. b. dessert will not be a part of the meal.
c. dessert will be the only thing in the meal.

b 9. An insulting joke is one that is


a. nice and funny. b. mean and rude.
c. hard to remember.

b 10. If you intend to clean the house on Saturday, you


a. forget to clean the house on Saturday. b. plan to clean the house on Saturday.
c. try hard to keep from cleaning the house on Saturday.

c 11. If you reverse your car, you


a. love your car. b. sell your car.
c. turn your car in the other direction.

112 (Continues on next page)


100 Unit 2 Review Activities

c 12. Teenagers who resist using drugs


a. never heard of drugs. b. use a lot of drugs.
c. work hard to keep from using drugs.

PART 13
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

a 13. The opposite of capable is


a. not able b. painful c. colorful

c 14. The opposite of careless is


a. difficult b. easy c. careful

c 15. The opposite of damp is


a. ugly b. cold c. dry

b 16. The opposite of glance is


a. repeat slowly b. look at carefully c. give back

a 17. The opposite of ignore is


a. pay attention b. open slowly c. clean completely

c 18. The opposite of labor is


a. truth b. fault c. rest

b 19. The opposite of modern is


a. straight b. old-fashioned c. good-looking

a 20. The opposite of observe is


a. not see b. not try c. not hurt

a 21. The opposite of persist is


a. give up b. hurry c. look at

a 22. The opposite of numerous is


a. few b. straight c. small

b 23. The opposite of sociable is


a. perfect b. unfriendly c. sharp

a 24. The opposite of timid is


a. brave b. tiny c. smooth

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

113
Unit 2 Review Activities 101

Elsin the Wards When Writin and Talking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word ability, write or talk about a special skill of someone you know well. The person
might be able to fix anything, cook well, or get along with anybody.
2. Using the word allow, write or talk about one thing you believe parents should not let their
children do. Maybe you feel parents should not let their kids smoke, go out on school nights, date
before they are 16, or wear certain clothing styles.
3. Using the word approach, write or tell about a time that a stranger came up to you and began to
talk. It could have been the time your car broke down and a passerby offered to help, or it might
have been when you moved into a new home and a neighbor came over to say hello.
4. Using the word aware, write or talk about a time when you first came to understand something. It
could be the first time you understood that your parents were less than perfect, or the first time
you learned of a problem in your school, in your neighborhood, or in the country.
5. Using the word comfortable, write or tell about a time you made someone feel relaxed and at
ease. Perhaps you invited a new neighbor to dinner, took time to show a coworker around on the
first day on the job, or helped a relative feel less nervous about going into the hospital.
6. Using the word devour, write or talk about a time when you (or someone else) ate a lot of
something really quickly. You might describe the way you ate a hot-fudge sundae or the way
friends ate a pizza.

7. Using the word discover, write or talk about a time when you found out about or learned
something new. Perhaps you came across a shortcut to work or an easy way to do something that
used to be difficult.

8. Using the word distract, write or talk about something that got your attention when you needed to
to take care of another matter. Maybe a classmate kept talking while you were trying to listen to a
teacher or the beautiful weather made it difficult for you to stay indoors and study.
9. Using the word distressed, write or talk about something that upset you and made you unhappy.
Perhaps it was doing poorly on a test, learning that a friend was sick, or having a fight with
someone you cared for.

10. Using the word excuse, write or talk about a time you made up a reason not to do somethingfor
example, go to a party, visit an elderly relative, or work hard in school or on the job.
11. Using the word gratitude, write or talk about a time when you felt thankful to someone. The
person might have done you a favor, helped you with something you didn't know how to do, or
simply been good to you when you needed a friend.
12. Using the word introduce, write or talk about a time you went up to someone you wanted to meet
and told the person your name and a little bit about yourself. You might describe the first time you
met a neighbor, a coworker, or your closest friend.

114 (Continues on next page)


102 Unit 2 Review Activities

13. Using the word loyal, write or talk about a person who stood by someone he or she believed in.
The person might be a sports fan who kept rooting for a team that always lost, or a friend who
said good things about someone whom everyone else hated.
14. Using the word normal, write or talk about what your usual weekday is like. You might talk about
what you do on a regular morning or what happens in a usual evening at your home.
15. Using the word occasion, write or tell about a time in your life that you will never forget
perhaps a vacation, wedding, birth, or holiday.
16. Using the word opportunity, write or talk about a time when you had a chance to do something
special. Maybe you had the chance to take a wonderful trip, see a famous person, or take a great
job.
17. Using the word popular, write or talk about someone you know who has many friends and always
seems to be at the center of a crowd of people.
18. Using the word previous, write or talk about the job you had before this one, the school you
attended before the one you go to now, or something new you learned from an earlier chapter of
this book.

19. Using the word require, write or talk about what you need to do in order to feel wide-awake in
the morning. You might need to drink several cups of coffee, take a long shower, or eat a good
breakfast.

20. Using the word respect, write or talk about a person you think highly of. It could be a relative,
teacher, or classmate you look up to.
21. Using the word sensitive, write or talk about someone you know (perhaps a grandparent,
coworker, or classmate) who always seems to understand how others feel.
22. Using the word struggle, write or talk about something that you or someone else did that took a
lot of hard work to do. It might be learning how to speak a new language, getting used to being
single after being divorced, or living through a hard time such as the loss of a friend or a loved
one.

23. Using the word tradition, write or talk about something special that you and your family always
do, year after year. It might be having a cookout to start the summer season, watching a favorite
movie on a certain holiday, or celebrating birthdays in a special way that everyone enjoys.
24. Using the word wonder, write or talk about something that you have questions about and would
like to learn more about. Perhaps you would like to know more about a certain career, person, or
part of the country.

115
UllsU Three

Chapter 13 Chapter 14

amazed locate disgust inspect


confident purpose dismiss opinion
donate sincere guarantee prevent
effort uncertain ideal resolve

Chapter 15 Chapter 16

advice impossible arrange panic


cautious necessary continue personal
defeat permit expert regret
defect provide hollow suppose

Chapter 17 Chapter 18

admit encourage compete envy


available experiment contain gradual
contribute intimate depend intense
dull portion effective involve

116
CHAPTER
amazed locate

13 confident
donate
effort
purpose
sincere
uncertain

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 amazed The police were amazed that no one was hurt in the bad traffic accident.
(uh-mayzd) The crowd was amazed by the runner's speed.
adjective

a Amazed means a. surprised b. bored c. worried

2 confident o Even though Shelly said she was full, we were confident she would find
(kon-fi-duhnt) room for a piece of cake.
adjective
o After winning three games in a row, the team felt confident about doing
well the rest of the season.
c Confident means a. sorry b. honest c. sure

3 donate Instead of throwing out old books, I donate them to a library so others
(doh-nayt) can read them.
verb
o Because so many people donated money to us when our house burned
down, we were able to make a down payment on a new house.
c Donate means a. show b. find c. give

4 effort It took a lot of effort to move the big sofa into the room.
(ef-urt)
O With great effort, the weight lifter raised the barbell above his head.
noun

a Effort means a. hard work b. sadness c. good looks

5 locate Can you locate Alaska on the map?


(loh-kayt) No matter how well I hide the candy bars I buy, my son always locates
verb them.
b Locate means a. lose b. find c. forget

104
117
Chapter 13 105

6 purpose o My purpose in speaking to the class was to tell everyone about the
(pur-puhss) exciting book I had read.
noun What was our purpose for buying such an expensive computer? We
wanted to get the best possible model.
a Purpose means a. reason b. problem c. job

7 sincere o Because Dave has a warm smile, he seems like a sincere young man,
(sin-sihr) but in fact he is not very honest.
adjective o I voted for Cara Sanchez because she seems sincere about wanting to
help people.
a Sincere means a. truthful b. not honest c. angry

8 uncertain The twins look so much alike that I am uncertain who is Marco and
(uhn-sur-tuhn) who is Miguel.
adjective Verna is uncertain whether she should go to college or join the Army.
c Uncertain means a. not interested b. sure c. not sure

Matching Wards with Mamba 3


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. sincere Honest; truthful

2. donate To give something in order to help others

3. uncertain Not sure; in doubt

4. amazed Very surprised

5. purpose The reason for something; the goal

6. effort Hard work; trying hard

7. locate To find something

8. confident Sure of something; certain

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
118
106 Chapter 13

Adding One Word to coma Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. amazed c. d nate e. locate g. sincere


b. confident d. effort f. purpose h. uncertain

confident 1. After weeks of practice, Beth was not worriedshe felt . 9 that she
would pass her driver's test.
locate 2. Mrs. Chen could not . 9 her keys. She looked everywhere for them.
purpose 3. You should always ask your doctor to explain the 9 of any
medicine you take.
uncertain 4. The handwriting in the letter is so hard to read that I am .. ? .. what it says.
effort 5. Looking for a job takes a lot of .. ? .. it is a job itself.
donate 6. Each year, thousands of lives are saved by people who .. ? .. their blood.
amazed 7. My teacher was 9 when I got a perfect score on the test because I
had never done that well before.
sincere 8. I thought Rita was 9 about being my friend, but now I think she
just wanted to meet my good-looking older brother.

Adding Two Words to cm Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. amazed c. donate e. locate g. sincere


b. confident d. effort f. purpose h. uncertain

confident
1-2. Because so many people saw my car being stolen, the police were
locate 9 that they would be able to 9 it soon.
amazed 3 -4. Everyone is 9 by all the time and 9 the fifth-graders put into
effort their play; they even wrote their own music for it.
purpose 5-6. The mayor said, "Let's have a party to celebrate the holiday season."
donate But the real '7 of the party was to get people to 9 money to
help pay for his re-election.
sincere 7 -8. Joe seemed 9 when he said he would meet me at three o'clock.
uncertain But he often says one thing and does another, so I was 9 that he
would show up.

119
Chapter 13 107

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. You would be amazed by which of the following?


a. A bird flying in the sky
b. Children playing in a park
c. A man in a chicken suit walking down the middle of a highway

b 2. If you donate your time to a nursing home, you probably


a. expect to be paid.
b. enjoy helping older people.
c. are too busy to help.
b 3. It would take a lot of effort for you to
a. pick up a pencil.
b. pick up a large box filled with bricks.
c. pick up a pickle.
c 4. If you are uncertain that you have enough food for a party, you would probably
a. invite more people.
b. take a nap.
c. buy more food.

PART
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. A boxer who is confident about winning a fight might say,


a. "The other guy is so big, he scares me."
b. "Let's call off the match."
c. "I'll knock the other guy out in minutes."
a 6. What might someone do to locate a lost dog?
a. Put a "lost dog" ad in the newspaper.
b. Get a new dog.
c. Drive the dog somewhere and leave it there.
b 7. The main purpose of a car is
a. to store old clothes and books.
b. to take people from one place to another.
c. to give people a place to sit.
b 8. A person who is sincere
a. is never on time.
b. can be trusted.
c. likes noise. 0 1-1
I 4. rk)
108 Chapter 13

Adding Words to a Re iuul yng


A. Ready to Do Well
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. amazed b. confident c. effort d. uncertain

Feeling very nervous, Michelle walked into her English class on the morning of the
final exam. She hated tests, and she was (1) uncertain that she would
pass this one. Just as she sat down, she saw her friend Teresa come into the classroom.
Michelle waved to Teresa and was (2) amazed to see that she looked
happy and calm. There was even a smile on Teresa's face, and she was humming a song.
When Teresa took her seat, Michelle said to her, "You don't look a bit worried! Aren't
you scared about the test?"
"No," said Teresa. "I put a lot of (3) effort into studying for it."
"Are you sure you will pass?" asked Michelle.
"I think I will," said Teresa. "But even if I don't, I know that I did my best to get
ready for it. And that is all I can do."
Michelle had also worked hard to prepare for the test, so Teresa's words made her
feel a bit more comfortable°. As she relaxed, and her worries went away, she began to feel
more (4) confident that she too would do well on the test.

Advertising for a Date


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. donate b. locate c. purpose d. sincere

Kevin had broken up with his girlfriend, and he was lonely. All the women he knew
were married or had boyfriends, so he had no opportunity° to meet someone new to date.
He didn't want to go to bars with the (5) purpose of trying to meet
women. So how, he asked himself, could he (6) locate an interesting
person to go out with? Finally, he had an idea. He put an ad in the local newspaper. This
is how the ad read: "I would like to meet a woman who can be a good friend. Maybe later
we will decide we like each other enough to be more than friends. I am a
(7) sincere guy. I don't tell lies or play games. Because I like to help

121.
Chapter 13 109

others, I (8) donate a couple of hours each week to a local soup kitchen,
for the homeless and poor. I would like to meet someone who enjoys laughing. She
should also be kind, honest, and caring. If that sounds like you, I would like to meet you."
Kevin's ad worked. In a short time, he met several nice women. One of them, Hana,
has become his steady girlfriend. Now he likes to tell people, "Hana and I found each
other in the want ads."

Usin the Wards When Writing and Talking


IL

Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking: Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I was amazed when


Answers will vary.

2. One thing I am confident about is

3. Once I donated

4. It took a lot of effort for me to

5. Many people have trouble locating their cars when

6. Teachers should have a clear purpose in mind when

7. You may question whether your friends are sincere if

8. With talk of the factory closing down, many workers were uncertain whether

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

122
disgust inspect
dismiss opinion
guarantee prevent
ideal resolve

Learning Ei: ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 disgust O The old cigarettes, sweaty socks, and moldy pizza on the floor of
(di ss-guhst) Steve's bedroom disgust me.
verb Elizabeth likes chicken and beef, but the smell of seafood disgusts her.
b Disgust means a. make happy b. sicken c. make busy

2 dismiss The principal decided to dismiss the students early so they could get
(diss-miss) home before the storm.
verb O The judge would not dismiss the angry neighbors until they shook
hands.
c Dismiss means a. punish b. forget c. let leave

3 guarantee Greg was happy that the used car he bought came with a six-month
(ga-ruhn-tee) guarantee. He will not have to pay for any repairs during this time.
noun It was just bad luck that my stereo stopped working a day after the
guarantee ran out.
a Guarantee means a. promise to b. wish to c. hope to buy
fix something go somewhere something

4 ideal () Fall is the ideal season because it is not too hot and not too cold.
(ii-dee-uhl) The ideal meal should taste good, be healthful, and cost very little.
adjective

c Ideal means a. short b. very bad c. best

5 inspect c At the factory, workers inspect every new car before it is shipped out.
(in-spekt) After the kids clean their room, Mira inspects it all over, from the
verb bookshelves to under the beds.
b Inspect means a. hide carefully b. look at carefully c. stop

110
123
Chapter 14 111

6 opinion o My husband liked the movie we saw last night, but I had a different
(uh-pin-yuhn) opinion.
noun 0 Jamie asked her friends for their opinion of her new hair color.
a Opinion means a. thought b. fear c. wish

7 prevent o My sister hid her Halloween candy to prevent the rest of us from eating
(pri-vent) it.
verb The high fence and guard dog prevented anyone from breaking into the
house.
a Prevent means a. stop b. help c. cause

8 resolve I was glad to hear Dad say that on New Year's Day he may resolve to
(ri-zolv) quit smoking.
verb o Before Tina went away to college, she and her best friends from high
school resolved to write to each other once a week.
c Resolve means a. forget b. fail c. decide

Matching Wards with 11/leanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. guarantee A promise (by a seller to a buyer) to fix or replace something that


breaks

2. inspect To look at something closely in order to find problems or errors

3. dismiss To let someone leave; to send someone away

4. opinion What someone thinks or feels about something

5. prevent To keep someone from doing something; to stop something from


happening

6. disgust To cause someone to have a feeling of sickness or strong dislike

7. resolve To make a strong decision to do something

8. ideal Perfect; meeting every need or wish

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

124
112 Chapter 14

Adding One Ward fit® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disgusts c. guarantee e. inspected g. prevent


b. dismissed d. ideal f. opinion h. resolves

guarantee 1. Ever since her expensive VCR fell apart, Tisha won't buy anything
unless a store will give her a
opinion 2. Thanks for asking me how I feel about the plans for the party, but my . .

? . isn't really important.


.

disgusts 3. The way drunk people sometimes act 7 me. I hate to see people
make fools of themselves.
inspected 4. We many apartments before choosing the one we wanted.
resolves 5. Every Monday morning, Nora 7 to make the week better than the
one before.
dismissed 6. When Jon sprained his ankle at work, his boss 9 him so he could
go to the doctor.
ideal 7. Warm, sunny days are 7 for going swimming.
prevent 8. To 9 myself from gaining weight, I exercise every night after dinner.

Adding T® Words t® w 'tern


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disgusted c. guarantee e. inspected g. prevent


b. dismissed d. ideal pinion h. resolved

disgusted 1 -2. All the blood in the movie sickened and 7 me. In my 7 , the
opinion movie would have been better without all the violence.
prevent 3 -4. To 7 anyone from getting hurt when the fire broke out, Mrs.
dismissed Brown .. ? .. her workers and told them to go home.
resolved 5-6. When the computer broke down just two months after he had bought it,
guarantee Carlo 9 never again to buy anything if it didn't come with a . . ? . . .

inspected 7-8. After my boss my work folder, he said I was an


7 7 worker
ideal and gave me a big raise.

125
Chapter 14 113

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

b 1. You would probably think that your job is ideal if


a. your boss screams and yells at you all day.
b. you like your work, and the pay is good.
c. you don't like your work, and the pay is low.
a 2. You might want someone to inspect your favorite restaurant if you
a. found broken glass in your food.
b. had an excellent meal there.
c. like how clean and neat everything is.
b 3. If you are known for your strong opinions, you probably
a. can lift furniture easily.
b. say what you think and feel.
c. have healthy feet.
c 4. If you have a high fever, you might resolve to
a. go out into the cold without a jacket
b. have a party and stay up all night
c. stay home and get lots of rest

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. Which of the following would probably disgust most people?


a. Newly cut roses
b. Freshly baked chocolate chip cookies
c. A pile of garbage on a hot summer day
b 6. A boss may dismiss workers early if they
a. have not finished their work.
b. completed their work way before deadline.
c. just came back from a long vacation.
a 7. People should try to get a guarantee when they
a. buy a used car.
b. buy a candy bar.
c. borrow a computer from a friend.
c 8. People can sometimes prevent themselves from getting sick if they
a. smoke a lot of cigarettes and eat a lot of junk food.
b. share food and drinks with people who are already sick.
c. get enough rest, food, and exercise.

126
114 Chapter 14

Adding Wards to a Reading


A. The Good and tad Sides of Malls
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. dismiss b. guarantees c. opinion d. resolve

Most people think malls are great. But why do so many people share this
(1) opinion ? First of all, malls are easy to use. Before malls, people
had to go to many small stores to locate° what they needed. Today's shoppers have to go
to only one place to find what they want. Another reason people like malls is cost. A
department store in a mall is large enough to be able to offer low prices. Malls can also
offer the best (2) guarantees in town. For example, if a TV bought in a
mall department store breaks down, the store will often fix the TV free of charge, no
questions asked.
But not everything about malls is good. Here's why. As malls spread across the
country, they put hundreds of small family-owned shops and restaurants out of business.
How? When you buy clothes at a mall, you are not spending your money at stores which
have been in the area since before the malls were built. The same is true for restaurants.
When you buy a taco in the mall food court, that takes business away from the taco
restaurant on Main Street in town. Over time, it becomes harder and harder for small
businesses to stay open. Their owners may (3) resolve to fight to stay
open. But often they are forced to (4) dismiss all their workers and
close their doors forever. Towns that used to have streets filled with shoppers now have
empty stores and lost jobs. That's why malls are not as wonderful as they seem.

I.
As Good As ft Looks?
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. disgust b. ideal c. inspected d. prevents

Did you ever want to know why the food in TV ads always looks
(5) ideal ? Did you ever wonder° why it looks so much better on
TV than it does in real life? The answer may surprise you. Often the tasty-looking food
you see on TV is fakeor at least partly fake. There is no rule that says TV ads must
show real food. Advertisers are free to add whatever they want to make what they sell

127
Chapter 14 115
look good. Nothing (6) prevents an advertiser from adding something
strange that would (7) disgust people if they knew about it.
To make milk seem creamy and white, advertisers add sticky white glue to each
glass! The dark steamy coffee in TV ads is no better. In a few ads, it has soap added to it
to make it look bubbly and fresh. One company even made its chicken look good and
crispy by spraying it with brown paint. The nice roasted color made it look great. But if
you (8) inspected the chicken closely, you would have seen a coat of
oily paint all over it. So it's not surprising that the food you make at home never looks as
good as the food on TV. Maybe you need to add some paint or glue to your recipes!

Using the Words When Wril ting and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I once saw something that disgusted me. It was


Answers will vary.

2. A boss might dismiss workers early if

3. The store gave me a guarantee when

4. My idea of an ideal vacation is

5. At the supermarket, I always inspect

6. It is my opinion that

7. One way to prevent a fire at home is to

8. One thing I resolve to do over the next year is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
128
advice impossible
cautious necessary
defeat permit
defect provide

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 advice O My mother's advice to me whenever I get sick is to stay in bed.


(ad-viis) O Friends often give good advice when you are trying to make a decision.
noun

a Advice means a. helpful idea b. friendship c. mistake

2 cautious ° Ever since he stepped on a bee, Paul has been cautious about walking in
(kaw-shuhss) the grass with bare feet.
adjective ° You need to be cautious when riding a bike on busy roads.
c Cautious means a. happy b. tired c. careful

3 defeat O If you can defeat your fears, you can do anything.


(di-feet) O Our soccer team played so well that we defeated the first-place team.
verb

a Defeat means a. beat b. keep c. hide

4 defect ° Martina returned her new jacket to the store because it had a defect
(dee-fekt) the zipper would not close.
noun ° My boss finds defects in everyone else's work, but he thinks his own
work is perfect.
b Defect means a. cost b. problem c. best part

5 impossible O Mira has to work on Saturday, so it is impossible for her to go on the


(im-poss-uh-buhl) camping trip this weekend.
adjective O Until the 1960s, many people thought it would be impossible to travel
to the moon.
b Impossible means a. usual b. not able to happen c. safe

116
.1 2 9
Chapter 15 117
6 necessary Before the bank can cash your check, it will be necessary for you to
(ness-uh-ser-ee) show your driver's license.
adjective You will have to fill out the necessary forms before the doctor will see
you.
c Necessary means a. not wanted b. careful c. needed

7 permit 0 Most stores don't want customers to bring their pets inside, but they do
(pur-mit) permit people to bring in Seeing-Eye dogs.
verb I don't understand why Ralph permits his son to speak to him so rudely.
b Permit means a. understand b. let c. win

8 provide Two soup kitchens in the city provide free meals to hungry families.
(pruh-viid) O Before the test, the instructor provided a pencil to every student.
verb
a Provide means a. give b. take away c. show

Machin Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. cautious Not taking chances; careful

2. advice A helpful idea about how to do something

3. defect A problem or mistake that keeps something from being perfect;


a fault

4. defeat To gain a victory over someone or something; to win in a contest


of some kind

5. permit To let someone do something

6. provide To give something that people need

7. necessary Very important to something else; needed

8. impossible Not possible; not able to be done

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

1. cA fl
0. U.
118 Chapter 15

Addin One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advice c. defeated e. impossibie g. permits


b. cautious d. defects f. necessary h. provide

defects 1. The store sells "not quite perfect" clothes that have small 9 you can
barely see.
cautious 2. When we saw lightning in the sky, we decided to be .. ? .. and go indoors.
advice 3. The basketball star's to students was simple: "Stay in school,
9
work hard, and stay off drugs!"
necessary 4. To bake a tall cake, several eggs are 9

provide 5. I know who is bringing hot dogs to the picnic, but who will 9 the
soda?
impossible 6. If you water plants only once in a while, it will be 9 for them to
grow healthy and strong.
defeated 7. We 9 the ants in our kitchen with a broom and a can of bug spray.
permits 8. My boss .. ? .. workers to wear jeans on Fridays.

Addin Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advice c. defeat e. impossible g. permitted


b. cautious d. defect f. necessary h. provide

advice 1 -2. The best piece of 9 my father gave me was this: "Don't be afraid
defeat to try." He made me believe that if I worked hard enough, no problem
could 9 me.
defect 3-4. Because Katie was born with a . ? . in her heart, it was
. . . . ? . . for her
necessary to have an operation when she was just two days old.
impossible 5-6. The landlord told me it was 9 for me to keep a pet, so why has he
permitted my neighbors to have two dogs and a cat?
Cautious 7-8 9 parents will 9 a baby sitter with the phone numbers of the
provide police and fire stations.

131
Chapter 15 119

Show You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. If you are a cautious person and someone invites you to go skydiving, you will probably say,
a. "Let's go!"
b. "I'm glad you asked."
c. "No way!"
b 2. How would you feel if another team defeated your favorite team in an important game?
a. Happy
b. Upset
c. Lazy
b 3. If you found a defect in a watch you had just bought, you would probably
a. be happy.
b. return the watch.
c. wear the watch.
b 4. If it is impossible for you to work nights, you
a. will work nights, not days.
b. look for a day job.
c. don't care when you work.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. Someone who asks for advice


a. has already decided what to do.
b. does not have many friends.
c. is not sure what to do.
a 6. Which of the following is necessary in order to have a baseball game?
a. Two teams
b. Hot dogs and a cold drink
c. Many fans
a 7. A bar that permits smoking probably
a. has customers that smoke.
b. throws out anyone who lights up.
c. has a no-smoking rule.
b 8. In a restaurant, who provides the meal?
a. The customer
b. The server
c. The person at the cash register
132
120 Chapter 15

Adthn Words to a Read


A. A relief in Flying
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. advice b. defeated c. impossible d. permit

What do you think life would be like without the telephone? Without the radio, TV,
cars, or airplanes? If the people who came up with these wonderful inventions had
listened to the (1) advice they were given, they would have given up.
Instead, they were able to remain motivated° to reach their goals. For instance, many
people told the Wright brothers, who invented the airplane, that flying was
(2) impossible . "We would have been born with wings if we were meant
to fly!" people said. Sometimes the Wright brothers thought these people were right.
After all, there were many times that their "flying machines" crashed to the ground. But
these setbacks never (3) defeated the Wright brothers. They would not
(4) permit themselves to give up. Finally, in 1903, they invented a
flying machine that really worked. Every airplane in the sky today is there because the
Wright brothers believed in what they were doing.

She Tries efore She uys


1:;

Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. cautious b. defect c. necessary d. provide

Mr. Henderson works in the vegetable section of the Quick-Mart store. The other
day, he saw a customer pick up a tomato and take a big bite of it.
"Wait a minute!" Mr. Henderson said. "What do you think you're doing? You can't
eat something you haven't paid for."
The woman looked at him in surprise. "I'm just a (5) cautious
shopper," she explained. "I don't buy anything until I inspect° it to be sure that it's really
good. And these tomatoes aren't very good."
"What's wrong with them?" asked Mr. Henderson.
"Well, they look good on the outside," said the woman. "But they have a
(6) defect inside. They are hard and sour, not juicy and sweet. Biting
into that one was like eating a red tennis ball."

X33
Chapter 15 121
"I'm sorry you don't like the tomatoes," said Mr. Henderson. "But it is still
(7) necessary for you to pay for the tomato you ate."
"Oh, all right," said the woman. "Here's fifty cents. But you really should
(8) provide customers with a chance to taste before we buy. Otherwise,
how do we know what we are getting?"

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. The best advice I ever got was


Answers will vary.

2. People should be extra cautious when

3. One childhood fear that I defeated was

4. I once bought something with a defect. It was

5. As much as I tried, it was impossible for me to

6. If people want to improve their vocabulary, it will be necessary for them to

7. On school nights, many parents often do not permit their children to

8. Most people enjoy watching the evening TV news. It provides them with

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

134
arrange panic
continue personal
expert regret
hollow suppose

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 arrange o The first thing Chen did in his new apartment was arrange his furniture
(uh-raynj) so that each piece was exactly where he wanted it.
verb I arranged all the books on the shelf in alphabetical order.
c Arrange means a. buy b. mix up c. put in order

2 continue The weather report says that heavy rain will continue for several days
(kuhn-tin-yoo) and cause flooding.
verb My neighbors continued playing their radio loudly, even though I asked
them to turn it down.
c Continue means a. keep quiet b. keep outside c. keep going

3 expert c My little brother is an expert on dinosaurs. He knows all their names,


(ek-spurt) what they looked like, what they ate, and where they lived.
noun o Aunt Sonia likes sweets so much she calls herself a dessert expert.
b Expert means a. someone who does b. someone who c. someone who is
not know much knows a lot afraid of
about something about something something

4 hollow O The pipe used to be hollow, but now it is filled with earth and tree roots.
(hol-oh) O The bank robbers hid the money in a hollow tree.
adjective

c Hollow means a. against the law b. out of shape c. empty

5 panic Gary felt panic when he saw the large, hairy spider.
(pan-ik) As the fire moved closer and closer to our block, we tried to fight the
noun feeling of panic inside us.
a Panic means a. great fear b. great hunger c. great love

122
135
Chapter 16 123
6 personal o For the last five years, Tara has kept a diary so she can write down her
(pur-suh-nuhl) personal thoughts and feelings.
adjective o With close friends, you can talk about personal subjects, such as
problems you're having at home or on the job.
b Personal means a. not important b. close to one's heart c. not expensive

7 regret Our neighbors thought painting their house purple would be fun, but
(ri-gret) now they regret that they did it.
verb Bill regrets yelling at his little brother and making him cry.
a Regret means a. feel bad about b. be thankful c. be nervous

8 suppose I suppose I will go to the movies tonight, but I won't decide until later.
(suh-pohz) We had supposed that my brother would bring his new girlfriend home
verb for Thanksgiving, but he visited her family instead.
c Suppose means a. remember b. see clearly c. think

Matching Words with Me nings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. personal Having to do with a person's life and feelings; private

2. panic A sudden feeling of great fear

3. hollow Being empty inside

4. expert Someone who knows a lot about a subject

5. regret To be sorry; to feel bad about something that happened

6. arrange To put something in order

7. continue To keep on doing something; to not stop

8. suppose To guess that something is true or will happen

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

136
124 Chapter 16

Add in One Ward t® an Iteng


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. arranged c. expert e. panic g. regretted


b. continue d. hollow f. personal h. supposed

regretted 1. When water started leaking into the house, Glenda 9 that she had
not gotten the roof fixed.
personal 2. Sometimes children ask adults 9 questions like "What scares you?"
and "Do you ever cry?"
hollow 3. Raccoons like to build their homes inside 9 places.
panic 4. Shaking and feeling a great deal of 7 , the man dialed 911 as
quickly as he could.
expert 5. Melissa is an 7 at math, but she does not know much about history.
arranged 6. The way the chef . . ? . . the food on the plate made the meal look better
than it tasted.
continue 7. The man at the gas station told us to 9 driving on Route 95 until the
very end.
supposed 8. I ' you would be hungry after the test, so I bought sandwiches and
soft drinks.

Adding Tw® Wards t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. arrange c. expert e. panic g. regrets


b. continue d. hollow f. personal h. suppose

arrange 1-2. I don't know how to 9 flowers very well, but my sister, who
expert works in a flower shop, is an 9 at it.
personal 3-4. Rodney acts as though he isn't afraid of anything. But his closest
panic friends know one of his most 9 secrets. Rodney feels great
when he sees a mouse.
regrets 5 -6. Ved 7 putting white carpet in his living room. Now the room
hollow looks so big that it seems almost 9
suppose 7-8. Our teacher gave us very little homework this week, but I 9 that
continue in the weeks ahead, the class will not 9 to be so easy.
137
Chapter 16 125

Showin You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 1. If you have friends who are experts on cooking, you might


a. decide it was dangerous to eat anything they make.
b. get their help on a special meal you are planning.
c. buy them a beginner's cookbook.
c 2. You would probably feel panic if you woke up one morning and found that
a. your pillow had fallen on the floor.
b. light rain was falling outside.
c. a big snake had wrapped itself around your feet.
a 3. Which of the following do you think is a personal question?
a. "How much money do you make?"
b. "Where is the nearest gas station?"
c. "Is there a bowling alley in town?"
c 4. Which of the following might you do to show you regret that you had a fight with your friend?
a. Say nothing until your friend says to you, "I'm sorry."
b. Say to your friend, "You're really a fool."
c. Call your friend and say, "I'm sorry."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 5. If a husband and wife arrange the photos from their wedding, they will probably
a. tear up the photos.
b. throw the photos into a drawer.
c. place the photos in an album.
c 6. Someone who continues losing weight will probably
a. buy larger-size clothing.
b. keep wearing the same clothing he or she has always worn.
c. buy smaller-size clothing.
b 7. Something hollow that is often found on a breakfast table is
a. a plate of bacon and eggs.
b. a coffee cup.
c. a newspaper.
a 8. If an adult says to a child, "I suppose you are the one who broke the mirror," the adult
a. has a feeling the child probably did it.
b. is sure the child did it.
c. is sure the child did not do it.

I3S
126 Chapter 16

Addin Words t a Reading


A. Play Now, Pay Later
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. arranged b. continued c. hollow d. suppose

Did you ever hear the story of the ants and the grasshopper? It goes like this. During
the summer, the ants worked hard to prepare° for the winter. From sunup to sundown,
they hid pieces of food in (1) hollow spaces off a main underground
tunnel. For weeks, the ants (2) continued to work hard. And what did the
grasshopper do during this time? He played. He sang and danced and had a fine time.
When the ants warned him that winter was coming, he just laughed and said, "I
(3) suppose it will, but no one knows for sure. Anyway, there will always
be plenty of food to eat. You'll see." But, of course, winter did come. The ants went into
their tunnels and lived off the food that they had carefully (4) arranged
there in neat piles. Soon the grasshopper knocked at their door. "I'm hungry!" he said.
"Will you share your food with me?" The ants shook their heads. "Now maybe you are
sorry about the way you spent the summer," they said. They shut the door on the
grasshopper and left him alone and hungry in the snow.

A Man of Many Faces


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. expert b. panic c. personal d. regret

If you ever have the chance, see the movie The Great Imposter. The movie tells the
story of Ferdinand Demara, Jr., a very interesting man. Demara did not have much
education. But he was very smart. When he wanted to learn about something, he read
everything that he could find on the subject. In that way, he became an
(5) expert on many subjects. Many of the people who met Demara
believed that he was a college teacher because he knew so much. In fact, Demara started
acting as if he were a college professor and more. During his life, Demara held jobs as a
doctor, prison warden, chef, priest, and lawyer. He was so good at all these jobs that
nobody suspected° he was not the real thing. Sometimes someone would ask Demara a

139
Chapter 16 127
question like "How does it feel to be a doctor?" or "What made you become a prison
warden?" Such (6) personal questions made Demara feel nervous that
someone might learn his secret. Many times, when he thought he might be caught, he felt
so much fear and (7) panic that he packed his belongings and moved
somewhere else. Finally, he was caught and served time in jail. But even then, he did not
(8) regret that he had told all those lies in the past.

Using the Words When Writing and Tagking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. In my room, I like to neatly arrange


Answers will vary.

2. I hope that I will always continue to

3. Young children think their parents are experts in everything. But when kids get older, they

4. Hollow trees are important in a forest because

5. Everyone in the building felt panic when

6. If someone asks me a question that I think is too personal, I simply say, "

7. I will always regret that

8. Since my friends didn't meet me when they said they would, I supposed

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

4, n
admit encourage
available experiment
contribute intimate
dull portion

Learn:ills Eight New Words


(I)

In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 admit People charged with a crime will sometimes admit their guilt. They
(ad-mit) hope that by saying, "Yes, I did it," they will receive a lighter sentence.
verb When I found crumbs in her bedroom, my daughter admitted that she
ate the last of the chocolate cake.
c Admit means a. hide b. enjoy c. honestly tell

2 available O At one time, jeans came only in blue and were called "blue jeans." Now
(uh-vay-luh-buhl) they are available in dozens of colors.
adjective Asian foods are available at many stores in my neighborhood, but they
are not sold in my sister's neighborhood.
b Available means a. boring b. easy to get c. expensive

3 contribute O Each winter, people are asked to contribute food and clothing to help
(kuhn-trib-yoot) the city's homeless.
verb O My history class is interesting because every student contributes his or
her ideas.
a Contribute means a. give b. take away c. find

4 dull Darren says that his work is dull because he does the same simple
(duhl) things day after day.
adjective The movie was so dull that half the audience fell asleep and the rest
went home early.
a Dull means a. not interesting b. fun c. private

5 encourage To encourage a team to do better, a coach should not yell at the players
(en-kur-ij) all the time.
verb O My parents encouraged me to aim high and hope for the best.
c Encourage means a. stop b. shout at angrily c. give hope to

128
141
Chapter 17 129
6 experiment I like to experiment with new recipes, but sometimes I end up feeding
(ek-sper-uh-ment) the results to my dog.
verb Last year, the teacher experimented with a completely different way to
teach English to children from other countries.
b Experiment means a. give b. try something new c. watch

7 intimate Most of us tell intimate things about ourselves only to those people we
(in-tuh-mit) know well and trust completely.
adjective c In a diary, people may write about thoughts they feel are too intimate to
tell anyone.
b Intimate means a. boring b. private c. false

8 portion Every week, Lawrence puts a portion of his paycheck into the bank.
(por-shuhn) O Father was busy at the Thanksgiving table, cutting portions of the
noun turkey for everyone.
c Portion means a. all b. nothing c. part

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. admit To tell the truth about something; to confess

2. dull Boring

3. contribute To give something, such as money, help, or ideas

4. portion A small part of something larger

5. encourage To make others feel they can do well; to help others get the
courage to do something

6. experiment To try something new and different

7. available Easy to get, buy, or find; ready for use

8. intimate Having to do with inner feelings; private

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
I42
130 Chapter 17

Adding One Word t an, Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admits c. contributed e. encouraged g. intimate


b. available d. dull f. experimented h. portions

contributed 1. Everyone in our family 9 something to the block fair. Dad baked
pies, Mom brought tablecloths, and I played the guitar.
portions 2. To lose weight, you don't have to give up all the foods you love. Just eat
smaller . ? . of them.
. .

available 3. I went to the video store to see if any good horror movies were . . ? . . .

experimented 4. I 9 with driving a different route to work this morning to see if it


would be faster.
encouraged 5. Because of problems at home, Lorena planned to drop out of school.
But her teachers . . ? . . her to keep going and not give up.
admits 6. Jake likes to dance, but he 9 that he is not very good at it.
dull 7. Hakim thought the book would be 9 However, it was so exciting
that he stayed up all night reading it.
intimate 8. Carlos is too shy to share his 9 thoughts with anyone.

Addin Tw® Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admit c. contributed e. encouraging g. intimate


b. available d. dull f. experimenting h. portions

intimate 1-2. Children from unhappy homes often keep 9 secrets about family
encouraging life to themselves. Caring adults can make the children feel better by
9 them to talk about what is happening at home.
dull 3-4. If things get at a party, try
9 9 with this idea for waking
experimenting everyone up: Ask people to talk about their earliest memories.
admit 5-6. I don't like to ' it, but I have never anything to the toy
contributed drive that my neighborhood runs every year.
available 7-8. Here's what to do when you have two hungry kids and only one candy
portions bar 7 Have one child cut the candy bar into two 9 and have
the second child choose which piece he or she wants.
143
Chapter 17 131

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. You would probably hate to admit that you


a. care for your family.
b. bought a new car.
c. cheated on a test.
b 2. Which of the following would you want to have available during the worst snowstorm of the
year?
a. An air conditioner
b. Warm boots
c. A bathing suit
c 3. If you want to experiment with your hairstyle, you might
a. get the same haircut you always get.
b. wear a hat.
c. get a different haircut.
a 4. If you hear a friend's intimate life story, you probably will
a. end up with a better understanding of the person.
b. never know much about the person.
c. wish your friend had told the truth.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

b 5. If each member of the football team contributed to winning the game, it's likely that
a. one star player did it all.
b. everyone on the team deserves thanks.
c. many players never showed up for practice.
a 6. People trying to read a very dull book might
a. fall asleep.
b. laugh out loud.
c. be kept awake by all the action.
a 7. To encourage workers, a boss might say,
a. "You are the best staff anyone could ask for."
b. "You workers think the world owes you a living!"
c. "I'm leaving work early. I'll see you sometime tomorrow."
c 8. Someone who gave away a portion of his dinner did which of the following?
a. Gave away all of his dinner
b. Gave away most of his dinner
c. Gave away some of his dinner
144
132 Chapter 17

Adding Wards to a Reading


A. Soaps Are for Me!
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. admit b. dull c. encourage d. intimate

People often laugh at me for watching TV soap operas. Let them laugh. I like the
"soaps" for three reasons. First, sometimes my own life seems (1) dull
with the same boring jobs to do every day at home and at work. But the soaps are always
exciting. People hop from one romance to the next, get into all kinds of difficulty, and
come down with strange illnesses. Second, the soaps let me be nosy without getting into
trouble. I (2) admit it. To be truthful, I like hearing about the private
lives and inner thoughts of people on the soaps. But I would never want my own friends
or family to tell me such (3) intimate things. How could I look them in
the face again? The soaps are a safe way to get all the interesting "inside dirt" on people.
Third, the soaps (4) encourage me to deal with my own problems.
Compared with what goes on in a soap opera, my own troubles seem minor°. What if I
did have a little fight with my husband? At least I don't have two lovers and their jealous
wives to worry about, my brother hasn't been missing for ten years (he lives downstairs),
and I haven't got some terrible disease.

I., Keep ling the Customer Happy


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. available b. contributed c. experiment d. portions

I'm a waiter in a restaurant. It's not a fancy place, but it's nice. Every so often, we
run out of desserts that are on the menu. A customer orders apple pie, and I have to say,
"Sorry, we're out of it." The customers don't like that, and sometimes they even get mad
at me. So I went to the boss and (5) contributed an idea. Here's what I
said: "If we're out of a dessert, why not offer the customer something that is
(6) available but serve it at half price?"
The boss started to laugh. "We would lose too much money!"
"No, we won't," I said. "Getting paid half for a few (7) portions
of apple pie or chocolate pudding a couple of times a week won't cost us much. And with
each serving, we make a customer happy, and a happy customer is a loyal° customer who
will come back over and over again."
45
Chapter 17 133
"All right," my boss said. "Let's (8) experiment . Let's try your idea for
a month and see how it works."
So that's what we're doing. Now, instead of just saying, "Sorry, we're all out," I tell
the customer, "We're all out of strawberry ice cream today, but we do have vanilla fudge.
And to show you how sorry we are, we're serving that at half price."

Using the Wards When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Most people find it difficult to admit that


Answers will vary.

2. The library book was not available because

3. When I go to a party, I like to contribute something, such as

4. The TV show was so dull that we

5. To encourage children to believe in themselves, parents should

6. If you eat dinner at the house of a friend who is experimenting with spicy food, you

7. A young girl writing in her diary might write an intimate thought about

8. I threw away a small portion of the pizza because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63 %. 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%


Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
e
4 .46
compete envy
contain gradual
depend intense
effective involve

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 compete O When Kathy and I compete at checkers, she always wins.


(kuhm-peet) O The two brothers compete at everything, even to see who can finish his
verb dinner first.
a Compete means a. try to win b. give up c. share

2 contain O These boxes contain colorful shells that I found at the seashore.
(kuhn-tayn) O The bowl in the back of my refrigerator contains vegetables that are
verb several months old.
c Contain means a. dislike b. make c. have inside

3 depend O When life gets difficult, it helps if you can depend on friends to cheer
(di-pend) you up.
verb O Leon depends on his neighbor to watch his sons while he is at work.
b Depend on means a. wait for b. rely on c. turn away from

4 effective O This medicine is so effective that I haven't coughed once since I took it.
(uh-fek-tiv) O Exercise is an effective way to improve health and get more energy.
adjective

c Effective means a. late b. slow c. good

5 envy O Many people envy movie stars because they are so rich and famous, but
(en-vee) famous people often lead sad lives.
verb O Children often envy grownups because adults can stay up as late as they
like.
c Envy means a. look like b. have more than c. wish to have
the same as

134 147
Chapter 18 135
6 gradual o Although we might not see it from one day to the next, there is a
(graj-yoo-uhl) gradual change as spring turns into summer.
adjective o Over the months, we enjoyed watching Tiger's gradual growth from
tiny kitten to adult cat.
a Gradual means a. happening slowly b. becoming smaller c. happening quickly

7 intense The birth of a healthy baby boy brought Elise and Jorge intense
(in-tens) happiness.
adjective Many people felt intense sadness when Princess Diana was killed.
c Intense means a. little b. not important c. deep

8 involve o The teachers work hard to involve every student in the school play,
(in-volv) either as an actor or as a singer.
verb o I found it helpful to involve my parents when I was trying to decide
which apartment to rent.
b Involve means a. keep out b. bring in c. make angry

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. gradual Happening little by little

2. effective Going as planned or wished; working well

3. compete To try hard to win over others; to try to outdo others

4. intense Deeply felt

5. contain To hold inside

6. envy To wish to have what someone else has

7. involve To make someone or something a part of

8. depend To have faith in someone or something; to rely

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
148
136 Chapter 18

Adding One Ward t® w Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. competes c. depend e. envies g. intense


b. contains d. effective f. gradual h. involved

gradual 1. The sun makes such a trip through the sky each day that we
never really see it moving.
competes 2. I feel sorry for whoever is playing tennis with Sarah. Whenever Sarah
, she usually wins.
involved 3. Because they wanted to find ways to end the fighting, the two warring
countries ? many nations in the peace process.
depend 4. I on my dog to wake me every morning in time for work.
effective 5. Shopping for clothes in secondhand stores is an .. ? .. way to save money.
envies 6. Because he works outside in the summer heat, Scott people who
work in air-conditioned offices.
intense 7. When the runner lost the race, her face showed . . ? . . disappointment.
contains 8. My jewelry box '7 paper clips, pencils, nail files, and chewing gum.
Oh, yes, the box has some jewelry in it, too.

Adding Tw® Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. competed c. depend e. envy g. intense


b. contained d. effective f. gradual h. involve

envy 1-2. When I was a kid, I used to my friend because his lunch box
contained always . '7 a candy bar, while mine had only a piece of fruit.
involve 3-4. It turned out to be a good idea to 9 my three-year-old daughter in
intense feeding our cat. She gets '7 joy from having such a grown-up job.
competed 5-6. Omar used to lose when he 9 at chess, but then he found a more
effective 9 way to play. Now he wins almost every game.
depend 7-8. When children are very young, they '7 on adults for everything,
gradual but as they grow, with the 9 passing of time, kids slowly learn to
do things for themselves.

149
Chapter 18 137

Showing You Une,erstan,d the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. If you compete in a pie-eating contest, which of these do you do?


a. You make pies for the contest.
b. You judge the contest.
c. You try to win the contest.
a 2. If you know what a box contains, you
a. need to open it to see what's inside.
b. don't need to open it to see what's inside.
c. ask someone to tell you what's inside.
b 3. You would be most likely to envy a person who had just
a. lost a job.
b. won a vacation to Hawaii.
c. made a dentist appointment.
b 4. To make a gradual change to a low-fat diet, you would
a. start eating high-fat foods.
b. add one or two low-fat foods to your diet each week or two.
c. begin right away to eat only low-fat foods.

PART 13
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

a 5. A person who depends on the bus to get to work


a. hopes the bus will come on time.
b. never takes the bus.
c. drives in a car pool.
c 6. A dishwashing liquid is effective if it
a. does a poor job of cleaning the dishes.
b. costs more than other brands.
c. gets the dishes really clean.
a 7. A husband and wife who feel intense sadness at the thought of moving probably have
a. good friends in the neighborhood.
b. neighbors they don't get along with.
c. a new apartment they don't like much.
b 8. When children in a family are involved in making an important decision, they
a. are not asked what they think.
b. are asked what they think.
c. are told to leave the room.

f50
138 Chapter 18

Adding Words to a Reading


A. A Fake "Cure"
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. contained b. depended c. effective d. involve

Have you ever heard anybody say, "That's just snake oil"? The term "snake oil"
means "fake medicine." People claim° that it can cure an illness, but it doesn't really do
anything. The term comes from the 1 800s, when "medicine shows" would travel from
town to town, selling homemade "cures." People believed in the medicine because the
seller would often (1) involve several sick people in the show. They
would be called out of the audience and "cured" after taking a big drink of the medicine.
Of course, the "sick" people weren't really sick. They were in good health and worked for
the medicine show.
These so-called medicines were said to be (2) effective for everything
from baldness to cancer. However, the "medicine" bottles really (3) contained
useless liquids, anything from cactus juice to vinegar to, yes, snake oil. Because most
people lived too far from town to see a real doctor, they bought many bottles of this fake
medicine. They (4) depended on it to keep their families healthy. By the
time they found out that the medicine didn't work, the people running the medicine show
would be many miles awaycheating the next group of townspeople.

IL . The Jobs Everyone Hates


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. compete b. envy c. gradual d. intense

Most people don't like to do housework very much. They (5) envy
those who have the money to hire someone else to do the work. Which housework jobs do
people hate most? Nearly 1,400 people were asked that question. Many said they did not
like dusting or doing the laundry. But the largest number of people said their most
(6) intense dislike was for washing the dishes and cleaning the
bathroom. These two kinds of housework easily won the "prizes" for the worst jobs.
Nothing else could (7) compete with them. Many people also said that
they used to like to cook. But as the years went by, a (8) gradual
change took place. People got more and more tired of preparing° meals. For them, the

151
Chapter 18 139
kitchen became a place to stay out of. Maybe that's the reason fast-food restaurants do
such good business.

lIsin the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I knew everyone was ready to compete when


Answers will vary.

2. My pockets contain

3. For me, a good friend is one I can depend on to

4. An effective way to lose weight is to

5. Many people envy well-known athletes because

6. The growth of a tree is so gradual that

7. I felt intense happiness when

8. If you want to involve young children in helping around the house, you should

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

152
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Three. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

140
153
Unit 3 Review Activities 141

Compktin a (Crossword Purth #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Three. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

NECESRY 2

A
S A
4
P
3
I
D
admit
advice

6
U
5
RE SOLVE available
cautious
I N I M A T E R A contribute
I
7
DISMISS L defeat
8
PROV IDE 9 10
A
11
I
12
defect
disgust
R U E D I S G U S T G dismiss
E S F M DULL
13
dull
experiment
V E I A
14 15 guarantee
E C O N T R I B U T E R ideal
N T M A impossible
16
inspect
T E X P E R I M E N T
17 intimate
O 0 T involve
18
INSP EC DEFEAT T
19
A S
20
locate
necessary
I D S E
AVAILABLE
N
21 opinion
permit
I I B prevent
O LOCATE C
22
provide
23
INVOLVE E
resolve

ACROSS 16. To try something new and 4. To let someone do


1. Very important to different something
something else; needed 18. To look at something 8. To keep someone from
5. To make a strong decision closely in order to find doing something
to do something problems or errors 9. A problem or mistake that
6. Having to do with inner 20. To gain a victory over keeps something from
feelings; private someone or something being perfect
7. To let someone leave; to 21. Easy to get, buy, or find; 10. To tell the truth about
send away ready for use something; to confess
8. To give something that 22. To find something 12. A promise (by a seller to a
people need 23. To make someone or buyer) to fix or replace
11. To cause someone to have something a part of something that breaks
a feeling of sickness or 15. Not able to be done
strong dislike DOWN 17. What someone thinks or
13. Boring 2. Not taking chances; careful feels about something
14. To give something, such as 3. Perfect; meeting every 19. A helpful idea about how
money, help, or ideas need or wish to do something
154
142 Unit 3 Review Activities

Completin a Crossword Puzzle #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Three. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

11111111111111111111111111111111 P E R II 0M I, amazed
MEM 31 1111111111111111111111111111111 MI M
arrange

III 511 11111 6ARR GE MI 111111N compete


confident
II ollip
1111 L
II L
MIN
1119c 0
E
M.
.111111111111111 IIINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
E
EIMER
D

UE
118R
II D E
10
P
11

E
Ili
E
ND Mal
contain
continue
depend
donate

I .1 11
0 1111111111111111111111MOIMINIIIMIll '2p M
111 111111111 R
effective
effort
encourage

11
111111111111111113 111 E R
envy
MIMI 11116 0 rIIIII 17E .11111
D P M expert
MUM gradual

11
R F 0 111
C E ME F 1118S U P P 0 MM hollow
intense
E IIIII 111.11111 0 III
1 1 11111.11 E In panic
Il 19D III R IIIII 0 ill T 11111 R IMMINI 2°E personal
portion
purpose
1111111111111111111111ME 111111P 11111
T
1 111111 0 U R 1011111111 E 111111 R
regret
sincere
suppose
uncertain
III E 11111111111111111111111111111111111111111.111111111
ACROSS 21. To hold inside 11. To wish to have what
1. Having to do with a 22. To make others feel they someone else has
person's life and feelings; can do well; to help others 12. The reason for something;
private get the courage to do the goal
6. To put something in order something 13. A small part of something
7. To try hard to win over larger
DOWN 14. Going as planned or
others; to try to outdo
others 1. A sudden feeling of great wished; working well
9. To keep on doing fear 15. Not sure; in doubt
something; to not stop 2. Very surprised 17. Hard work; trying hard
10. To have faith in someone 3. Deeply felt 18. Honest; truthful
or something; to rely 4. Happening little by little 19. To give something in order
16. Sure of something; certain 5. Being empty inside to help others
18. To guess that something is 8. To be sorry; to feel bad 20. Someone who knows a lot
true or will happen about something that about a subject
happened

155
Unit 3 Review Activities 143

Choosing the est Ward t Complete an Item


On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

confident 1. Carrie did not call a plumber when the pipes in her basement froze. She
was ' she could fix the problem herself.
a. intense b. confident c. personal
dull 2. Because she thinks it is 9 to do the same kind of exercise every
day, Shannon sometimes runs, sometimes swims, and sometimes rides
her bike.
a. amazed b. gradual c. dull
impossible 3. Although penguins are birds, it is 9 for them to fly. Their bodies
are too large and their wings are too little.
a. ideal b. gradual c. impossible
expert 4. I always go to Marie's Hair Salon because Marie is an 9 in cutting
curly hair like mine.
a. expert b. effort c. advice
permits 5. When the ice on the pond gets to be six inches deep, the owner 9
people to ice skate there.
a. experiments b. contains c. permits
available 6. You can buy frozen strawberries anytime, but fresh ones are 9 for
only a few months in the summer.
a. available b. hollow c. necessary
intimate 7. Because John is my closest friend, I can talk to him about the
parts of my life.
a. effective b. ideal c. intimate
suppose 8. Since the new baby down the street is all dressed in pink, I 9 that
the baby is a girl.
a. envy b. suppose c. dismiss
portions 9. Peter ate so many .. ? .. of the cherry pie that there was little left for
the rest of the family.
a. efforts b. purposes c. portions
contributed 10. The children put their money together to buy their mother a birthday
present. Even the four-year-old 9 a nickel.
a. continued b. contributed c. contained
admit 11. Lori had to . ? . . that she was the one who had broken the arm of her
.

grandfather's favorite chair.


a. envy b. admit c. locate
gradual 12. The weather report says there will be a 9 warming this week, with
the temperature slowly rising from the 40s into the 60s.
a. sincere b. intimate c. gradual
(Continues on next page)
X56
144 Unit 3 Review Activities

compete 13. There used to be only one long-distance telephone company, but now
companies like MCI, Sprint, and AT&T all ? to get people's
business.
a. disgust b. contain c. compete
resolved 14. Even though it will be hard, Karen has 7 to put some money from
each 'of her paychecks into a savings account.
a. contained b. involved c. resolved
depend 15. Because I have no car, I have to 7 on a neighbor for a ride to work.
a. prevent b. inspect c. depend
dismiss 16. The teachers . ? . the classes at different times for lunch. The first-
. .

graders go out at 12 o'clock, the second-graders at 12:30, and so on.


a. encourage b. locate c. dismiss
hollow 17. To make a toy drum, you can use anything 7 that has a lid, such as
an empty oatmeal box.
a. hollow b. intense c. uncertain
effort 18. Peeling apples, rolling out a crust, and cleaning up afterward is a lot of
9 , but the taste of apple pie is worth all the work.

a. effort b. guarantee c. advice


prevent 19. Hiram taped sheets of plastic over his windows to cold air from
coming into the house.
a. prevent b. donate c. disgust
amazed 20. When Mrs. Ricardo visited her grandson, she was 7 to see that he
had grown five inches in just six months.
a. amazed b. cautious c. intimate
envy 21. I 7 my brother's singing voice. He sings like a bird, while I sound
like a frog.
a. resolve b. suppose c. envy
opinion 22. It is my 7 that my husband makes the world's best chocolate cake.
a. purpose b. panic c. opinion
ideal 23. The apartment we looked at today seems 9 It is just the right size,
it is neat and clean, and the rent is not too high.
a. cautious b. ideal c. personal
locate 24. The lost man stared at the city map for a long time, trying to
Park Avenue.
a. locate b. dismiss c. involve

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 = 46%, 10 = 42%, 9 38%, 8 = 33%, 7 = 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, I = 4%
Enter your scores above and in the yocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

157
Unit 3 Review Activities 145

Adding a Ward to a Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advice d. defeated g. encourages j. necessary


b. contain e. disgust h. inspect k. panic
c. continues f. donate i. intense I. regret

donate 1. Instead of letting old clothes hang in the closet, 7 them to a


homeless shelter so they can be used by others.
regret 2. If you 9 buying that purple and gold dress, you should return it to
the store.

advice 3. Even if you are unhappy with your job, my is not to quit until
you have another one.
continues 4. We will go to the shore this weekend if the sunny weather ' that
long.

inspect 5. Please don't ' under my bed. I don't want you to see the balls of
dust there.
intense 6. When the doctor told Mr. and Mrs. Rojas that their son was going to
live, they smiled with 9 happiness.
contain 7. Balloons float upward because they ? a gas that is lighter than air.
defeated 8. Since I did not see the end of the movie, I do not know if the humans
.. ? .. the aliens, or if the aliens took over the Earth.
necessary 9. Before you paint the living room, it will be to take the old
wallpaper off the walls.
encourages 10. Mrs. Evans 9 her students by telling them what they are good at,
not by yelling at them for their mistakes.
disgust 11. Professional athletes ' many people by getting so much money
and then complaining about their jobs.
panic 12. As soon as an airplane leaves the ground, some people feel a great deal
of 9 and are not able to relax until the plane lands safely.

(Continues on next page)


13 8
146 Unit 3 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. arranged d. effective g. involves j. purpose


b. cautious e. experiment h. personal k. sincere
c. defect f. guarantee i. provide I. uncertain

purpose 13. One 9 of most tests is to help students see how much they know
about a subject.

guarantee 14. When you buy a CD from that store, you get a 9 that the CD will
be replaced if anything ever goes wrong with it.

defect 15. There are lots of things I like about Rick, but he has one big . . ? . . . He
believes he is right about everything.

provide 16. Apple trees 9 fruit to eat as well as much-needed shade on hot,
sunny days.

arranged 17. The little girl her crayons in two pilesone with the colors she
liked, the other with the colors she did not like.

cautious 18. I teach my children to be about petting strange dogs, even if the
dogs seem friendly.

experiment 19. When Kareem makes soup, he likes to 9 by adding different herbs
and spices.

personal 20. I like the people I work with, but I don't talk to them about
things such as problems in my marriage.

uncertain 21. Paula wants to surprise her father with a nice gift for his birthday, but
she is 9 about what he would like.

sincere 22. To prove that he is about quitting smoking, James promises to


pay each of his children ten dollars if he ever has another cigarette.

involves 23. The concert at school tonight .. ? .. students from the fourth and fifth
grades, but not from the sixth and seventh.

effective 24. Borrowing money from friends and not returning it is an way to
lose their friendship.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)

Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

159
Unit 3 Review Activities 147

the Same or the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that correctly completes each sentence. In most
cases, the correct answer will have the same or almost the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

a 1. If you are amazed at the low price of an apartment, you


a. are surprised at how little it costs. b. are worried about what it costs.
c. are not sure what it costs.

c 2. A confident person is often heard saying things like,


a. "This is boring." b. "I doubt that I can do this."
c. "I am sure that I can do this."

a 3. If the Eagles defeat the Cowboys in a football game, the Eagles


a. beat the Cowboys. b. never play the Cowboys.
c. lose to the Cowboys.

c 4. If a smell disgusts you, then it


a. pleases you. b. surprises you.
c. makes you feel sick.

b 5. A job that takes effort is one that


a. pays well. b. is hard to do.
c. is very easy.

a 6. If you talk about intimate matters with your coworkers, then you talk with them about
a. your private life. b. helpful ideas.
c. things that are perfect.

c 7. A portion of pie is
a. no pie at all. b. the whole pie.
c. a piece of pie.

c 8. If you provide friends with a place to sleep, you


a. ask them for a place to sleep. b. don't let them stay with you.
c. give them a place to sleep.

b 9. If you have a purpose for talking to your neighbors, you have


a. no special reason for talking to them. b. a clear reason for talking to them.
c. a dislike for talking to them.

a 10. If you did something that you now regret, you feel
a. sorry about what happened. b. bored with what happened.
c. good about what happened.

c 11. If you resolve to get more exercise, you


a. do not need to get more exercise. b. do not want to get more exercise.
c. decide that you are really going to exercise more often.

160 (Continues on next page)


148 Unit 3 Review Activities

b 12. If you suppose that a friend dyes her hair, it means that you
a. wish that she wouldn't color it. b. believe that she probably colors it.
c. know for sure that she colors it.

PART 13
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

c 13. The opposite of cautious is


a. not easy b. not cold c. not careful

a 14. The opposite of continue is


a. stop b. shout c. push

a 15. The opposite of effective is


a. not working well b. not looking c. not hearing

c 16. The opposite of gradual is


a. very sad b. very busy c. all at once

b 17. The opposite of hollow is


a. not scary b. not empty c. not funny
c 18. The opposite of impossible is
a. able to repeat b. able to see c. able to happen

b 19. The opposite of locate is


a. not speak b. not find c. not wish

a 20. The opposite of necessary is


a. not needed b. not honest c. not strong

a 21. The opposite of panic is


a. calmness b. doubt c. hope

b 22. The opposite of permit is


a. not care b. not let c. not see

c 23. The opposite of sincere is


a. not weak b. not strong c. not truthful

a 24. The opposite of uncertain is


a. sure b. straight c. soft

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

161
Unit 3 Review Activities 149

Usin the Words When Wilitin and Makin


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word admit, write or talk about something that most people do not like to tell about
themselves. For instance, you may feel that many people don't like to say that they eat too much,
lose their temper easily, or have trouble saving money.
2. Using the word advice, write or talk about a time you gave someone an idea to help solve a
problem. For example, you may have given a friend a way to work out a difficulty at home, on the
job, or in a relationship.

3. Using the word arrange, write or talk about the order in which you have put (or plan to put) the
furniture in one room where you live. You might describe how you have set up your bedroom or
how you want your living room to look.

4. Using the word available, write or talk about some nonfood items that you can find easily in most
large supermarketsfor example, soap, light bulbs, and movies to rent.
5. Using the word compete, write or talk about a time that you tried to beat someone at a game.
Maybe you bowled with a family member, shot pool with a friend, or played cards with a
roommate.

6. Using the word contain, write or talk about several items that are inside your refrigerator.
7. Using the word contribute, write or talk about someone who has given something that has made
other people happier or better off. You might describe a famous person, like Martin Luther King,
Jr., or someone you know firsthandfor example, a friend, neighbor, relative, or teacher.
8. Using the word defect, write or talk about a time when something was wrong with an item you
bought. Maybe the zipper on a new jacket broke or the controls on your new air conditioner didn't
work.

9. Using the word depend, tell about someone you can trust to be there for you. The person might
baby-sit for your child, give you a ride to work, or listen to you when you need to talk.
10. Using the word dismiss, write or talk about a time when one person sent several other people
away. Maybe a teacher let a class out early, a boss told employees they could leave work before
the end of the day, or a doctor let a patient go home from the hospital.
11. Using the word donate, write or talk about a time that you gave something that helped another
person. You might have given time, money, clothing, books, or a typewriter.
12. Using the word dull, write or talk about someone or something that you do not find at all
interesting. It might be a book, a movie, a TV show, or your weekend plans.
13. Using the word encourage, write or talk about what parents and teachers can do to help kids feel
they can do well in school. You might explain what you think adults can say or do to help kids try
their best.

162 (Continues on next page)


150 Unit 3 Review Activities

14. Using the word envy, write or talk about a time you wanted something that someone else had.
Perhaps you wanted a toy that belonged to another child or the happy family life enjoyed by a
close friend.
15. Using the word experiment, write or talk about a time when you tried doing something you had
never done before. Maybe you tried a new way of studying, exercising, dressing, or cooking a
meal.

16. Using the word expert, write or talk about one subject that you know a good deal about. It could
be a subject you studied in school, learned at work, or picked up as a hobby.
17. Using the word guarantee, write or talk about something that will be fixed or replaced for free if
it ever breaks down. It might be a computer, car, radio, TV, or washing machine.
18. Using the word ideal, write or talk about something that seems perfect to you. It could be your
favorite ice cream, a beautiful spot on a beach, or a perfect way to relax after a hard day.
19. Using the word inspect, write or talk about a time you looked closely at something. Maybe it was
your car after it had been washed, some secondhand furniture you were thinking of buying, or
your living room before guests arrived for a party.
20. Using the word intense, write or talk about a time when you had deep feelings. You might
describe a time that was frightening, happy, sad, or thankful.
21. Using the word involve, write or talk about an activity that you were part of when it was being
planned. Perhaps you helped plan a party, family vacation, or special meal.
22. Using the word opinion, write or talk about the way you feel about something. It could be your
favorite (or least favorite) movie, TV show, or restaurant. Or you might tell what you think is the
biggest problem these days with schools, parents, children, bosses, or companies.
23. Using the word personal, write or talk about what you do when you have a private problem you
would like to solve. Maybe you talk to a close friend, speak to a relative, or write down your
thoughts in a journal.
24. Using the word prevent, write or talk about something that you have tried to stop from happening.
Maybe you tried to keep someone from getting hurt, from borrowing your clothes, or from finding
out about a surprise you had planned.

163
UPs' Fouuio

Chapter 19 Chapter 20

alarm modest confusion incident


collapse similar decrease realize
defend relieved distant refuse
grief victim emerge survive

Chapter 21 Chapter 22

excess reveal disaster predict


persuade separate fascinate progress
quarrel stubborn generous scarce .
reaction tremendous increase tolerate

Chapter 23 Chapter 24

detail occupy condemn imagine


glare perform embrace isolate
humor select express support
notice weary familiar unite

1R4
alarm modest
collapse relieved
defend similar
grief victim

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 alarm O Did it alarm you when our doorbell rang in the middle of the night?
(uh-larm) O We were alarmed when we heard that a second-grader in our
verb neighborhood was taken away by a stranger.
a Alarm means a. scare b. please c. relax

2 collapse The earthquake caused many tall buildings in the city to collapse.
(kuh-laps) On the first night of our camping trip, the tent collapsed on top of us
verb and woke us all up.
c Collapse means a. build b. stay safe c. fall down

3 defend A mother bear is always ready to defend her cubs against danger.
(di-fend) Nikki takes karate lessons so she can defend herself if anyone tries to
verb hurt her.
b Defend means a. give up b. keep safe c. harm

4 grief Rhetta felt a lot of grief when her grandmother died.


(greet') With grief in his heart, David buried his dog Brownie, who had been his
noun good friend for fifteen years.
a Grief means a. sadness b. happiness c. boredom

5 modest o Even though she has won prizes for her paintings, Cara is modest about
(mod-ist) being such a good artist.
adjective It must be hard for movie stars to stay modest when people are always
telling them how wonderful they are.
b Modest means a. not working hard b. not thinking too c. thinking too
at something highly of oneself highly of oneself

152 165
Chapter 19 153
6 relieved o We were relieved to learn that no one was hurt in the bus accident.
(ri-leevd) a Juan was relieved when the teacher called on someone else to answer
adjective the hard question.
c Relieved means a. unhappy b. not caring c. made less worried

7 similar o The guitar and banjo are similar in several ways. They both have long
(sim-uh-lur) necks and strings that are played with the fingers.
adjective o Joe and his dad sound so similar on the phone that I can't tell them
apart.
c Similar means a. not bragging b. good-looking c. alike

8 victim For a crime victim, going to court and seeing the person who hurt him
(vik-tuhm) or her can be as scary as the crime itself.
noun The Red Cross helps the victims of floods, earthquakes, and fires.
a Victim means a. person who b. person who hurts c. person who
is harmed someone else helps others

Matching Wards with Meanin


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. grief Great sadness; sorrow

2. modest Not thinking too highly of oneself; not proud; humble

3. defend To keep safe from harm; to protect

4. victim A person who is hurt or done wrong to

5. similar Alike; like another in some ways

6. collapse To fall down or fall to pieces

7. relieved No longer worried

8. alarm To make afraid

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
166
154 Chapter 19

Adding One Ward to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. alarmed c. defend e. modest g. similar


b. collapsed d. grief f. relieved h. victims

collapsed 1. The children used blocks to build a tower more than three feet high, but
it . ? . . before anyone saw it.
.

relieved 2. I bet your family is 9 that you decided not to take the job which is
several hundred miles away.
similar 3. Hot peppers and sweet peppers look but taste very different.
alarmed 4. The sight of a car rolling down the hill without a driver . . ? . . everyone.
defend 5. When you go walking in the woods, wear long pants and long sleeves to
7 yourself against poison ivy.
victims 6. More than six million Jews were . . ? . . of the Nazis during World War II.
grief 7. When Martin came into the room, we knew he had very bad news. His
7 showed on his face.
modest 8. Because my parents taught me to be 7 , I never bragged about how
well I did in school.

Addin Two Words t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. alarm c. defend e. modest g. similar


b. collapsed d. grief f. relieved h. victim

modest 1-2. Mr. Turner was so 9 that he was surprised when he won the best-
grief teacher award. When he died a year later, his students felt real . .

alarm 3-4. I don't want to 9 you, but if you carry your wallet in your back
victim pocket, you may become a robbery 9
defend 5-6. Many old towns in Europe had walls built around them to the
collapsed people who lived there against enemies. Now, most of those walls are
falling apart or have 9
relieved 7-8. I felt bad about breaking my grandmother's favorite plate, so I was
similar . . ? . . when I saw a 9 one I could buy and give her.

167
Chapter 19 155

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. Which of these sights would alarm you?


a. A visit from little children on Halloween
b. A beautiful beach
c. A stranger driving away in your car
b 2. If you are feeling so sick that you think you might collapse, you would probably
a. go to work.
b. call a doctor.
c. invite friends to dinner.
b 3. If a teacher tells you that she likes a paper you have written, which of the following might you
say if you are modest?
a. "I knew you would like it."
b. "Thanks. I wasn't sure how it turned out, but I'm glad you liked it."
c. "I bet it was the best in the class."
a 4. Your relatives from another state are driving to visit you. It's getting dark and they are two
hours late. You feel relieved when they
a. call and say, "We'll be there in ten minutes."
b. call you from a hospital emergency room.
c. never show up.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best answers the question.

b 5. Which of the following would defend a country at war?


a. Children
b. Soldiers
c. Senior citizens
c 6. Which of these would bring grief to most people?
a. A raise at work
b. A visit from a loved relative
c. The death of a close friend
b 7. Which two words have a similar sound?
a. ring / necklace
b. better / butter
c. north / west
b 8. A man was arrested, put on trial, and jailed after robbing many homes. Who were his victims?
a. The police who arrested him
b. The people whose homes he robbed
c. The judge who put him in jail
X68
156 Chapter 19

Adding Wards t® a Reading


A. A Young Librarian
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. collapse b. grief c. modest d. similar

Aja Henderson is a young girl who lives in Louisiana. Ever since Aja was little, she
has loved to read. For her birthday and at holiday time, Aja always asked for books. And
she always used any money she saved to buy more books. Because of all her books, Aja
never felt alone. Her books kept her company. When she read a funny story, she laughed.
When she read a really sad one, she felt (1) grief
After collecting for a few years, Aja had so many books that her family teased her,
saying that their house might (2) collapse from all the heavy books she
owned. Then one day Aja found out something that bothered her. The other kids in her
neighborhood could not enjoy books as much as she did. They did not read much, and
there was no public° library nearby. So Aja came up with an idea. She would begin her
own library! And that is exactly what Aja did.
At first, Aja was nervous that the neighborhood kids would not come to her library.
But when several kids began stopping by her house to look through her books, she
relaxed. After a while, all the neighborhood kids started to borrow books from her. In fact,
today so many kids come to borrow her books that Aja gives the kids library cards
(3) similar to the ones that real libraries use. Aja even helps some of
the children learn to read. Everyone thinks Aja's library is wonderful. But she is
(4) modest about what she has done. "Just seeing other kids learn to
love reading is thanks enough for me," she says.

No More Harm
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. alarmed b. defend c. relieved d. victi s

Pam Lynchner is an example of someone who fought against something she thought
was wrong. In 1990, Lynchner was hurt badly when a man mugged her. The man was
caught. Because he had been arrested twice before for mugging, he was sentenced to
twenty years in jail. Lynchner was (5) relieved to know that she was no
longer in danger. But the feeling did not last. Just two years later she was
(6) alarmed by the news that the man who had mugged her had been
set free. To make it even worse, the man tried to sue Lynchner. He said that being in jail

1E9
Chapter 19 157
had been difficult and painful for him. Lynchner was distressed° that the man was out of
jail and making problems for her. She began to talk to other (7) victims
of crime. She heard many other stories about criminals who got out of jail early and kept
bothering the people they had hurt. Lynchner wanted to do something about this, so she
started a group to (8) defend the rights of those who had been
harmed. She called her group "Justice for All." The group works to keep criminals from
getting out of jail early. "Justice for All" now has more than five thousand members.

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Two things that alarm me are


Answers will vary.

2. The bridge collapsed when

3. People need to defend themselves against

4. The whole country felt grief when

5. If someone received the highest grade in the class and wanted to sound modest, he or she
might say, "

6. When I go to the dentist for a checkup, I am relieved when

7. One way in which school and work are similar is

8. In the news, I heard about a victim who

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

170.
confusion incident
decrease realize
distant refuse
emerge survive

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 confusion 0 The poor directions caused so much confusion that everyone arrived
(kuhn-fyoo-shuhn) late for the party.
noun 0 The instructions for putting the toy together were missing, so at first I
felt great confusion.
b Confusion means a. feeling of b. feeling of not c. feeling of
danger knowing what to do peace

2 decrease Putting ice on an injury helps decrease pain and swelli ng.
(di-kreess) To decrease your chances of getting sick, you should eat healthy foods
verb and get plenty of exercise.
a Decrease means a. make less b. make greater c. keep the same

3 distant o Some of the bright spots in the sky are distant planets that are millions
(diss-tuhnt) of miles away.
adjective If we listened closely, we could hear the low rumble of a distant train
moving toward us.
b Distant means a. nearby b. not at all close c. different

4 emerge O Today, I saw a tiny brown mouse emerge from a small hole in one of
(i-murj) our kitchen cabinets. When it saw me, it ran back into the hole.
verb The story was about a two-headed monster that emerged from the forest
at midnight to scare the town's children.
c Emerge means a. stay still b. get lost c. come out

5 incident o To stop an incident from happening, the police told the angry men to
(in-si-duhnt) calm down and go home.
noun ° The last incident I had with my car was two months ago when the
battery went dead.
a Incident means a. time of trouble b. time of happiness c. time of resting

158
171
Chapter 20 159

6 realize o My children's teachers realize that I can't attend after-school meetings.


(ree-uh-liiz) o Mr. Ramirez groaned "Oh, no" when he realized he had locked his keys
verb in his car.
b Realize means a. hope b. know c. write

7 refuse Despite all the warnings about high-fat foods, many people refuse to
(ri-fyooz) give up eating rich, heavy meals.
verb My sister refused to stop eating her Halloween candy even though she
felt sick from eating all the sugar.
a Refuse to means a. decide not to b. forget about c. want to

8 survive Seat belts and air bags help people survive serious car crashes.
(sur-viiv) In 1912, when the great ship Titanic sank, 1500 people died, but another
verb 712 survived the accident.
a Survive means a. live through b. forget c. cause

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. emerge To come into view; to come out into the open

2. incident Something bad or upsetting that happens; a disturbing event

3. distant Far away

4. confusion A feeling that things are mixed up and not at all clear

5. decrease To make or become less

6. realize To understand that something is true

7. refuse To make a strong decision not to do something

8. survive To stay alive through a dangerous time

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

172
160 Chapter 20

Addis One Word to an Item


Ui

Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. confusion c. distant e. incidents g. refuses


b. decreases d. emerged f. realizes h. survive

confusion 1. No one knew what was going on at the new restaurant. Because of all
the 9 , three tables received the wrong orders, and our waiter forgot
about us completely.
distant 2. We are lucky to live at a time when there are telephones. They let us
speak to friends and relatives living in even the most 9 places.
emerged 3. The rain stopped, and the sun . . ? . . from behind a dark storm cloud.
realizes 4. Do you think Robert . . ? . . that his shirt and tie look terrible together?
refuses 5. No matter how many times we tell our puppy not to chew on our couch
pillows, she still 9 to stop.
survive 6. Because my parents lived through a fire that killed others, they often
ask themselves, "Why did we when others died?"
decreases 7. Putting more police on the streets 9 crime.
incidents 8. Although the large crowd at the football game was noisy, no
were reported between fans of the two teams.

Addin Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. confusion c. distant e. incidents g. refused


b. decrease d. emerged f. realized h. survived

confusion 1 -2. The thick fog and heavy rain caused so much 9 for drivers that Mary
decrease had to 9 her driving speed to make sure she didn't pass her street.
emerged 3 -4. In the morning, when Stephen 9 from his tent and saw half-eaten
realized food all over, he 9 that an animal had visited his campsite during
the night.
distant 5-6. The plane crash was so from any town that it took hours before
9
survived police began to look for anyone who might have . . ? . . .

incidents 7-8. After two 9 at the playground when fights broke out, many
refused parents to let their kids go there anymore.
Chapter 20 161

Showing You Underst sr nd the rds


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 1. At your job, you might want to decrease your


a. vacation time.
b. pay.
c. long drive to work every day.
a 2. If you take a trip to a distant lake, you will have
a. a long drive to get there.
b. a short drive to get there.
c. a short walk to get there.
c 3. You should refuse to pay a store bill if you
a. lost your checkbook.
b. bought everything listed on the bill.
c. bought nothing listed on the bill.
b 4. You probably would not survive
a. playing with a puppy.
b. a swim with a group of hungry sharks.
c. a visit from your favorite relative.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. Drivers on a superhighway would feel confusion if


a. they bought a cold drink at a rest stop.
b. all the exit signs had been taken away.
c. their cars were in perfect working order.
b 6. When musicians emerge on stage, they
a. hide under the stage.
b. come out in front of the curtain.
c. stay in a dressing room.
c 7. Which of the following incidents would make most people stay away?
a. A parade
b. A circus
c. A bank robbery
b 8. Children will realize that candy is sweet when they
a. see someone else eat it.
b. taste it for themselves.
c. leave it in their pockets.

I *7 4
162 Chapter 20

Adding Words to a Reading


A. Ifs He Man or Machine?
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. confusion b. distant c. emerges d. refuses

My friend Bob loves computers. His whole life centers around them. If Bob wants to
buy something, he clicks a couple of keys and finds what he wants. When he wants to
meet new people, he types messages to (1) distant computer lovers,
many of whom live hundreds, even thousands, of miles away. They "talk" for hours on the
computer but never meet each other in person. Sitting at the computer, Bob hardly ever
(2) emerges from his room to go outside. I'm nervous about what's
happening to Bob. He feels cozy and relaxed with his computer but not around real
people. I try to tell him that this isn't good. I tell him that spending so much time with his
computer will prevent° him from having a full life. But he disagrees and
(3) refuses to listen to what I am saying. One day, the electricity will
go out or his computer will break down. Maybe at this point, when he feels great
(4) confusion , Bob will be forced to connect with human beings rather
than with a machine.

. Struck by Lightning
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. decrease b. incident c. realized d. survived

Who said lightning does not strike the same place twice? Roy Sullivan knows that
isn't true. Sullivan, a forest ranger in Virginia, has been a victim° of lightning seven
times. Over the years, Sullivan's shoulder, stomach, eyebrows, and ankles were burned.
Once he was hit while sitting in his truck. The bolt pushed him out the door and threw
him to the ground. During another (5) incident , lightning struck his head,
burned a hole in the hat he was wearing, set his hair on fire, moved down his body, and
left through the toes of his boots. Somehow, Sullivan (6) survived all
these strikes. Once he (7) realized that lightning had a way of finding
him, Sullivan made a special plan to (8) decrease his family's

1'7 5
Chapter 20 163
chances of being struck. Whenever a storm came near, he would goall aloneinto the
kitchen and would make his wife and kids go into the basement, far from him. Sullivan
died in 1983 at the age of 71. His death had nothing to do with lightning.

Using the Wards When Wri tin and Taking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I was left feeling great confusion when


Answers will vary.

2. One reason a company might decrease a person's salary is

3. Many people like to travel to distant lands because

4. This morning I saw a bee emerge from

5. The scariest incident that ever happened to me was when

6. People in an accident may not realize they are hurt until

7. Young people often refuse to listen to what their parents say because

8. The people in the town survived the flood because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, I = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

176
excess reveal
persuade separate
quarrel stubborn
reaction tremendous

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 excess c Several restaurants in town give their excess food to groups that feed the
(ek-sess) poor.
adjective 0 I will paint the living room first, and if there is any excess paint, I'll do
the hallway.
a Excess means a. leftover b. good c. used

2 persuade 0 Nathan wants to drop out of school, but his parents are trying to
(pur-swayd) persuade him to stay.
verb 0 Advertising often persuades people to buy many things they don't need.
a Persuade means a. get someone b. stop c. leave
to do something

3 quarrel Jamal and Michael have not spoken to each other for five years, ever
(kwar-uhl) since they had a bad quarrel about money.
noun ° The neighbors' quarrel was very loud. Their yelling and screaming
made me think they might hurt each other, so I called the police.
b Quarrel means a. reason b. fight c. dream

4 reaction O Whenever our cat is petted, her reaction is to purr.


(ree-ak-shuhn) O If something comes flying toward your face, your reaction will be to
noun pull back quickly.
a Reaction means a. something that happens b. action that c. more of something
because of something else is hard to do than is needed

5 reveal O If I promise to keep it a secret, will you reveal what you are getting
(ri-veel) Dora for her birthday?
verb My grandma never revealed her age to us; she said only that she was
"over forty."
a Reveal means a. hide b. forget c. tell
164
i77
Chapter 21 165
6 separate In cooking class, we learned how to separate eggs by cracking them
(sep-uh-rayt) and putting the yolks in one bowl and the whites in another.
verb To get the noisy kids to be quiet, the teacher separated them so they
were sitting far away from each other.
c Separate means a. bring together b. make larger c. put apart

7 stubborn The stubborn boy would not go to bed, even though the baby sitter kept
(stuhb-urn) asking him to.
adjective It is hard to work with stubborn people. They are not willing to listen to
others or look at different ways of doing things.
b Stubborn means a. easy to b. not wanting to c. quick to learn
get along with do something

8 tremendous The blue whale is a tremendous animal. Its tongue alone can weigh up
(tri-men-duhss) to 8,900 pounds.
adjective Outer space is so tremendous that no one can really understand its size.
c Tremendous means a. friendly b. ugly c. big

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. tremendous Very large

2. reaction Something that is done because something else is done first

3. persuade To use words to get someone to think or do something

4. stubborn Not wanting to change or give in

5. excess Extra; more than is needed

6. separate To put or move two or more things apart; to put in different places

7. quarrel A fight with words; an argument

8. reveal To make something known

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

1.7
166 Chapter 21

Addin One Ward to can Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. excess c. quarrels e. revealed g. stubborn


b. persuade d. reaction f. separates h. tremendous

revealed 1. The class cheered when the teacher 7 that I had won the contest.
tremendous 2. Although butterflies don't look strong, every year they fly the 9

distance from Canada all the way down to Mexico.


reaction 3. When the boss yelled at Sara, her 2 was to cry.
stubborn 4. The donkey is a 7 animal. If it doesn't want to move, it won't.
persuade 5. You cannot say anything that will 7 me to go see that horror
movieI don't enjoy being afraid.
quarrels 6. Children may argue a lot, but they soon forget their 7 and play
together happily.
separates 7. Every morning at work, Rita 9 the mail into three pilesone for
the company president, one for the vice president, and one for the office
manager.
excess 8. My family grows fruit. We eat most of it and sell the ' fruit at a
roadside stand.

Adding Two Words to can Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. excess c. quarrel e. revealed g. stubborn


b. persuade d. reaction f. separate h. tremendous

persuade 1-2. My little sister eats only vanilla ice cream. I tried to 7 her to taste
stubborn other flavors, but she is so 7 she won't take even a tiny bite.
tremendous 3-4. When the 7burst of fireworks filled the sky, everyone's .. ? ..
reaction was to say, "O0000hhhh!"
excess 5-6. Every year, the library sells its 7 books. Employees the
separate books into two piles and sell hardcover books for a dollar and
paperback books for fifty cents.
revealed 7-8. When Irina learned that Glenn had . . ? . . her secret to his friend, they
quarrel had a big . ? . . .
.

179
Chapter 21 167

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 1. To persuade your friends to go to a movie, tell them


a. the acting is really bad.
b. the story is boring.
c. you will pay for their tickets.

a 2. You can tell that people are having a quarrel when you hear
a. angry voices.
b. laughter.
c. the sounds of dancing.
b 3. Your reaction to a good joke might be
a. to leave the room.
b. to smile or laugh.
c. to say "I don't get it."
c 4. Like most children, when you were young, you probably revealed your happiness by
a. sitting very quietly.
b. looking sad.
c. jumping up and down.

PART 113
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 5. If people have a party and end up with excess lemonade, they


a. have to make some more.
b. should add ice to make the lemonade cooler.
c. may give some to their neighbors.
a 6. Pets may need to be separated if
a. they begin to fight whenever they are together.
b. they sleep quietly when they are around each other.
c. they do not look at each other.

c 7. Yoko and Emi argued. Yoko said she wanted to be friends again. Emi was stubborn and said,
a. "You'll always be my best friend."
b. "I'm sorry. I was wrong."
c. "I will never be your friend."
b 8. If a teacher gives students a tremendous amount of homework, the students
a. can finish in just a few minutes.
b. will be doing homework for a long time.
c. don't have any homework.

X80
168 Chapter 21

Adding Words to a Reading


A. Whose Fault us fit?
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. persuade b. quarrel c. revealed d. stubborn

Mrs. Harris looked very upset. When I asked her what was wrong, she answered
"Nothing." But soon she (1) revealed what was happening. "My daughters,
Maya and Tracy, have had a big fight," she said. "The (2) quarrel started
over a skirt. Maya had a new skirt that Tracy wanted to wear on a date. Since Maya
wasn't home, Tracy took the skirt without asking. When Maya discovered° what Tracy
had done, she took Tracy's favorite sweater and wore it to school. There, by accident,
some ketchup got spilled on the sweater. Now both girls are really angry at each other.
Tracy is too (3) stubborn to say she should not have taken the skirt
without asking. But Maya is just as bad. She says it is Tracy's fault that the sweater got
dirty. I'm trying to (4) persuade both girls to say they are sorry, but neither
of them will. If they don't make up pretty soon, they're going to drive me crazy!"

I., Forests Full of Life


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. excess b. reaction c. separated d. tremendous

Forests are beautiful. Trees stretch high in the air, making a leafy green roof. Below,
small young trees dot the forest floor. One of the most interesting things about a forest is
the way new trees get planted. Small animals, like squirrels and chipmunks, pick up seeds
that have fallen from the trees to the ground. These animals gather more seeds than they
can eat. They take the (5) excess seeds and bury them to eat later. That
is how seeds get (6) separated from the trees they grew on, sometimes by
hundreds of miles. Often the animals forget about the seeds they buried and never go back
to eat them. As the months go by, the rain, sunlight, and rich soil act upon the seeds. The
(7) reaction of the seeds is to grow upward until they emerge° above the

181
Chapter 21 169
ground. Over the years, some of the tiny plants grow into (8) tremendous
trees. Their branches of the big trees become home for the same kinds of animals that
planted them long ago.

Using the Words When Writing and ThThh


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Because we had excess food after the party, we


Answers will vary.

2. Most parents try to persuade their children to

3. The two neighbors got into a quarrel when

4. What is the reaction of most people to the birth of a baby? They

5. When the police questioned them, the couple revealed

6. Before putting clothes in a washer, you should separate

7. I get upset when people are so stubborn that they

8. The new mall is so tremendous that

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

182
disaster predict
fascinate progress
generous scarce
increase tolerate

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 disaster o The family party turned into a disaster when two cousins got into a bad
(duh-zass-tur) fight and had to go to the hospital.
noun
0 Every year, hurricanes, floods, and other natural disasters cause
thousands of people to lose their homes.
a Disaster means a. something that b. something c. something that
causes harm interesting turns out well

2 fascinate It's easy to see that cars fascinate Nelson. His room is filled with car
(fass-uh-nayt) magazines.
verb
° The dog's wagging tail fascinates the baby. She keeps trying to grab it.
c Fascinate means a. bore greatly b. frighten c. interest greatly

3 generous 0 Nick is very generous with his new carhe lets his friends drive it
(jen-ur-uhss) whenever they ask.
adjective ° The generous couple gave each of their nephews a hundred-dollar check
at graduation.
a Generous means a. willing to share b. selfish c. bad-tempered

4 increase 0 If you smoke, you greatly increase your chances of getting heart
(in-kreess) disease.
verb
° My little brother still does not understand that study increases one's
chances for good grades.
b Increase means a. make smaller b. make greater c. get rid of

5 predict Many scientists predict that one day we will find life on Mars.
(pri-dikt) O Dora predicted that her baby would be a girl, but she was wrong.
verb

b Predict means a. lie b. tell ahead of time c. forget

170

183
Chapter 22 171

6 progress I have made real progress with my driving lessons. Now I can park my
(prog-ress) car on the street without hitting the curb.
noun Tia is making excellent progress in learning English.
c Progress means a. mistakes b. friends c. movement
toward a goal

7 scarce o So many elephants have been killed for their ivory that the animals have
(skairss) become scarce.
adjective 0 Peaches were scarce this year because bad weather destroyed most of
the crop.
c Scarce means a. easily found b. famous c. few in number

8 tolerate o My mother does not tolerate TV watching at dinner time. She wants us
(tol-uh-rayt) to sit around the table and talk together.
verb o There is a no-smoking rule where I work. The only place where
smoking is tolerated is the parking lot.
a Tolerate means a. let happen b. stop c. hide

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. increase To make greater or larger; to add to

2. progress Movement toward a goal

3. scarce Few in number; hard to find; rare

4. predict To say what one thinks will happen in the future

5. disaster A happening that causes loss and suffering

6. fascinate To interest someone greatly; to hold someone's interest

7. generous Happy to give or share; unselfish

8. tolerate To let something go on without trying to stop it; to put up with

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

184
172 Chapter 22

Adding One Ward to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disaster c. generous e. predict g. scarce


b. fascinates d. increased f. progress h. tolerate

disaster 1. The flu that hit the United States in 1918 was a ' that killed more
than 500,000 Americans.
generous 2. People who have 9 hearts always find time to help others.
increased 3. Lifting weights has greatly . . ? . . my strength.
tolerate 4. Some parents do not 9 their children's using swear words.
progress 5. The builders are making good 9 with my aunt's new homethe
roof is on already.
predict 6. People think that the stars can help them 9 what is going to happen
in their lives.
scarce 7. Mr. Beck is a hard teacher. A lot of students in his class receive C's. A's
are really . ? . .
. .

fascinates 8. I laughed the other day when I heard someone say, "Work 9 me. I
can sit and look at it for hours."

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disasters c. generous e. predict g. scarce


b. fascinated d. increase f. progress h. tolerates

predict 1 -2. Since no one can ? when an earthquake will happen, it is one of
disasters the most feared of all '
generous 3 -4. Tonya is such a ? person that she 9 her neighbor's coming
tolerates over almost every day to borrow something.
increase 5 -6. Nicki's boss cares about her education. He says he won't 9 her
progress hours at her job until she makes better . ? . . at school.
.

fascinated 7-8. The movie Gorillas in the Mist is about a woman named Dian Fossey.
scarce Apes and gorillas 9 Fossey, and she was angry that they were
becoming 9 because of illegal hunting.

185
Chapter 22 173

Showin You Understand the Wards


PA T A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 1. Which of the following do you think is a disaster?


a. A fire that killed several people
b. A good meal
c. A job opening that sounds perfect
b 2. If a friend's story about a fight with a coworker fascinates you, you might say,
a. "I don't think this is any of my business."
b. "Really! What happened then?"
c. "This is boring. Who cares?"
c 3. Two friends ask you to lend them ten dollars each. Because you feel generous, you might say,
a. "I don't have any extra money."
b. "Why should I?"
c. "I'll be glad to give you a loan."
b 4. To increase your weight, you should
a. step on a scale.
b. stop eating dessert.
c. eat more at each meal.

PART 1B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. People who say that they can predict the future mean that they
a. can change the future.
b. know what is going to happen in the future.
c. never think about the future.
a 6. If people make progress in their schoolwork, they probably
a. study at home every day.
b. never study at home.
c. make believe they are studying at home.
c 7. If jobs are scarce in one part of the country, they are
a. easy to get.
b. high-paying.
c. hard to find.
a 8. Which of the following will most teachers not tolerate?
a. A lot of noise and running around
b. A time when kids are quiet
c. The rules of good grammar

186
174 Chapter 22

Adding Wards to a Reading


A. An Animal in Danger
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. disaster b. fascinated c. scarce d. tolerate

For thousands of years, tigers have (1) fascinated human beings.


Carvings made in Russia six thousand years ago show that people there thought of the
tiger as a god. Children across the world have grown up hearing stories, songs, and poems
about tigers. Such stories tell of the animal's strength, beauty, and danger. But today this
beautiful cat faces a problem that is alarming° to scientists. The tiger is becoming
(2) scarce . It is dying out so fast that many scientists say there will
soon be no tigers in the wild. The only ones left will be in zoos. This would be a real
(3) disaster for animal lovers around the world.
Why are the tigers dying out? They are being killed for their skins, bones, and other
body parts. People throughout the world believe that tiger parts make strong medicine.
The whiskers, the eyes, the claws, and the bones are used to treat different sicknesses. A
hundred years ago, there were about 150,000 tigers in the world. Today there may be as
few as 5,000. Many countries no longer (4) tolerate the killing of
the tiger. But it may be too late to save this beautiful animal.

The Simple Life of the Amish


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. generous b. increase c. predict d. progress

The Amish are members of a church that was formed in the late 1600s. They live in
Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, and other states. Their traditions° have not changed much
over the years. They believe that human beings should live simply. They dress the same
way the Amish did three hundred years ago. Living mostly on farms, they use horses
instead of tractors to do the work. They do not have electricity or drive cars.
The Amish want their children to go to school. They want to see them do well and
make (5) progress in reading, writing, and arithmetic. But they
believe that higher education is not needed. So Amish children leave school after the
eighth grade. Most Amish marry at a young age, live on farms, and have large families.
i7
Chapter 22 175
Many outsiders have trouble understanding how the Amish can live without cars,
electricity, VCRs, and phones. Some people (6) predict that in the
future, the Amish will have trouble holding onto their young people. And it is true that
some young people leave the Amish church, wanting to (7) increase
their freedom. But many Amish are very happy. They are (8) generous
people who share what they have with one another. To them, non-Amish people rush
around too much and miss the simple joys of life.

Using the Words When Writing and Ta thin


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. One of the worst disasters I ever saw was


Answers will vary.

2. I have always been fascinated by

3. Some people are so generous that they

4. One way that people can increase their energy is

5. One of the things that I predict will happen in the next one hundred years is

6. To make progress studying vocabulary, it is a good idea to

7. Tickets to the rock concert were scarce because

8. In my home, one thing I will not tolerate is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8= 100To, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

188
detail occupy
glare perform
humor select
notice weary

Learnills Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 detail o The student's report was very good except for one detailthe word
(dee-tayl) flower was spelled wrong.
noun
o Because the United States dollar bill has so many tiny details, it is hard
to copy.
b Detail means a. end b. part c. color

2 glare My dog-hating neighbors glare at me whenever I take Lassie for a walk.


(glair) o Instead of yelling, my father silently glared at me when I came home
verb two hours late.
c Glare means a. choose b. smile c. give an angry look

3 humor o The movie was supposed to be funny, but I could see no humor in it.
(hyoo-mur) o Our English teacher likes to begin each class with humor, such as a
noun joke or a funny story.
c Humor means a. lesson b. anger c. something funny

4 notice o Did you notice how sad Emily seemed today?


(noh-tiss) o Sitting in the food court at the mall, I noticed a small child who looked
verb lost.
a Notice means a. see b. forget c. choose

5 occupy o Several silver and blue fish occupy a small glass bowl in the living
(ok-yuh-pii) room.
- verb o Chen was upset to find roaches occupying every drawer in his new
apartment.
c Occupy means a. break b. clean c. live in

176
Chapter 23 177

6 perform The children get their allowance only if they perform their jobs around
(pur-form) the house.
verb I hope that I performed well on yesterday's English test.
a Perform means a. do b. fail c. leave

7 select A salesclerk helped me select a watch for my father's birthday.


(si-lekt) The child selected a blue crayon from the box and then drew a picture
verb of his dog.
c Select means a. break b. lose c. pick out

8 weary After her baby was born, Lucy was happy but weary.
(wihr-ee) You must have been up too late last night. You look weary.
adjective

c Weary means a. sad b. wide awake c. needing rest

Matching Words with Me s nings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. glare To look at in an angry way

2. humor Something that makes people laugh

3. occupy To live in

4. notice To see and understand something that is happening

5. select To choose

6. weary Tired; worn out in body or mind

7. perform To do something

8. detail A small part; a single item

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

190
178 Chapter 23

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. detail c. humor e. occupy g. selected


b. glared d. notice f. performed h. weary

occupy 1. I don't know the people who . 7 the apartment across the hall.
detail 2. Janet planned her party carefully, not forgetting a single 7

performed 3. The doctor who is taking out Tony's tonsils has 9 the operation
many times before.
glared 4. When the cashier walked away to make a phone call, the people waiting
in the check-out line ? at her.
weary 5. After finishing the five-mile race, Gina fell on the grass, too ? to
take another step.
humor 6. When Phil got sticky gum all over the bottom of his expensive new shoes,
he could have gotten angry. Instead he laughed at the 9 of it all.
selected 7. The movie director interviewed more than fifty actors before he 9
one for the starring role.
notice 8. We were so busy at work that we did not 9 it had begun to snow.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. details c. humor e. occupy g. select


b. glared d. noticed f. perform h. weary

glared 1-2. Tara 9 at her unkind landlord when he told her that she could not
occupy 9 her apartment anymore.
noticed 3-4. When I my neighbor's children laughing at my new haircut, I
humor knew other people would also see the in how silly I looked.
weary 5-6. The blues singer is 9 from traveling almost every day of the year.
perform But in order to make a living, she must . ? her act night after night.
. . .

select 7-8. "When you 7 a subject for your paper," said the teacher, "choose
details something you know a lot about. Then you can include many
interesting 9 in your paper."

191
Chapter 23 179

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a I. Driving on your street, you are hit by another car. You would most likely glare at
a. the person who drove the car that hit you.
b. a police officer who came to help.
c. a small child standing by the road.
a 2. You are most likely to find humor
a. at a circus.
b. at a funeral.
c. at the doctor's office.
b 3. If you are wearing a good-looking new jacket, you probably want people to notice
a. that you spilled some ketchup on the front.
b. that it fits you perfectly.
c. that you lost a button on the sleeve.
b 4. Which of the following would you probably select to wear on a snowy day?
a. A T-shirt
b. A warm jacket
c. A pair of sandals

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 5. The details of a book's story are


a. what happens in the story.
b. the front and back covers of the book.
c. the people who wrote the book.
a 6. A group of cows would probably occupy
a. a barn.
b. a small house.
c. a supermarket.
c 7. Many dog owners get their pets to perform
a. miracles.
b. large jobs around the house.
c. a small trick like "sit" or "stay."
b 8. Which of these would help a weary person?
a. Taking a long trip in a car
b. Taking a nap
c. Studying for a test
192
180 Chapter 23

Adthn Wards to a Read in


A. Taking a reak with TV
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. humor b. noticed c. select d. weary

Most men and women work hardsometimes at jobs they don't liketo bring
money home to their families. After a hard day on the job and a long ride home, these
people feel (1) weary . So after dinner, when they finally have
some leisure°, they like to use that time by relaxing in front of the TV. Have you ever
(2) noticed the kind of TV show they like to watch? Often they
(3) select lighthearted shows about families much like their
own. For many people, these shows are fun to watch and bring much needed
(4) humor into their lives. By watching shows that make them
laugh, people get a break from their everyday problems.

. Working and Living Together


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. details b. glare c. occupy d. perform

Taking care of a home is not easy. People who (5) occupy a

house or apartment know that there are many jobs that must get done. To help out, every
family needs to (6) perform a number of jobs to keep the house in
good order. Dishes need to be washed, repairs need to be made, laundry must be done,
and trash must be thrown out. Sometimes small jobs like dusting or vacuuming go undone
because they seem like unimportant (7) details . From time to time,
quarrels° may break out over who is to do what. For example, a brother and sister may
(8) glare at each other because each thinks it is the other's turn to
clean the bathroom. Mother may yell at Father for throwing his dirty laundry on the floor.
Father may get angry at Mother for leaving dirty dishes in the sink. Every home will have

193
Chapter 23 181

some problems. But members of the family must learn to work out their differences. As
they do, the tiesand the lovebetween them will grow stronger and stronger.

Using the Wards When Writing and Taking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. The details I like most on that old house are


Answers will vary.

2. The instructor glared at me because

3. Some people have no sense of humor. When they hear a joke, they

4. One thing I usually notice about people is

5. A family of mice might occupy

6. A server in a restaurant performs many jobs, such as

7. The best gift I ever selected was

8. My mother looked weary when

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

194
condemn imagine
embrace isolate
express support
familiar unite

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 condemn o Most doctors condemn smoking, especially around children.


(kuhn-dem) o The preacher condemned television shows that are full of sex and
verb violence.
c Condemn means a. help b. give thanks for c. speak strongly against

2 embrace ° In Latin America, men often hug when they meet each other, but in the
(em-brayss) United States, most men do not embrace each other.
verb ° At the airport, a man embraced a woman tightly before saying goodbye.
a Embrace means a. speak in b. push away c. put one's arms
an angry way around

3 express o A friendly wave is one way to express that you are glad to see someone.
(ek-spress) o Ann's cat expressed its dislike for me by hissing and showing its teeth.
verb

a Express means a. make feelings b. whisper c. picture in one's


known mind

4 familiar ° Because its restaurants are in many countries, McDonald's is familiar to


(fuh-mil-yur) people all over the world.
adjective ° I grew up in this small town, so just about every street here is familiar
to me.
b Familiar means a. far away b. often seen or heard c. sad

5 imagine ° To warm myself when it is cold outside, I often imagine that I am


(i-maj-uhn) sitting by a nice warm fire.
verb ° Nervous about sleeping in a strange room, my little brother began to
imagine that there was a tiger under the bed.
a Imagine means a. picture in b. forget c. remember
the mind

182 195
Chapter 24 183
6 isolate ° If I feel a need to be away from others, I isolate myself by going into
(ii-suh-/ayt) my bedroom and locking the door.
verb
0 When Robbie got chicken pox, his parents isolated him in his room so
their other kids would not get sick.
c Isolate means a. put into a group b. teach c. put by oneself
with everyone else

7 support c When somebody dies, people often support the family by sending
(suh-port) flowers.
verb After Nita's twins were born, her friends supported her by bringing her
meals and doing her housework.
a Support means a. show caring for b. blame c. meet

8 unite a Each year, my relatives from all over the country unite at my
(yoo-niit) grandmother's house for a big family party.
- verb o Many small streams unite to form the large river that flows by my house.
a Unite means a. join together b. fight c. keep alone

Mitch Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

condemn To say strongly that something is wrong or bad

2. isolate To keep someone or something apart from others

3. embrace To hug someone

4. support To help someone by saying or doing nice, caring things

5. imagine To picture something in one's mind

6. unite To come together

7. familiar Often seen or heard; well-known

8. express To show one's feelings through words or actions

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

196
184 Chapter 24

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. condemn c. expressed e. imagine g. support


b. embraced d. familiar f. isolates h. united

familiar 1. Because Jessie grew up in a big city, the sounds of heavy trucks, car
horns, and police sirens are 9 to her.
support 2. People in town 9 the high school's basketball team by attending
games and cheering loudly.
imagine 3. It is nice to 7 a world without wars.
united 4. Many people on the block 2 to form a Neighborhood Watch group.
embraced 5. Marsha . . ? . . her new doll as if it were a long-lost love.
isolates 6. The zookeeper 2 new animals until he is sure they have no diseases.
condemn 7. When children behave badly, adults should 7 what the children do,
not the children themselves.
expressed 8. Because he was shy, George . 7 his love for Sarah by writing her a
letter.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. condemn c. express e. imagine g. support


b. embraced d. familiar f. isolate h. united

express 1 -2. When I went to Jeff's funeral, I didn't know how to 7 my feelings
embraced in words. So I just went to his parents and quietly 7 them.
imagine 3-4. Because I live in a city where I don't know anyone, I sometimes like
familiar to . . ? . that I see friendly, ? . . faces from my childhood.
. . .

condemn 5-6. People on our block drugs and have


9 . . 7 to force drug dealers
united to move out of the neighborhood.
isolate 7-8. Because her illness is catching, Janine has to . ? . . herself at home. .

support But her friends 7 her by calling often and sending cards and gifts.

97
Chapter 24 185

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 1. You would probably condemn someone for saying something


a. nice about someone you like.
b. you agreed with.
c. bad or hurtful about someone you like.
c 2. If someone's face is familiar to you, you
a. never saw it before.
b. don't like how it looks.
c. feel you have seen it before.
a 3. If you like to isolate yourself when you study, you might
a. find a quiet spot in the library, away from everyone else.
b. take your books so you can study on a crowded bus.
c. invite friends to study with you.
c 4. If friends are feeling unhappy, you might support them by
a. telling them their troubles are their own fault.
b. staying away from them.
c. listening to them tell you what is bothering them.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. If two people embrace each other, they probably


a. are angry at one another.
b. like or love each other.
c. fight all the time.
b 6. Which of the following expresses surprise?
a. "Please come in."
b. "Wow! What a shock!"
c. "Take a seat."
a 7. Young children imagine scary monsters that grown-ups
a. do not see.
b. have no trouble seeing.
c. believe are real.
c 8. If neighbors unite to build a community playground, they
a. can't decide whether a playground is needed.
b. don't want a playground.
c. work together to build the playground.

198
186 Chapter 24

Adding Words t a Reading


A. The Horror of Hate
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. condemn b. imagined c. isolated d. united

During World War II, Adolf Hitler, the leader of Germany, had a horrible idea. In his
mind, he (1) imagined a world with a "perfect race." Who would be in
this perfect race? People like the Germansblond, blue-eyed people. Many Germans
liked Hitler's ideas and (2) united with him in his Nazi party. The
Nazis thought that most other people were not good enough to live. For example, they
hated people who were Jewish, or physically ill, or retarded, or homosexuals. The Nazis
took all these people from their homes. Many were killed right away. Others were
(3) isolated in terrible prison camps. In the camps, many more were
killed, and others were forced to work. Many of those workers did not survive.° By the
end of the war, the Nazis had killed millions of people. It is scary to think that even today
there are "hate groups" like the Nazis in countries around the world. It is up to people of
all backgrounds and beliefs to (4) condemn the hateful thinking of
such groups.

Taking Time for Thanks


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. embraced b. expressed c. familiar d. support

Last week, I got a letter that had (5) familiar handwriting on it.
Though I knew I had seen the writing before, I wasn't sure whose it was. When I opened
the letter, I was surprised to see it was from a friend I had not heard from in a while. I was
even more surprised to read what she wrote. In her letter, my friend
(6) expressed her thanks for a small favor I did a year ago. At that time,
she and her brothers and sisters flew into town to be with their dying mother. I had
cooked them some meals and done some shopping to (7) support the
family during that hard time. "I was so upset when Mother died that I don't know if I ever
really thanked you," my friend wrote. "I want you to know how much your help meant to
me at that time of grier." Her letter made me feel great. It also made me think about all
the people I am thankful for in my life. Do I take the time to let them know that I am
grateful? I decided to start right at home. When my daughter came home from school that

9 .9
Chapter 24 187
day, I (8) embraced her and said, "Thank you for being a wonderful kid."
I am going to try to remember to say "thank you" more often.

Using the Wards When Wrii ting and Tcth'thg


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Two things that I condemn are


Answers will vary.

2. I would probably embrace someone who

3. Puppies express their happiness by

4. When someone moves to a new city, seeing a familiar face

5. To chase away a bad mood, I like to imagine myself

6. When a child fights in class, the teacher might isolate him or her by

7. If my neighbors were in the hospital after a car accident, I might support them by

8. The workers in a company sometimes unite to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

200
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Four. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

O Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

O Using the Words When Writing and Talking

0i
188
Unit 4 Review Activities 189

ConspEeting a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Four. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

1 2
A alarm
L
3
OCCUP confusion

5
A T S ----1
6
4
P
decrease
detail
distant
R E A C T I ON D E
emerge
C WEARY
7

excess
G I E F C F glare
grief
L R 0
io ii humor
R A S 0 E R incident
E
14
TREMENDOUS
12 13
A M notice
occupy
F C E P E A S
perform
15
H U M 0 R REVEAL A T
16
quarrel
S N R A R reaction
refuse
E F I EMERGE A
17 18

reveal
SUPPORT 19
L L X select
separate
S E C
support
20
SURVIVE I S ELECT
21

survive
0 S tremendous
22
I N C I D E N T DSTANT
23
I
weary

ACROSS 19. To help someone by saying 6. To make or become less


3. To live in or doing nice, caring things 8. To look at in an angry way
5. Something that is done 20. To stay alive through a 9. To make a strong decision
because something else is dangerous time not to do something
done first 21. To choose 10. To put or move two or
7. Tired; worn out in body or 22. Something bad or upsetting more things apart; to put in
mind that happens different places
8. Great sadness; sorrow 23. Far away 11. A fight with words; an
12. Very large argument
DOWN 13. A small part; a single item
15. Something that makes
1. To make afraid 14. A feeling that things are
people laugh
16. To make something known
2. To see and understand mixed up and not at all
something that is clear
17. To come into view; to
happening 18. Extra; more than is needed
come out into the open
4. To do something,

202
190 Unit 4 Review Activities

Compgeting a Crossword Puzzge #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Four. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

collapse
1

REALIZE M F P
condemn

X
6
TOLERATE defend
disaster
P D M R embrace
7
R UNI TE I S express
8
CONDEMN 9 10
S L U familiar
fascinate
0 S V I C T I M I A
11 generous
L S R S A D imagine
12 13
L D E 0 P R E increase
SCARCE
14
L L R
15
D isolate
T P
16
F A
17
SC I NATE modest
persuade
U S E I E T D S predict
B E N M V E IMAGINE
18 19 20
progress
B realize
relieved
0 L B
scarce
R A E R R similar
N PROGRES
21
S R E A stubborn
A C tolerate
GENEROUS 22
E
unite
victim
E

ACROSS 21. Movement toward a goal 10. To keep someone or some-


1. To understand that 22. Happy to give or share; thing apart from others
something is true unselfish 11. No longer worried
6. To let something go on 12. To keep safe from harm
without trying to stop it DOWN 13. To say what one thinks will
7. To come together 2. To show one's feelings happen in the future
8. To say strongly that through words or actions 14. Not wanting to change or
something is wrong or bad 3. Not thinking too highly of give in
9. A person who is hurt or oneself; not proud; humble 15. A happening that causes
done wrong to 4. Often seen or heard loss or suffering
14. Few in number; hard to 5. To use words to get 17. Alike; like another in some
find; rare someone to think or do ways
16. To interest someone greatly something 19. To make greater or larger;
18. To picture something in 8. To fall down or fall to to add to
one's mind pieces. 20. To hug someone

203
Unit 4 Review Activities 191

Choosing the est Word t Complete an Item


On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

imagine 1. When my spirits get low, I like to 9 escaping to a warm, sunny


island in the middle of the ocean.
a. imagine b. occupy c. unite
support 2. I'm lucky. My family has always been there to 9 me during the
hard times.
a. support b. alarm c. fascinate
weary 3. When I am . ? . . at the end of a long hot summer day, nothing makes
.

me feel better than a frosty glass of iced tea.


a. modest b. weary c. generous
progress 4. Our company is making 9 in hiring more women, but it still has a
way to go.
a. progress b. details c. confusion
relieved 5. Theo was afraid he had broken his ankle, so he was ' when the
doctor told him it was just a sprain.
a. stubborn b. relieved c. modest
fascinate 6. Puppies and kittens 9 young children. Kids seem to like anything
that is smaller than they are.
a. fascinate b. separate c. collapse
embraced 7. When Mrs. Diaz met her grandson for the first time, she rushed over
and . . ? . . him tightly.
a. embraced b. defended c. performed
victims 8. The . ? . of the earthquake needed shelter, food, and medical care.
. .

a. quarrels b. details c. victims


disaster 9. The thick fog caused a . ? . .a
fifteen-car accident on the bridge.
.

a. disaster b. detail c. progress


persuade 10. I am trying to my teenage children to save some of the money
they earn. So far, I have had no luck.
a. predict b. perform c. persuade
glares 11. Whenever I ask my wife to give up cigarettes, she 9 at me in anger.
a. emerges b. glares c. embraces
modest 12. Although Tania is great in the kitchen, she is very 9 about her
cooking. She always says, "It wasn't hard to make. You could do it,
too."
a. familiar b. scarce c. modest

(Continues on next page)


204
192 Unit 4 Review Activities

occupy 13. Gina and Martin live on the first floor. Gina's parents 9 the upstairs
apartment.
a. embrace b. occupy c. perform
alarm 14. Sirens screaming in the night always . . ? . my children. They become
.

so scared that I have to sit up with them until they fall back to sleep.
a. select b. notice c. alarm
collapse 15. I have never understood why the roof of a river tunnel does not
under the weight of all the water on top of it.
a. reveal b. collapse c. survive
notice 16. Did you ever 9 how often the phone rings when you are taking a
shower?
a. notice b. survive c. reveal
defend 17. To 9 their homes from the forest fire, the owners sprayed their
roofs with water.
a. defend b. perform c. predict
humor 18. Being able to laugh and see 9 even at bad times can help you get
through almost anything.
a. humor b. progress c. grief
tolerate 19. A good boss does not 9 lateness or sloppy work.
a. predict b. isolate c. tolerate
distant 20. As we headed toward the parade, we could hear the ' sound of the
band playing, even though we were almost half a mile away.
a. stubborn b. weary c. distant
select 21. I could not decide which of three books to .. ? .. , so I bought all of
them.
a. emerge b. select c. separate
condemned 22. Everyone in our neighborhood the city's decision to close the
police station on our street. We felt that the closing would put us in
danger.
a. revealed b. condemned c. survived
isolated 23. People who have bad heart problems are often . . ? . . in a special unit of
a hospital. There they can receive the extra care they need.
a. imagined b. isolated c. refused
confusion 24. Without your helpful map to guide us, we would have felt great
trying to find our way to your new home.
a. confusion b. quarrel c. victim

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12=50%, 11=46%, 10 =42%,9 38%, 8=33%,7=29%, 6=25%,5 - 21%,4 =17%, 3 =13%, 2=8%, 1=4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performanculiart the inside back cover of the book.
Unit 4 Review Activities 193

Adding a Word to an Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. details d. express g. predict j. realize


b. emerged e. incident h. quarrel k. stubborn
c. excess f. perform i. reaction I. tremendous

realize 1. Sometimes my parents treat me like a child and do not seem to


that I am a grownup.
details 2. An important study skill is being able to tell the difference between
important main points and smaller, less important 7

stubborn 3. Kids often don't want to eat new foods and can be very 7 about
trying something even a little bit different.

tremendous 4. I got a 9 cut on my forehead when I banged into the windshield.


perform 5. You cannot hope to 9 well on a test if you had no sleep the night
before.

emerged 6. After the thunderstorm, our dog . . ? . . from his hiding place under the
bed.

excess 7. There was so much 9 food after the party that I did not have to
cook for almost a week.

predict 8. Marsha's knees help her . . ? . . the weather. When they hurt, she knows
rainy weather is on the way.

reaction 9. When my sister told me she was getting a divorce, my first . . ? . was .

to say that she was doing the wrong thing. But later I understood that
she was doing what was best for her family.

incident 10. There was a strange 7 in our building yesterday. The glass in all
the doors suddenly broke, even though nothing had hit them.
quarrel 11. Melba and Joe had an argument on Saturday, but it was nothing
seriousjust a lovers' . ? . .
. .

express 12. Because small children don't know how to 7 anger in words, they
sometimes show they are upset by hitting, kicking, and screaming.

(Continues on next page)

206
194 Unit 4 Review Activities

PA T B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. decrease d. grief g. reveal j. similar


b. familiar e. increased h. scarce k. survive
c. generous f. refused i. separate I. united

survive 13. Human beings can 7 several weeks without food, but they can live
only a few days without water.

separate 14. When they do laundry, many people 7 light- and dark-colored
clothes. I just throw in everything all together.
refused 15. My boss . . ? . . to give me a vacation because she needed extra help at
the store.

decrease 16. Prices always seem to go up but never come down. It would be nice if
they would . . ? . every once in a while.
.

grief 17. Most people feel deep . 7 when a pet dies.


scarce 18. When rain is 9 during the growing season, farmers often lose their
crops.

increased 19. Crimes 7 in our town last year. Police are trying to figure out why
so many crimes took place these last twelve months.
united 20. The neighbors put aside their differences and 7 to fight the plan to
close a nearby park.

familiar 21. I don't mind coming home after being on vacation. It feels good to be
back in my old . ? . . routine.
.

generous 22. If you say, "My good friend Jack would give me the shirt off his back,"
that is another way of saying he is very 7

similar 23. If you never drink Coke or Pepsi, you might think they taste 9
But those who drink a lot of soda say they don't taste a bit alike!
reveal 24. To protect the people whose homes had been robbed, the newspaper did
not . . ? . their names or addresses.
.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%;.8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulai-y performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

(-1
Unit 4 Review Activities 195

Finding the Same ®r the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that has the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

c 1. The rising moon emerged from behind the trees. In other words, it
a. stayed hidden. b. was setting.
c. came into view.

b 2. The fruit store has excess bananas. The store has


a. too few bananas. b. too many bananas.
c. no bananas.

a 3. You write a note to someone saying, "I would like to express my thanks." That means you
wish to
a. put your thanks into words. b. repeat your thanks.
c. take back your thanks.

a 4. If friends tell you about an incident at a nearby school, they tell you about
a. something bad that happened there. b. the interesting courses there.
c. the good teachers there.

b 5. If children perform their jobs around the house, they


a. complain about doing the work. b. do the work they should.
c. don't do the work they should.

a 6. I predicted that both my roommates would move out by the end of the year. In other words, I
said
a. what I thought they would do in the future. b. what I wished they would do.
c. that I was angry about what they planned to do.

7. If two friends had a quarrel at a restaurant, they had


a. no money to pay the check. b. a good time there.
c. an argument there.

a 8. My coworkers came up to me and asked, "What will your reaction be if the boss wants you to
work the day shift from now on?" My coworkers wanted to know
a. how I would answer the boss. b. what my pay would be.
c. what my work hours would be.

b 9. When we realize that the people we look up to are not perfect, we


a. don't believe that they make mistakes. b. understand that they make mistakes.
c. have trouble believing that they make mistakes.

b 10. If friends tell you that you are stubborn, they mean that you
a. are a good friend. b. find it hard to change or give in.
c. change your mind all the time.

208 (Continues on next page)


196 Unit 4 Review Activities

a 1 1 . If friends support you during a difficult time, they


a. show their love and concern for you. b. do nothing to help you.
c. ask you if you can get along without their help.

a 12. The new skyscraper downtown is a tremendous building. It's


a. very large. b. very new.
c. smaller than anyone expected.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

b 13. The opposite of decrease is


a. smile b. get larger c. run fast
c 14. The opposite of distant is
a. neat b. messy c. close
c 15. The opposite of familiar is
a. strong b. sharp c. unknown

a l6. The opposite of grief is


a. joy b. money c. sadness
a 17. The opposite of increase is
a. get smaller b. sit down c. forget
a 18. The opposite of reveal is
a. hide b. help c. hurry
c 19. The opposite of scarce is
a. dry b. wet c. many

c 20. The opposite of separate is


a. dance b. jump c. join together

b 21. The opposite of similar is


a. smart b. different c. broken
c 22. The opposite of survive is
a. leave b. repeat c. die
a 23. The opposite of unite is
a. keep apart b. watch c. stay
b 24. The opposite of weary is
a. very small b. full of energy c. wanting to talk

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

209
Unit 4 Review Activities 197

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word alarm, write or talk about a time that something scared you. Maybe you heard
that a pill you take causes medical. problems, or perhaps you saw a crowd get out of control at a
rock concert.
2. Using the word collapse, write or talk about a time when you saw something fall apart. Perhaps a
tent blew over, an old building came crashing down, or a pile of oranges in the supermarket
tumbled to the floor.

3. Using the word condemn, write or talk about something that you feel very strongly is wrong and
should be spoken out against. Maybe you think it is wrong that drunk driving isn't taken more
seriously or that poor children go hungry.
4. Using the word confusion, write or talk about a time when things were unclear and mixed up. You
might describe a busy store sale that had customers pushing each other to get the best items. Or
you might describe how hard it was to get someone to fix a mistake in a bill that you had received.
5. Using the word defend, write or talk about a time that you (or someone else) protected a person or
animal from harm. Maybe a friend came to your rescue when you were picked on as a child or
you chased away children who were teasing a neighborhood dog.
6. Using the word detail, write or talk about a time that you paid careful attention to all the little
things that need to be done when planning something importantfor example, a wedding, a
retirement party, or a special birthday.

7. Using the word disaster, write or talk about something that caused a lot of suffering. For example,
you might describe a movie or a news story that showed a lot of people getting hurt, or you could
tell what happened when a building near your home caught on fire.
8. Using the word embrace, write or talk about how friends or people in your family feel about
hugging. Do some people always hug when they meet? Do others never hug?
9. Using the word fascinate, write or talk about something or someone that interests you and that
you would like to know more about. It might be a subject in school, a place, or a personfor
example, a teacher, movie or TV star, or world leader.

10. Using the word generous, write or talk about a person who has a big heart and always cares for
and helps others.

11. Using the word glare, write or talk about a time when you looked at someone in an angry way.
Perhaps the person didn't keep a secret or forgot to do something important.
12. Using the word humor, write or talk about something that makes you laugh, such as the silly
things a friend does or the jokes that a family member tells.
13. Using the word imagine, write or talk about what you picture in your mind as the perfect
vacation.

(Continues on next page)


214
198 Unit 4 Review Activities

14. Using the word isolate, write or talk about a time when a teacher, parent, or doctor might not let a
child get together with other kids.
15. Using the word modest, write or talk about a time when you or another person did something well
but did not brag about it. Maybe you got the highest grade on a test but did not tell anyone, or
perhaps a friend won an award but let only a few people know.
16. Using the word notice, write or talk about a time when you saw something that no one else did.
Maybe you saw someone stealing, or perhaps you found a mistake in something that everyone
else thought was perfect.
17. Using the word occupy, write or talk about someone who lives in a house, apartment, or room
near you.

18. Using the word persuade, write or talk about a time when you got a person to do what you
wanted. Perhaps you got your parents to take you someplace special when you were a child, or
maybe you got friends to try a restaurant you liked.
19. Using the word progress, write or talk about a goal that you are moving toward in your life. Your
goal might be to become better at something, to learn to do something new, or to finish something
you have begun.
20. Using the word refuse, write or talk about something you have decided you will never do. Perhaps
you will not go on a roller coaster, eat a certain food, or see one kind of movie.
21. Using the word relieved, write or talk about a time that you were worried and then had that worry
taken away. Perhaps you were afraid you were sick and then found out you were not. Or maybe
you thought something was going to cost a lot of money and then learned it would not cost much
at all.

22. Using the word select, write or talk about a time when you wanted many things but could not have
everything you wanted. Maybe you were very hungry and wanted everything on a restaurant
menu, or perhaps you liked every outfit you tried on in a store.
23. Using the word tolerate, write or talk about an action that you do not like and will not let happen.
Maybe you don't let friends smoke in your house, copy your homework, or say mean things about
other people.
24. Using the word victim, write or talk about a time that you (or someone else) was hurt by life or by
another person. Perhaps relatives lost everything in a hurricane, your apartment was robbed, or a
friend's car was stolen.

211
Chapter 25 Chapter 26

admire expect appear enormous


bold insist attract irritate
comment pretend common mention
develop solution conceal surround

Chapter 27 Chapter 28

achieve injury advance interrupt


condition major consider praise
duty seldom delicate request
exhaust value grasp succeed

Chapter 29 Chapter 30

attempt imitate assist flaw


courteous permanent competent positive
explore recognize enemy sample
hopeless sufficient examine urge

212
admire expect
bold insist
comment pretend
develop solution

Learnin Ei: ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 admire o Kids often think highly of athletes and musicians. It's too bad they don't
(ad-mii-ur) admire their teachers as much.
verb
a People admired the woman who went into the burning house to save a
child.
b Admire means a. laugh at b. look up to c. forget

2 bold Since she is so frightened of roaches, Katherine thinks that anyone who
(bohld) kills them is bold.
adjective
In the movie, the bold hero fights off purple monsters from outer space.
c Bold means a. afraid b. cruel c. brave

3 comment o My coach's comment about how well I played in the soccer game made
(kohm-ent) me feel proud and happy. He said, "Great job!"
noun
c The newspapers had nothing but bad comments about the latest action
movie.
a Comment means a. something that is said b. answer c. spelling

4 develop O If you don't take care of a cold, it can develop into something worse.
(di-vel-uhp) The ugly weed in our garden developed into a beautiful flower by the
verb end of the summer.
Q Develop means a. grow b. leave c. dry

5 expect c Since my sister never remembers my birthday, I expect that she will
(ek-spekt) forget it again this year.
verb c After hearing the weather report, we expected the storm to last all night,
but it cleared up after fifteen minutes.
Expect means a. dislike b. want c. believe something
very much will happen

200 0 I r")
4v I 0
Chapter 25 201

6 insist If friends are at my home around supper time, my mother will always
(in-sist) insist they stay for dinner.
verb ° Even though she looked sick, Renee insisted that she felt fine.
c Insist means a. make believe b. remind someone c. say very strongly

7 pretend Actors in a play pretend to be people they are not.


(pri-tend) I pretended to be pleased with the sweater that Uncle Fred gave me, but
verb I really thought it was ugly.
a Pretend means a. make believe b. grow c. know

8 solution Our problem is that we have twenty guests and only five chairs. The best
(suh-loo-shuhn) solution is to have everyone sit on the floor.
noun The solution to this week's crossword puzzle will be printed in next
week's newspaper.
c Solution means a. reason b. question c. answer

Matching Wards with Meanin S

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. insist To say something very strongly

2. expect To think something will probably happen

3. pretend To act in a false way in order to fool someone; to make believe

4. bold Not afraid

5. solution An answer to a problem

6. develop To grow little by little; to become

7. admire To think highly of someone

8. comment A statement that shows what a person thinks or feels

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
.?14
202 Chapter 25

Add in Me Word t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admire c. comments e. expected g. pretended


b. bold d. developed f. insisted h. solution

pretended 1. When the police officer stopped me, I 9 not to know I was going
too fast.
bold 2. I felt . . ? . . the day I told my boss I wanted a raise.
solution 3. The math teacher asked, "Who can give me the 7 to problem
number four?"
admire 4. I 9 Gina for standing up to the bully who was teasing her.
developed 5. After the superhighway was built nearby, the sleepy little town
into a very busy city.
expected 6. Darrell's girlfriend 7 a bracelet for her birthday but got an
engagement ring instead.
comments 7. Part of the fun of watching sports on TV is listening to the announcer's
7

insisted 8. The angry customer . . ? . . that she had been overcharged.

Adding Two Wards t a Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admire c. comments e. expect g. pretends


b. bold d. developed f. insist h. solutions

pretends 1-2. Marvin 9 to like people but makes mean 9 about them
comments behind their backs.
admire 3-4. I the way that Joe and Lisa have worked to find
9 9 to their
solutions marriage problems.
developed 5-6. Although Ralph was a shy, frightened child, he has 7 into a
bold adult who seems afraid of nothing.
expect 7-8. When I company to come, I 9 that the children help me
insist clean the apartment.

215
Chapter 25 203

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

c 1. Suppose you are at a party and see someone you would like to dance with. If you are bold, you
might
a. act as though you don't see the person.
b. wait and hope the person will ask you to dance.
c. say, "Hi! Would you like to dance?"

a 2. If your friends make comments on your new hairstyle, you


a. learn what they think of it.
b. don't learn what they think of it.
c. wish they would tell you what they think of it.

c 3. If you expect rain, you probably will


a. wash your car.
b. plan a picnic.
c. take an umbrella.
b 4. If you had a headache, a solution to your problem might be
a. loud noise.
b. an aspirin.
c. hard work.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. Which of the following might be said by a person who admired a movie?


a. "I thought the movie would be better than it was."
b. "I wish I had seen that movie."
c. "What a great movie!"
a 6. When a man's and a woman's feelings for each other develop into love, the two often decide to
a. get married.
b. stop speaking.
c. stop dating.
c 7. If someone insists that she knows the answer to a question, she
a. is not sure of the answer.
b. thinks that no one else knows the answer.
c. feels strongly that she knows the answer.

a 8. If someone pretends to be sick, he probably


a. feels fine.
b. is tall.
c. needs to gain weight.
216
204 Chapter 25

Addin Wards to a Reading


A. A Surprising Change
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. bold b. developed c. pretended d. solution

When I was a little girl, I had a neighbor named Nina, who was a very shy child. She
used to hide behind her mother when she met someone new. In school, she never raised
her hand to give answers. She would not even answer when the math teacher called on her
for the (1) solution to a problem. If Nina had to speak in front of
the class, she (2) pretended to be sick and went to the nurse's office
instead. When we were in fifth grade, Nina's family moved to another town. I didn't see
her for many years. But when I met her again not long ago, I was surprised. Nina had
(3) developed from a shy little girl into a completely different adult.
She has a good job selling beauty supplies to hair salons. She goes from salon to salon,
showing shop owners the latest shampoos and hair colors. She is not a bit timid° anymore.
Today, I would call Nina a (4) bold , outgoing woman. Isn't it
surprising how much a person can change?

I.
. Just for Fun
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. admire b. comment c. expect d. insisted

Roberto and Maria went to look at new cars last Saturday. They asked their friend
Anita to go along. "I didn't know you were getting a new car!" she said.
"We aren't," said Maria. "We don't (5) expect to buy anything."
"Then why are you going?" Anita asked.
Roberto tried to explain. "It's fun to look at new cars, even when you can't buy one,"
he said. "We like to (6) admire the new models and the new colors."
"Well, that sounds silly to me. It can't be any fun to look at things you can't buy,"
Anita said.
"Oh, but it is fun!" Maria (7) insisted . "You should come with
us and see." 21 7
Chapter 25 205
But Maria could not persuade° Anita to go, so Maria and Roberto went alone. Later
in the day, Roberto made a (8) comment to Maria. He said, "I'm glad
that you and I don't take life as seriously as Anita. Who cares if we can't buy a new car
today? Spending the day together and daydreaming about the cars we would like to own
is a great way to have fun."

Usin the Wards When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I admire the way


Answers will vary.

2. A bold waiter or waitress might

3. If a friend makes a comment that hurts you, it's a good idea to

4. Over the past five years, the small shopping center has developed into

5. This week, I expect

6. If workers have a fever and a headache, their boss might insist

7. When I was little, I used to pretend that

8. A high-school principal may try to find a solution to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

0
,F
appear en " rl lous
attract irritate
common me tion
c ncea0 surround

Learning Eight Neu) Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 appear o My grandmother taught me not to judge people too quickly. Things are
(uh-pihr) often not as they appear, she said.
verb
a When John received the yellow tie with purple polka dots, he appeared
happy, but I knew better.
a Appear means a. look b. think c. dislike

2 attract o The sticky soda can on the floor started to attract ants.
(uh-trakt) a The music from the ice-cream truck attracted children from the whole
verb neighborhood.
c Attract means a. scare off b. make angry c. cause to come near

3 corn > >on a The cold is so common that it makes millions of Americans miss work
(kom-uhn) each year.
adjective
a Dogs used to be the country's most common pet, but today cats seem to
be everyone's favorite.
c Common means a. very large b. strange c. usual

4 conceal o The thief wore a mask to conceal his face.


(kuhn-seel)
a I concealed my little brother's birthday present by burying it under a
verb
pile of clothes in his closet.
c Conceal means a. bother b. make sad c. hide

5 enormous o Joe's car is so enormous that he often has trouble finding a big enough
(i-nor-muhss) parking space.
adjective
a Far bigger than elephants, the most enormous land animals ever to walk
on Earth were dinosaurs.
b Enormous means a. very small b. very large c. very good-looking

206
Chapter 26 207
6 irritate o When James plays his new drums, the loud sounds he makes irritate the
(ihr-uh-tayt) whole neighborhood.
verb 0 I irritated my boss when I didn't get to work on time and didn't call to
say I would be late.
c Irritate means a. help b. calm down c. bother

7 mention I must not mention the surprise party to anyone at work. No one there
(men-shuhn) can keep a secret.
- verb When Mrs. Ortiz talks to friends, she often mentions her brother, a
well-known writer. She is very proud of him.
a Mention means a. talk about b. forget about c. think about

8 surround Piles of books and paper surround Eliza when she studies for exams.
(suh-round) Like sharks, the TV reporters surrounded the couple so they could not
verb move away and then asked them how they felt about the death of their
children.
b Surround means a. make happy b. be all around c. move away from

Matchin Wards with Meanings


Ui

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. mention To speak briefly about someone or something; to refer to

2. common Happening or seen often; widespread; usual

3. irritate To bother or annoy someone; to cause someone to be angry

4. surround To be on all sides of someone or something

5. attract To cause someone or something to come near

6. appear To seem

7. conceal To hide someone or something; to put out of sight; to keep out


of view

8. enormous Very large; huge

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

4, 9- 0
208 Chapter 26

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. appeared c. common e. enormous g. mentioned


b. attract d. conceal f. irritate h. surrounded

enormous 1. The hamburger was so 9 that, served with cheese and bacon, it had
more fat than one person should eat in a whole week.
appeared 2. The actors in the high-school play 9 to be unsure about their lines.
attract 3. Sally loves butterflies, so she plants flowers that . . ? . . them.
mentioned 4. When I my wish to get a puppy, my landlord shook his head and
9
said he did not want dogs in the building.
conceal 5. Carlos wore a hat to 9 his new haircut from the rest of the world.
common 6. The best-liked and most 9 flavors of ice cream are vanilla and
chocolate.
irritate 7. My roommates 7 me when they leave dirty dishes and half-eaten
food on the kitchen table.
surrounded 8. Three dogs 9 the tree, barking at the cat sitting on a high branch
overhead.

Two Words to an, Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. appeared c. common e. enormous g. mentioned


b. attracted d. concealed f. irritates h. surrounded

surrounded 1-2. When the burglars saw that they were 9 by police, they dropped
concealed the jewelry they had 9 in their clothing.
common 3-4. A 9 everyday problem that really 9 me is drivers' keeping
,
irritates their radios on so loud that my house shakes as they pass by.
enormous 5-6. The 9 sign on the side of the road 2 many people to the
attracted opening of the new mall.
mentioned 7-8. When I 9 a new job opening at the place where I work, Pilar
appeared 9 to be very interested.

2 2.1
Chapter 26 209

Showing You Un sierrstand the Word.


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. After working in the hot sun all day, you would probably appear
a. relaxed.
b. happy.
c. tired.
b 2. You might attract a rabbit
a. in a report on pets.
b. with a carrot.
c. by putting it in a box in the basement.
a 3. If you are planning a surprise birthday party, you would conceal your plans from
a. the person who is having a birthday.
b. the guests who are coming.
c. the person who is bringing the cake.
a 4. Which of the following might irritate you if you are trying to relax?
a. Cats meowing outside your window
b. A soft blanket
c. Quiet, sweet music

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

a 5. Which of the following is a common happening on the weekend?


a. Going to the movies
b. Getting a divorce
c. Saving a drowning person
c 6. An enormous amount of water can be found in
a. a cup.
b. a puddle.
c. an ocean.
b 7. If a friend mentions George, that means he or she is
a. hiding George.
b. talking about George.
c. doing something that bothers George.
a 8. To surround a back yard with bushes, a person would need to plant bushes
a. on all sides of the yard.
b. along one side of the yard.
c. at the back edge of the yard.
222 .
210 Chapter 26

Adding Wards t a Read in


A. Little Lies
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. appear b. common c. conceal d. mention

If telling lies is wrong, why is it so (1) common ? One reason is that


lying just a little bit makes it easier for people to talk to each other. When people meet for
the first time, they often ask, "How are you?" even if they don't care. Such a question
makes them (2) appear interested and friendly. And no matter how
angry or sad we feel, most of us answer, "I'm fine, thanks." Such social lies
(3) conceal things we would rather not talk about and help keep
conversations moving along. Another reason people lie is to be kind to others. Let's say
someone you know gets a new haircut that you think looks terrible. You might act as
though you did not see the haircut and not (4) mention it at all. Or
just to be nice, you might make a comment° such as, "I like your new haircut." In other
words, even though we are taught as children that lying is wrong, sometimes it can be
easierand kindernot to tell the whole truth.

. Rudeness at the Movies


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. attract b. enormous c. irritate d. surround

Most people like being scared, at least a little. After all, that is why movies with
monsters or creepy ghosts (5) attract millions of people into
theaters each year. But sometimes the strangest things in the theater are not on screen.
Instead, they are the people sitting next to you or behind you. For example, whenever I
see a movie, there are always several rude people nearby who (6) irritate
me by talking throughout the entire film. And do they speak about the movie? Never.
They talk about an argument they had with a friend, a great party they went to, or their
plans for later, when the movie is over. And if that isn't bad enough, the tallest person in
the theater always chooses to sit right in front of me, blocking my view. I move this way
and that, trying to see around the (7) enormous person in front of me.
Then the people behind me get mad, start kicking the back of my seat, and yell at me to

223
Chapter 26 211

stop moving around so much. At this point, I begin to think that the reason these people
come to the movies is not to see the movies. No, their real purpose° is to bother me. So
when I go to a scary movie, I become afraidnot of monsters or of ghostsbut of the
strange human beings that (8) surround me in the theater.

Using the Wards When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. A person would appear angry if


Answers will vary.

2. The smell of freshly baked cookies attracts

3. One common problem people have at work is

4. A good way to conceal that you dislike someone is to

5. We could tell that our guests had an enormous hunger because they

6. At home, it irritates me when

7. When I spoke to a friend this week, I mentioned

8. Powerful people often surround themselves with

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

224
achieve injury
condition major
duty seid m
exhaust vaDiie

Learning Ei:he New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 achieve In order to achieve their dreams of doing well in school, students must
(uh-cheev) work hard and study every day.
verb 0 Sandra is a hard workerI know that she will achieve great success in
whatever she decides to do.
c Achieve means a. lose b. have trouble with c. reach

2 condition o After we fixed the broken steps and painted the shutters, the outside of
(kuhn-dish-uhn) the house was in good condition.
noun o With its flat tire and missing seat, the bike was in poor condition.
a Condition means a. shape something b. neighborhood c. news
is in

3 duty My dog thinks it is his duty to guard the house from any living thing
(doo-tee) including me!
noun O When I was in grade school, my teacher gave me the duty of cleaning
the chalkboard every day.
a Duty means a. job b. hobby c. problem

4 exhaust People who don't get enough sleep can exhaust themselves so much
(eg-zawst) that they get sick.
verb o Jody works so hard that just watching her exhausts me.
c Exhaust means a. make happy b. make strong c. make tired

5 injury o The doctors used an x-ray machine to get a better look at Anne's ankle
(in-juh-ree) injury.
noun o Thanks to seat belts and air bags, people may have bad car accidents and
still walk away without serious injury.
b Injury means a. movement b. harm c. good health

212
225
Chapter 27 213
6 major 0 TV programs are sometimes stopped so that a major news story can be
(may-jur) reported.
adjective o The Lees are planning major repairs on their house, including putting
on a new roof.
c Major means a. small b. not expensive c. big

7 seldom Because foxes hunt at night, people seldom see these beautiful animals.
(sel-duhm) An excellent employee is seldom late for work.
adverb

b Seldom means a. every day b. not often c. on purpose

8 value This ring was not expensive, but it has a lot of value to me because it
(val-yoo) was a gift from my great-grandmother.
noun The thieves stole the painting from the museum because the painting
had great value.
c Value means a. reason b. color c. worth

Matching Words with Meanin


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. condition The state or shape that something or someone is in

2. injury Harm, often to the body

3. seldom Not often

4. duty Something that someone has to do

5. value The worth of somethingin money or in importance

6. major Important; large

7. achieve To reach a goal, often after hard work or difficulty

8. exhaust To cause someone to become very tired

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

226
214 Chapter 27

Addin One Word t CM Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. achieved c. duty e. injury g. seldom


b. condition d. exhausted f. major h. value

condition 1. Covered with broken bottles and other trash, the park was in bad . 9

injury 2. Believe it or not, but a strong sneeze can cause . 9 to the back and
neck.
duty 3. My parents raised me to feel it is my . . ? . . to help those in need.
seldom 4. Angie needs a lot of sleep, so she . . ? . . stays up past 10 p.m.
achieved 5. Our school swimming team 9 first place in the statewide contest.
value 6. Their house cost fifteen thousand dollars in 1975, but its 9 has
gone up greatly since then.
major 7. School was called off because of a . . ? . . snowstorm.
exhausted 8. Lifting heavy loads all day in the hot sun Warren, who was not
used to such hard work.

Addin Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. achieved c. duty e. injury g. seldom


b. condition d. exhaust f. major h. value

seldom 1-2. Because Juanita is careful to warm up before she runs, she . . ? . . gets
injury a painful . . ? . like a pulled muscle.
.

exhaust 3 -4. Before a party, my neighbors 9 themselves trying to make their


value home look perfect. That is silly. Their good health has more .
than a neat home.
duty 5-6. It is a pet owner's 9 to make sure pets get the shots they need to
major protect them against . illnesses.
achieved 7-8. Malik and Thea bought an old, rundown house. Two years later, they
condition had 7 their goal of fixing all the problems so that the house was
in good . . ? . . .

227
Chapter 27 215

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 1. Which of the following is a duty that many people have?


a. Watching TV
b. Going to baseball games
c. Doing the laundry
b 2. Which of the following would be likely to exhaust you?
a. Watching a movie
b. Working for sixteen hours in a row
c. Driving to the neighborhood dry cleaner
a 3. If you seldom see your two closest friends, you probably
a. live far away from them.
b. live close to them.
c. see them every day.
c 4. How would you find out the value of a bracelet?
a. Wash it in the sink
b. Drop it to see if it breaks
c. Ask a jeweler how much it is worth

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 5. A person who achieves success as an athlete probably


a. does not like sports.
b. is skilled and hard-working.
c. has not done well but keeps trying.
a 6. Which of the following describes the condition of a car that is for sale?
a. It needs new brakes and some body work.
b. It once belonged to a man in California.
c. It will be used to take people to the airport.
c 7. Which of these is an injury that would make it hard for a person to play soccer?
a. The person's soccer ball is missing.
b. The person has no one to play with.
c. The person has a broken leg.
b 8. Which of these would be described as a major accident?
a. One car lightly bumps into another.
b. A train full of passengers falls into the river.
c. A bus knocks over a garbage can.

41.
216 Chapter 27

Adding Words to a Readin


A. The Truth About Drinking
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. achieve b. conditions c. injury d. major

"This one's for you!" "I love you, man." "It's a light beer for a heavy world." These
are some of the lines used in beer ads on TV. Ads like these make drinking seem fun and
good. They make young people begin to think that drinking is a way for them to
(1) achieve happiness and success. These ads are not honest about the
problems that drinking can cause. They never show the sickness, sadness, and loss of a
job that are the real (2) conditions of many people who drink heavily.
The ads never show someone dealing with a serious (3) injury caused
by a drunk driver. The ads never mention° the families broken up because of the violence
of a person who drinks too much alcohol. In short, these flashy ads do not tell the truth
about the (4) major difficulties that alcohol causes for people all over
the world.

. A Life Out of talance


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. duty' b. exhausts c. seldom d. value

Being lazy is not a good thing. However, constant° work is not good either. Jerome is
an example of someone who never stops working. He works so hard at his job that he
(5) exhausts himself. When he is at home, he is always fixing
something in the house or working in the yard. Jerome loves his wife and children. He
takes his (6) duty to be a good husband and father very seriously.
The problem is that Jerome (7) seldom spends any time with his family.
He is always too busy working. Jerome knows the (8) value of hard
work. Sadly, he does not understand that spending time with his family is worth a lot, too.

229
Chapter 27 217

Elgin the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Parents should teach children that they can achieve their dreams if
Answers will vary.

2. The beach was in bad condition. It

3. The duty at home that I like the least is

4. Work that often exhausts me is

5. I would know an injury is bad if

6. A major problem in this country is

7. In the spring and summer, the leaves on a tree seldom drop off unless

8. Something I have that has great value to me is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words %
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading %

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, I = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

230
dvance interrupt
consider praise
delicate request
gasp succeed

Learllsin Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 advance If our baseball team wins tonight, we will advance to first place.
(ad-vanss) We watched as the dark clouds advanced toward us.
verb

b Advance means a. stop moving b. move forward c. move away

2 consider If you consider the problem much longer, you will not have time to do
(kuhn-sid-ur) anything about it.
verb o When he goes to a restaurant, Jeffrey carefully considers everything on
the menu before ordering.
b Consider means a. cover up b. think about c. want

3 delicate O Mom's crystal plates are so delicate that we use them only for very
(del-i-kit) special family dinners.
adjective Because infants' bones are delicate, babies should be handled gently.
c Delicate means a. light in color b. strong c. hurt easily

4 grasp o When people are learning to drive, they often grasp the steering wheel
(grasp) tightly.
verb o With large smiles on their faces, the children grasped the ice-cream
cones and started eating right away.
a Grasp means a. grab b. slap c. drop

5 interrupt Dad gets angry when phone calls interrupt our dinner.
(in-tuh-ruhpt) Fran often interrupts the teacher with silly questions.
verb

c Interrupt means a. calm b. help c. stop for a


short time

218
231
Chapter 28 219
6 praise Most people in town praise our hard-working new mayor.
(prayz) My sister praises the new science-fiction series on TV, but I don't like it
verb at all.
c Praise means a. leave alone b. dislike c. say good
things about

7 request o You may borrow my car, but I have one request: Please fill the gas tank
(ri-kwest) before you return the car to me.
noun 0 The singer took requests from people wanting to hear their favorite
songs.
c Request means a. problem b. answer c. something that
is asked for

8 succeed O It takes both hard work and luck to succeed in show business.
(suhk-seed) O On his third try, Jason succeeded in passing his driver's test.
verb

b Succeed means a. do badly b. do well c. pay too much

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. grasp To grab something and hold it tightly

2. succeed To do well at something

3. advance To move forward or ahead

4. praise To say good things about someone or something

5. delicate Easily broken

6. interrupt To stop something for a time

7. request Something that someone is asked to do

8. consider To think carefully about something

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

"32
4.2
220 Chapter 28

Adding One Ward t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advanced c. delicate e. interrupted g. request


b. considered d. grasped f. praised h. succeeding

delicate 1. The movers packed the . . ? . . crystal glasses inside soft tissue paper to
keep them from breaking.
considered 2. Kim 7 the job offer for a few days before deciding to accept it.
request 3. The librarian made a strange 7 He asked the students to make as
much noise as possible.
grasped 4. With one hand, the hero 7 the young boy and pulled him away
from the giant shark.
interrupted 5. A rainstorm 7 the ball game for fifteen minutes.
praised 6. The art teacher . . ? . . Ethan's beautiful drawing.
advanced 7. Each day, the soldiers packed up their supplies and 7 further into
the northern countries.
succeeding 8. Joan must be . . ? . . at her new job. She has already gotten a big raise.

Adding Two Wards t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advanced c. delicate e. interrupted g. request


b. considered d. grasp f. praised h. succeeded

grasp 1-2. I reminded my children that they shouldn't 2 the kitten as if it


delicate were a toy. Its bones are 7 and could break.
considered 3-4. Before speaking to the group, I carefully 9 what I wanted to say
advanced and then 7 to the front of the room.
succeeded 5-6. When the little girl finally 7 in tying her shoelaces, her parents
praised 7 her warmly.
interrupted 7-8. The teacher . . ? . . my report with the 7 that I speak more loudly.
request
o
Chapter 28 221

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 1. If you considered quitting your job, you probably


a. like your job a lot.
b. don't like your job.
c. have already left your job.
c 2. Which of the following would you think of as delicate?
a. A brick
b. A city
c. A flower stem
c 3. If you want to praise a friend's cooking, which of these might you say?
a. "This tastes burned."
b. "What do you call this strange-looking dish?"
c. "This is delicious."
c 4. Which of these is a request that you might make to a waiter in a coffee shop?
a. "This is a nice restaurant."
b. "I like your shirt."
c. "Please bring me a slice of apple pie and a cup of coffee."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. A child who finishes second grade advances into


a. first grade.
b. second grade.
c. third grade.
b 6. Which of these would most people want to grasp?
a. A small tree covered with thorns
b. A hundred-dollar bill
c. A piece of moldy bread
a 7. Which of these would interrupt a picnic?
a. A rain shower
b. A beautiful day
c. Hot dogs and hamburgers
a 8. Most people who succeed in school
a. study hard at home.
b. never study at home.
c. forget to do their homework.
234
222 Chapter 28

Words t a Reading
A. Animals Were First
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. advance b. delicate c. grasp d. succeeded

Many animals walked the Earth long before humans. The best-known of these
animals were the dinosaurs. Some dinosaurs were enormous° and scary. When these big
animals hunted, they would (1) advance slowly, (2) grasp
the hunted animal in their sharp claws, and tear it to pieces. But not all dinosaurs were
this big. Some were the size of today's chickens. These small animals hunted for the eggs
of other dinosaurs. With their pointy teeth, they would crack the (3) delicate
shells they found and eat the tasty juices inside them. And their size made it easy for them
to run away quickly from larger animals. Dinosaurs of all sizes died out millions of years
ago. Scientists have come up with different reasons why dinosaurs stopped walking the
Earth. But no one knows for sure what happened. However, some animals from several
million years ago (4) succeeded in living from those times until now.
For example, the snakes, turtles, and crocodiles of today are almost exactly like the ones
that lived in the time of the dinosaurs.

Call WaitingOh, No!


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. considered b. interrupt c. praise d. request

Have you ever (5) considered buying an answering machine or getting


"call waiting"? Let me tell you what I think about these inventions. I used to hate
telephone answering machines. I felt nervous talking to a machine. When I heard the
(6) request "Please start talking after you hear the beep," I forgot what I
wanted to say. But I have gotten over my fears and do not hate answering machines
anymore. I can even (7) praise them as being useful. After all, they
do permit° people to pass along information even when nobody is able to answer the
phone. However, I will never stop hating call waiting. Talking to people who have call
waiting drives me crazy. When they hear the little beep that tells them someone else is

.3
Chapter 28 223

calling, they (8) interrupt our conversation and say, "Just a minute,
please. I'll see who's calling and come right back." I am left holding onto the phone,
thinking, "Why is the other person who called more important than I am?" To me, "call
waiting" really means "I am left waiting."

Using the Words When Writing and Raking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. If a river floods, the water might advance to


Answers will vary.

2. For a long time, I considered

3. One of the most delicate things I own is

4. People who get nervous on rides at amusement parks often grasp

5. One night my sleep was interrupted by

6. Parents should praise their kids when

7. A request that is often heard in my house is, "


?1,

8. I know I will succeed in

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

236
attempt imitate
courteous permanent
explore recognize
hopeless sufficient

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 attempt O Don't attempt to ski without first taking lessons.


(uh-tempt)
O Many climbers have attempted to reach the top of Mount Everest, but
verb
few have made it.
b Attempt means a. repeat b. try c. remember

2 courteous O It was courteous of you to give your seat to the old gentleman.
(kur-tee-uhss) When the spinach was passed, the courteous little girl said "No, thank
adjective you," but her rude brother said "Yuck!"
c Courteous means a. silly b. frightened c. thoughtful

3 explore In the years ahead, humans will explore the planet Mars and possibly
(ek-splor) even live there.
verb
° Our new kitten explored every inch of the apartment before deciding
where to sleep.
a Explore means a. search b. lose c. fear

4 hopeless When the flood washed away their homes and everything they owned,
(hohp-liss) the people in town felt hopeless.
adjective
° When my neighbor lost his job and wasn't able to pay his bills, he began
to feel hopeless.
b Hopeless means a. happy b. without hope c. tired

5 imitate Because Rosa looks up to her big brother so much, she tries to imitate
(im-uh-tayt) the way he walks and talks.
verb
It's best just to be yourself and not try to imitate anyone else.
c Imitate means a. see b. hide c. copy

224
Chapter 29 225
6 permanent Kate did not want a permanent job; she wanted one that lasted only for
(pur-muh-nuhnt) the summer.
adjective When Bruce colored his hair green for Halloween, he didn't know the
color was permanent. He thought it would wash out.
c Permanent means a. good b. new c. long-lasting

7 recognize O After not seeing your cousin for two years, do you think you will
(rek-uhg-nize) recognize her? Or have you forgotten how she looks?
verb Jake recognized his neighbor immediately, even though she had lost a
lot of weight.
a Recognize means a. know from before b. not like c. lose

8 sufficient Do you have sufficient gas in the tank to drive home, or should we stop
(suh-fish-uhnt) at the gas station?
adjective There is sufficient chicken for dinner tonight and for leftovers tomorrow
night.
c Sufficient means a. expensive b. too much c. enough

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. attempt To try hard to do something; to make an effort

2. permanent Lasting a long time

3. hopeless Believing that things will turn out badly; having no hope

4. imitate To copy how someone else behaves; to act like someone else

5. sufficient Enough; as much as is needed

6. explore To travel around a new, unknown place to see what it is like

7. recognize To know someone or something from an earlier time

8. courteous Polite; having good manners

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

238
226 Chapter 29

Addin:' One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one'word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attempts c. explored e. imitate g. recognizes


b. courteous d. hopeless f. permanent h. sufficient

recognizes 1. My dog doesn't bark when I drive into the garage because she 7
the sound of my car.
imitate 2. I get upset when I see my children 7 the violence they see in
movies.
courteous 3. Seeing all the difficulty I was having with my packages, the 9
clerk offered to help me carry them.
explored 4. Before they chose a place to camp, the hikers 7 the woods to find
the best spot.
permanent 5. Jeffrey and Linda bought a house together, so I guess they think their
relationship will be . ? ... .

sufficient 6. I have . . ? . . cash to pay for my movie ticket and yours, too.
attempts 7. Even though the class is hard for her, Luisa . . ? . . to do her best.
hopeless 8. The lost hikers felt . 9 when they couldn't find their way back to
camp.

Add in Two Words to an Item


(I)

Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attempted c. explore e. imitating g. recognize


b. courteous d. hopeless f. permanent h. sufficient

hopeless 1 -2. You may feel very sad and even 7 if you think that your problems
permanent are 7 and will never change.
imitating 3-4. I was pleased when my bossy little boy began . . ? . . the kind and . . ?
courteous . . ways of his uncle.

sufficient 5-6. Several hours is not time to 9 9 a large city like Chicago;
explore you need to spend at least two full days.
attempted 7-8. Everyone at the Halloween party wore a costume, so it was hard to
recognize see who was who. We 7 to 7 our friends by their height and
voices.
23
Chapter 29 227

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c I. Which might you say if you attempted to end a phone call?


a. "Let me tell you what happened to me today."
b. "Fill me in on all that's going on in your life."
c. "Thanks for calling. I'll let you go now."
b 2. If you want to explore Walt Disney World, you need
a. to know Mickey Mouse's life story.
b. strong legs and lots of money.
c. several tired children who hate long lines.
c 3. Before you imitate your newly married cousins at a family party, it's best to make sure they
a. are quiet and shy.
b. are in a bad mood.
c. have a sense of humor.
a 4. Which is most likely to be a permanent part of your life?
a. The house you buy
b. A movie you rent
c. Your underwear

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. A courteous person who receives a terrible birthday present might say,


a. "This is the worst present anyone ever gave me."
b. "Is this a joke?"
c. "How kind of you to think of me on my birthday."
b 6. Which of these might make a person feel hopeless?
a. Winning the lottery
b. Getting a very serious illness
c. Seeing a funny movie
b 7. A grade school teacher who recognizes a student from long ago might say,
a. "Sorry, but I don't remember you."
b. "It's good to see you again."
c. "What grade school did you go to?"
a 8. If people have sufficient time to relax on the weekend, they usually return to work feeling
a. rested.
b. tired.
c. angry at their coworkers.
240
228 Chapter 29

Add Wards t a Readin


A. A Cab Driver for Now
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. attempted b. courteous c. permanent d. recognized

As soon as James drove his taxi up to the curb, he (1) recognized the
man in the expensive suit. It was the guy who never gave him a good tip. Even so, James
was (2) courteous he asked, "May I take your bags?" and opened the
cab door for the man. During the ride, James (3) attempted to have a
friendly talk, but the man said nothing in return. "Oh well," James said to himself.
"That's OK." In his heart, James knew that driving a cab was not going to be
(4) permanent . From the time he was little, James had loved getting up in
front of people. He had starred in every play his schools had put onfrom grade school
through high school. Being the center of attention made him happy. Deep down, James
felt that he had the talent° needed to become a movie and TV star. And when he became
rich and famous, James promised himself, he would always be friendly to cab drivers
and leave them a big tip!

Thoughts at the Mall


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. explore b. hopeless c. imitate d. sufficient

On Sunday afternoons, I often (5) explore one of the nearby


shopping malls. I enjoy eating in the food court and looking at all the people. It always
makes me laugh to see the middle-school kids pretending° they are all grown-up. They
dress the same as older kids and even (6) imitate the ways that
high school kids talk. Most of all, though, when I am at the mall, I love to shop. But no
matter how much money I bring, it is never (7) sufficient for all the
things I'd like to buy. In fact, I know that I will never have enough money to own
everything I would like. That could make me feel sad, even (8) hopeless
But I don't let it. I know that no amount of money will buy what is really important:
family and friends, health, and happiness. So I buy only those things I really need and
forget the rest. Life is too short to worry about what you don't have.
241
Chapter 29 229

Using the Words When Writin and Tathing


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. The first time I attempted to speak in front of a large group, I

Answers will vary.

2. Many people are not courteous drivers. When they drive, they

3. We explored the attic because

4. Fans would feel hopeless about their team if

5. Sometimes I try to imitate the way

6. I made a permanent change in my life when I

7. We had trouble recognizing our old neighborhood because

8. I saved for several months so I would have sufficient money to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words %
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading %

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

24.2
CHAPTER
assist flaw
competent positive
enemy sample
If examine urge

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 assist Seeing-eye dogs are trained to assist people who have problems with
(uh-sisst) sight.
verb Neighbors and friends assisted the family whose house had burned
down by giving them food, clothes, and money.
c Assist means a. find b. look at carefully c. help

2 competent O After seeing him burn several pieces of toast, I knew that Aya was far
(kom-pi-tuhnt) from being a competent cook.
adjective O Sandra is not good at tennis, but she is a competent skater.
b Competent means a. dangerous b. skillful c. boring

3 enemy O Even though Bob and I are friends, his dog growls at me as though I am
(en-uh-mee) an enemy.
noun In the science-fiction movie I saw last night, the enemy of the human
race is a large, purple monster that eats people.
c Enemy means a. someone who b. someone who c. someone who
is perfect is liked is hated

4 examine O In the supermarket, shoppers examine the fruit and vegetables to make
(eg-zam-uhn) sure they are fresh.
verb O The airline examined the airplane that crashed to find out what had
caused the accident.
c Examine means a. leave b. use c. look at carefully

5 flaw Because the sweater has a flaw, I was able to buy it at a really good
(flaw) price.
noun No one is perfect. Everyone has flaws.
a Flaw means a. something wrong b. good part c. good looks

230 14.4 3
Chapter 30 231
6 positive Part of a coach's job is to keep members of the team feeling positive,
(poz-uh-tiv) even when they are not winning.
adjective Myra is a positive person who always look on the bright side.
c Positive means a. sad b. healthy c. hopeful

7 sample The doctor took a sample of Jen's blood for testing.


(sam-puhl) Before we painted the living room, we brought home samples of three
noun different colors.
b Sample means a. picture b. little bit c. large amount

8 urge As she walked past a beauty salon, Lola felt a sudden urge to color her
(urj) hair bright red.
noun After lying around all day, I got the urge to go out running.
c Urge means a. dislike b. fear c. strong wish

Matching Words with Mira; ings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. examine To look at carefully

2. positive Cheerful; upbeat; sure of oneself

3. urge A sudden desire to do something

4. competent Being good at something; able to do something well; skilled

5. flaw A problem or fault that keeps something from being perfect

6. assist To help

7, enemy Someone whom one hates and wishes to harm

8. sample A small part of something that shows what the whole is like

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

2' 4 4
232 Chapter 30

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. assisted c. enemies e. flaws g. samples


b. competent d. examined f. positive h. urge

urge 1. Max felt an 9 to surprise his boyhood friend, whom he hadn't seen
in years, with a phone call.
assisted 2. Guards at the department store worked with the police and . . ? . . them
in the search for the shoplifter.
flaws 3. We returned two dishes to the store because several of them had small
7 we had not seen when we bought them.
enemies 4. When someone is killed, the police always ask friends and family if the
murdered person had any 9
positive 5. Studies show that people with a 9 view of life are healthier than
people who always look on the bad side.
examined 6. L o n n i e . . ? . . the wrapped gift closely, trying to guess what was inside.
samples 7. Some ice-cream stores give customers 9 of their flavors to taste.
competent 8. After drinking alcohol, even a ' driver is unsafe behind the wheel.

Addin Two Words to an Iteng


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. assist c. enemy e. flaws g. sample


b. competent d. examined f. positive h. urge

examine 1-2. Because the word "used" was stamped on the cover of the book, I
flaws 9 its pages closely. Since I found no 7 , I went ahead and

bought the book.


assist 3-4. During wartime, people can be arrested if they 9 someone who is
enemy believed to be the . ? . . . .

competent 5-6. When Brenda and Trisha ran for club president, I found it hard to decide
positive who should get my vote. Both are hard-working and 9 I finally
chose Brenda because she has such a . . ? . . , upbeat way about her.
urge 7-8. Watching her father eat a hot-fudge sundae, Anita felt a strong
sample to eat ice cream and asked her father for a 7 of his.

245
Chapter 30 233

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

b 1. If your car broke down on the highway and people in another car assisted you, they probably
a. yelled rudely at you.
b. stopped and asked you how they could help.
c. bumped into you.
c 2. Your enemy is probably someone you
a. like as a friend.
b. like to visit.
c. dislike very much.
c 3. Which of these would you do if you examined a photograph?
a. Hide it in a drawer
b. Tear it up and throw it away
c. Spend a long time looking at it
b 4. If you have an urge to see some relatives who live far away, you probably
a. don't like them.
b. like them and miss them.
c. are happy they don't live nearby.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

c 5. A very competent doctor is one


a. who forgets what's wrong with the patient.
b. who gives out the wrong medicine.
c. who can be trusted to do a good job.
b 6. Stores often sell clothes with flaws
a. at a very high price.
b. at low prices.
c. only in the wintertime.
a 7. It's a gray, rainy morning. Which of these might a person say if he or she has a positive way of
looking at life?
a. "Great! If it rains now, it will be beautiful later today."
b. "It's going to rain all day and spoil my plans."
c. "A day like this makes me want to crawl back to bed and pull the covers over my head."
a 8. If someone wanted a sample of three desserts being served at a party, he or she would
a. ask for a small slice of each.
b. eat a large piece of just one dessert.
c. eat three whole desserts.
246
234 Chapter 30

Adding Wards t a Reading


A. The IL irth of the American Red Cross
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. assist b. enemy c. examined d. positive

Clara Barton was a nurse who lived during the American Civil War (1861-1865).
She knew what happened to soldiers during war. When they received an injury° from a
bullet or knife, they had to lie on the battlefield until the battle was over. By then, many of
them had bled to death. Because Clara wanted to (1) assist the
soldiers, she asked to go to the battlefield while the fighting was still going on. The
officer in charge said no. But Clara did not take "no" for an answer. Instead of thinking
nothing could be done for the soldiers, Clara was (2) positive . She said

that many of them could be saved if she could just get to them. After listening to her, the
officer decided to let her go. She and her nurses then worked day and night to help the
hurt soldiers. They (3) examined their wounds, gave them medicine, and
used a cart pulled by horses to take them to a hospital. The nurses did not care which side
the men fought for. To them, no man was an (4) enemy . They were all

just human beings who needed help. After the war was over, Clara started the American
Red Cross. The Red Cross helps people during wartime. But it does much more. When
there is an earthquake, a flood, or a fire, the Red Cross is there to help. And it is all
because of Clara Barton.

IL To Spank or Not to Spank?


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. competent b. flaw c. sample d. urge

Do you think children should be spanked? Whenever a (5) sample


of adults is asked that question, there are many different answers. Some people say that
children need to be spanked in order to learn to be good. Others say there is a
(6) flaw in that idea. They say that all spanking does is teach kids to
hit those who are smaller and weaker. They also say that spanked children don't really
learn to be goodthey simply learn to be afraid of spanking.
People who believe in spanking say that children who are not spanked always
expect° to get what they want. Others say that (7) competent parents find
better ways to teach kids how to behave. For example, when such parents feel the
247
Chapter 30 235
(8) urge to spank a child who is behaving badly, they take a few
minutes to cool down. Then they do one or more of the following: talk to the child about
why the behavior was wrong, take away the child's favorite toy, keep the child from
watching TV, or make the child take "time out" in his or her room. What do you think?
Do you think these ideas work as well as spanking?

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta Min


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. When people feel sad or depressed, friends can assist them by


Answers will vary.

2. When a waiter or waitress is competent, I

3. One way to make enemies is to

4. To see if my home needs cleaning, I examine

5. One flaw about myself that I would like to change is

6. A positive person is one who

7. Grocery stores often give shoppers samples of

8. On a recent weekend, I had a strong urge to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words %
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading %

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

248
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Five. You may
do these activities in any order.

o Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

O Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

O Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

o Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

236 249
Unit 5 Review Activities 237

Completin . Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Five. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

S admire
2
E U
3
V
4
ALUE attempt
bold
X C D
comment
P C M condition
5
SELDOM EXAMINE 6 7
courteous
0 E T R develop
PRETEND
8
T E
9
duty
examine
E E B exhaust

11
10
M A JOR expect
D P L explore
12
SUFF
13
I C I ENT D
14
hopeless
injury
R V P major
15
C G RECO
16
G NIZE17 18
S permanent
HOPELE
19 20
S S L N R 0 pretend
recognize
M X L. M L
21 seldom
M H EX P E CT U A U solution
E A R N T succeed
N
22
COUR TEOU Y S E I
sufficient
urge
T S N 0
value
23
DUTY CONDI 24
T ION
ACROSS 21. To think something will 7. To try hard to do some-
3. The worth of something probably happen thing; to make an effort
in money or importance 22. Polite; having good 9. Not afraid
5. Not often manners 11. To grow little by little; to
6. To look at carefully 23. Something that someone become
8. To act in a false way in has to do 13. A sudden desire to do
order to fool someone; to 24. The state or shape that something
make believe something or someone is in 14. Lasting a long time
10. Important; large 15. A statement that shows
DOWN what a person thinks or
12. Enough; as much as is
needed 1. To do well at something feels
16. To know someone or some- 2. To travel around a new, 17. Harm, often to the body
thing from an earlier time unknown place to see what 18. An answer to a problem
19. Believing that things will it is like 20. To cause someone to
turn out badly 4. To think highly of someone become very tired

X50
238 Unit 5 Review Activities

Compgeting co; Crossword Puszzge #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Five. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIINIIIIIIIII achieve
advance
111111111111111111111111111111112p 111111111111111111
MI c 0 MI 4i D E R gill 111111111 0 MIN
3
R
appear
assist
1111111111111111M11111111 5F L MIME III 6M R attract
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIII1
8
1 1111111111111111 E common
INN T R IIIC 1111111111. 0 M S R R competent

IIIIIIIIIIIIIII 9A HIM C 11111 conceal


10
D T
H 11111111111111 T EWE 0 11111111111 I III
consider
delicate
1111111111111 E IIIIIIII 11E M PIIIIIIIIIIIII 0 enemy
enormous

II
111111111111111111111111111 C 1111111111111111111111111
111111111111111 0MP E T E PI T IIIIIIIIIIIII flaw
grasp
E IIIIIIIII
0 P 1111110111111111 R INIM P III
11111111.1 M MI Ill. E L IIIUIIUIIIIIII 16
R
imitate
insist
interrupt
1111111111111111 M 111110111111111111111111111111111111 E
IIIIIIIII 0 111 R R I MINH= . 1.11 irritate
mention
111111111M11111111111111111111111111110111111111111111111 positive
IIIIHINIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII P 0 M i MON 19
E praise
IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII I 111111111 L IIIIIIIIIIIIIIM
20
request
111111111111111111111 I M I E R R U P T NM sample
surround
MM E IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
21
III I T

AC OSS 18. To bother or annoy 7. To reach a goal, often after


3. To think carefully about someone hard work or difficulty
something 19. Cheerful; sure of oneself 10. To hide someone or some-
5. A problem or fault that 20. To stop something for a thing; to keep out of view
keeps something from time 12. To seem
being perfect 21. Easily broken 13. Happening or seen often;
7. To cause something or widespread; usual
DOWN 15. To help
someone to come near
8. To be on all sides of 1. Very large; huge 16. Something that someone is
someone or something 2. To say good words about asked to do
9. To move forward or ahead someone or something 17. A small part of something
11. Someone whom one hates 4. To copy how someone else that shows what the whole
and wishes to harm behaves is like
13. Being good at something 6. To speak briefly about 18. To say something very
14. To grab something and someone or something strongly
hold it tightly
Unit 5 Review Activities 239

Choosin the est Word to Conapete an Item


Qi

On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

value 1. I went to the jewelry store in the mall to see if the ring I found on the
street had any 7

a. duty b. value c. comment


attempted 2. The first time Wanda 7 to ice skate, she fell down and broke her
wrist.
a. mentioned b. attempted c. requested
developed 3. What started as a small argument between two people 2 into a
large fight with dozens of people getting hurt.
a. developed b. explored c. pretended
admire 4. All of us 2 Gina because she does so well in school.
a. admire b. interrupt c. conceal
exhaust 5. My long hours at work 2 me so much that all I want to do on the
weekend is sleep.
a. appear b. exhaust c. achieve
grasped 6. Tanya's little sister 7 the new book tightly with both hands and
said, "I love stories."
a. insisted b. grasped c. achieved
assist 7. Ben did not ask for help, but when we saw how much work he had to
do, we chose to . ? . . him.
.

a. examine b. imitate c. assist


condition 8. Although the old house needed a fresh coat of paint, overall it was in
pretty good . . ? . . .

a. condition b. solution c. flaw


major 9. When the rain turned to ice, there were several 7 accidents on the
turnpike.
a. positive b. major c. courteous
recognized 10. Though twenty years had passed since the two old friends had been
together, they 2 each other right away at the grocery store.
a. recognized b. imitated c. exhausted
attracted 11. The rock group . . ? . so many people that the streets near the concert
.

hall were filled with cars.


a. attracted b. considered c. examined
hopeless 12. I looked for a job for weeks but had no luck. In the beginning, I felt
but then then my mood improved.
,

a. hopeless b. bold c. enormous

(Continues on next page)

252
240 Unit 5 Review Activities

explored 13. Joseph 7 several neighborhoods before deciding where he wanted


to live.
a. developed b. achieved c. explored
urge 14. At first, I didn't have the . . ? . to eat anything. But then I smelled the
.

chocolate chip cookies baking in the oven, and I wanted to eat every
single one of them.
a. urge b. solution c. duty
consider 15. You need to 7 other people's feelings or you may say something
that hurts someone badly.
a. interrupt b. attempt c. consider
request 16. My grandparents have never needed or asked for help. But they did
make one 7 the other day. They asked if I could help them clean
their basement.
a. flaw b. injury c. request
common 17. Last winter, the flu was so 7 that several schools and businesses
closed their doors because so many people were sick.
a. seldom b. common c. delicate
flaw 18. Even a tiny 7 in the wing of an airplane can cause the plane to
crash.
a. flaw b. sample c. comment
comment 19. After listening to Sheila's 9 about how bad the new movie was, I
changed my mind and decided to see something else.
a. solution b. condition c. comment
expected 20. Greg 7 Janetta to say "no" when he asked her out on a date. He
was happily surprised when she said "yes."
a. expected b. imitated c. recognized
pretended 21. We were planning a surprise birthday party for Troy on Saturday night.
All that day, we . ? . . that we did not know it was his birthday.
a. requested b. achieved c. pretended
interrupted 22. Malik's sleep was 9 by the loud sound of hail smashing against his
bedroom window.
a. interrupted b. concealed c. assisted
enormous 23. In just a few hours, the . . ? . . blizzard brought more than two feet of
snow to the city.
a. permanent b. delicate c. enormous
mentioned 24. It wasn't until the party was almost over that Carlos 7 that he was
moving to another state.
a. attempted b. mentioned c. examined

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 = 46%, 10 = 42%, 9 - 38%, 8 = 33%, '7= 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, 1 = 4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
23
Unit 5 Review Activities 241

Ad mg a ord to an Item
PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. achieved d. competent g. enemies j. permanent


b. advancing e. courteous h. injury k. praised
c. appears f. duties i. irritated I. sufficient

irritated 1. The slow service and poor food 9 Mr. and Mrs. Shahad so much
that they complained to the restaurant manager.

competent 2. Because Lonnie is such a 9 student, his teacher asked him if he


would like to tutor several younger children.

achieved 3. It took a lot of practice, but Andrea finally 9 her goal. She beat her
older brother at a game of basketball.

sufficient 4. By saving her money for several months, Julia had 7 cash to buy
the leather jacket she wanted.

enemies 5. Although Rodney and Samuel were 9 in grade school, they are
best friends today.

appears 6. In this light, my new jacket 9 to be gray, but it is really blue.

injury 7. The police were surprised that the Sung family walked away without a
single 9 from the three-car accident.

advancing 8. At a picnic, you have to eat quickly if you want to beat the army of ants
that is 7 toward your food.

praised 9. Children behave better when they are 7 and not yelled at and
scolded all the time.

courteous 10. Even when customers are rude, Keisha tries hard to be 9 and
friendly.

permanent 11. Sara and Peter know their relationship is and will last forever.

duties 12. Phil likes working at the movie theater, but he strongly dislikes one of
his . . ? . .picking up the trash that others leave behind.

(Continues on next page)


54
242 Unit 5 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. bold d. examined g. positive j. solution


b. concealed e. imitates h. sample k. succeeded
c. delicate f. insisted i. seldom I. surround

positive 13. Jim gets such a nice, . ? feeling from cooking for others that he has
decided to work several hours a week in a soup kitchen for the homeless.
insisted 14. We didn't plan to eat dinner at my grandparents' house, but my
grandmother 9 that we stay.

seldom 15. With two jobs and two night classes, Chen 9 has time to relax.
solution 16. Tamika was the only one in class who found the 9 to the math
problem.

examined 17. After they the scene of the crime, the police were able to figure
out how many people had robbed our apartment.
concealed 18. My sister 9 the mess in her room by hiding it under her bed.
succeeded 19. Although he was nervous about passing the test, Harry . . ? . . in getting
his driver's license on the first try.
surround 20. Brightly colored flowers and a pretty white fence 9 the home of
my dreams.

sample 21. John tried a 9 of Sandra's peanut butter pound cake. He liked it so
much that he ate two big slices and took another slice home to enjoy
later.

delicate 22. A butterfly's wings are so that they tear very easily.
imitates 23. My little sister often teases me when I am angry. She repeats every
word I say and 9 the way I act.
bald 24. Some people thought Mario's plan to chase the bear away from the tent
was brave and . . ? . , but I thought it was stupid.
.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) 0 Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

'4' 55
Unit 5 Review Activities 243

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that has the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

a 1. If storm clouds are advancing, they are


a. moving forward. b. breaking up.
c. moving away.

b 2. Your coworkers appear to be happy when they learn you got a raise. They
a. are very unhappy with the news. b. seem pleased with the news.
c. do not believe the news.

a 3. If the smell of your dinner attracts your cats, the smell


a. makes them come near you. b. makes them run away from you.
c. makes them sleepy.

b 4. If you conceal a secret from your friends, you


a. tell them the secret. b. keep the secret hidden and don't tell it.
c. hear them tell you the secret.

c 5. When you examine a menu in a restaurant, you


a. wave it in the air, as if to get rid of a fly. b. pay no attention to it.
c. look at it carefully to see what you want to order.

a 6. If a day at work exhausts you, it


a. makes you feel very tired. b. gives you energy.
c. disappoints you.

c 7. If you get an injury while you are on vacation, you have gotten
a. a present for someone. b. a lot of rest.
c. some sort of harm to the body.

c 8. If the phone interrupts you while you are studying, it


a. rings once and then is quiet. b. is quiet and lets you work.
c. stops you from doing your work for a while.

b 9. If you get a permanent stain on your shirt, the stain will


a. wash away easily. b. stay there forever.
c. wash away over a period of time.

b 10. If you recognize several classmates from fifth grade, that means that you
a. like them. b. remember them from your school days.
c. forget who they are.

a 11. Someone who has a sample of a new kind of ice cream


a. has a taste of the ice cream. b. dislikes the ice cream.
c. has a big box of the ice cream.

(Continues on next page)


256
244 Unit 5 Review Activities

b 12. A person who seldom makes a mistake


a. makes mistakes all the time. b. hardly ever makes a mistake.
c. never makes a mistake.

PA T B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

c 13. The opposite of admire is


a. be sure of b. talk about c. think badly of

c 14. The opposite of bold is


a. angry b. silly c. scared

c 15. The opposite of delicate is


a. old b. new c. strong

b 16. The opposite of enemy is


a. student b. friend c. stranger

c 17. The opposite of enormous is


a. pretty b. warm c. small

a 18. The opposite of grasp is


a. let go b. smile c. shake

b 19. The opposite of hopeless is


a. feeling sad b. looking forward to something c. wanting to be honest

a 20. The opposite of irritate is


a. make happy b. forget c. ask

b 21. The opposite of positive is


a. excited b. sad c. straight

a 22. The opposite of succeed is


a. fail b. act c. win

a 23. The opposite of sufficient is


a. not enough b. not boring c. not expensive

b 24. The opposite of solution is


a. thought b. problem c. warning

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

23 7
Unit 5 Review Activities 245

Using the Wards When Writing and Talking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word achieve, write or talk about a goal that you hope to reach some day. You might
want to get a better job, learn a new language, or have a nicer apartment.
2. Using the word assist, write or talk about a time that you helped someone. Perhaps you baby-sat
for neighbors so they could go job hunting, shoveled the snow on an elderly neighbor's sidewalk,
or listened to a friend who needed to talk.
3. Using the word attempt, write or talk about the first time you tried to do something you knew
would be difficult. Maybe you tried to ski, fix a broken bicycle, or speak in front of a large group.
4. Using the word comment, write or talk about a time when you said something that showed how
you felt about someone or something. You may have said something like "You are so friendly. It's
not surprising everyone likes you" or "I dislike the new restaurant in my neighborhood."
5. Using the word common, write or talk about something that young people often do nowadays. It
might be going to the mall, listening to loud music, or saving money to buy good-looking clothes.
6. Using the word competent, write or talk about something that you do well. Maybe you are good
at playing cards, cooking quick but good meals, or doing household repairs.
7. Using the word condition, write or talk about an elderly person that you know, and describe the
shape the person is in. Is the person strong and active or fairly weak? Does he or she hear and see
well or have difficulty hearing and seeing?
8. Using the word consider, write or talk about a decision you made after a lot of careful thought. It
might have been a decision to leave a job, move to another town, or buy a new car.
9. Using the word courteous, write or talk about a time you were surprised by someone's good
manners. Maybe a store clerk was helpful when you returned a shirt that had faded in the wash, or
perhaps a driver slowed down so you could get onto a busy highway.
10. Using the word develop, write or talk about something that has grown and changed over the years.
It could be a street, city, or school. It could even be a person.
11. Using the word duty, write or talk about something that everyone knows is your job at work or at
home. Perhaps it is your job to do laundry at home or to repair machines at work.
12. Using the word expect, write or talk about a time when you thought something would happen a
certain way, but it turned out very differently. You might describe a date you went on, a meeting
you attended, or a movie you watched.
13. Using the word explore, write or talk about visiting someplace new. You might describe a
vacation you took, a new neighborhood that you walked around in, or a shopping mall you visited.
14. Using the word flaw, write or talk about someone you like, even though there is something about
the person you don't like. Perhaps the person has a bad temper, is always late, or spends money
wildly.
(Continues on next page)
258
246 Unit 5 Review Activities

15. Using the word imitate, write or talk about the time that you saw children trying to act older than
they really were. Maybe the children copied their parents or an older brother or sister.
16. Using the word insist, write or talk about a time you said something in a strong, firm way. Maybe
you told your boss you had to have a raise, or perhaps you told your children they had to clean
their rooms.

17. Using the word major, write or talk about a big change in your life. You might describe getting
married, losing someone close to you, or returning to school.
18. Using the word mention, write or talk about a time a person told you something you didn't know.
You might have learned that a neighbor was moving, a relative was getting divorced, or a friend
was taking a new job.

19. Using the word praise, write or talk about how you felt when someone said nice things to you
about the way you did something. Perhaps a teacher liked a paper you wrote, a boss said you had
done a difficult job well, or friends told you how much they enjoyed your home-cooked meal.
20. Using the word pretend, write or talk about a time when you acted one way but really felt another
way. Maybe you acted as though you liked an ugly present that someone gave you. Or perhaps
you acted as though you were not upset when you really were.
21. Using the word request, write or talk about something that you plan to ask someone to do for you.
You might want to ask a friend to baby-sit, ask a teacher for help with a problem, or ask neighbors
to keep their cat out of your yard.
22. Using the word surround, write or talk about a place that has a fence around it. You might
describe a back yard, a playing field, or a city park.
23. Using the word urge, write or talk about a time that you had a sudden wish to do something.
Maybe it was something small (like eating a candy bar) or something big (like moving across the
country).

24. Using the word value, write or talk about something of yours that means a lot to you, even though
it is not worth a lot of money. It might be a photograph, a home-made birthday card from someone
special, or a toy from your childhood.

2i
For lEzrz Eep

260
V yob Temoso
eForragyam

This chart offers guidelines only for the verbs in this book. Check with your teacher for help forming
the tenses of irregular verbs (for example, verbs like go or see).

Verbs Ending with a Consonant


Present Tense Past Tenses: Add -ed Progressive Tenses: Add -ing

I I I am asking
You 1ask You 1asked He, she, it is asking
We He, she, it
They We You 7are asking
He, she, it asks
They . I We
They J
I
You 7 I
was asking
We
have asked
He, she, i t
They
You
He, she, it has asked We were asking
They

I
You I
He, she, it had asked You 1will be asking
We
They j He, she, it
We
They

I
You
have been asking
We
They
He, she, it has been asking

I
You
He, she, it had been asking
We
They
2 6 .1
249
250 Forming Verb Tenses

Verbs Having -e at the End


Progressive Tenses:
Present Tense Past Tenses: Add -d Drop final e and add -ing

I I
You 1decide You 1decided
I am deciding

We He, she, it He, she, it is deciding


They We
They J You
We
7are deciding
He, she, it decides
They I

You I
We have decided was deciding
He, she, its
They
You
He, she, it has decided We were deciding
They

I
You I
He, she, it had decided

j
You
We He, she, it will be deciding
They We
They j
I
You 7have been deciding
We
They
He, she, it has been deciding

You
He, she, it had been deciding
We
They j
Forming Verb Tenses 251

Verbs Having -37 at the End


Present Tense:
In third-person singular, Past Tenses: Progressive Tenses:
drop final y and add -ies Drop final y and add -ed Add -ing

I I I am trying
You You
He, she, it is trying
We He, she, it tried
They We You
They We are trying
He, she, it tries
They

I
You I
have tried was trying
We He, she, i t
They
He, she, it has tried
You
We
7were trying
They _J
I
You 1had tried I
He, she, it
We
You 1
He, she, it will be trying
They .] We
They _i

I
You
have been trying
We
They
He, she, it has been trying

You
He, she, it had been hying
We
They j
Note: When a verb ends with a consonant (for example, the verb plan), you often double the final
consonant when forming the past (planned) and progressive (planning) tenses. In both cases, the final
n has been doubled before adding the tense ending. But this rule doesn't hold true for all verbs ending
with a consonant. If you are not sure when to double the final consonant, check with your teacher or a
dictionary.

263
t, NM-all-dna) owsz Pgyamil

Singular (sing-gyuh-lur) nouns name one person, place, or thing. Plural (ploor-uhl) nouns name two
or more persons, places, or things. Most nouns can be made plural by adding -s.

Most Pliuralls: Add -s

Singular Plural Singular Plural


hat hats student students
teacher teachers cheese cheeses

Some nouns form their plurals in other ways. A few of these are shown below. If you are not sure how
to make a certain noun plural, check in a dictionary or ask your teacher.

Other Pliuralis

Nouns Ending in Consonant and -y: Nouns Ending in -ch, -sh, -ss, or -x:
Change y to i and add -es Add -es
Singular Plural Singular Plural
cry cries church churches
party parties dish dishes
sky skies class classes
story stories box boxes

Some Nouns Ending in -f or -fe: Some Nouns That Change Their Spelling
Change f or fe to v and add -es
Singular Plural Singular Plural
leaf leaves man men
knife knives woman women
life lives child children
wife wives mouse mice

252 4
Lgraiged A27SOlder Key.

Important Note: This answer key has the answers for the "Adding One Word to an Item" activity that
is in each chapter. You should not look at these answers until you have tried your best to pick the word
that should go in each sentence of this activity.
If you use the answer key correctly, it will help you learn and remember the words in the chapter.
It will also help you get ready for the other activities and tests, for which the answers are not given. To
make this key easier to use, the titles of each chapter's readings are written after the chapter number.

Chapter 1 (The Nose Knows; Chapter 4 (An Upsetting Dream;


Barbie: A Bad Example?) A King's Mistake)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. agreement 5. flexible 1. accused 5. inspires
2. cancel 6. odor 2. precious 6. public
3. curious 7. fact 3. embarrassed 7. unusual
4. prepare 8. suggests 4. pleasant 8. claims

Chapter 2 (Feeling Blue; Chapter 5 (Be Proud of Your Age!;


A Late Love Letter) Making Anger Work for You)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. tension 5. original 1. logical 5. emphasize
2. produced 6. identify 2. benefited 6. vacant
3. daily 7. negative 3. rivals 7. tempted
4. experience 8. entertained 4. delayed 8. satisfy

Chapter 3 (Ads That Lie; Chapter 6 (How Not to Treat Customers;


Horrible Hiccups!) Stuck in the Middle)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. minor 5. talent 1. fortunate 5. opposes
2. event 6. volunteers 2. motivated 6. definite
3. conclusion 7. humble 3. suspect 7. refers
4. attack 8. protects 4. leisure 8. specific

265 253
254 Limited Answer Key

Chapter 7 (The Joy of Ice Cream; Chapter 11 (Taking Risks;


A Noisy Apartment) Bad Manners Hurt Everyone)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. devour 5. discovered 1. furious 5. tradition
2. distressed 6. aware 2. reversed 6. observes
3. modern 7. constant 3. careless 7. resist
4. occasion 8. popular 4. capable 8. opportunity

Chapter 8 (Nuts in the Senate; Chapter 12 (Two Different Sisters;


Calling Dr. Leech) How "Honest Abe" Earned His Name)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. gratitude 5. failure 1. comfortable 5. respect
2. ability 6. introduce 2. persists 6. insulting
3. glanced 7. labor 3. allow 7. sensitive
4. damage 8. create 4. distracted 8. wondered

Chapter 9 (TV and Violence; Chapter 13 (Ready to Do Well;


Are You Ready for a Pet?) Advertising for a Date)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. intended 5. excuse 1. confident 5. effort
2. helpless 6. normal 2. locate 6. donate
3. avoided 7. includes 3. purpose 7. amazed
4. sociable 8. struggle 4. uncertain 8. sincere

Chapter 10 (Help for Shy People; Chapter 14 (The Good and Bad Sides of Malls;
Not a Laughing Matter) As Good As lit Looks?)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. previous 5. numerous 1. guarantee 5. resolves
2. damp 6. ignored 2. opinion 6. dismissed
3. loyal 7. require 3. disgusts 7. ideal
4. approached 8. timid 4. inspected 8. prevent

266
Limited Answer Key 255
Chapter 15 (A Belief in Hying; Chapter 19 (A Young Librarian;
She Tries Before She Buys) No More Harm)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. defects 5. provide 1. collapsed 5. defend
2. cautious 6. impossible 2. relieved 6. victims
3. advice 7. defeated 3. similar 7. grief
4. necessary 8. permits 4. alarmed 8. modest

Chapter 16 (Play Now, Pay Later; Chapter 20 (Ifs He Man or Machine?;


A Man of Many Faces) Struck by Lightning)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. regretted 5. expert 1. confusion 5. refuses
2. personal 6. arranged 2. distant 6. survive
3. hollow 7. continue 3. emerged 7. decreases
4. panic 8. supposed 4. realizes 8. incidents

Chapter 17 (Soaps Are for Me!; Chapter 21 (Whose Fault Is It?;


Keeping the Customer Happy) Forests Full of Life)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. contributed 5. encouraged 1. revealed 5. persuade
2. portions 6. admits 2. tremendous 6. quarrels
3. available 7. dull 3. reaction 7. separates
4. experimented 8. intimate 4. stubborn 8. excess

Chapter 18 (A Fake "Cure"; Chapter 22 (An Animal in Danger;


The Jobs Everyone Hates) The Simple Life of the Amish)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. gradual 5. effective 1. disaster 5. progress
2. competes 6. envies 2. generous 6. predict
3. involved 7. intense 3. increased 7. scarce
4. depend 8. contains 4. tolerate 8. fascinates

267
255
256 Limited Answer Key

Chapter 23 (Taking a Break with TV; Chapter 27 (The Truth About Drinking;
Working and Living Together) A Life Out of Balance)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. occupy 5. weary 1. condition 5. achieved
2. detail 6. humor 2. injury 6. value
3. performed 7. selected 3. duty 7. major
4. glared 8. notice 4. seldom 8. exhausted

Chapter 24 (The Horror of Hate; Chapter 28 (Animals Were First;


Taking Time for Thanks) Call Waiting-Oh, No!)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. familiar 5. embraced 1. delicate 5. interrupted
2. support 6. isolates 2. considered 6. praised
3. imagine 7. condemn 3. request 7. advanced
4. united 8. expressed 4. grasped 8. succeeding

Chapter 25 (A Surprising Change; Chapter 29 (A Cab Driver for Now;


Just for Fun) Thoughts at the Mall)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. pretended 5. developed 1. recognizes 5. permanent
2. bold 6. expected 2. imitate 6. sufficient
3. solution 7. comments 3. courteous 7. attempts
4. admire 8. insisted 4. explored 8. hopeless

Chapter 26 (Little Lies; Chapter 30 (The Birth of the American


Rudeness at the Movies) Red Cross; To Spank or Not to Spank?)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. enormous 5. conceal 1. urge 5. positive
2. appeared 6. common 2. assisted 6. examined
3. attract 7. irritate 3. flaws 7. samples
4. mentioned 8. surrounded 4. enemies 8. competent

68
or List

ability, 62 condemn, 182 effective, 134


accuse, 26 condition, 212 effort, 104
achieve, 212 confident, 104 embarrassed, 26
admire, 200 confusion, 158 embrace, 182
admit, 128 consider, 218 emerge, 158
advance, 218 constant, 56 emphasize, 32
advice, 116 contain, 134 encourage, 128
agreement, 8 continue, 122 enemy, 230
alarm, 152 contribute, 128 enormous, 206
allow, 86 courteous, 224 entertain, 14
amazed, 104 create, 62 envy, 134
appear, 206 curious, 8 event, 20
approach, 74 daily, 14 examine, 230
arrange, 122 damage, 62 excess, 164
assist, 230 damp, 74 excuse, 68
attack, 20 decrease, 158 exhaust, 212
attempt, 224 defeat, 116 expect, 200
attract, 206 defect, 116 experience, 14
available, 128 defend, 152 experiment, 129
avoid, 68 definite, 38 expert, 122
aware, 56 delay, 32 explore, 224
benefit, 32 delicate, 218 express, 182
bold, 200 depend, 134 fact, 8
cancel, 8 detail, 176 failure, 62
capable, 80 develop, 200 familiar, 182
careless, 80 devour, 56 fascinate, 170
cautious, 116 disaster, 170 flaw, 230
claim, 26 discover, 56 flexible, 8
collapse, 152 disgust, 110 fortunate, 38
comfortable, 86 dismiss, 110 furious, 80
comment, 200 distant, 158 generous, 170
common, 206 distract, 86 glance, 62
compete, 134 distressed, 56 glare, 176
competent, 230 donate, 104 gradual, 135
conceal, 206 dull, 128 grasp, 218
conclusion, 20 duty, 212 gratitude, 63

257
269
258 Word List

grief, 152 numerous, 74 resolve, 111


guarantee, 110 observe, 80 respect, 87
helpless, 68 occasion, 57 reveal, 164
hollow, 122 occupy, 176 reverse, 81
hopeless, 224 odor, 9 rival, 32
humble, 20 opinion, 111 sample, 231
humor, 176 opportunity, 80 satisfy, 33
ideal, 110 oppose, 38 scarce, 171
identify, 14 original, 15 seldom, 213
ignore, 74 panic, 122 select, 177
imagine, 182 perform, 177 sensitive, 87
imitate, 224 permanent, 225 separate, 165
impossible, 116 permit, 117 similar, 153
incident, 158 persist, 86 sincere, 105
include, 68 personal, 123 sociable, 69
increase, 170 persuade, 164 solution, 201
injury, 212 pleasant, 26 specific, 39
insist, 201 *popular, 57 struggle, 69
inspect, 110 portion, 129 stubborn, 165
inspire, 26 positive, 231 succeed, 219
insulting, 86 praise, 219 sufficient, 225
intend, 68 precious, 27 suggest, 9
intense, 135 predict, 170 support, 183
interrupt, 218 prepare, 9 suppose, 123
intimate, 129 pretend, 201 surround, 207
introduce, 63 prevent, 111 survive, 159
involve, 135 previous, 75 suspect, 39
irritate, 207 produce, 15 talent, 21
ti
isolate, 183 progress, 171 tempt, 33
labor, 63 protect, 21 tension, 15
leisure, 38 provide, 117 timid, 75
locate, 104 public, 27 tolerate, 171
logical, 32 purpose, 105 tradition, 81
loyal, 74 quarrel, 164 tremendous, 165
major, 213 reaction, 164 uncertain, 105
mention, 207 realize, 159 unite, 183
minor, 20 recognize, 225 unusual, 27
modern, 57 refer, 39 urge, 231
modest, 152 refuse, 159 vacant, 33
motivated, 38 regret, 123 value, 213
necessary, 117 relieved, 153 victim, 153
negative, 14 request, 219 volunteer, 21
normal, 69 require, 75 weary, 177
notice, 176 resist, 81 wonder, 87
Notes

9
VOCABULARY PERFORMANCE CHART

Chapters
Adding Adding Showing You Adding Adding Adding Showing You Adding
One Word Two Words Understand Words to One Word Two Words Understand Words to
to an Item to an Item the Words a Reading to an Item to an Item the Words a Reading

1 16

2 17

3 18

4 19

5 20

6 21

7 22

8 23

9 24

10 25

11 26

12 27

13 28

14 29

15 30

Review Activities
Choosing Adding Adding Same or Same or
the Best a Word, a Word, Opposite, Opposite,
Word Part A Part B Part A Part B

Unit One

Unit Two

Unit Three

Unit Four

Unit Five

272
VOCABULARY BASICS will help you learn 240 important
words. Here arc five reasons why a good vocabulary matters:

1 Knowing a lot of words makes it easier for you to understand


others and for others to understand you.
2 A good vocabulary is the key to understanding what you read.
3 A large vocabulary can help you score higher on tests.
4 A solid vocabulary will help you do better in school and
at work.
5 A strong vocabulary will help you believe in yourself.

The facts are clear. It is important to have a strong vocabulary.


Words can make you a better reader, speaker, thinker, and learner. By
working with the chapters in this book, you will greatly add to your
vocabularyand to your life as well.

ISBN 0-9414210-40-6
TOWNSEND PRESS 90000
Pavilions at Greentree-408
Marlton, NJ 08053
1-800-772-6410
11
9 780944 210406
VOCABULARY
BASICS

JUDITH NADELL BETH JOHNSON PAUL LANGAN


PRONUNCIATION GUIDE

Many of the words in this book will be new to you. To help you say (or pronounce) the words, the book gives
information after each word. For example, the information for the word labor is (lay-bur). Here is how to use
that information with the guide in the box below.
1 To pronounce the 1 in lay-bur, look for the letter I in the guide. It tells you that the 1 in labor is pronounced
like the 1 in the simple word let. To pronounce the ay, look under "A sounds" in the guide. You will see that
ay is sounded like the ay in the simple word say. The guide also tells you that b sounds like the b in the
simple word big, and ur sounds like the ur in fur.
2 You learn that labor is a word made up of two syllables. A syllable (sil-uh-buhl) is a part of a word that can be
said by itself. The word hat has one syllable. The word labor has two syllables: la and bor.
3 When a word has two or more syllables, one syllable is said a bit more strongly than the others. In this book,
the strong, or stressed, syllable is shown in boldfaced letters: lay-bur.
4 Some words of three or more syllables have one syllable that gets a lighter stress. This syllable will be shown
in italic letters. For example, the word volunteer is pronounced vol -uhn -teer. The last syllable, Leer, is said
most strongly, and a bit of stress is put on the first syllable, vol, as well.

A sounds Other sounds


a (short a) hat b big, crib
ay (long a) say, made, paid ch cheese, catch
ah calm
d do, head
air bear, care
ar card ff fall, stuff, laugh
aw all, law g give, dog
E sounds h he
e (short e) ten jump, edge
ee (long e) she, feet, these, teacher k kiss, cat, back
I sounds let, call
i (short i) sit m meet, comb
ii (long i) hi, ice, pie n new, fun, sign, know
ihr here, near ng song
0 sounds p put, trip
o (short o) lot red, dear
oh (long o) go, rope, row, toe s sell
of oil, boy
ss kiss, face, yes
or for
ou out, now sh shine, dish, sure
t top, hat
00 sounds
th thin, bath
u (short oo) put, book
00 (long oo) cool, lose, new, juice
TH the, bathe
very, have
U sounds
w way, when
uh (short u) up; about, item, easily,
reason, circus y yes
yoo (long u) use, cure z zero, has, lose
ur fur, teacher zh usual

5
L 9
JUDITH NADELL
SETH JOHNSON
PAUL LANGAN

TOWNSEND PRESS Marlton, NJ 08053

277
Books in the Townsend Press Vocabulary Series:
VOCABULARY BASICS
GROUNDWORK FOR A BETTER VOCABULARY, 2/e
BUILDING VOCABULARY SKILLS, 2/e
IMPROVING VOCABULARY SKILLS, 2/e
ADVANCING VOCABULARY SKILLS, 2/e
BUILDING VOCABULARY SKILLS, SHORT VERSION, 2/e
IMPROVING VOCABULARY SKILLS, SHORT VERSION, 2/e
ADVANCING VOCABULARY SKILLS, SHORT VERSION, 2/e

Books in the Townsend Press Reading Series:


GROUNDWORK FOR COLLEGE READING, 2/e
KEYS TO BETTER COLLEGE READING
TEN STEPS TO BUILDING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, FORM A, 2/e
TEN STEPS TO BUILDING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, FORM B, 2/e
TEN STEPS TO IMPROVING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, 3/e
IMPROVING READING COMPREHENSION SKILLS
TEN STEPS TO ADVANCING COLLEGE READING SKILLS, 2/e

Supplements Available for Most Books:


Instructor's Edition
Instructor's Manual, Test Bank, and Computer Guide
Set of Computer Disks (IBM or Macintosh)

Copyright © 1998 by Townsend Press, Inc.


Printed in the United States of America
ISBN 0-944210-40-6
9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

All rights reserved. No part of this work may be


reproduced in any form without permission in writing
from the publisher. Send requests to:
Townsend Press, Inc.
Pavilions at Greentree-408
Marlton, New Jersey 08053

Send book orders to:


Townsend Press
1038 Industrial Drive
West Berlin, New Jersey 08091
For even faster service, call us at our toll-free number:
1-800-772-6410
Or FAX your request to:
1-609-753-0649

ISBN 0-944210-40-6 278


Com gem to

Note: For ease of reference, the titles of the reading selections in each chapter are included.

To the Instructor vii

To the Student 1

UNIT ONE
Chapter 1 The Nose Knows / Barbie: A Bad Example? 8
Chapter 2 Feeling Blue / A Late Love Letter 14
Chapter 3 Ads That Lie / Horrible Hiccups! 20
Chapter 4 An Upsetting Dream / A King's Mistake 26
Chapter 5 Be Proud of Your Age! / Making Anger Work for You 32
Chapter 6 How Not to Treat Customers / Stuck in the Middle 38

Unit One Review Activities 44

UNIT TWO
Chapter 7 The Joy of Ice Cream / A Noisy Apartment 56
Chapter 8 Nuts in the Senate / Calling Dr. Leech 62
Chapter 9 TV and Violence / Are You Ready for a Pet? 68
Chapter 10 Help for Shy People / Not a Laughing Matter 74
Chapter 11 Taking Risks / Bad Manners Hurt Everyone 80
Chapter 12 Two Different Sisters / How "Honest Abe" Earned His Name 86

Unit Two Review Activities 92

UNIT THREE
Chapter 13 Ready to Do Well / Advertising for a Date 104
Chapter 14 The Good and Bad Sides of Malls / As Good As It Looks? 110
Chapter 15 A Belief in Flying / She Tries Before She Buys 116
Chapter 16 Play Now, Pay Later / A Man of Many Faces 122
Chapter 17 Soaps Are for Me! / Keeping the Customer Happy 128
Chapter 18 A Fake "Cure" / The Jobs Everyone Hates 134

Unit Three Review Activities 140

2 79
Vi Contents

UNIT FOUR
Chapter 19 A Young Librarian / No More Harm 152
Chapter 20 Is He Man or Machine? / Struck by Lightning 158
Chapter 21 Whose Fault Is It? / Forests Full of Life 164
Chapter 22 An Animal in Danger / The Simple Life of the Amish 170
Chapter 23 Taking a Break with TV / Working and Living Together 176
Chapter 24 The Horror of Hate / Taking Time for Thanks 182

Unit Four Review Activities 188

UNIT FIVE
Chapter 25 A Surprising Change / Just for Fun 200
Chapter 26 Little Lies / Rudeness at the Movies 206
Chapter 27 The Truth About Drinking / A Life Out of Balance 212
Chapter 28 Animals Were First / Call WaitingOh, No! 218
Chapter 29 A Cab Driver for Now / Thoughts at the Mall 224
Chapter 30 The Birth of the American Red Cross / To Spank or Not to Spank? 230

Unit Five Review Activities 236

FO EXTRA HELP
Forming Verb Tenses 249

Making Nouns Plural 252

Limited Answer Key 253

Word List 257

00
T® the astrusegrogo

In all likelihood, the students you teach have severely limited vocabularies. Some have come to this
country as adults, and their day-to-day struggles in an unfamiliar culture have left them little time to
acquire more than the most basic vocabulary. Others, although born in this country, have been short-
changed by the educational system. Often with undiagnosed or poorly understood learning problems,
they were pushed from grade to grade and missed consistent instruction in vocabulary development.
Still others received a solid enough education but never developed strong vocabularies because they
were raised in homes where televisionnot reading or conversationwas the favored pastime.
In the long run, it makes no difference why your students have limited vocabularies. The results
are the same: Self-conscious about their limited vocabularies, students hesitate to take steps on their
own behalflike continuing in school or applying for a better job. Not knowing enough words, they
are unable to meet the demands of school and the workplace.
Vocabulary Basics provides a practical answer to your students' vocabulary problem. In the
course of 30 chapters, Vocabulary Basics teaches 240 critical wordsthe words that ESL, adult-
literacy, and pre-GED students need to get ahead in today's competitive world. Here are the book's
distinctive features:
1 An intensive words-in-context approach. Studies show that students learn words best by
encountering them repeatedly in different contexts, not through rote memorization. The book
gives students a concentrated in-context experience by presenting each new word in seven
different settings. Each of the thirty chapters takes students through the following series of
steps:
Students start by inferring the meaning of each word as it appears in two sentences. On the
basis of their inferences, they choose the closest meaning from three multiple-choice
options.
Then, armed with a basic understanding of the new words, students are ready to match each
word to its meaning.
O Next, they strengthen their understanding of the word by applying it in four different words-
in-context practices, including sentence-completion activities and high-interest fill-in-the-
blank passages.
O Last, to lock in their mastery of the new words, students are asked to come up with their
own endings for eight practice sentences, each of which includes one of the new words. At
this point, students will be so comfortable with the words that they will have little trouble
using them in this challenging writing-speaking activity.
Each encounter with a word brings it closer to becoming part of the student's permanent word
bank. No comparable vocabulary book gives such sustained attention to the words-in-context
approach.
281 vii
Viii To the Instructor

2 Abundant and varied practice. Along with extensive practice in each chapter, unit tests at
the end of every six chapters provide students with three additional chances to work with the
words in a unit. By the end of the book, then, students will have worked with each new word
ten times. Moreover, Chapters 2 through 30 repeat words from earlier chapters (such repeated
words are marked with small circles like this°), allowing for even more reinforcement. Many
unit activitiesfor example, synonym and antonym practices and crossword puzzlesare
completely different from those found in the chapters. This variety keeps students motivated
and ensures their mastery of the words. All this practice makes it possible for students to learn
in the best possible way: by working closely and repeatedly with the new words. No
comparable book provides so much and such varied reinforcement.
3 Focus on essential words. A good deal of time went into selecting the 240 words featured in
the book. We started by consulting word frequency lists, along with lists in a wide range of
vocabulary books. In addition, each of usas well as our editorsprepared a list of words. A
computer was used to consolidate these many word lists. Then a long process of group
discussion led to final decisions about the words that would be most helpful for students
working at a basic level.
4 Sensitivity to students' needs. The book gives careful attention to the special needs of basic
students.
The simplified pronunciation guide at the front of the book and in each chapter is free of the
strange-looking pronunciation symbols that many people, particularly basic students, find so
confusing. Instead, easily understood letters and letter combinations are used to show
students how to sound out each new word.
Throughout, we have aimed for a tone that is friendly and accessible, but never
condescending.
Recognizing that basic students often have difficulty processing long sentences and
paragraphs, we have kept sentence structure uncomplicated and paragraphs brief.
Whenever a word has multiple meanings (for example, delicate, meaning "easily broken" or
"requiring care and skill"), we use the meaning that basic students are most likely to
encounter and thus find helpful. (In this case, the meaning "easily broken" is the one we use.)
Many basic students have difficulty with verbs: they have trouble remembering the correct
form of the third-person singular in the present tense and the correct endings of the past and
progressive tenses. Their tendency is to omit, respectively, the -s, -ed, and -ing endings. For
example, when adding a new verb, such as insist, to their vocabulary, they will often write
(and sometimes say), "My friend always insist I drive when we go out," "Last night, I insist
that we buy a new radio," and "I got tired of insist that my kids clean their rooms." So in the
"Learning Eight New Words" section, whenever a new word is a verb, we usually provide
the verb's base form (insist) in the first sentence and the third-person singular present tense,
past tense, or progressive form in subsequent sentences. Through repeated exposure,
students become familiar with the correct way to form verbs. To help them even further, we
include at the end of the book (see pages 249-251) a chart summarizing the more
troublesome verb forms.
To dispel students' belief that the words in Vocabulary Basics are removed from their
everyday lives, we deliberately use the second-person point of view in many of the book's
activities and passages. Seeing unfamiliar words in material that refers to "you" helps
students see the relevance of the words to their own lives.

282
To the Instructor iX

Finally, the last activity in each chapter and in each unit review encourages students'
ownership of the words even further. These activities ask students to use the new words
when writing and speaking. Indeed, what better way is there for students to "own" a new
word than to use it on paper or in conversation? However, basic students are often at a loss
when asked to write or say a sentence using a new word. Throughout the book, then, we
provide considerable help when it's time for students to generate their own material. For
example, the last activity in each chapter has students devise only endings for partial
sentences already containing the new words. Such a structured approach gives students the
help they need to get moving in the right direction. Similarly, the final activity in each unit
review provides students with help as they get ready to create their own sentencesthis
time, from scratch. In this instance, we provide suggested topics that students can draw upon
when writing or saying their sentences.
Consider, for example, our item for the word comfortable: "Using the word
comfortable, write or talk about a time you made someone feel relaxed and at ease. Perhaps
you invited a new neighbor to dinner, took the time to show a coworker around on the first
day on the job, or helped a relative feel less nervous about going into the hospital." If
students were simply told "Make up a sentence using the word comfortable," they might
come up with something like this: "I feel comfortable in my English class." Of course, such
a sentence doesn't demonstrate students' understanding of the word. Comfortable could
mean "upset" or "angry" or "bored." Our suggestions encourage students to generate
sentences that show they truly understand the new words. Some students may follow our
suggestions closely; others may use our suggestions to spark topics of their own. In either
case, our "prompts" help students write or say sentences that demonstrate their genuine
understanding of the new words.
5 Appealing content. Dull practice exercises work against learning, while relevant, lively, even
humorous materials grab students' attention and enhance learning. For this reason, we put
considerable effort into creating activities and passages with widespread appeal. Throughout,
we have tried to make the material enjoyable for teachers and students alike. Look for a
moment at the sentences on pages 10 and 28, and at the reading passages on pages 12,30-31,
and 42. When field-testing the material, we found that students especially enjoyed the often
playful quality of the "Showing You Understand the Words" activity (see pages 11 and 17, for
example).
6 Clear format. Vocabulary Basics has been designed so that its very format contributes to the
learning process. Each chapter consists of three two-page spreads. In the first two-page spread
(see pages 8-9), students can easily refer to all eight new words when completing the
matching activity. In the second two-page spread (see pages 10-11), students can refer to a
box that shows all eight words while working on the "Adding One Word" and "Adding Two
Words" activities. In the third two-page spread (see pages 12-13), they can cross out the
words in the box when filling in the blanks in the reading passages. The book's format is
equally attentive to the needs of the instructor. For instance, to facilitate grading, including use
of the Scantron, students can mark answer spaces with the letter of the word or with the word
itself.
7 Helpful supplements. An Instructor's Edition containing answers to all the activities and
tests in the student book as well as teaching guidelines is available at no charge to instructors
adopting the text. Also available is a computer disk containing additional tests for each
vocabulary chapter; these tests feature actual pronunciations of the words.

283
X To the Instructor

8 ealistic pricing. While Vocabulary Basics is comprehensive enough to serve as a primary


text, its modest price ($7.90 net) also makes it an inexpensive supplement in basic reading,
writing, pre-GED, and ESL classes.
9 One in a sequence of books. Vocabulary Basics is the most fundamental book in the
Townsend Press vocabulary series. It is followed by Groundwork for a Better Vocabulary (a
slightly more advanced basic text), Building Vocabulary Skills (an even more advanced basic
text), Improving Vocabulary Skills (an intermediate text), and Advancing Vocabulary Skills (an
advanced text). There are also short versions of the last three books. Suggested reading levels
for the books are included in the Instructor's Manual. Together, the books create a
comprehensive vocabulary program that will make any student a better reader, writer, and
thinker.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
A number of people provided valuable assistance as the three of us worked on Vocabulary Basics. Our
thanks go to Susan G. Hamson, whose word-processing abilities eased the demands of the project.
Eliza Comodromos assisted at the very end by fine-tuning some of the questions and activities. Susan
Gamer helped by drafting several sets of lively practice materials and by proofreading the completed
manuscript. We appreciate as well the extraordinary design, editing, and proofreading skills of the
multi-talented Janet M. Goldstein. Final thanks go to Carole Mohr, co-author of the other books in the
Townsend Press vocabulary series. Her rigorous and insightful editing identified the changes that were
needed to make the book as helpful as possible to ESL, adult-literacy, and pre-GED students.

Judith Nadell
Beth Johnson
Paul Langan

284
T® the Stuz 0.1() Tst

WHY A GOOD VOCA ULARY MATTERS


At one time or another, you have probably heard someone say, "It's important to have a good
vocabulary." Wanting to be polite, you may have agreed. But perhaps you really wanted to ask, "Why
is having a good vocabulary important?" Here are five reasons why.
1 Knowing a lot of words makes it easier for you to understand others and for others to
understand you. Have you ever had trouble following what someone else was saying?
Maybe you found it hard to understand a television news report. Perhaps you could not
understand a doctor's instructions for completing a medical form. Maybe you could not figure
out what family members meant when they talked about an election. If you are like most
people, you probably got upset when you didn't understand what was being said.
It can also be difficult to tell others what you are thinking and feeling when you don't
know enough words. Maybe the words will not come when you are writing a letter to a sick
neighbor. Perhaps you have a hard time explaining to relatives why you were hurt by
something they did. Maybe you have trouble telling friends why you are so excited about your
new apartment.
As your vocabulary gets larger, you will not have to work so hard to understand others
or to make others understand you. That, in turn, will make your life much easier.
2 A good vocabulary is the key to understanding what you read. If you don't know enough
words, you are going to have trouble figuring out the meaning of what you read. One or two
words whose meanings you don't know may not stop you. However, if there are many words
you don't know, it will be hard for you to understand what you read. With a strong vocabulary,
you will get more out of newspapers, magazines, booksor anything else you want to read.
3 A large vocabulary can help you score higher on tests. Vocabulary is an important part of
many testsfor example, the GED exam, college entrance exams, armed forces tests, and job
placement tests. Why is that? It's because the people who make up these exams know that
vocabulary helps measure what you already know and how easily you can learn new
information in the future. The more words you know, the better you will do on these exams.

Q
LI
5 1
2 To the Student

4 A solid vocabulary will help you do better in school and at work. Knowing many words
makes you a better reader, writer, speaker, listener, and thinker. These are the skills you need
to do well in the classroom and on the job. In school, having a good vocabulary helps you
understand your textbooks, classmates, and teachers. And in the world of work, a good
vocabulary counts as never before. More and more, workers are being asked to change jobs
and learn new skills. Knowing how to learn quickly is the key to doing well in this fast-
changing world. A good vocabulary makes it easier for you to understand new ideas so you
can get ahead on the joband stay there.
5 A strong vocabulary helps you believe in yourself. Sometimes people who don't have large
vocabularies feel they don't have what it takes to do well in today's world. They may sit
quietly in the back of the classroom, nervous about joining in. They may hear about an
interesting job opening but be afraid to apply. Having a strong vocabulary helps you feel you
have what it takes to make your life better. In other words, having a strong vocabulary helps
you build confidence. What is confidence? It is the belief that you can do things you used to
think you would never be able to do.
Now you know why it is so important to have a good vocabulary. The next few pages tell how
this book will help you build a strong vocabularyone that can unlock doors that used to be tightly
closed.

HOW VOCABULARY BASICS IS DIFFERENT FROM OTHER BOOKS


The way most books try to build vocabulary is by asking students to memorize lists of words. But
people usually forget memorized lists quickly. To learn a word really well, you must see and use it a
number of times. Vocabulary Basics gives you the chance to use the new words in each chaptei seven
different ways. By the end of each chapter, you will easily remember what the new words mean
because you will have used them so many times.

UNDERSTANDING THE BOOK AS A WHOLE

Inside Front Cover and Contents


By filling in the blanks below, you will understand how the book is organized. First, turn to the inside
front cover. As you can see, the inside front cover provides a chart called
. This chart will help you figure out how to say the
vocabulary words in the book. Next, turn to the Table of Contents on pages vvi. There are
chapters in the book and a unit review after every chapters. At the end of the last unit
review, there are four short sections. The first section shows how to form verb tenses. The second
gives information on making . The third section is a
. The fourth section is a list of the
in the book.

286
To the Student 3

UNDERSTANDING EACH CHAPTER


Now it's time to turn to the first chapter in the book, on pages 8-13. This chapter, like all the others
(except for the unit reviews), has seven parts. Each part is described below.

1. Learning Eight New Words


The first part of the chapter (see pages 8-9) is called "Learning Eight New Words." The left-hand
column lists eight boldfaced words. Underneath, you are shown how to .say, or pronounce, each
boldfaced word. For example, here is how to say agreement, the first word on page 8: uh-gree-muhnt.
(Remember: for help on how to say the new words, see the guide on the inside front cover.)
After showing how to say the boldfaced word, the chapter gives the word's part of speech. What
part of speech is agreement? It is a noun. The vocabulary words in this book are mostly nouns,
adjectives, and verbs. Nouns are words used to name somethinga person, place, thing, or idea. The
words boyfriend, city, hat, and truth are all nouns. Adjectives are words that describe nouns, as in the
following word pairs: old boyfriend, large city, red hat, whole truth. Many of the words in this book
are verbs, words that show action. They tell what someone or something is doing. The words ask, buy,
drive, learn, and sing are all verbs.
To the right of each boldfaced word are two sentences that will help you understand its meaning.
And below the sentences are three possible meanings for the boldfaced word. From among the three
choices, you select the answer that has the closest meaning to that of the boldfaced word. In each
sentence, the other words near the boldfaced wordthe contextwill give clues that help you figure
out the meaning of the boldfaced word. There are four kinds of context clues: examples, words with
similar meanings, words with opposite meanings, and the meaning of the sentence as a whole. Each
kind of context clue is described below.

Examples
A sentence may have examples that help explain the meaning of the boldfaced word. For
instance, take a look at the following sentence (from Chapter 1) and note how the examples (in
italics) help explain the meaning of the word agreement:
After fighting for hours, the little girls made an agreement to share their toys.
The sentence gives an example of an agreementsharing toys. To figure out what agreement
means, think about the example. What would it mean if two children said they would share their
toys? Now look at the three answer choices below. On the answer line to the left, write the letter
of the answer you think is right.
Agreement means a. fight b. question c. promise
The examples make it clear that the two girls have made a promise to each other, so c is the
correct answer.

Words with Similar Meanings


Words with the same or almost the same meaning are called synonyms (sin-uh-nimz). For
example, the words joyful, happy, and pleased are synonyms because they all mean about the
same thing. Synonyms often give clues about the meaning of a nearby unknown word. Look at

287
4 To the Student

the following sentence (from Chapter 1) and note how the synonym (in italics) helps explain the
meaning of the word prepare:
Last year, I prepared all kinds of interesting dishes for our holiday dinner. But this year,
I'm going to relax and let someone else make the meal.
Instead of using prepare again in the second sentence, the writer uses the synonym make. Now
choose the letter of the right answer.
Prepare means a. get ready b. watch c. leave
Since both prepare the meal and make the meal mean "get the meal ready," answer a is correct.

Words with Opposite Meanings


Words with opposite or almost opposite meanings are called antonyms (an-toh-nimz). For
example, help and hurt are antonyms, as are work and rest. Antonyms can help you figure out the
meanings of new words. How? By giving the opposite meaning of an unknown word, an antonym
makes it easier to figure out what a new word means. Look at the following sentence from
Chapter 1 and note how the antonym (in italics) helps explain the meaning of the word cancel.
Then look at the three answer choices below and select the best answer.
I had planned to see the doctor today, but I feel so much better that I think I will cancel my
visit there.
Cancel means a. remember b. not do as planned c. get ready for
The sentence says that the writer had planned to see the doctor but now will cancel the visit. You
can guess, then, that cancel has the opposite meaning of plan to. So b is the correct answer.

The Meaning of the Sentence as a Whole


Sometimes there is no example, synonym, or antonym in a sentence. But even without these
clues, you can figure out what a boldfaced word means by studying the meaning of the sentence
as a whole. For example, look at the following sentence (from Chapter 1) and see if you can
decide on the meaning of the word flexible simply by studying the rest of the sentence:
The new lamp next to my bed has a long neck that is so flexible it can be moved any way I
want.
Flexible means a. able to bend b. real c. heavy
It's clear that the neck of the new lamp must be able to bend in different ways. So a is the correct
answer.

As you go through the "Learning Eight New Words" sections, look closely at the two sentences
given for each word and at the answer choices. As you figure out the meaning of each word, you are
doing what's needed to understand and remember the word. Working with the word in this way and
seeing how it is used in a sentence are the keys to completing the rest of the chapter.

288
To the Student 5

2. Matching Words with Meanings


The second part of the chapter (see page 9) is called "Matching Words with Meanings." Often it is not
enough to see how a word is used in a sentence. To understand a word fully, most people need to see
the meaning, or definition, of the word. The matching activity gives the meaning of each new word,
but it also makes you look for and think about each meaning. This is the best way to learn and
remember a word. Now look at the Be Careful note that follows the matching activity. This note
reminds you that you should not move on to the rest of the chapter until you are sure that you know
the correct meaning of each word.

3. Adding One Word to an Rem


The third part of the chapter (see page 10) is called "Adding One Word to a Sentence." This section,
with eight sentences, gives you a chance to show how well you understand the new words. After
placing one word in each sentence, be sure to check your answers in the Limited Answer Key at the
back of the book. Checking your answers will help you see if you really know the words. If you do,
you are ready to complete the rest of the activities, for which answers are not given.

4. Adding Two Words to an Item


The fourth part (see page 10) is called "Adding Two Words to a Sentence." This activity is a bit more
difficult because you have to see which two words fit best in a sentence. The extra work you do to find
the right answers will help you learn the words.

5. Showing You Understand the Words


The fifth part (see page 11), called "Showing You Understand the Words," is made up of two sets of
four items. Each item uses one of the chapter's new words. By completing an item or by answering the
question asked by an item, you show that you truly understand what the word means. You will, we
think, have a lot of fun doing this activity.

6. Adding Words to a Reading


The sixth part (see page 12), called "Adding Words to a Reading," has two interesting readings. By
choosing the right word to fill in each blank, you get a good idea of the way the new words can be
used in a paragraph.

7. Using the Words When Writing and Talking


The seventh part (see page 13) is called "Using the Words When Writing and Talking." By coming up
with your own ending for each item, you will be well on the way to making the words part of your
everyday vocabulary.
At the end of the seventh part, you will find a box where you can enter your scores for "Adding
One Word to an Item" through "Adding Words to a Reading." To get your score for each part, count
how many you got right. Then look at the "Number right" explanation below the box to see what your
score is for that part. You should also enter your scores on the Vocabulary Performance Chart found
on the inside back cover of the book.
289
6 To the Student

Now you know how the chapters in Vocabulary Basics are organized. As you have seen, every
chapter gives you the chance to work with the new words seven times. Each time you complete an
activity, you get closer to making the new words part of your everyday vocabulary. And to give you
even more practice, almost every chapter repeats some words from earlier chapters. (These repeated
words are marked with small circleslike this°. If you are not sure of the meaning of a repeated word,
turn to the Word List on pages 257-258. There you will find the page on which the word was first
used.) In short, you will have plenty of chances to learnand relearnthe words.

UNDERSTANDING THE UNIT REVIEWS


As you saw earlier, there is a unit review at the end of every six chapters. Each unit review offers six
different kinds of activitieseverything from crossword puzzles to sentence writing. All in all, you
will have the chance to practice each word in the unit three more times. When you finish the unit
reviews, you will have worked at least ten times with each word in the book. By then, you should
know the words so well that you will be ready to use them whenever you want.
Take a moment to look at the instructions for the final activity in the unit reviews (see page 53,
for example). Note that when doing this final activity, you should "feel free to use any tense of a
boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural." For example, for the verb assist, you might
use a number of different tenses: "My family assists me when I have trouble with my schoolwork,"
"Last summer, I assisted my uncle with the opening of his new store," or "For two weeks, my friends
have been assisting me with plans for the party." For the noun volunteer, you might use the plural
form and write or say, "Two volunteers came to the school to talk about fire safety."
Like many people, you may have trouble remembering the correct form of some verb tenses and
the correct plural form of some nouns. So, when doing this final activity, you will probably find it
helpful to look at the charts on pages 249-251 and 252. They will give you the help you need.

A FINAL THOUGHT
The facts are in. It is important to have a strong vocabulary. Having a good vocabulary makes you a
better reader, writer, speaker, thinker, and learner. Having a good vocabulary can make things
smoother for you at home, in school, and on the job. But learning new words will not happen easily or
by itself. You must decide that you want to build your vocabulary and then work hard with the
chapters in this book. If you do, you will not only add to your vocabularyyou will add to your life as
well. Good luck.
Judith Nadell
Beth Johnson
Paul Langan

299
Unig One

Chapter 1 Chapter 2

agreement flexible daily negative


cancel odor entertain original
curious prepare experience produce
fact suggest identify tension

Chapter 4

attack minor accuse pleasant


conclusion protect claim precious
event talent embarrassed public
humble volunteer inspire unusual

Chapter 6

benefit rival definite oppose


delay satisfy fortunate refer
emphasize tempt leisure specific
logical vacant motivated suspect
agreement flexible
nce0 odor
curious prepare
lact suggest

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 agreement After fighting for hours, the little girls made an agreement to share their
(uh-gree-muhnt) toys.
noun
Len is angry because Anita broke their agreement to take turns doing
the dishes.
Agreement means a. fight b. question c. promise

2 cancel I had planned to see the doctor today, but I feel so much better that I
(kan-suhl) think I will cancel my visit there.
verb
The teacher canceled the test because so many students were absent.
Cancel means a. remember b. not do as planned c. get ready for

3 curious My son is so curious about what I got him for his birthday that he asks
(kyoor-ee-uhss) me questions about it all day long.
adjective Scientists are curious peoplethey want to know how nature works.
Curious means a. not interested b. angry c. full of questions

4 fact It is a strange fact that the male sea horse, not the female, gives birth.
(fakt) After the robbery, the police asked us many questions. They wanted to
noun
get as many facts as they could about what had happened.
_Fact means a. rule b. something true c. long story

5 flexible The new lamp next to my bed has a long neck that is so flexible it can
(flek-suh-buhl) be moved any way I want.
adjective Karen is so flexible that she can sit down and lift her ankle over her
head.
Flexible means a. able to bend b. real c. heavy

8
292
Chapter 1 9

6 odor 0 If you think there is an odor of gas in your home, you should call the
(oh-duhr) gas company right away.
noun c As I painted the room, the odor of the paint began to give me a
headache.
Odor means a. smell b. cost c. warm feeling

7 prepare c To prepare for the difficult test, Jeff decided to stay up all night and
(pree-pair) study.
verb 0 Last year, I prepared all kinds of interesting dishes for our holiday dinner.
But this year, I'm going to relax and let someone else make the meal.
Prepare means a. get ready b. watch c. leave

8 suggest o When my son gets bored, I often suggest that he call his friends or go
(suhg-jest) outside.
verb a My cousin suggested that we have Thanksgiving dinner at her house.
She loves to cook for company.
_Suggest means a. fear b. forget c. offer an idea

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To stop something that was planned; to call something off

2. Able to bend

3. To give someone an idea about something; to offer a thought for


others to think about

4. Something true; something that can be proved

5. To get ready

6. A smell

7. Wanting to know more about something; having questions about


someone or something

8. A promise people make to one another; an understanding between


people

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
2, 9 3
10 Chapter 1

Adding One Ward t® an, item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. agreement c. curious e. flexible g. prepare


b. cancel d. fact f. odor h. suggests

1. Diane came to an 9 with her parents that she would get home
before midnight on weekends.
2. During heavy snowstorms, airlines often 9 flights because it is too
dangerous to fly.
3. I was 9 about the two new students. They arrived in class carrying
briefcases and laptop computers.
4. I 9 for a visit from my two-year-old niece by hiding all the glass
objects so she can't break them.
5. A fishing rod must be 9 so that it does not break when a fish pulls
on the line.

6. The of dirty socks and old sneakers filled the boys' bedroom.
7. It is a 9 that the world is round.
8. Before I hand in a paper, I read it out loud to my sister, and she
ways to make it better.

Adding Two Wards t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. agreement c. curious e. flexible g. prepares


b. canceled d. facts f. odor h. suggest

1-2. My muscles get stiff when I run, so I asked the coach to 7 some
exercises to make me more . .

3 -4. Before you make an 7 to buy a used car, learn all the
.

such as how many miles it has gone and what needs to be fixed.
5 -6. Julia is 7 about her new neighbors. When they invited her to
lunch, she 9 another lunch date so that she could pay them a visit.
7-8. When Jack cleans the smelly old barn, he 7 by putting a
handkerchief over his nose to keep out the . . 9

294
Chapter 1 11

Showin You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you called to cancel a visit to the dentist, you might say,


a. "Where's the office?"
b. "I'd like to come in as soon as possible."
c. "Sorry. I won't be able to come after all."
2. Which of the following would you expect to have a bad odor?
a. An old garbage bag
b. A broken piano
c. A rusty bike
3. To prepare for a party, you
a. clean up after the guests leave.
b. buy food and drinks.
c. refill your guests' empty plates.
4. If you suggest going to a movie with someone, you probably
a. have other plans that night.
b. enjoy being with the person.
c. do not like the person.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. People are likely to have an agreement with


a. a stranger.
b. the owner of the building their apartment is in.
c. their supermarket.
6. If parents are curious about how their kids are doing in school, they will probably
a. ask the kids questions about teachers, classes, and homework.
b. ask no questions about teachers, classes, and homework.
c. sign report cards without looking at the grades given.
7. Which of the following is a fact?
a. "What is your name?"
b. "Canada is north of the United States."
c. "I wonder what we are having for lunch."
8. Which of the following is flexible?
a. A bowling ball
b. A rubber band
c. A pencil
295
12 Chapter 1

Adding Words to a Readin


A. The Nose Knows
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. curious b. fact c. odors d. suggest

Have you ever been (1) about what life would be like if
you couldn't smell anything? Maybe you think, "That wouldn't be so bad." After all, you
wouldn't miss some (2) , like the smell coming from the guy
sitting next to you who hasn't taken a bath in several weeks. But think about it again. All
day, every day, our noses pass along information to us. We walk by the kitchen, pick up
the smell of apple pie in the oven, and know that we will enjoy a tasty slice later on. Or
we go outside on a warm spring day and pick up the clean smell of freshly cut grass.
Other smells that aren't so nice, like those of spilled gasoline or burning wood, may
protect us by warning of danger.
It is a (3) that smells make us remember the past. For
instance, the smell of the outdoors after a rainstorm may remind us of an early-morning
hike in the woods we took years ago. Scientists are not sure why smells remind us of the
past, but they know it is so. Indeed, scientists (4) that smell
may be the most powerful of all our senses.

IL arbie: A 1:,ad Example?


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. agreement b. cancel c. flexible d. prepare

"I want a Barbie. I want a Barbie." Most parents have heard that cry. Lots of little
girls love Barbie. Barbie has been around for many years, and she will probably be
around for many more. But some parents worry about Barbie. They worry that as their
daughters (5) to grow up, they will look at Barbie and think,
"She's so pretty. I want to be like her." The problem is that no healthy, normal woman
looks like Barbie. If Barbie were full-sized, she would be more than six feet tall and
weigh about one hundred pounds. Little girls may get the idea that in order to be pretty,
they must have a very thin body. Parents need to tell their daughters that it is more

296
Chapter 1 13
important to have a strong, (6) bodyone that can run and jump,
twist and turn. Of course, it's hard to tell a little girl that she can't have a Barbie if all her
friends do. So some parents get together and, among themselves, make an
(7) not to buy Barbie dolls. The parents (8)
their plans to buy Barbie and buy dolls that have more healthy-looking bodies.

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. People sharing an apartment often make an agreement to

2. The school had to cancel the trip because

3. Small children are very curious. They

4. It is a fact that a good education will

5. To stay flexible, many people

6. As I passed by the kitchen, I picked up the odor of

7. To prepare the store for the holiday season, the workers

8. If a young married couple is having money problems. I might suggest that the couple

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

297
daily negative
entertain original
experience produce
identify tension

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 daily o Noah goes to the gym seven days a week. He says daily exercise keeps
(day-lee) him healthy and happy.
adjective 0 Washing the dishes is one of my sister's daily jobs.
Daily means a. happening b. happening c. happening
each year each week each day

2 entertain o Cristine thought the novel would entertain her, but instead it put her to
(en-tur-tayn) sleep.
verb
0 While we were stuck at home during the snowstorm, my brother
entertained us with ghost stories.
Entertain means a. change b. make sleepy c. interest greatly

3 experience 0 Having my car break down on a busy highway was one experience I
(ek-spihr-ee-uhnss) don't want to have again.
noun 0 I'm happy to say that working at the day care center turned out to be a
wonderful experience.
Experience means a. difficult question b. something that a c. good reason
person lives through

4 identify o Palm readers say they can identify many things about a person by
(ii-den-tuh-fii) looking at the lines of the hand.
verb The police used the fingerprints they found to identify who the bank
robbers were.
Identify means a. dislike b. make c. find out

5 negative 0 People who feel negative about themselves often have trouble making
(neg-uh-tiv) friends.
adjective ° I turned off the TV because I didn't want to hear another negative story
about crime and violence.
Negative means a. nice b. bad c. interesting
14
298
Chapter 2 15

6 original My ideas for the baby shower were boring and unexciting, but Carla's
(uh-rij-uh-nuhl) were interesting and original.
adjective All the students in the class thought that the ending of my short story
was original and very different from anything they had ever read.
Original means a. quiet b. weak c. fresh

7 produce The new factory in town can produce millions of bottles a year.
(pruh-dooss) My little nephew produces the loudest snores I have ever heard.
verb

Produce means a. make b. break c. take

8 tension Whenever she gets upset or feels tension, Jane takes a hot bath.
(ten-shuhn) When I feel tension, I relax by going for a long, quiet walk.
noun

Tension means a. rest b. happiness c. worry

Matchin rds with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Bad; without anything good; not positive

2. Anything someone has seen or lived through; what happens to


someone

3. To find out exactly who someone is or what something is

4. Done every day; happening or appearing every day

5. To make; to bring about

6. New; not like everything else

7. A nervous feeling; unrest caused by worry

8. To keep people's interest with something happy or enjoyable

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
299
16 Chapter 2

Adding One Ward to an Item,


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. daily c. experience e. negative g. produced


b. entertained d. identify f. original h. tension

1. Many students feel 7 before they take a test.


2. After months of cutting and sewing, the group a beautiful quilt.
3. My neighbor, Mrs. Yoo, likes to read the . . ? . . newspaper on her porch.
4. My husband's high-school graduation was an . ' we will never forget.

5. I was happy when my boss told me I had some helpful and 9 ideas
for improving business.
6. My blind date said I could 7 him at the coffee shop by his red hair
and beard.

7. Gina doesn't seem to like her relatives. She's always saying


things about them.
8. My three-year-old nephew us by singing a little song about a
spider in the rain.

Adding Tw Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. daily c. experience e. negative g. produced


b. entertaining d. identify f. original h. tension

1-2. Chandra takes a 9 walk right after work because it helps her calm
down after a long day filled with .
3-4. My 7 with dates has often been good, but my brother's has
always been

5-6. We could not the rock star who was


7 9 the crowd, but we
knew we had seen him somewhere else.

7-8. Years ago, the Coca-Cola Company came up with a completely . 9


recipe for a new drink. Today that drink is called "Coke," and millions
of gallons of it are . . ? . each year.
.

300
Chapter 2 17

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

1. It's a good idea for you to make a daily habit of


a. going to a doctor.
b. brushing your teeth.
c. taking a vacation.
2. If you want to entertain friends who are sick, you might
a. bring them their homework from school.
b. bring them several of their favorite movies to play on the VCR.
c. let them sleep.
3. You would probably have negative feelings about
a. friends who were nice to you.
b. a neighbor who visited you in the hospital.
c. a dog that bit you.
4. At school, you would probably feel tension if your teacher
a. gave a surprise test.
b. gave you an "A" on a paper.
c. said, "Class is over now."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Which of the following would be a scary driving experience?


a. Listening to the car radio
b. Rolling down the car window
c. Sliding on an icy road
6. To identify a patient's problem, a doctor may
a. do some tests.
b. send a bill.
c. give the patient some pills.
7. If students have an original idea for a play, they will
a. write the play themselves.
b. copy someone else's play.
c. listen to a tape of another play.
8. The milk from cows is used to produce
a. meat.
b. leather.
c. cheese.

501
18 Chapter 2

Add Words to a Reading


A. Feeling I., Rue
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. entertain b. experience c. produce d. tension

At some point or another, every one of us has gotten up in the morning feeling a lot
of (1) . Problems at work, difficulties at home, and too many
bills to pay can make us feel down. Studies show that these bad moods can make a real
difference in how we feel about ourselves and our lives. For example, bad moods often
lead to or (2) sad, gloomy thoughts. We may get down on
ourselves and think we're not worth much. Thinking that life will always be this way, we
may decide that nothing in the world can possibly (3) us or
make us feel better. These beliefs are false, but they seem true at the time. Also, when we
are in a bad mood, even a good (4) like an excellent meal or
a wonderful evening with friendsusually isn't enough to raise our spirits. The only
bright spot about bad moods is this fact°they always pass. When they do, the bad
thoughts and feelings pass too.

1:, . A Late Love Letter


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. daily b. identified c. negative d. original

Years ago, a man working in Hawaii wrote a love letter to his wife in Seattle. He put
the letter in a bottle and threw the bottle into the Pacific Ocean. He hoped the bottle
would end up on a beach near Seattle. However, the bottle washed up on a beach
thousands of miles away, where it was picked up by Chris Willie. Willie, of course, was
curious° about the letter. He took it out of the bottle and read what the man had written.
Smiling, Willie thought to himself, "There are so many sad, (5)-
things in the world. It's wonderful that the writer has found such a surprising and
(6) way to show his love." Then Willie put the letter and the
bottle in a package, which he mailed to Seattle. Soon, though, the package was returned,
with the message "No longer at this address."
302
Chapter 2 19
Next, Willie mailed the package to a Seattle (7)
newspaper. The paper printed the letter, but no one called to say she was the woman to
whom the letter was addressed. Six years later, a newspaper reporter finally
(8) the woman and read her the letter over the phone. The
letter began, "If by the time this letter reaches you I am old and gray, I know that our love
will be as great as it is today." When the reporter finished reading, he heard the woman
laughing. "Well," she said, "I hate to tell you, but we got divorced." Then she hung up.

Using the Words When Writing and Makin


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Many older people like to take a daily nap because

2. To entertain young children, teachers often

3. Riding a roller coaster is an experience that

4. If you want to identify your car easily in a parking lot, you

5. People who say negative things about others often

6. I came up with an original way to

7. In order to produce a nice dinner, you will need

8. When I feel tension, I

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
303
CHAPTER
attack minor
conclusion protect
3 event
humble
talent
volunteer

Learning Eight Nev Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 attack Army ants attack and often destroy other insects in their path.
(uh-tak) o The soldiers attacked the sleeping village without any warning.
verb

Attack means a. run away b. hurt c. keep safe

2 conclusion In most action movies, the conclusion is always the samethe hero
(kuhn-kloo-shuhn) beats the bad guy and wins the heart of the beautiful girl.
noun ° My first date started out well but came to a poor conclusion. My car
broke down and had to be towed to a garage.
Conclusion means a. last part b. best part c. first part

3 event O Our family party is an event that I look forward to each year.
(i-vent) The first day of school is a big event for most children.
noun

Event means a. important happening b. problem c. special skill

4 humble 0 Jack always brags about himself, but Kathy is humble even when she
(huhm-buhl) has reason to be proud.
adjective o Even though his home run won the game, Ali was so humble that he
just said, "I was lucky" when we thanked him.
Humble means a. loud b. afraid c. not bragging

5 minor o Although Tanya's car was badly hurt in the crash, Tanya had only minor
(mii-nor) cuts and bruises.
adjective o The teacher must have liked my paper because she made only a few
minor changes.
Minor means a. dangerous b. small c. important

20 304
Chapter 3 21

6 protect Before putting the glass candlesticks in a bag, the salesperson wrapped
(pruh-tekt) them in newspaper to protect them.
verb The mother turtle protects her eggs by burying them in the sand.
_Protect means a. hurt b. look at c. keep safe

7 talent Some lucky people are born with a talent for making friends easily.
(tal-uhnt) Lian was happy when her uncle told her she had a talent for singing.
noun

Talent means a. dislike b. skill c. fear

8 volunteer Mrs. Jackson has been a volunteer at the hospital for so many years that
(vol -uhn -teer) many people think she is a paid worker.
noun My son's teacher sent a note home that said, "I need parent volunteers
to help when we take trips away from school."
Volunteer means a. bad worker b. paid worker c. worker who
is not paid

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To keep safe
2. Someone who works or helps for no pay
3. A special skill, often one that someone is born with
4. Not important
5. Not thinking too highly of oneself
6. To hurt; to begin to harm
7. Something that happens, often an important happening
8. The ending of something

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
305
22 Chapter 3

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attack c. event e. minor g. talent


b. conclusion d. humble f. protects h. volunteers

1. Although my VCR had only a problem, it still cost me a lot of


money to get it fixed.
2. The first day of school is an important 9 . in a child's life.
3. At the 7 of the school play, the parents and teachers stood up and
cheered the kids.
4. If you tease an animal, you may cause it to . . ? . . you.

5. I can't draw a straight line, but my son has so much 7 in art that he
can draw anything.
6. Since the city did not have money to pay for more police, the mayor
asked for 7 to help keep the streets safe.
7. My neighbor is so 7 that he didn't want to accept an award for all
the work he has done with the elderly.
8. Even a gentle animal can be dangerous when it 9 its young.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attacks c. event e. minor g. talent


b. conclusion d. humble f. protect h. volunteers

1 -2. Many famous athletes have lots of 7 but few of these "heroes"
seem like nice, 9 people.
3-4. Some people think owning a gun is a good way to themselves
in case a burglar 7 , but I think having a gun is dangerous.
5 -6. The main 9 at the picnic was a bicycle race. It went well except
for a 7 problemone of the bikes got a flat tire.
7-8. At the 7 of Jim's birthday party, everybody left so quickly that we
could not find any .. ? .. to help clean up the mess.

306
Chapter 3 23

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Bees would attack you if you


a. poked their nest with your finger.
b. had someone carefully remove their nest.
c. stayed away from their nest.
2. At the conclusion of a movie, you would probably
a. sit down and look at the screen.
b. leave the theater.
c. look around for a better seat.
3. Which of the following would you think of as a real event in your life?
a. Getting married
b. Taking a trip to the supermarket
c. Eating dinner at a fast-food restaurant
4. You would probably think skaters had talent if they
a. skated slowly around the rink.
b. fell down several times.
c. spun four times in the air before landing.

P A RT B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. After winning a game of basketball, humble players might


a. brag that they are better than everyone else.
b. dance around and shout that they had won.
c. say that the losers had played well.
6. Which of the following is a minor problem that might slow people on their way to work?
a. A short rain shower
b. A big flood
c. A bad snowstorm
7. A good watchdog can protect its owner from
a. spending too much money on pet tags.
b. strange calls on the phone.
c. someone trying to break into the house.
8. The volunteers at the zoo probably
a. love working with animals.
b. are paid for the work they do.
c. don't like animals.
307
24 Chapter 3

Addin Words to a Reading


A. Ads That Lie
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. conclusion b. events c. protect d. talent

Every day of our lives, ads send messages about drinking and smoking that just are
not true. It's time we learned how to (1) ourselves and our
kids from these dangerous lies. At the (2) of a long day at
work or school, many of us come home and flip on the television. What do we see? We
will probably see a TV ad showing healthy young people drinking beer and enjoying life.
Maybe they are at the beach, on the ski slopes, or at a party. By the time we are old
enough to vote, we will have seen this kind of TV commercial more than 75,000 times.
These ads suggest° that drinking is part of a fun-filled life. Is that really true? Not at all.
Studies show that drinking leads to car accidents, fighting, loss of memory, birth defects,
and more.
Ads for smoking are no better. In magazines and on signs, beautiful young people
puff on cigarettes as they enjoy fun-filled (3) like games of
volleyball or tennis. But by now, we know that smoking is not part of a healthy life. In
real life, top athletesthose who have real (4) don't reach for
a cigarette at game time. They know that smoking will harm their bodies and can lead to
cancer, heart disease, and lung problems.
If you are an adult and you drink and smoke, that's your choice. But to young
children who don't know the truth, these ads are dangerous. Cigarettes and beer won't
give them strength, good looks, or lots of friends. They will just make them sick. And
that's the truth.

I. Horrible Hiccups!
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. attacked b. humble c. minor d. volunteer

Everyone gets the hiccups. To most people, they are just a (5)
problem. But for some people, hiccups can cause real trouble. Between 1948 and 1956,
one man hiccupped 160 million times! He tried everything to stop themdrinking a cold

308
Chapter 3 25
glass of water, getting scared by one of his friends, holding his breath. They still came
back. Then one day, the hiccups simply stopped. Heinz Isecke, a plumber from England,
had an even worse experience.° Starting in 1973, Isecke was (6)
by a fit of hiccups that lasted eight years. Isecke hiccuped so many times that he was
unable to sleep. He even had an operation to get rid of the hiccups, but it didn't work.
Isecke was a quiet, (7) man who hated to trouble others. But he
was so bothered by his hiccups that he asked for help from all over the world. After a few
weeks, an unknown (8) sent Isecke, free of charge, a "secret"
herbal drink. The day after he tried it, Isecke's hiccups were gone. What was in the drink?
No one is sure. So the next time you have the hiccups, just be glad you are not Isecke.

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. One reason why someone's dog might attack is

2. At the conclusion of the horror movie, the monster

3. One of the most important events in my life was

4. One of the most humble people I know

5. My neighbors have a minor problem with their new apartment. It

6. To protect your family and home from fire, you should

7. I wish I had a talent for

8. One way to keep a park clean is to ask volunteers to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

309
muse leasant
dal precious
embarrassed public
inspire unus

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 accuse o My roommates often accuse me of eating food they had bought for
(uh-kyooz) themselves.
verb My mother asked my little brother if he had spread jam all over the wall.
He said "no" and accused his teddy bear of being the guilty one.
Accuse means a. ask b. blame c. thank

2 claim The ads claim that the new diet pills melt away fat while you sleep.
(klaym) Car dealers often claim that their prices are the lowest in town.
verb

Claim means a. say that it is true b. hide c. forget to say

3 embarrassed Teenage boys often feel embarrassed when their voices sound deep one
(em-ba-ruhsst) minute and squeaky the next.
adjective Suki felt embarrassed when she dropped a tray loaded with food on the
floor of the cafeteria.
Embarrassed means a. proud b. easy to like c. silly and ashamed

4 inspire Cool fall days inspire me to take long walks in the woods.
(in-spiir) The movie Rocky inspired Stan to become a boxer.
verb

Inspire means a. stop someone b. make someone c. make someone


from doing afraid to do want to do
something something something

5 pleasant Let's invite the new neighbors to our party. They seem pleasant.
(plez-uhnt) Rosa smiled at the pleasant sound of her children laughing and playing
adjective outside.
Pleasant means a. sleepy b. mean c. nice

310
26
Chapter 4 27
6 precious O Lawrence is so careful with his children that it is plain they are precious
(presh-uhss) to him.
adjective O The painting is so precious that the museum will never sell it.
Precious means a. great in value b. not important c. funny

7 public Thousands of people enjoyed the city's public pools last summer.
(puhb-lik) Anyone who lives in the city can use the public library without paying.
adjective

Public means a. secret b. not crowded c. open to all

8 unusual O Most lions have a golden-brown color, but the unusual lion we saw at
(uhn-yoo-zhoo-uhl) the zoo was white.
adjective It is unusual to have snow in June, but sometimes it happens.
Unusual means a. surprising b. helpful c. boring

Machin Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Easy to like; enjoyable; lovely

2. Open to everyone; not private

3. Not often happening or seen; strange; not usual

4. To say someone has done something wrong; to charge someone


with a fault or crime

5. Worth a lot; having great value

6. To get someone to want to do something; to move someone to take


action

7. Feeling silly and ashamed

8. To say that something is true, often without being able to show


that it is so

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

311
28 Chapter 4

Adding One Ward t® an Re lin


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. accused c. embarrassed e. pleasant g. public


b. claims d. inspires f. precious h. unusual

1. The teacher 9 Sandra of cheating on the test.


2. The queen of England owns many famous and 9 jewels.
3. Many people get red-faced and 7 when given a compliment.
4. One reason people love spring and fall is that the weather then is often
SO

5. Ms. Lennox is a great teacher. She . . ? . . students to do their best.


6. I go to a private school, but all my friends go to . . ? . . school.

7. It is for my kids not to be hungry. If they don't want to eat, they


7
must be sick.
8. Jerry 9 that he told his friends he would be late, but no one
remembers hearing him say that.

Adding Tw® Wards t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. accused c. embarrassed e. pleasant g. public


b. claim d. inspired f. precious h. unusual

1-2. A man at the hotel 7 the person who cleaned his room of stealing
a 9 ring.

3-4. At home, Troy's wife calls him "Sweetie Pie," but he would be .

if she used that name in a 9 place, where many other people are
around.

5-6. It's hard work to be a Santa Claus in a department store. You have to
act 7 for hours while children 7 that they have been good all
year long.

7-8. An old girlfriend who liked birds ? Robert to take up the


hobby of finding and saving bird feathers.

312
Chapter 4 29

Showin You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. You would probably feel embarrassed if you


a. cleaned your home well.
b. forgot your neighbor's name.
c. finished a good book.
2. To inspire a friend to begin an exercise program, you might tell him or her
a. how much better you feel since you started exercising.
b. how difficult it is to find the time to exercise.
c. how expensive it can be to start an exercise program.
3. Which of these would you find a pleasant greeting?
a. "What are you doing here?"
b. "Hi, how are you? You look great!"
c. "I'm too busy to see you right now."
4. Which of the following would be an unusual way for you to get to work in the morning?
a. Driving a car
b. Taking a bus
c. Hopping on one foot

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. If several store owners accuse a person of stealing, they have to


a. show that the person took things without paying.
b. show that the person paid for what was taken.
c. forgive the person.
6. The police claim that they will make an arrest soon. The guilty person probably feels
a. happy.
b. nervous.
c. bored.
7. How do most people treat a precious watch?
a. They step all over it.
b. They take good care of it.
c. They trade it for something better.
8. Who can go to a public meeting of the town council?
a. Only the mayor
b. Only members of the town council
c. Anyone
313
30 Chapter 4

Adding Words to a Reading


A. An Upsetting Dream
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. claimed b. embarrassed c. inspired d. unusual

When I was in high school, I had an upsetting dream. It was about a science teacher
that I really liked. Her name was Mrs. Kahn. She was kind and friendly and
(1) me to work hard. Mrs. Kahn had a ring that I liked a lot. It
was made of gold bands that were braided together. One day after school, she told me that
her husband had given the ring to her on their first anniversary and that it meant a great
deal to her.
In my dream, I was inside Mrs. Kahn's house. She had gone into the kitchen to get
us cold drinks. While she was gone, I saw she had left her ring on the table. Before I
thought about it, I did something strange and (2) . I picked up the

ring and started putting it in my pocket. Just at that moment, I looked up and saw Mrs.
Kahn standing at the door watching me. Although we both knew I was lying, I
(3) that I was only looking at the ring closely because I liked it
so much. Mrs. Kahn didn't say anything, but at the conclusion° of the dream, her face
showed that she knew what had really happened. Then I woke up. Even though it was just
a dream, I felt (4) about stealing the ring. I didn't get over that
feeling until I saw Mrs. Kahn the next day and made sure the ring was safe on her finger.

. A King's Mistake
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. accusing b. pleasant c. precious d. public

For centuries, people have said that the dog is man's best friend. The following story,
for example, is more than a thousand years old. A king had a strong, beautiful dog that he
loved greatly. When the king went to war, the dog went with him. When the weather was
warm and sunny, the dog joined the king on nice, (5) walks in
the countryside. Whenever the king went to the (6) hall, where
anyone could talk to him, the dog lay at his feet. If the king felt sad or troubled, he talked
to the dog. The dog always listened.
After the king had his first son, he often let the dog watch the baby. He trusted the
dog to take care of and protect° this special, (7) child. One day,
"4
Chapter 4 31

after being away for an hour or so, the king returned to the baby's room. He saw
something terrible. The baby was nowhere in sight. His bed was turned over, and there
was blood all over the dog's mouth. (8) the dog, the king shouted,
"You killed my son!" He grabbed his knife and stabbed the dog in the heart several times.
Then he heard a soft cry. Looking under the baby's bed, he found his baby son, safe and
sound. Looking further, he saw the body of a large wolf. Its body was bloody and covered
with deep bites. At that moment, the king understood that he had killed the dog that had
saved his son's life.

Usin the Words When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Parents may accuse a child of

2. Ads for lipstick often claim that it

3. I was embarrassed when

4. Parents can inspire their children to do their best by

5. My idea of a pleasant vacation is

6. One very precious thing in my life is

7. In good weather, public parks become

8. It's unusual for teachers to let students

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance *Ili ophe inside back cover of the book.
0 I -0
benefit rival
delay satisfy
emphasize tempt
logical vacant

Leansin Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 benefit 0 People who lost their homes in the flood will benefit greatly from the
(ben-uh-fit) food and clothes that others give them.
verb o John's grades have benefited from the studying he now does after
school.
Benefit means a. be helped b. be harmed c. be told

2 delay When Mom and Dad work late, we delay dinner until they get home.
(di-lay) Tony delayed doing his homework for an hour because he wanted to
verb watch his favorite TV show.
Delay means a. enjoy b. hurry c. wait until later

3 emphasize Sarah uses yellow markers to emphasize the important points in her
(em-fuh-siiz) textbooks.
verb o The speaker emphasized his main points by pounding on the table as he
spoke.
Emphasize means a. show to be important b. cover up c. turn around

4 logical Juan really likes his science class because his teacher can make the most
(loj-ik-uhl) difficult ideas seem clear and logical.
adjective O Your apartment is so small that it does not seem logical to invite forty
people to the party.
Logical means a. empty b. making sense c. lucky

5 rival I am Yolanda's good friend, but when we face each other on the tennis
(rii-vuhl) court, she is my biggest rival.
noun O Kevin and Ted were rivalsthey each wanted to go on a date with
Monica.
Rival means a. partner b. student c. enemy
016
32
Chapter 5 33
6 satisfy O I'm not very hungry. Just a sandwich will satisfy me.
(sat-iss-fii) O My little girl likes me to read to her. A few pages satisfy her and then
verb she goes off to play.
_Satisfy means a. surprise b. make unhappy c. be enough for

7 tempt o Pies, cakes, candy bars, and ice cream tempt many people to go off
(tempt) their diets.
verb 0 I don't go to my favorite clothing store often because it tempts me to
spend too much money.
Tempt means a. invite someone to b. warn someone c. stop someone
do something bad against doing from doing
something bad something bad

8 vacant The Committee for a Beautiful City is going to plant a garden in that
(vay-kuhnt) ugly vacant lot.
adjective Too tired to drive any further, we stopped at a motel and asked if there
was a vacant room.
Vacant means a. helpful b. crowded c. not in use

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Someone that another person tries to beat in a contest of some kind

2. Empty; not being used by anyone

3. To wait until later to do something; to postpone

4. To show that something is important

5. To be helped by something

6. To make someone want to do something that isn't good or right

7. Making sense; using or showing reason

8. To be enough for someone; to fill someone's need or wish

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

317
34 Chapter 5

Addin One Ward t an Ito lln


18)

Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. benefited c. emphasize e. rivals g. tempted


b. delayed d. logical f. satisfy h. vacant

1. Many drivers get lost in our town because the streets often curve
sharply, rather than going in . . ? . . directions.
2. The dry lawn . . ? . . from the heavy rain.
3. Children often think of their brothers and sisters as 7 for their
parents' love.
4. Tara,was so afraid of the dentist that she . 9 going to visit him until
her tooth really hurt.
5. The weather reporter raised her voice to 9 that no one should drive
during the dangerous ice storm.
6. Since Doris went off to college, her bedroom at home has been . . ? . .

7. My brother . 9 me to skip school today. He said, "Instead of going to


school, come to the park with me."
8. I can't go to the beach today, but an hour in the swimming pool should
9 me.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. benefit c. emphasize e. rival g. tempts


b. delay d. logical f. satisfy h. vacant

1-2. I'm so tired that I would from a long vacation. It would


my need to do nothing but relax.
3-4. Juan plays poker with his . 9 Mark. The desire to win 9 Juan
to cheat, but he never does.
5-6. The 7 lot on the corner is filled with rusty auto parts and old
refrigerators. Parents 9 to their children that they should never
play there.

7-8. Since it is raining heavily, it would be for us to 7 our


picnic until tomorrow.
:OR
Chapter 5 35

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you benefit from going to bed early, you probably


a. feel rested when it's time to get up.
b. feel tired when it's time to get up.
c. are unhappy with the way you look and feel.
2. If you delayed having lunch yesterday, you
a. never had any lunch at all.
b. had lunch earlier that usual.
c. had lunch later than usual.
3. It is noon. The sky turns dark, and you see a flash of lightning. It is logical to think that
a. a thunderstorm is on its way.
b. a snowstorm is coming.
c. the weather will be perfect.
4. If you play basketball, who are your rivals?
a. The other people on your team
b. The people who watch from the sidelines
c. The people on the other team

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. When people want to emphasize a point, they often


a. go away without saying anything.
b. talk so softly that no one can hear them.
c. speak loudly and clearly.
6. Which of these would satisfy a hungry child?
a. Giving the child a snack
b. Scolding the child for wanting to eat before dinner
c. Saying to the child, "Wait until supper time."
7. Which is these might tempt a person who is trying to stop smoking?
a. An article on how smoking causes lung cancer
b. An open pack of cigarettes
c. A friend who is also trying to quit smoking
8. If a hotel always has a lot of vacant rooms, it
a. may go out of business.
b. is always packed with customers.
c. probably makes all its customers very happy.
319
36 Chapter 5

Adding Words to a Reading


A. e Proud of Your Age!
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. benefit b. delay c. emphasize d. logical

"Young, wrinkle-free skin in two weeks!" "Cover up that gray hair!" "Keep your
body fit and young!" Everywhere we look, ads claim° that it is best to do everything we
can to stay young. Loudly, the ads (1) one idea over and over:
Young is good and old is bad. The message is that we must (2)
getting older as long as possible. Sadly, what happens is that as people age, they become
unhappy because they don't look twenty anymore. But does this make sense? Wouldn't it
be more (3) if we liked ourselves, no matter what our age?
Wouldn't we all (4) if we could accept our wrinkles, gray hair,
and middle-age bodies? After all, life is meant to be enjoyed, no matter how old we are.
Why should we feel bad about looking the age we really are? If we keep seeing life as a
race against time, we will end up feeling like losers.

Making Anger Work for You


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. rival b. satisfy c. tempted d. vacant

Everyone has felt angry at one time or another. Maybe you felt angry when a
(5) at school teased you, when a boss treated you unfairly, or
when a family member said something mean. If you are like most people, your anger may
have (6) you to get back at those who made you feel bad.
Maybe you wanted to shout at them or even hit them. But this is not a good way to
(7) the need to let people know how you feel.
Anger is powerful and can be helpful. However, it must be used in a healthy way. If
someone makes you angry, you shouldn't yell and accuse° the person of hurting you, nor
should you give the person the silent treatment. Instead, tell the person exactly what it is
that upsets you. Once you do that, you and the person can work together to change things
so you both feel better.
Here is a real-life example showing how people used their anger in a good way to
make their lives better. People living in a city neighborhood were angry. Why? For over a

2211
Chapter 5 37
year, they had been promised that a (8) building on their street
would be torn down. However, the building was still there and had become home to drug
dealers. Instead of sitting around, complaining, and doing nothing but getting even
angrier, a group from the neighborhood went to see their mayor. They explained to the
mayor how upset they were and how they feared for their children's safety. The mayor
listened. And guess what happened! The building was torn down. The neighbors had
made good use of their anger and put it to work in the best way possible.
So the next time someone makes you angry, don't strike out against or stop talking to
the person. Instead, stay calm and explain why you are angry. You may be surprised by
how well things turn out.

Usin the Words When Writing and Main


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. People's health would benefit greatly from

2. Children often delay going to bed by

3. In class, teachers often emphasize important ideas by

4. If the directions for putting the bike together were not logical, then

5. Although the girls are good friends, they are rivals in the classroom. They

6. To satisfy their hunger, teenage boys

7. A beautiful summer day may tempt some people to

8. Shopping centers often have vacant stores because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

321
definite oppose
fortunate refer
leisure specific
motivated suspect

Learning Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 definite Roger did not know his sister's plan to take a vacation was definite until
(def-uh-nit) he saw a plane ticket on the table.
adjective o With our team ahead by three runs in the final inning, it seemed definite
Definite means that we would win the game.
a. certain b. not fair c. wrong

2 fortunate O Steve's grandmother is a fortunate person. She won the lottery two
(for-chuh-nit) times in one year.
adjective I feel fortunate to have a comfortable place to live and plenty of food,
when so many people in the world have so little.
Fortunate means a. sorry b. scared c. lucky

3 leisure When you finally have some leisure, you should come to my house and
(lee-zhur) relax with me over a steaming cup of coffee.
noun O Our boss doesn't like us to have any leisure on the job. If there is a
second or two when we are not working, she rushes over and asks,
"Don't you have anything to do?"
Leisure means a. hard work b. time off c. deep sleep

4 motivated O A teacher's job is to get students motivated so they want to learn.


(moh-tuh-vay-tid) O Needing money to pay her bills made Maria a motivated worker.
adjective

Motivated means a. interested and excited b. well-known c. good-looking

5 oppose My parents oppose my plan to hitchhike across the country. They say
(uh-pohz) hitchhiking would be dangerous.
verb o I think school uniforms would be a good idea, but the student council
opposes them.
Oppose means a. are happy about b. are against c. speak about

38
(99
Chapter 6 39

6 refer My brothers and sisters get angry when my relatives refer to me as "the
(ri-fur) smart one in the family."
verb ° My grandfather refers to World War I as "The Great War."
Refer to means a. put a stop to b. be unable to remember c. talk about

7 specific o The record-store clerk asked if I needed help finding a specific title.
(spi-sif-ik) o Of all the conversations I ever had with my father, there was one
adjective specific talk I will never forget.
__Specific means a. special b. boring c. future

8 suspect o Some scientists suspect that there is life on many planets other than
(suh-spekt) Earth.
verb o Mr. Bosshart suspects that the clothes missing from his store were
stolen by an employee.
Suspect means a. hope b. do not think c. believe

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To speak briefly about someone or something

2. Interested and excited about doing something

3. To be against something

4. Lucky

5. Free time (for rest or fun)

6. To think that something is true or likely to be true

7. Limited to just one; exact; particular

8. Sure; without doubt; certain

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
323
40 Chapter 6

Adding One Word t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. definite c. leisure e. opposes g. specific


b. fortunate d. motivated f. refers h. suspect

1. Working in a hospital, I see many very sick people, which makes me


feel ' that my family and I are well.
2. Mrs. Soma knew little English when class started. But because she is
smart and very 7 , she learned fast.
3. Aunt Ida thinks her new boyfriend loves her, but I he is interested
only in her money.

4. Because she works at two jobs and goes to school at night, Nilsa has
very little 9

5. The mayor .. ? .. raising taxesshe feels we already pay too many taxes.
6. It is 9 that Lena is getting marriedtoday I saw an engagement
ring on her hand.
7. Our history teacher always . 9 to the country's "good old days."
8. I am looking for a 7 recipe for chocolate cake, the one my mother
used to make with chocolate chips and sour cream.

Addin Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. definite c. leisure e. oppose g. specific


b. fortunate d. motivated f. refer h. suspected

1-2. Linda went to school to meet her son's teacher. At the meeting, she
was happy to hear the teacher 7 to the boy as a 9 , hard-
working student.
3-4. It is 7 that I have health insurance, because my doctor says it is
that I will need an operation.
5-6. Ana 7
that her family might do something special for her birthday,
but she did not know their . 7 planto have a surprise party for her.
7 -8. The employees 9 the company's plan to get rid of coffee breaks.
Because they work so hard, they feel they need some . ? on the job.
Chapter 6 41

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of these would make you feel fortunate?


a. Taking the bus to work
b. Having your TV set break in the middle of an important soccer game
c. Jumping out of the way of a truck just before it hit you
2. Which of these might you do if you were motivated to save money?
a. Buy everything you want without thinking about the price.
b. Make a budget and cut out grocery coupons.
c. Give a few dollars to your little cousin.
3. Which law might you oppose?
a. One that you think is harmful
b. One that you believe is needed
c. One that was passed years ago and works well
4. If police suspected that you had done something against the law, they would probably
a. leave you alone.
b. ask you many questions.
c. say, "We're sorry."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. If it is definite that a company is going to close forever, the employees will probably
a. spend all their savings.
b. start looking for other jobs.
c. be happy that their jobs are safe.
6. Most people use their leisure to
a. do more work.
b. relax and rest.
c. clean the house.
7. If friends refer to a difficulty they are having with their landlord, they probably
a. are happy with the way things are in their apartment.
b. are not happy with the way things are in their apartment.
c. feel good that the problem in their apartment has been solved.
8. Which of these is a specific place to go on vacation?
a. A place far away
b. The ocean
c. Hawaii

:325
42 Chapter 6

Adding Words t a Reading


A. How Not to Treat Customers
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. definite b. motivated c. specific d. suspect

There are two department stores in my town. I will call them Store "A" and Store
"B." They carry many of the same items. They are about the same size. They look very
much the same. But oh, how different they are to shop in. At Store "A," employees are
(1) to keep customers happy. They help customers find things;
they carry packages; they hand out lollipops to children. They will even guide a customer
away from a (2) brand item to something that costs less but is
just as good. Customers find that shopping in Store "A" is a very pleasant° experience.
The rule in this store seems to be "The customer is always right."
I don't know this for sure, but I (3) that the rule in Store
"B" is "The customer is a big bother." Clerks just stare at customers who ask for help.
They talk with fellow employees while customers wait in long lines at the checkout
counters. When a customer asks a clerk for information, the clerk often answers, "I don't
know," and walks away. Several months ago, I heard that Store "B" might go out of
business. Now it is (4) . The store will close by the end of the

month. Are you surprised? I'm not!

IC; Stuck in the Middle


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. fortunate b. ieisure c. oppose d. referring

Have you ever heard anyone use the term "sandwich generation"? It doesn't have
anything to do with eating sandwiches. Instead, when people talk about the "sandwich
generation," they are (5) to adults who are caring for their own
children and their aging parents at the same time. People in the sandwich generation are
"caught in the middle," like the filling of a sandwich. As people live longer, more and
more adults end up taking care of their elderly parents. They may feel torn between
giving time to their kids and their parents, all of whom need daily° help. The sandwich
generation is so busy that it has very little (6) If they are
.

lucky, members of the sandwich generation will have relatives who help them with their
Chapter 6 43

heavy load. If they are not so (7) , they will have nobody to
help them out. They may even have relatives who (8)
everything they try to do. For example, sometimes several members of a family feel
strongly that Mom or Dad should never be placed in a nursing home. However, they don't
do anything to help the family member who is trying to care for an elderly parent at
home. Members of the sandwich generation can easily get overworked and overtired
because of everything that is expected of them.

Using the Words When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. You would feel definite about your vacation plans when

2. I am fortunate to have

3. Some people have trouble relaxing. Even during their leisure, they

4. Students feel motivated when

5. One reason why people are opposed to smoking is

6. My family or friends sometimes refer to me as

7. One specific way to make your boss happy is to

8. The police suspected the man wasn't telling the truth because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

327
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit One. You may do
these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

328
44
Unit 1 Review Activities 45

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit One. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

2 3
agreement
5 6 7 8 attack
benefit
9
cancel
10
claim
11 curious
delay
embarrassed
event
flexible
inspire
12 13 14
logical
minor
17
odor
15 16
original
18
pleasant
19 20 precious
prepare
public
21 rival
22 23
satisfy
suggest
talent
24 unusual

ACROSS 23. To stop something that was 8. A special skill, often one
planned that someone is born with
5. A smell
24. Not often happening or 10. To hurt; to begin to harm
9. Feeling silly and ashamed
seen; strange; not usual 13. A promise people make to
11. To be enough for someone;
one another
to fill someone's need or
DOWN 14. Able to bend
wish
1. Worth a lot; having great 15. To get someone to want to
12. To say something is true,
value do something; to move
often without being able to
2. Open to everyone someone to take action
show that it is so
3. Easy to like; enjoyable 17. Someone that another
16. To get ready
4. To be helped by something person tries to beat in a
20. To offer a thought for
6. To wait until later to do contest of some kind
others to think about
something; to postpone 18. Wanting to know more
21. Making sense; using or
7. New; fresh; not like about something
showing reason
anything else 19. An important happening
22. Not important

329
46 Unit 1 Review Activities

Completing a Crossword Puzzle *2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit One. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

accuse
2 3 4
conclusion
daily
5 6 definite
emphasize
entertain
experience
fact
10 11 fortunate
12 humble
identify
leisure
motivated
15 negative
18 oppose
produce
19 20
protect
21
refer
specific
suspect
tempt
tension
vacant
23 24 volunteer

ACROSS 23. To find out exactly who 9. Empty; not being used
5. A nervous feeling someone is or what 10. To think that something is
7. Someone who works or something is true or likely to be true
helps for no pay 24. Anything someone has 13. To keep people's interest
8. To keep safe seen or lived through with something happy or
11. Something true; something enjoyable
that can be proved DOWN 16. To show that something is
12. Not thinking too highly of 1. Done every day; happening important
oneself or appearing every day 18. To make people want to do
14. The ending of something 2. Bad; without anything something that is not good
15. To speak briefly about good; not positive or right
someone or something 3. Interested and excited 19. Free time (for rest or fun)
17. Sure; without doubt about doing something 20. To make; to bring about
22. Limited to just one; exact; 4. Lucky 21. To say someone has done
particular 6. To be against something something wrong

330
Unit 1 Review Activities 47

Choosing the est Word to Complete an Item


On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

1. The TV show ' that a photo of Elvis had been found on the moon.
a. delayed b. claimed c. prepared
2. My wife and I cannot come to an ' about whether to spend the
holidays with her parents or mine.
a. agreement b. experience c. event
3. The promise of money can 9 people to do things they know are not
right.
a. tempt b. emphasize c. oppose
4. I cannot remember the 9 time that the train will arrive, but I know
it will be in the afternoon.
a. humble b. specific c. motivated
5. The people in town 9 the government's plan to build a garbage
dump near their homes.
a. opposed b. satisfied c. protected
6. Unless they are angry or afraid, wolves will not 9 a human being.
a. cancel b. emphasize c. attack
7. In movies made years ago, there was always a handsome hero in love
with a beautiful young woman. But the hero had a 9 a bad guy
who wanted the young woman for himself.
a. leisure b. rival c. fact
8. Jeanne was 9 when she learned she had fallen asleep in class and
had snored loudly.
a. precious b. embarrassed c. curious
9. The most important in our family this year was my
grandmother's wedding.
a. talent b. event c. conclusion
10. Elena's new vocabulary skills have 9 her to read more and to be
less shy about talking in class.
a. protected b. inspired c. claimed
11. To keep up with the news, I read the newspaper. But my husband
sticks to Time magazine, which comes out only once a week.
a. daily b. humble c. negative
12. My son seems to have a real ' for the trumpet. Just two weeks
after he started lessons, he could play several songs very well.
a. conclusion b. talent c. rival

(Continues on next page)

331
48 Unit 1 Review Activities

13. I keep coming up with boring ideas for decorating the apartment, but
my roommate has several 9 thoughts about what we can do.
a. original b. negative c. public
14. To 7 for an exam, don't wait until the last minute. Start studying
well ahead of time.
a. accuse b. prepare c. identify
15. To deal with 7 , you may find it helpful to exercise. A long walk
can make you feel less worried and less nervous.
a. tension b. fact c. agreement
16. Brenda didn't find the movie at all interesting, but it Omar
greatly. He thought it was really funny.
a. entertained b. emphasized c. protected
17. Small children are 9 about everything. They are always asking
questions like "Why is the sky blue?" and "Why can't dogs talk?"
a. pleasant b. flexible c. curious
18. The people waiting for the subway started to groan when they heard
that bad weather had . . ? all the trains for at least thirty minutes.
. .

a. motivated b. delayed c. attacked


19. The 9 of garbage rotting in the hot sun makes me sick to my
stomach.
a. odor b. talent c. tension
20. Skydiving is said to be an exciting 9 , but I am in no hurry to try it.
a. experience b. agreement c. conclusion
21. When your teacher 9 something by writing it on the board, be sure
to get the point down in your notebook.
a. protects b. cancels c. emphasizes
22. Even though his car was destroyed in the accident, James felt
because he was able to walk away without a scratch.
a. fortunate b. specific c. negative
23. People who win awards often say they feel "proud but " They
want to get across the idea that winning hasn't made them feel like big
shots.
a. humble b. flexible c. logical
24. Tony likes to read. Whenever he has a moment of 9 , he grabs a
book and finds a nice, quiet spot to read.
a. leisure b. conclusion c. talent

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 = 46%, 10 = 42%, 9 - 38%, 8 = 33%, 7 = 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 - 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, 1 = 4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

3
Unit 1 Review Activities 49

Addi i Ward t an item,


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. accuse d. identify g. produces j. satisfy


b. cancel e. negative h. protect k. suggest
c. fact f. precious i. referred I. volunteer

1. The factory where my wife works . ? . . vacuum cleaners.


.

2. I have a tune running through my head, but I cannot ? it I don't


know what it's from.

3. When I was growing up, my mother ran our house like the army.
Looking me squarely in the eye one day, she said, "I want a ? to
clean the kitchenyou."
4. "I really hate to my appointment," Mimi told the dentist. "But I
just cannot come. I cannot find a baby sitter."

5. I felt angry and hurt when my teachers . ' to my older sister as the
best student they had ever had.

6. To 2 the furniture while the living room was being painted, we


covered everything with sheets.

7. When the toaster did not work, my daughter said, "Dad, I ? you try
plugging it in."

8. Of all the things you own, what is the most to you? What is so
important to you that you would be very upset if you lost it?

9. Do not 2 me of forgetting the tickets! You were the one who was
going to bring them!

10. It is a . ? that February is the shortest month of the year; no one can
. . .

argue about that.

11. Gordon's feelings about his new job are very Even though he
hasn't started working yet, he expects to dislike the job, to be bored,
and to do badly.

12. One sandwich did not Li's hunger, so he ate two more. Then he
felt full.

(Continues on next page)

333
1*
50 Unit 1 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. benefit d. flexible g. motivated j. suspected


b. conclusion e. logical h. pleasant k. unusual
c. definite f. minor i. public I. vacant

13. The 9 of the movie was terrible. At the end, the good guys died
and the bad guys went free.

14. A good fishing pole must be strong but ' It has to be able to bend
without breaking.

15. One apartment on our floor has been for months. No one wants
to rent it because it's too noisy. It's right next to the elevators.

16. The new restaurant is very It has good food, soft lights, and
friendly service.

17. Because my brother found cake crumbs outside my bedroom door, he


. ?. that I was the one who had eaten the last of his birthday cake.
. .

18. When Janice has a problem, she doesn't make decisions based on her
feelings. Instead, she is highly 9 and thinks carefully about what
she should do.

19. After listening to the coach's pep talk, the players were so 9 that
they felt they could beat the best team in the state.

20. As a rule, I go to bed at 10:00 p.m. It is ' for me to be up for the


11:00 news.

21. It is . 9 . My insurance will cover my hospital stay.

22. When you are studying a textbook chapter, underline the most
important ideas but not the 9 points.

23. Our school would 9 from two things: a new gym and a better
library.

24. The garden behind the bank is a 9 area. It's open to everyone, not
just to people who work at the bank.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

2 24
Unit 1 Review Activities 51

Findin the Same or the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that correctly completes each sentence. In most
cases, the correct answer will have the same or almost the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

1. A young man accused two teenagers of stealing. That means the young man
a. joined the two teenagers in stealing. b. told the two teenagers about the stealing.
c. said the two teenagers had stolen something.

2. If a teacher cancels a class, that means the class


a. will cover important material. b. is called off.
c. will meet as always.

3. If friends say that their plans to move to a new home are definite, that means
a. the plans are not clear yet. b. the plans will change.
c. the plans will not change.

4. If a history teacher tests you on the facts of the Second World War, you need to know
a. what actually happened during the war. b. why your teacher is so interested in the war.
c. what might have happened if the fighting had ended earlier.

5. I would like to identify the beautiful flowers in my neighbor's garden. In other words, I would
like to
a. find out what kind of flowers they are. b. plant the flowers.
c. take the flowers.

6. If a company produces candy, that means it


a. buys candy and then sells it to people. b. makes the candy.
c. wraps the candy for the candymaker.

7. If my boots protect me from the rain and snow, they


a. keep out the wet and cold. b. leak, so that my feet get wet and cold.
c. need to be replaced.

8. If you refer to a trip you took, you


a. speak of the trip. b. tell your friends not to take the same trip.
c. say you will go someplace else next time.

9. If I say that one scoop of ice cream satisfies me, I mean that
a. one scoop is enough for me. b. having one scoop will not be enough for me.
c. I would rather have a doughnut.

10. If I suggest a school project to my children, I


a. give them some ideas to help them get started. b. do much of the project for them.
c. tell them they should not come to me for help.

11. If you suspect that two relatives sometimes lie, you


a. know for sure that they lie. b. know for sure that they never lie.
c. think that they lie.
335 (Continues on next page)
52 Unit 1 Review Activities

_12. When people work as volunteers, they


a. receive a large paycheck. b. work without pay.
c. get a paid two-week vacation.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

Example: The opposite of up is


a. before b. under c. down

_13. The opposite of benefit is


a. hurt b. try c. laugh

14. The opposite of conclusion is


a. work b. end c. beginning

_15. The opposite of flexible is


a. funny b. sunny c. stiff

_16. The opposite of logical is


a. not feeling sad b. not fattening c. not making sense

17. The opposite of minor is


a. very dry b. very important c. very dirty

18. The opposite of motivated is


a. bored b. hungry c. happy

19. The opposite of negative is


a. pretty b. good c. bad

20. The opposite of pleasant is


a. warm b. quiet c. not nice

21. The opposite of precious is


a. not worth much b. not friendly c. not smart

22. The opposite of public is


a. straight b. private c. sweet

_23. The opposite of tension is


a. relaxation b. noise c. unhappiness

_24. The opposite of vacant is


a. cheap b. in use c. falling apart

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

336
Unit 1 Review Activities 53

Us in the Wards When Writing and Talking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word agreement, write or talk about a time that you and someone you know solved a
problem by making a promise to one another. For example, you and your roommate might have
promised to split up household jobs, or you and a neighbor might have promised not to play your
radios late at night.
2. Using the word attack, write or talk about a time when someone or something tried to harm you.
It could be that a neighbor's dog tried to bite you, a schoolyard bully wanted to beat you up, or
some angry bees tried to sting you.
3. Using the word claim, write or talk about a time you heard someone say something was true but
you know the person could not prove it. Perhaps you heard someone making big promises on a
TV commercial or during an election.
4. Using the word curious, write or talk about someone who wants to learn more about things. It
might be a child who asks lots of questions or an adult who has returned to school to get more
education.
5. Using the word daily, write or talk about something you do every day that makes you feel good. It
might be drinking a cold glass of orange juice every morning or taking a warm shower before
going to bed.
6. Using the word delay, write or talk about something you will dobut not right away. Tell why
you are waiting until later to do it. It might be cleaning your closet, taking a course, changing your
job, or ending a relationship.
7. Using the word embarrassed, write or talk about a time when you or someone you know felt silly
because of something that happened in front of other people. Maybe you tripped when you walked
into a fancy restaurant or your closest friend forgot to invite you to your own surprise birthday
party.

8. Using the word emphasize, write or talk about one thing that parents should tell their children is
important. Perhaps you think parents should tell kids it is important to have good manners, stay
away from drugs, do well in school, or be kind to others.
9. Using the word entertain, write or talk about a movie, play, concert, or TV show that you have
enjoyed.

10. Using the word event, write or talk about a special happening that you look forward to. It might
be a a company picnic, a trip to an amusement park, or a visit from a favorite relative.
11. Using the word experience, write or talk about a time in your life that you will always remember.
Maybe it was your first day of school, a stay in the hospital, a wonderful vacation, or a scary plane
ride.

12. Using the word fortunate, describe something in your life that makes you feel thankful. You
might feel lucky to have a special friend, a job you like, or a home that brings you happiness.
(Continues on next page)
337
54 Unit 1 Review Activities

13. Using the word humble, write or talk about one person you know who doesn't brag and doesn't
think highly of himself or herself, even though that person has good reason to be proud. The
person could be a relative, friend, neighbor, classmate, or teacher.
14. Using the word inspire, write or talk about a time that someone got you interested in doing
something you had never tried before. Maybe a relative got you excited about camping, or a
person on a TV show gave you the idea to try oil painting.
15. Using the word leisure, write or talk about how you like to relax during your free time. Perhaps
you like to walk, read, or take naps.
16. Using the word odor, write or talk about a place you try to stay away from because it smells bad.
You might describe a garbage dump or a kitchen where food you do not like is being cooked.
17. Using the word oppose, write or talk about a time you were against what someone was doing. You
might have been against your best friend's leaving a job or against a relative's speaking unkindly
of a neighbor.

18. Using the word original, write or talk about a time you came up with an idea that no one else had
thought of before. Maybe you came up with a new recipe for chili or a new way of getting a job
done at work.

19. Using the word prepare, write or talk about something you do to get ready for class. Perhaps you
sharpen your pencil, read your notes, or study your homework.
20. Using the word rival, describe two people who feel they have to beat each other in some sort of
contest. You might have two friends who always try to get better grades than each other, or maybe
you have two relatives who always try to beat each other in games.
21. Using the word specific, write or talk about a certain kind of music, TV show, or movie that you
dislike a great deal.

22. Using the word talent, write or talk about someone who has a special skill. The person might
dance beautifully, play a sport well, or tell good jokes.
23. Using the word tempt, think of a magazine advertisement or TV commercial that makes you want
to do something you know you should not do. Maybe an ad makes you want to buy a car that costs
too much or eat something that isn't good for you.
24. Using the word unusual, write or talk about something that would be strange if it happened in the
middle of the summerfor example, the temperature dropping below zero or snow falling
heavily.

338
Uvs(4 Two

Chapter 7 Chapter 8

aware distressed ability glance


constant modern create gratitude
devour occasion damage introduce
discover popular failure labor

Chapter 9 Chapter 10

avoid intend approach numerous


excuse normal damp previous
helpless sociable ignore require
include struggle loyal timid

Chapter 11 Chapter 12

capable opportunity allow persist


careless resist comfortable respect
furious reverse distract sensitive
observe tradition insulting wonder

39
aware distressed
constant modern
devour occasion
discover popular

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 aware The warnings on the radio made everyone aware of the dangerous icy
(uh-wair) roads.
adjective o Even though Mr. and Mrs. Patel were aware that their children were
planning an anniversary party, they acted as if they knew nothing about it.
Aware means a. sad b. ashamed c. knowing

2 constant Because there are three teenagers in our family, the phone is in constant
(kon-stuhnt) use.
adjective o All night long, I hear the constant sound of a dog barking outside my
window.
Constant means a. never-ending b. quiet c. sad

3 devour o I want to devour the last piece of chocolate fudge cake myself before
(di-vou-ur) anyone else has a chance to eat it.
verb By accident, my family devoured the cherry cheesecake that I had made
for my girlfriend's graduation.
Devour means a. make b. eat quickly c. save for later

4 discover It took my four-year old sister only minutes to discover a secret hiding
(diss-kuh-vur) place in my new apartment.
verb Not long ago, scientists discovered a two-thousand-year-old ship sitting
on the bottom of the ocean.
Discover means a. lose b. sell c. find

5 distressed The kitten, crying loudly from the top of the tree, was too distressed to
(diss-trest) move.
adjective The workers were distressed after hearing that the factory would close
and they would lose their jobs.
Distressed means a. full of energy b. upset c. up-to-date

56
340
Chapter 7 57

6 modern Instead of using modern machines, the Amish prefer old-fashioned


(mod-urn) machines pulled by horses.
adjective ° Dad doesn't like modern music. He would rather listen to music written
thirty years ago.
Modern means a. up-to-date b. broken down c. strong

7 occasion Halloween is a great occasion for most children.


(uh-kay-zhuhn) 0. Tom hates to dress up. Even on special occasions like birthdays and
noun anniversaries, he wears jeans and sneakers.
Occasion means a. regular day b. special time c. boring time

8 popular The Beatles and Elvis Presley are among the most popular performers
(pop-yuh-lur) of all time.
adjective O Eva is liked by her teachers and is also popular with her classmates.
Popular means a. healthy b. not known c. well-liked

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To find something for the first time; to come upon something

2. A time when something takes place, often something special;


an event

3. Knowing about something; having knowledge

4. Never stopping; always happening; happening again and again

5. To eat quickly and hungrily

6. Of the present time; up-to-date; not old-fashioned

7. Liked by many people

8. Very upset; troubled

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

341
58 Chapter 7

Addin One Word to an Item,


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. aware c. devour e. distressed g. occasion


b. constant d. discovered f. modern h. popular

1. It took Greg's dog only thirty seconds to . . ? . . a full bowl of food.

2. Sara's little sister was . 9 when her pet snake died.


3. To look up the meanings of new words like "software" and "hard drive,"
you need a good 7 dictionary.
4. The last time I saw Aunt Bonita was at a very special 7 her
daughter's wedding.
5. Phil was happy the day he 7 a shortcut to work.
6. Since Steve had missed class, he was not 7 that his teacher had
changed the day for the final exam.
7. Small children can tire a parent with their 9 questionslike "Why
doesn't the sky fall down?" and "Why does it get dark when I close my
eyes?"

8. The restaurant runs out of taco salad almost every day. It's the most
dish on the menu.

Adding Two Words to an iteng


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. aware c. devour e. distressed g. occasions


b. constant d. discovered f. modern h. popular

1-2. The World Series and Super Bowl have become so that many
Americans watch them together as if they were important family .. ? .. .
3-4. Because of my 7 hunger for sweets, I can quickly 7 a whole
box of chocolate-chip cookies.
5-6 7 medicine has cures for many diseases that used to kill
people.

7-8. Because we hid in the trees, the animals were not 7 of us and
never got frightened or . . ? . . .

342
Chapter 7 59

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of the following should you be aware of before diving into a swimming pool?
a. How much the pool cost
b. What the pool is made of
c. How deep the pool is
2. Which of the following would you want to discover in your living room?
a. A bag of trash
b. A fifty-dollar bill
c. A roll of bathroom tissue
3. You would probably be distressed if someone told you that
a. you had won the lottery.
b. your neighbor has two sisters.
c. you did not do well on a test.
4. If you are using a modern tool to add up numbers, you probably are using
a. pencil and paper.
b. a computer.
c. your fingers.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. One thing that is constant in everyone's life is


a. going to sleep and waking up.
b. making a lot of money.
c. doing well in school.
6. A cat would probably devour
a. a ball of string.
b. a large dog.
c. a juicy mouse.
7. Most people think it is a special occasion when
a. they drive to work every morning.
b. they get a bad cold.
c. they turn twenty-one.
8. Which of the following foods is the most popular with children?
a. Spinach
b. Pizza
c. Coffee
343
60 Chapter 7

Adding Words t a Reading


A. The Joy of lice Cream
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. devour b. modern c. occasions d. popular

For hundreds of years, people have enjoyed ice cream. No one is sure when people
first started to (1) the frozen treat. But paintings show an icy
dessert being enjoyed as far back as the twelfth century. Ice cream as we know it became
(2) among the rich and powerful in Europe during the 1500s. King
Charles I of England liked ice cream so much he made a law which said that it could be
served only at his table. He even said that he would have his chef's head cut off if the chef
gave his secret ice-cream recipe to anyone. To Charles, the food was much too precious° to
share. In the United States, too, ice cream was eaten on special (3)
by the country's richest people. George Washington, Thomas Jefferson, and James
Madison were all big fans of the frozen dessert. However, ice cream did not reach the rest
of the nation until 1845. At that time, a New Jersey woman made a hand-held ice-cream
maker. Thanks to that machine, ice cream in the (4) world is
not just for kings and presidents. Now it's for all of us!

. A Noisy Apartment
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. aware b. constant c. discover d. distressed

When Carla decided to move out of her parents' house, she thought it might be hard
to find a nice apartment for a low rent. So she felt fortunate°. to (5)
a clean and pretty little apartment that was not too expensive. Within a week of moving
in, though, she was not so happy. When she had rented the place, she had not seen how
close it was to the train tracks. Soon she became very (6) of the
noise from the trains. In fact, the noise was almost (7) because
trains went roaring past several times every hour, day and night. At first, Carla was really
(8) . She even thought about moving. But she decided to stay
six weeks to see if she could get used to the noise. Little by little, she did. Now the noise

344
Chapter 7 61

does not bother her at all. When friends ask, "How can you bear that noise?" she answers,
"What noise?"

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I became aware that I had overslept when

2. Throughout the two-hour class, I heard the constant sound of

3. From the way most people devour ice cream, it is clear that

4. After I moved into my new home, I discovered that

5. At the zoo, animals become so distresSed in their cages that

6. I like the modern look of

7. A family occasion I will never forget was

8. If you go into a school playground, you can usually tell right away who the most popular kids
are. All the other children

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

345
ability glance
create gratitude
damage introduce
failure labor

Learning Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 ability Many animals, such as cats and deer, have the ability to see at night.
(uh-bil-i-tee) When my teacher saw me in the school play, she said I had the ability to
noun be a good actor.
_Ability means a. feeling of thanks b. special power c. wish

2 create Children like to create drawings that their parents can put up on the
(kree-ayt) refrigerator.
verb Starting with a ball of gray clay, I created a small bowl that I liked a lot.
Create means a. study b. make c. look at quickly

3 damage o Even though the accident was not bad, there was a lot of damage to
(dam-ij) Julia's car.
noun c Damage caused by the hurricane was so great that many people could
not find their homes.
Damage means a. hard work b. danger c. harm

4 failure The dinner that Rashid cooked for Jane lle was a failure. Everything was
(fayl-yur) burned to a crisp.
noun When she was turned down for the job she wanted badly, Betsy felt like
a failure.
Failure means a. something that b. something that c. something that doesn't
works easily works well turn out well

5 glance The sun is so bright that if you just glance at it, you can hurt your eyes.
(glanss) Instead of reading the directions carefully, Leon simply glanced at the
verb box before trying to put the toy together.
Glance means a. look quickly b. listen carefully c. keep from looking

62
346
Chapter 8 63
6 gratitude o Because of his gratitude for my working overtime, the boss gave me an
(grat-uh-tood) extra day of vacation.
noun 0 When friends help you or do you a favor, it's good to show them
gratitude for what they did.
_Gratitude means a. anger b. thanks c. worry

7 introduce 0 As soon as the moving van leaves, we will go next door and introduce
(in-truh-dooss) ourselves to our new neighbors.
verb o Someonee introduced Jenna to me in kindergarten, and we have been
friends ever since.
_Introduce means a. sell something b. not agree c. meet someone for
to someone with someone the first time

8 labor o The beautiful tablecloth is the result of months of my grandmother's


(lay-bur) labor.
noun O It will take a full day of labor to clean out the garage.
Labor means a. space b. quiet c. hard work

Machin Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. A feeling or showing of thanks; thankfulness

2. Harm; injury

3. The skill or power to do something

4. Hard work

5. To make one person known to another for the first time

6. To make something; to bring something into being

7. To look at something quickly; to take a fast look at something

8. Someone or something that does not turn out well; someone or


something that fails

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

347
64 Chapter 8

Add One Word t® a Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. ability c. damage e. glanced g. introduce


b. create d. failure f. gratitude h. labor

1. After I shoveled her walkway, my neighbor was so happy she gave me a


hug to show her 7
2. On TV and in the movies, Superman has the . . ? . . to fly.

3. Even though we only 9 at the bedroom set in the store window, we


knew right away that it was the one we wanted.
4. Every year, insects that eat wood cause millions of dollars of in
homes across the country.
5. As a dancer, I am a . . ? . . because I can't move my arms and legs at the
same time.
6. At the party, I will . . ? . . you to my cousin. I think you will like her.
7. It took thousands of workers and many years of hard 7 to build the
Pyramids in Egypt.
8. Chang used several boards to 7 a desk.

Add Two Words t®. an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. ability c. damage e. glance g. introduced


b. created d. failure f. gratitude h. labor

1-2. After many hours of 7 in the kitchen, Paul's sister 7 some


wonderful cookiesand a big mess.
3-4. Because of his doctor's great 7 , the 7 to my father's heart
could be repaired.
5-6. When Jamal 7 his parents to his teacher, they told her how much
7 they had for the extra help she had given their son.
7-8. I had only to at the bookcase I had made to know that it was a
7
7 Not one of the shelves was straight.

34R
Chapter 8 65

Show You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of the following might you glance at?


a. A song on the radio
b. Your watch to see the time
c. A movie you want to see
2. You would probably feel gratitude if someone
a. smashed your new car.
b. bought you a nice present.
c. gave you a bad haircut.
3. You might need to be introduced to
a. your brother and sister.
b. the parents of a new friend.
c. your old boss.
4. Which of the following would take a lot of labor?
a. Watching TV
b. Picking up a pencil
c. Moving a heavy couch

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Someone who writes children's books must have the ability to


a. sew quickly.
b. tell a good story.
c. get along with people.
6. Which of the following is needed to create a sandwich?
a. A glass of milk
b. A napkin
c. Two slices of bread
7. On farms, insects cause crop damage by
a. eating plants that grow in the field.
b. crawling into living rooms.
c. buzzing loudly.
8. Which of the following would make many people feel like a failure?
a. Winning the lottery
b. Moving to a beautiful new apartment
c. Getting fired
349
66 Chapter 8

Addin Wards t a Reading


A. Nuts in the Senate
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. created b. failure c. glanced d. introduced

On a cold winter day in 1921, an interesting event° took place. A man spoke to the
United States Senate about something he thought was very important: peanuts. The man's
name was George Washington Carver. When the senators found out what he came to talk
about, at first they laughed. But that did not stop Carver or make him feel like a
(1) . Carver, an African-American scientist, believed so much in
peanuts that he wanted the Senate to pass laws to help farmers who grew them. After
someone (2) him to the senators, Carver showed them many
interesting things. He began with several items that he had (3)
out of peanutsdye, soap, wood stain, and gravy. Next, he handed out paper made from
peanut shells, shaving cream made from peanut oil, and rubber made from the nut itself.
But he saved the best for last. Just as Carver's time was almost up, one of the senators
asked, "What is the brown stuff in the jar you are holding?" Carver
(4) at the man and smiled. Opening the jar, he let the senators
smell and then taste what was inside. Much to their surprise, the "brown stuff' smelled
good and tasted even better. By the end of the day, the Senate had passed the law Carver
wanted, and the nation had begun its love affair withyou guessed itpeanut butter!

Calling Dr. Leech


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. ability b. damage c. gratitude d. labor

When the ear of seven-year-old Jimmy Taylor was nearly torn off by a dog, the
doctors didn't know if they could help. They spent hours trying to repair the
(5) . But after all their (6)

Jimmy's ear was not getting better. Instead, the blood in his ear began to dry up, and the
ear puffed up and turned blue. The doctors knew that Jimmy would lose his ear unless
they acted quickly. So they decided on an unusual° treatment that is not often followed
today but was widely used hundreds of years ago. They decided to use leeches,
bloodsucking worms that live in ponds and lakes. In the mouth of a leech are juices that
have the (7) to break up dried-up blood, letting the blood

350
Chapter 8 67
flow freely again. The blood then helps the problem area get better. Six leeches were
rushed to the hospital to feed on the dried-up blood in Jimmy's ear. The doctors made
small holes in the skin of Jimmy's ear and placed the hungry leeches at the holes. After
just a few hours, the ear turned a pink, healthy color. It was clear that Jimmy's ear would
be saved. Did Jimmy show any (8) to his wormy helpers? Not
really. When he found out that it was leeches that had saved his ear, all he could do was
make a face and say, "Yuck!"

Usin the Words When Westing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

I. I wish I had the ability to

2. Children often create a mess in the house by

3. After the flood, damage was so widespread that

4. Parents can help their children not feel like failures by

5. In a restaurant, if you glance many times at the food that people at the next table are eating, they

6. One way to show gratitude to others is

7. To introduce two people to each other, all you have to do is say something like, "

8. It took days of labor to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

351
avoid intend
excuse normal
helpless sociable
include struggle

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 avoid One way to stay healthy is to avoid foods with a lot of sugar and fat.
(uh-void) Steven avoided getting stuck in a traffic jam by taking another road to
verb get to work.
Avoid means a. get closer to b. keep away from c. enjoy

2 excuse Cora's excuse for not handing in her homework was that it had gotten
(eks-kyooss) wet in the rain.
noun 0 Instead of saying that he did not want to go to the party, Bill made up an
excuse about having a bad cold.
Excuse means a. reason b. happy time c. question

3 helpless e Newborn babies are completely helpless. They need adults to do


(help-liss) everything for them.
adjective o When I broke my hip, I was helpless for six weeks. I could not even get
myself something to eat.
Helpless means a. not able to b. not able to take c. not very
see well care of oneself well known

4 include The new band will include a drummer, a singer, and a guitar player.
(in-klood) Pedro's costume for the Halloween party includes a rubber mask, a
verb purple wig, and a long black cape.
Include means a. be without b. stay away from c. be made up of

5 intend After working outside in the hot sun for hours, I intend to go home and
(in-tend) take a cold shower.
verb 0 Greg intended to spend his paycheck on a nice vacation, but then his
car broke down.
Intend means a. forget b. hate c. plan

68
3 52
Chapter 9 69
6 normal o The parents were happy to learn that their little boy's fear of the dark
(nor-muhl) was normal.
adjective o The normal time for the class to begin is 9 a.m., but today we will meet at
11 a.m.
_Normal means a. usual b. strange c. easily hurt

7 sociable O Eric is shy and doesn't like parties, but his sister is very sociable.
(soh-shuh-buhl) The store wants to hire a sociable person to say hello to customers as
adjective they walk through the door.
_Sociable means a. quiet b. friendly c. angry

8 struggle Rita did well in her English course, but the class was a real struggle for
(struhg-uhl) her at first.
noun It is a struggle to work and go to school at the same time.
_Struggle means a. boring time b. easy time c. difficult time

Matchirg Wards with Marmin S


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. A reason, often not true, why something happened

2. To plan to do something

3. To stay away from someone or something

4. Friendly; enjoying the company of others

5. A hard and difficult time

6. Unable to take care of oneself

7. Usual; regular

8. To be made up of; to have within itself

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

353
70 Chapter 9

Add an One Word t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. avoided c. helpless e. intended g. sociable


b. excuse d. includes f. normal h. struggle

1. The teacher had 9 to give a test on Friday, but then she saw that
half the class was absent.
2. Many people feel 9 at fancy restaurants. They always need to ask
their friends what they should order and how much they should tip.
3. When Bill caught the flu, his friends 9 him so they wouldn't get
sick, too.

4. Because Eva is so 9 , she wants a job where she will work with
people.
5. Sira's for not going to basketball practice was that she couldn't
9
find her sneakers.
6. A ? workday runs from about 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.
7. To Joanne, a weekend is not perfect unless it 9 sleeping late, seeing
friends, and going to a movie.
8. It was a 9 for Thien to save enough money to bring his parents to
this country.

Add in Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. avoid c. helpless e. intend g. sociable


b. excuse d. includes f. normal h. struggle

1-2. In order to 9 hurting Bruno's feelings, Rosa made up an 9 to


explain why she was not able to go to the movies with him.
3-4. A day at a fast-food restaurant . ? . getting covered in grease,
9 . .

getting burned by hot ovens, and being yelled at by customers.


5-6. Before going to the city next weekend, I 9 to buy a map and a
guidebook. Without them, I would feel lost and 9

7-8. For people, speaking in front of crowds is often easy. But for
9
shy folks, talking to large groups can be a real 9
:1 5d
Chapter 9 71

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you were really tired, you would probably want to avoid


a. relaxing in front of the TV.
b. going to bed early.
c. going out to a party.
2. You might try to find an excuse if you
a. forgot your best friend's birthday.
b. fixed your neighbor's roof.
c. came to work on time.
3. You would probably feel helpless if you were
a. at home with your family.
b. at a party with friends.
c. lost in a strange city.
4. Which of the following would it be normal for you to see in a grocery store?
a. People playing basketball
b. Bananas on a shelf
c. A can of soup stuck to the ceiling

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Which of the following should a good winter outfit include?


a. Sandals, a bathing suit, and sunglasses
b. Warm boots, a thick jacket, and a wool hat
c. Sneakers, a pair of jeans, and a T-shirt
6. If two people intend to make up after a fight, they will
a. continue to find fault with each other.
b. never speak to each other again.
c. say they are sorry.
7. A sociable person would probably
a. have trouble making friends.
b. look forward to a neighborhood party.
c. be nervous about talking to an old friend.
8. It would be a struggle for people who love chocolate to
a. turn down a slice of chocolate cake.
b. eat all of a chocolate candy bar by themselves.
c. enjoy a hot fudge sundae.
355
72 Chapter 9

Adding Wards to a Reading


A. TV and Violence
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. avoid b. excuse c. includes d. normal

Would you want someone teaching your kids how to be mean and hurtful? That is
often what happens when kids watch television. Today's most-watched TV shows are
filled with violence and crime. And no one watches more of these shows than America's
kids. In a (1) week, many children sit in front of the TV set for
more than twenty-seven hours. By the time kids finish grade school, they have seen over
100,000 acts of people using force to cause harm. This number (2)
more than 8,000 killings. By the time kids graduate from high school, they will have
spent more time watching TV than sitting in the classroom or talking with their families.
The effects of watching this much TV are scary. Studies show that when kids watch
people fighting and shooting each other, they are more likely to be violent themselves.
True, in the modern° world, it is hard for kids to (3) watching
TV. But that is no (4) for parents to let their kids watch
whatever they want. If parents find that their kids are watching one violent show after
another, the adults must act. What should they do? They should get up, turn off the TV,
and help the kids find better ways to spend their time.

Are You Ready for a Pet?


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. helpless b. intend c. sociable d. struggle

If you (5) to get a pet, make sure you know what you are
doing. A new pet may be cute, but it also means lots of work. Puppies, for example, are
friendly, (6) animals. They like to be around people, but they
also like to chew things. And to them, it does not matter whether they are chewing your
kitchen table or your leather jacket. Teaching puppies not to destroy things and be
housetrained can be a long, hard (7) that lasts for months.
Kittens also can make life difficult. Those sweet little animals scratch everything in sight.

356
Chapter 9 73

In no time, a kitten's sharp claws can rip a new sofa apart, causing damage° that cannot
be fixed. What about smaller pets such as goldfish? They may not take as much everyday
work as dogs and cats. However, fish often get sick, and they are completely
(8) if they jump out of their tank. The time and money you
spend at the vet's office can really add up. For all the fun and friendship pets give, they
are also a lot of work and expense. Keep that in mind before you bring one home.

Using the Wards When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. People often avoid the supermarket on weekends because

2. Most children are good at finding excuses for

3. I used to feel helpless when

4. My favorite singers include

5. In a few years, I intend to

6. It is normal for teenagers to

7. The monkeys at the zoo are so sociable that

8. It was a struggle for me to learn how to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

35
approach numerous
damp previ,ius
ign*re require
Ooyal timid

Learning Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 approach 0 As you approach a stop sign, slow your car down and get ready to stop.
(uh-prohch)
0 The man on the corner approached us and said, "Do you have any extra
- verb
change?"
__Approach means a. go away from b. need c. come near

2 damp O At the ocean, clothes often feel sticky and damp.


(damp) I got angry when I saw my roommate's damp, dirty socks on the table.
adjective

_Damp means a. clean b. a bit wet c. good-smelling

3 ignore o It is hard to ignore the smell of delicious food when you are really
(ig-nor) hungry.
verb
0 When Ruby ignored her little girl's question, the child shouted it loudly.
_Ignore means a. know b. pay no attention to c. need

4 loyal o I read about a dog in England who was so loyal to his owner that after
(loi-uhl) the man died, the dog went to his grave every day.
adjective
0 No matter how many games they lose, Connie is loyal to her favorite
baseball team.
Loyal means a. faithful b. mean c. helpful

5 numerous O On a clear evening, you can see numerous stars in the night sky.
(noo-mur-uhss) Although Mr. Colon has numerous reasons why he has not stopped
adjective
smoking, none of them is a good one.
Numerous means a. a few b. ugly c. lots of

74 r-
J
Chapter 10 75

6 previous O It's hard to understand what's going on in a TV soap opera if you


(pree-vee-uhss) haven't seen the show the previous day.
adjective Robert married a woman who had two children from a previous
marriage.
Previous means a. next b. earlier c. favorite

7 require Many jobs today require employees who know how to use a computer.
(ri-kwii-ur) When we went camping, we couldn't take our three dogs with us in the
verb van. They require too much space.
_Require means a. send away b. do without c. need

8 timid O On the first day of kindergarten, most children in the class were too
(tim-id) timid to speak.
adjective O It is hard for a timid person to talk in front of a group.
Timid means a. fearful b. noisy c. old

Matching Wards with Mean in Ui


S

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Ready to stand by or stand up for someone; faithful

2. Many

3. Earlier; happening before something else

4. A little wet; moist

5. To need something

6. To come close or closer to someone or something

7. To pay no attention to something

8. Shy

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

159
76 Chapter 10

Adding One Ward t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. approached c. ignored e. numerous g. require


b. damp d. ioyai f. previous h. timid

1. Steve is a truck driver now. In his 9 job, he was a cook in a


restaurant.

2. After Mona played basketball, her clothes were 9 with sweat.


3. Although he was born in another country, Akira is so 9 to the
United States that he joined the Army.
4. The Halloween trick-or-treaters put on their masks as they each
house.

5. The school offers '7 art classes, including watercolor painting and
cartoon drawing.
6. Betty 9 what the doctor told her to do and ended up so sick that she
missed work for a week.
7. To feel rested, I 9 seven or eight hours of sleep each night.
8. Most people feel a bit . 9 at parties where they don't know anyone.

Adding Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. approached c. ignores e. numerous g. requires


b. damp d. loyal f. previous h. timid

1-2. Lawrence is always to his friends. He 7 anything bad he


hears about them and pays attention only to the good things.
3-4. Tonya's new hairstyle .. ? .. a lot of work. The hair has to be set on
big rollers while it is still . . ? . . from being washed.
5-6. I gave 9 reasons why I couldn't sing in the choir, but the real
reason was that I was too 9 to try out.
7-8. When I was out in the yard, my new neighbor 9 me to ask if I
knew the . . ? . . owner of her house well.

360
Chapter 10 77

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of the following might feel damp against your bare feet?
a. Grass in the early morning
b. A bath towel that was never used
c. A sidewalk on a sunny day
2. If you plan to get numerous things done this weekend, you will probably be
a. sleeping all weekend.
b. busy all weekend.
c. lazy all weekend.
3. If you used to be a waiter, now are a painter, and plan to become a circus clown, which is your
previous job?
a. A waiter
b. A painter
c. A clown
4. If you are timid, which of these would be hard for you to do?
a. Wash the dishes
b. Give a speech in front of strangers
c. Carry a heavy package

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. When people approach the ticket booth at a movie theater, they probably
a. have just arrived at the theater.
b. have already seen the movie.
c. are ready to leave the theater.
6. A man on the corner asked people for some money. Which of the following people ignored him?
a. A woman who gave him fifty cents
b. A couple who walked past without looking at him
c. A teenager who said "Get a job!"
7. When a football team does badly, a loyal fan
a. boos them and says, "Get off the field, you jerks."
b. hopes they lose games.
c. keeps cheering for them.
8. If a newspaper ad says a job "requires heavy lifting," anyone applying for the job
a. will not be asked to do any lifting.
b. needs to be strong.
c. doesn't need to be strong. 3 61
78 chapter 10

Adding Words t® a Read in


A. IHIelp for Shy People
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. damp b. numerous c. require d. timid

Many people are a little shy. In fact, probably everyone feels shy once in a while.
But some people are so (1) that it makes their lives difficult. For
them, making everyday conversationeven with people they knowcan be a struggle°.
And the thought of speaking to a stranger makes their hands (2)
with sweat. Being so shy gets in the way of having friends or doing well at school or on
the job.
Many adult-education schools offer courses to help shy people. Shy people
(3) practice in talking to strangers. So the teacher of such a
course may ask students to speak to class members they don't know. Students are also
given (4) tricks for getting over their shyness. For example,
they might be told to think about a friend who is outgoing and friendly; then they make
believe they are that person and try to act as he or she would. Students also are given
interesting assignments to do at home. One assignment might be for students to start a
conversation with someone they don't know but have always wanted to meet. After a
while, the students in these classes learn to relax, make friends, and enjoy life more.

Not a Laughing Matter


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. approached b. ignored c. loyal d. previous

The other day, I had lunch with a group of friends from work. My friend Patty, who
recently remarried and has two children, was in the group. While we were eating, one of
the men said something mean about his ex-wife. Some people laughed, but Patty
(5) what he said. A little later, he made another mean joke
about his ex-wife. Then he (6) Patty and said, "What about
you? Tell us about your (7) husband. What kind of jerk was
he?" Patty replied, "My ex-husband and I had our problems. But I am not going to make

362
Chapter 10 79

fun of him just so you can have a laugh. I married him because he's a good guy in many
ways. We had a couple of wonderful kids together. Our marriage is over, but I still feel
(8) to him. I don't want him laughing about me with his
friends. And I do not intend° to laugh at him either." Everybody at the table was quiet. We
quickly started talking about something else. There were no more dumb jokes that day
about an ex-husband or an ex-wife.

Usin the Wards When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I would not like to approach

2. When it is damp outside, older folks often feel

3. When children ignore what their parents tell them,

4. When people are hospitalized, a visit from a loyal friend makes them

5. Students give numerous reasons why

6. One of the vocabulary words in the previous chapter was

7. For me, a good party requires

8. I sometimes feel timid when

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

363
capable opportunity
careless resist
furious reverse
observe tradition

Learnills Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 capable O Only the most capable runners should try a twenty-six-mile race.
(kay-puh-buhl) Of all the people who applied for the job, Maya was the most capable,
adjective so she was hired.
Capable means a. having skill b. not ready c. not careful

2 careless O Each year hundreds of fires are started by careless smokers.


(kair-luhss) The careless painter splashed drops of paint all over the carpet.
adjective

Careless means a. intelligent b. not careful c. cheerful

3 furious People, who cannot control their tempers often become furious over
(fyoo-ree-uhss) small problems.
adjective My parents were furious when I tracked mud all over the clean kitchen
floor just before their guests arrived.
Furious means a. helpful b. quiet c. angry

4 observe Mirrors hanging high in the corners of the store let the owner observe
(uhb-zurv) people who might be stealing.
verb
The lifeguards at the pool closely observed the kids in the water.
Observe means a. miss b. copy c. watch

5 opportunity Because of his excellent grades, Kevin has the opportunity to go to a


(op-ur-too-nuh-tee) top-rated college.
noun
Sheila's job gives her the opportunity to meet many interesting people.
_Opportunity means a. problem b. habit c. chance

80
364
Chapter 11 81

6 resist Many people are strong and can resist a hot fudge sundae topped with
(ri-zist) whipped cream, nuts, and a cherry. I'm not one of those people.
verb O The children resisted sleep as long as they could. Then they went to
bed.
Resist means a. answer b. say no to c. invite

7 reverse O As a little girl, I liked to reverse the order of dinner and start with
(ri-vurss) dessert.
verb My father likes to reverse our home movies so that it looks as if
everyone is walking backward.
Reverse means a. say loudly b. keep c. turn around

8 tradition O It is a Latin American tradition to have a special party on a girl's


(truh-dish-uhn) fifteenth birthday.
noun Two traditions in the United States are watching fireworks on the
Fourth of July and eating turkey on Thanksgiving.
Tradition means a. handed-down way b. law c. difficult time
of doing something

Machin, Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. A chance to do something that will probably lead to good things

2. Paying little or no attention; not careful

3. Very angry

4. To keep from doing something

5. To see and pay attention to something

6. A special way of doing something that is passed down from older


to younger people; a custom

7. Having the skill to do something; able

8. To turn something around; to go in the opposite direction

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all. , -

365
82 Chapter 11

Adding One Word t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. capable c. furious e. opportunity g. reversed


b. careless d. observes f. resist h. tradition

1. Research shows that people who often become 7 have more heart
problems than those who are slow to anger.
2. At first, Mom said I could not borrow the car, but then she 9 her
decision and gave me the keys.
3. Even good students can become 9 if they rush to get their work
done.

4. Dolphins and bats are 9 of hearing sounds that people cannot hear.
5. For many children throughout the world, Halloween is a day to wear
masks and tell ghost stories. This scary 9 is believed to be
hundreds of years old.
6. The school principal 9 a different classroom every day, just to see
how students and teachers are doing.
7. Since I don't really love candy, I can easily 9 it

8. Hector takes every 9 to spend time with his children. He tries to get
them up every morning and to put them to bed every night.

Add Tw® Words t cm Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. capable c. furious e. opportunity g. reverses


b. careless d. observe f. resist h. tradition

1-2. Although she doesn't eat meat, Donna her position every
Thanksgiving. Following 9 , she has turkey with stuffing.

3-4. Without thinking, Andrew turned down an 9 to see the President


of the United States in person. Now he is 9 at himself.
5-6. Most people are of keeping their weight down if they exercise
often and 7 fatty foods.

7-8. When you are driving on the highway, you must everything
around you. It takes only one 9 mistake to cause an accident.
Chapter 11 83

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of the following behaviors would make you furious?


a. Someone breaking into your mailbox
b. Someone enjoying a meal that you cooked
c. Someone walking down your street
2. If you are baby-sitting, it would be your job to observe
a. the children you are taking care of.
b. the food in the refrigerator.
c. the neighbors next door.
3. If you are looking for a job opportunity, you probably
a. will not look at the "Help Wanted" ads in the newspaper.
b. are happy with the job you have now.
c. are not happy with the job you have now.
4. If you want to save money, which of these activities should you resist?
a. Working overtime
b. Going shopping at the mall
c. Playing basketball

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

5. Capable students usually


a. live one block from school.
b. are good-looking.
c. do well in school.
6. A person who is careless might
a. spill some coffee.
b. drink some water.
c. share a lunch.
7. A fifteen-year old girl was upset because her parents said she couldn't date until she was 16.
However, her parents just reversed what they said earlier. This means that the girl
a. still can't date until age 16.
b. can date now.
c. can date only boys who are sixteen years old.
8. In the United States, it is a tradition on birthdays to
a. paint eggs different colors and put them in baskets.
b. have a cake with candles on it.
c. eat fish for dinner.
367
84 Chapter 11

Addis : Wards t a Reading


A. Taking Risks
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. capable b. observe c. opportunities d. resist

Taking risks in life can make us feel good about ourselves. All of us should try
something neweven something scaryevery once in a while. Each of us is
(1) of taking chances, but we often don't. Instead, we
sometimes let good (2) pass us by because they seem a bit
too risky. Maybe we don't apply for an exciting new job because we are not sure we can
handle it. Perhaps we delay° returning to school because we are afraid that the work will
be too hard. Maybe we walk away from a relationship because it is becoming more
important than we had planned.
If you (3) yourself getting frightened by something new and
different, that is all the more reason to face it head-on and not run away. Finding that you
have the strength inside to overcome your fears will make you feel proud of yourself. You
will begin to feel that you have what it takes to get through even the difficult times. So if
you want to move ahead in life, with your head held high, don't (4)
making a change or taking a chance. Go for it.

ad Manners IHIurt Everyone


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. careless b. furious c. reverse d. tradition

Many people these days don't have good manners. Acting as though they are the
only people in the world, they are (5) about the feelings of
others. These selfish people ignore° other people's feelingsthey pay attention only to
their own wishes. They push their way into lines, blast their horns at other drivers, and
play loud music late at night when their neighbors are trying to sleep. Such rude behavior
makes most of us (6) . Sadly, though, it has gotten to the point
where nicely asking people to act more politely can be dangerous. You never know if
someone will turn against you violently. It is time to turn things around. It is time to

368
Chapter 11 85

(7) all this bad behavior. We need to go back to the


(8) of caring about our fellow human beings. Paying
attention to our manners is a good place to start.

Usin the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Only the most capable students will

2. Careless driving leads to

3. Many people get furious when

4. I was lucky that my neighbor observed our house when

5. I would like the opportunity to

6. In the grocery store, I try to resist

7. I used to think that spring was the best time of year. But then I reversed myself, and now I think
that

8. One of my favorite family traditions is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

369
allow persist
comfortable respect
distract sensitive
insulting wonder

Learni ils Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 allow Some schools will allow students to wear shorts on days when the
(uh-low) weather is very hot.
verb O Jay's parents allowed him to go to the mall after he did his homework.
Allow means a. hate b. let c. stop

2 comfortable When Brian first met his girlfriend's parents, he was nervous, but now
(kuhm-fur-tuh-buhl) he is comfortable with them.
adjective The burning sun and the ants made it hard to get comfortable at the
picnic.
Comfortable means a. relaxed b. mean c. thirsty

3 distract When babies want something they can't have, it's a good idea to
(diss-trakt) distract them by handing them a favorite toy.
verb None of us can study with Julie in the room. The loud way she chews
gum distracts us.
_Distract means a. have questions b. make clean c. take away
about attention

4 insulting Rafael is angry because someone wrote an insulting message about him
(in-suhlt-ing) on the sidewalk.
adjective Our boss calls his workers insulting names, such as "stupid" and "lazy."
Insulting means a. kind b. easy to understand c. hurtful

5 persist To reach a goal, you must persist rather than giving up at the first sign
(pur-sist) of a problem.
verb The salesperson persisted in trying to sell me a car, even after I said I
wasn't interested.
_Persist means a. give up easily b. keep doing something c. forget

86
370
Chapter 12 87
6 respect c
I have respect for my aunt because every day she works hard to take
(ri-spekt) care of her young kids and her older parents.
noun
c Because she has so much respect for her grandmother, Mona changed
out of her torn jeans before visiting her.
_Respect means a. great fear b. great liking c. great anger

7 sensitive My dog is sensitive. When I am sad, she sits down gently beside me and
(sen-suh-tiv) puts her paw in my lap.
adjective
Pablo is a sensitive person. At parties, he always spends time talking to
Sensitive means anyone who looks nervous and out of place.
a. not caring b. happy c. caring

8 wonder O Don't you wonder why the dinosaurs died out millions of years ago?
(wuhn-dur) O Everyone wonders why Hector and Andrew are angry at one another,
verb but neither of them will talk about it.
Wonder means a. want to know b. answer c. blame

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. A feeling of great liking and honor for someone or something;


looking up to someone or something

2. To want to know or learn about something

3. To let someone do something

4. Mean; nasty; rude

5. To keep doing something, especially when faced with difficulties;


to not give up

6. To weaken someone's attention

7. Relaxed; at ease; in a state of comfort

8. Understanding the feelings and needs of others; caring

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
3'7 1
88 Chapter 12

Adding One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. allow c. distracted e. persists g. sensitive


b. comfortable d. insulting f. respect h. wondered

1. Whenever my new kitten sits on my lap, she feels so


7 that she
falls asleep.
2. Joseph hasn't found work yet. But he will because he in looking
for a job.

3. Because cigarettes are so dangerous, not many parents their


children to smoke.
4. The children's fight 7 the bus driver so much that he almost
crashed into a tree.
5. My parents taught me to have 7 for education and learning. That's
why I have always done well in school.
6. I won't answer Vera when she speaks to me in that . ? . . tone of voice.
.

7. We send our children to a 9 doctor. Whenever they are scared, she


uses smiles and kind words to take away their fears.
8. We 9 who the man sitting in the back of the class was until the
teacher said, "Ladies and gentlemen, I'd like you to meet my brother."

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. allow c. distract e. persisted g. sensitive


b. comfortable d. insulting f. respect h. wonder

1 -2. At the movies, we asked the man next to us to stop saying rude,
things to us. When he 9 , we got the manager to throw him out.
3 -4. Jim is an excellent student and doesn't anyone to 9 him
from his homework.
5-6. Mr. Brown is a caring, . . ? . . teacher who goes out of his way to make
shy students feel in class.

7-8. I feel great 7 for my parents. I often . . ? . . how they raised such a
large family without losing their tempers.
372
Chapter 12 89

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you feel comfortable at a family party, you will probably


a. sit sadly in the corner.
b. leave as soon as possible.
c. stay for a long while.
2. If you are writing a paper for school, which of the following would be likely to distract you?
a. Loud music outside your window
b. A gentle breeze coming in the window
c. A dictionary sitting on a shelf
3. If you persist in trying to learn to swim, you would probably
a. stop going to the swimming pool.
b. decide to start running instead.
c. go to the swimming pool as often as you can.
4. If you wonder how big the raise you are getting at work will be, you
a. know how much you will receive.
b. do not know how much you will receive.
c. spend the money before you get it.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

5. The new town rule doesn't allow dogs to run free in the neighborhood. From now on, people
will have to
a. put their dogs on a leash.
b. give away their dogs.
c. get indoor cats instead.
6. When people are called an insulting name, they often
a. seem happy.
b. feel hurt.
c. look silly.
7. Workers who have respect for their boss
a. look up to and learn from the boss.
b. argue with the boss.
c. don't listen to what the boss says.
8. People who are sensitive
a. don't like to hurt or upset others.
b. don't care how others feel.
c. laugh at others who feel sad.
373
90 Chapter 12

Adding Words to a Reading


A., Two Different Sisters
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. comfortable b. distract c. insulting d. sensitive

Carla and Luisa are sisters. They are both smart young women who work at the same
company. But Carla gets along better with others than Luisa. One difference is that Carla
is a (1) person who cares about people and how they feel.
If someone looks unhappy, she will always stop and ask if she can help in any way. Luisa,
though, never takes the time to see what's bothering a coworker. Because she thinks only
of her job, she will not let anything (2) her from doing
her work. However, Carla is sociable° and enjoys joking and having fun with the other
workers. If people say to her, "Carla, you are as slow as molasses in January!" she knows
they are not serious. But if a coworker makes a gentle joke about Luisa, Luisa gets upset
and finds the joke (3) . It's not surprising that many
people at work do not feel relaxed or (4) around Luisa.

How "Honest Abe" Earned His Name


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. allow b. persisted c. respect d. wonder

When Abraham Lincoln was a young man, he worked as a clerk in a general store.
One day a woman came in and bought some things. She paid and went away. But after
she left the store, Lincoln began to (5) if he had added up the
bill correctly. Had he been careless'? He looked at the bill again and saw that he had
charged the woman six cents too much. It was only a few cents. But Lincoln would not
(6) himself to keep the woman's money. That night, he closed
up the store and began walking toward the woman's house, which was several miles away.
Although it grew dark, Lincoln (7) until he reached the
woman's home and returned her six cents. After Lincoln became President, even those
who disliked him had to give him (8) for his honesty.

374
Chapter 12 91

Elsin the Words When Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

I. Most parents do not allow their very young children to watch movies that

2. To get comfortable at the end of the day, I

3. One thing that distracts me when I am trying to study is

4. If someone says something insulting to me, the best thing to do is

5. When learning how to drive a car, most people persist, even though they

6. Children should show their respect for older people by

7. A sensitive person will

8. I have always wondered if

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Two. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

92 376
Unit 2 Review Activities 93

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Two. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

1 2 3
ability
4 5 6
approach
avoid
7 8 capable
9 10 11
careless
damp
12
excuse
13 furious
helpless
ignore
include
14 15
intend
16 17 loyal
18 normal
19 20
numerous
observe
21
opportunity
22 23
previous
require
resist
respect
24
reverse
sociable
struggle

ACROSS 22. To be made up of; to have 6. Ready to stand by or stand


4. To pay no attention within itself up for someone; faithful
8. A chance to do something 23. Earlier; happening before 7. Many
that will probably lead to something else 10. To see and pay attention to
good things 24. Usual; regular something
9. To stay away from 11. A little wet; moist
DOWN 12. To need something
someone or something
1. Unable to take care of 15. Not careful; paying little
13. To go in the opposite
oneself attention
direction
2. To come close or closer to 17. A feeling of great liking
14. To plan to do something
someone or something and honor for someone or
16. A hard and difficult time
3. A reason, often not true, something
18. To keep from doing
why something happened 19. Having the skill to do
something
5. The skill or power to do something
20. Friendly; enjoying the
something 21. Very angry
company of others
3 7 '7
94 Unit 2 Review Activities

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Two. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

2
allow
3 4 5 6
aware
comfortable
7 8 constant
create
damage
9
devour
discover
10 distract
11
distressed
failure
12 13 14
glance
15 16
gratitude
17 insulting
18
introduce
labor
19
modern
20
occasion
21 persist
22 23 popular
sensitive
timid
24
tradition
wonder

ACROSS 19. To eat quickly and hungrily 5. Someone or something that


3. Relaxed; at ease 20. Very upset; troubled does not turn out well
7. Never stopping; happening 22. To weaken someone's 6. To make one person known
again and again attention to another for the first time
10. Harm; injury 23. Understanding the feelings 8. Knowing about something
11. Of the present time; up-to- and needs of others; caring 9. To want to know or learn
date; not old-fashioned 24. Liked by many people about something
13. To find something for the 12. Shy
DOWN 14. Mean; nasty; rude
first time
15. A special way of doing 1. A feeling of thanks 16. To let someone do
something that is passed 2. To look at something something
down; a custom quickly 18. To make something; to
17. To keep doing something, 4. A time when something bring something into being
especially when faced with takes place, often 21. Hard work
difficulties something special

378
Unit 2 Review Activities 95

Choosin the est Word to Complete cm Item


Il

On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

1. Even a small child is 9 of doing simple jobs around the house,


such as clearing the table.
a. capable b. damp c. sociable
2. Old-fashioned telephones have round dials, but ones have
buttons.
a. helpless b. modern c. insulting
3. The art set Lisa got for her birthday markers, colored pencils,
and a set of paints.
a. ignores b. devours c. includes
4. On the first day of class, the teacher helped the students feel '7 by
learning their names and asking friendly questions about their families.
a. comfortable b. numerous c. previous
5. Because she is 9 , Grandmother likes living with a group of other
retired people.
a. insulting b. furious c. sociable
6. On those 9 when my children don't have school, I need to find a
baby sitter for them.
a. occasions b. excuses c. traditions
7. Although our suppertime is 6:30, we did not eat until 8:00 last
night.
a. normal b. sensitive c. popular
8. When I turned 15, my parents .. ? .. me to wear a little makeup and
date.
a. wondered b. created c. allowed
9. Born in the United States, Paco was happy to have the 9 to visit
Mexico, where both his parents had been raised.
a. respect b. opportunity c. labor
10. Although whales need air, they have the 9 to stay under water for
as long as two hours.
a. gratitude b. excuse c. ability
11. We could tell by the cold weather and shorter days that winter was
quickly 9
a. approaching b. including c. distracting
12. When my parents said they wanted to talk to me about the yard work I
had not done, I tried to 9 them by telling a joke.
a. require b. devour c. distract
(Continues on next page)

379
96 Unit 2 Review Activities

13. At exactly 6 p.m., the owner of the store went to the sign on the door that
said "Open" and 9 it to the other side, which said "Sorry, closed."
a. glanced b. introduced c. reversed
14. Bad weather can cause a great deal of 9 to a crop of oranges.
a. damage b. opportunity c. excuse
15. It was a 9 for Greta to stop smoking, but she is proud that she
finally did it.
a. respect b. gratitude c. struggle
16. Although I never buy anything over the phone, there is one telephone
salesperson who 9 in calling me at least once a week.
a. persists b. creates c. resists
17. Are you 9 that you are wearing one black shoe and one brown
shoe?
a. modern b. aware c. capable
18. When the neighbors got together to paint Mrs. Kim's house, she cooked
dinner for all of them to show them her '
a. failure b. occasion c. gratitude
19. It makes me angry when my kids leave ' towels lying on the
bathroom floor.
a. comfortable b. damp c. popular
20. Sandra is a 9 boss. She always knows when a worker is upset, even
if the worker acts as if nothing is wrong.
a. previous b. modern c. sensitive
21. The hungry teenagers a box of crackers and a jar of peanut butter
while putting away the groceries.
a. devoured b. introduced c. created
22. It took Carla a long time to choose new eyeglass frames because there
were styles for her to look at.
a. helpless b. numerous c. furious
23. Most religions teach that people should 9 speaking unkindly of
others.
a. reverse b. intend c. avoid
24. Joseph's 9 to find work in his hometown has made him think about
moving to a larger city where there are more jobs.
a. tradition b. occasion c. failure

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12=50%, 11=46%, 10 =42%, 9 38%, 8 =33%, 7 =29%, 6=25%,5 - 2I%,4 =17%,3 =13%, 2 = 8%, 1=4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
Unit 2 Review Activities 97

Adding a Word to an Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. create d. insulting g. observed j. popular


b. excuse e. introduced h. require k. timid
c. furious f. loyal i. resist I. wonder

1. TV soap operas often end in a way that makes people 9 what is


going to happen next.

2. Believe it or not, you can 7 a very good candy by mixing only


three things: peanut butter, honey, and powdered milk.

3. Because Meg and Gerald are so happy that they met and fell in love,
they wrote a thank-you note to the friend who . . ? . . them.

4. The pizza restaurant on the corner is so ' that people often have to
wait an hour for a table.

5. Barry had a good 7 for falling asleep in classhe had been up all
night with his sick child.

6. The store owner called police when she 7 two scary-looking men
walking around the building and looking in the windows.

7. Some brave children run right up to a department-store Santa Claus, but


others are so 9 that they won't go near him at all.

8. When parents say 9 things to their children, such as "You're


stupid," the youngsters often begin to think poorly of themselves.

9. My parents taught me to work hard and 9 doing things the easy


way.

10. Even if the new supermarket has low prices, I am going to be 9 to


the neighborhood grocery store where I have shopped for years.

11. I knew that Dad would be upset that I lost his wallet, but he was more
than upset. He was 9

12. "In order to do this trick," said the magician, "I 9 a brave person
from the audience to come up on stage with me."

(Continues on next page)


33 1
98 Unit 2 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. careless d. distressed g. ignores j. previous


b. constant e. glanced h. intend k. respect
c. discovered f. helpless i. labor I. tradition

13. After their children are grown and leave home, Mr. and Mrs. Siskin
9 to sell their house and move to an apartment.

14. When I first moved away from home, I felt as . . ? . . as a baby.

15. Many people lost their 9 for the mayor when they learned he had
made up stories about being a war hero.

16. At first, I only 7 at the couple entering the store. But when I
realized they were famous movie actors, I turned around and stared.

17. The last time I was at the library, I 9 a writer whose books I really
like.

18. My children are so about having to move to another city that


they aren't eating or sleeping well.

19. When the restaurant owners saw the new menus, they were very
unhappy. The 9 printer had spelled the name of the restaurant
wrong.

20. The children put many hours of 9 into building their tree house.
They often worked from the time they got home from school until it
was dark.

21. The 9of throwing rice at a wedding is a very old one, going back
many hundreds of years.

22. Mr. and Mrs. Shue called their landlord to complain about the 9
loud music and shouting from their neighbors downstairs.

23. Most people in my office are bothered by the sounds of heavy traffic
outside. But Rhonda 7 the noise and gets her job done.

24. Last winter was not bad, but the ' one was the coldest I can
remember.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4=33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1= 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

38.2
Unit 2 Review Activities 99

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that correctly completes each sentence. In most
cases, the correct answer will have the same or almost the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

1. If you see coming toward you a couple you want to avoid, you would probably
a. call out their names. b. walk the other way.
c. walk up to them and tell them who you are.

2. If a three-year-old asks constant questions, the questions


a. go on and on and never seem to stop. b. are hard to understand.
c. are about private matters.

3. If you create a new way of doing a job at work, you


a. come up with the idea on your own. b. have trouble finding a way to do the job better.
c. are happy that other people found a way to do the job better.

4. If insects do a lot of damage to a plant, the plant will


a. grow tall. b. be healthy and strong.
c. be harmed badly.

5. If something happens that makes you feel like a failure, you might feel as though
a. nothing works out well for you. b. everything turns out well for you.
c. everyone is on your side.

6. If a friend is furious with you, the friend would be


a. really angry with you. b. relaxed with you.
c. fearful of you.

7. If a turtle is helpless when it is on its back, that means that it


a. is especially strong. b. is sleepy.
c. can't help itself by turning over.

8. If dinner at a restaurant includes dessert, this means that


a. dessert will be a part of the meal. b. dessert will not be a part of the meal.
c. dessert will be the only thing in the meal.

9. An insulting joke is one that is


a. nice and funny. b. mean and rude.
c. hard to remember.

10. If you intend to clean the house on Saturday, you


a. forget to clean the house on Saturday. b. plan to clean the house on Saturday.
c. try hard to keep from cleaning the house on Saturday.

11. If you reverse your car, you


a. love your car. b. sell your car.
c. turn your car in the other direction.
383 (Continues on next page)
100 Unit 2 Review Activities

12. Teenagers who resist using drugs


a. never heard of drugs. b. use a lot of drugs.
c. work hard to keep from using drugs.

PART 13
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

13. The opposite of capable is


a. not able b. painful c. colorful

14. The opposite of careless is


a. difficult b. easy c. careful

15. The opposite of damp is


a. ugly b. cold c. dry

16. The opposite of glance is


a. repeat slowly b. look at carefully c. give back

17. The opposite of ignore is


a. pay attention b. open slowly c. clean completely

18. The opposite of labor is


a. truth b. fault c. rest

19. The opposite of modern is


a. straight b. old-fashioned c. good-looking

20. The opposite of observe is


a. not see b. not try c. not hurt

21. The opposite of persist is


a. give up b. hurry c. look at

22. The opposite of numerous is


a. few b. straight c. small

23. The opposite of sociable is


a. perfect b. unfriendly c. sharp

24. The opposite of timid is


a. brave b. tiny c. smooth

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

034
Unit 2 Review Activities 1 01

Using the Wards When Writing and Thilking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word ability, write or talk about a special skill of someone you know well. The person
might be able to fix anything, cook well, or get along with anybody.
2. Using the word allow, write or talk about one thing you believe parents should not let their
children do. Maybe you feel parents should not let their kids smoke, go out on school nights, date
before they are 16, or wear certain clothing styles.
3. Using the word approach, write or tell about a time that a stranger came up to you and began to
talk. It could have been the time your car broke down and a passerby offered to help, or it might
have been when you moved into a new home and a neighbor came over to say hello.
4. Using the word aware, write or talk about a time when you first came to understand something. It
could be the first time you understood that your parents were less than perfect, or the first time
you learned of a problem in your school, in your neighborhood, or in the country.
5. Using the word comfortable, write or tell about a time you made someone feel relaxed and at
ease. Perhaps you invited a new neighbor to dinner, took time to show a coworker around on the
first day on the job, or helped a relative feel less nervous about going into the hospital.
6. Using the word devour, write or talk about a time when you (or someone else) ate a lot of
something really quickly. You might describe the way you ate a hot-fudge sundae or the way
friends ate a pizza.
7. Using the word discover, write or talk about a time when you found out about or learned
something new. Perhaps you came across a shortcut to work or an easy way to do something that
used to be difficult.
8. Using the word distract, write or talk about something that got your attention when you needed to
to take care of another matter. Maybe a classmate kept talking while you were trying to listen to a
teacher or the beautiful weather made it difficult for you to stay indoors and study.
9. Using the word distressed, write or talk about something that upset you and made you unhappy.
Perhaps it was doing poorly on a test, learning that a friend was sick, or having a fight with
someone you cared for.
10. Using the word excuse, write or talk about a time you made up a reason not to do somethingfor
example, go to a party, visit an elderly relative, or work hard in school or on the job.
11. Using the word gratitude, write or talk about a time when you felt thankful to someone. The
person might have done you a favor, helped you with something you didn't know how to do, or
simply been good to you when you needed a friend.
12. Using the word introduce, write or talk about a time you went up to someone you wanted to meet
and told the person your name and a little bit about yourself. You might describe the first time you
met a neighbor, a coworker, or your closest friend.

385 (Continues on next page)


102 Unit 2 Review Activities

13. Using the word loyal, write or talk about a person who stood by someone he or she believed in.
The person might be a sports fan who kept rooting for a team that always lost, or a friend who
said good things about someone whom everyone else hated.
14. Using the word normal, write or talk about what your usual weekday is like. You might talk about
what you do on a regular morning or what happens in a usual evening at your home.
15. Using the word occasion, write or tell about a time in your life that you will never forget
perhaps a vacation, wedding, birth, or holiday.
16. Using the word opportunity, write or talk about a time when you had a chance to do something
special. Maybe you had the chance to take a wonderful trip, see a famous person, or take a great
job.

17. Using the word popular, write or talk about someone you know who has many friends and always
seems to be at the center of a crowd of people.
18. Using the word previous, write or talk about the job you had before this one, the school you
attended before the one you go to now, or something new you learned from an earlier chapter of
this book.
19. Using the word require, write or talk about what you need to do in order to feel wide-awake in
the morning. You might need to drink several cups of coffee, take a long shower, or eat a good
breakfast.

20. Using the word respect, write or talk about a person you think highly of. It could be a relative,
teacher, or classmate you look up to.
21. Using the word sensitive, write or talk about someone you know (perhaps a grandparent,
coworker, or classmate) who always seems to understand how others feel.
22. Using the word struggle, write or talk about something that you or someone else did that took a
lot of hard work to do. It might be learning how to speak a new language, getting used to being
single after being divorced, or living through a hard time such as the loss of a friend or a loved
one.

23. Using the word tradition, write or talk about something special that you and your family always
do, year after year. It might be having a cookout to start the summer season, watching a favorite
movie on a certain holiday, or celebrating birthdays in a special way that everyone enjoys.
24. Using the word wonder, write or talk about something that you have questions about and would
like to learn more about. Perhaps you would like to know more about a certain career, person, or
part of the country.

386
Ups'g Three

Chapter 13 Chapter 14

amazed locate disgust inspect


confident purpose dismiss opinion
donate sincere guarantee prevent
effort uncertain ideal resolve

Chapter 15 Chapter 16

advice impossible arrange panic


cautious necessary continue personal
defeat permit expert regret
defect provide hollow suppose

Chapter 17 Chapter 18

admit encourage compete envy


available experiment contain gradual
contribute intimate depend intense
dull portion effective involve

381
CHAPTER
amazed locate

13 confident
donate
effort
purpose
sincere
uncertain

Learning Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 amazed o The police were amazed that no one was hurt in the bad traffic accident.
(uh-mayzd)
o The crowd was amazed by the runner's speed.
adjective

Amazed means a. surprised b. bored c. worried

2 confident o Even though Shelly said she was full, we were confident she would find
(kon-fi-duhnt) room for a piece of cake.
adjective
o After winning three games in a row, the team felt confident about doing
well the rest of the season.
Confident means a. sorry b. honest c. sure

3 donate .2. Instead of throwing out old books, I donate them to a library so others
(doh-nayt) can read them.
verb
o Because so many people donated money to us when our house burned
down, we were able to make a down payment on a new house.
Donate means a. show b. find c. give

4 effort o It took a lot of effort to move the big sofa into the room.
(ef-urt)
o With great effort, the weight lifter raised the barbell above his head.
noun

Effort means a. hard work b. sadness c. good looks

5 locate o Can you locate Alaska on the map?


(loh-kayt) o No matter how well I hide the candy bars I buy, my son always locates
verb them.
Locate means a. lose b. find c. forget

104
333
Chapter 13 105

6 purpose ° My purpose in speaking to the class was to tell everyone about the
(pur-puhss) exciting book I had read.
noun ° What was our purpose for buying such an expensive computer? We
wanted to get the best possible model.
_Purpose means a. reason b. problem c. job

7 sincere ° Because Dave has a warm smile, he seems like a sincere young man,
(sin-sihr) but in fact he is not very honest.
adjective ° I voted for Cara Sanchez because she seems sincere about wanting to
help people.
_Sincere means a. truthful b. not honest c. angry

8 uncertain ° The twins look so much alike that I am uncertain who is Marco and
(uhn-sur-tuhn) who is Miguel.
adjective ° Verna is uncertain whether she should go to college or join the Army.
Uncertain means a. not interested b. sure c. not sure

Matchin Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Honest; truthful

2. To give something in order to help others

3. Not sure; in doubt

4. Very surprised

5. The reason for something; the goal

6. Hard work; trying hard

7. To find something

8. Sure of something; certain

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
(.1
106 Chapter 13

A mg One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. amazed c. donate e. locate g. sincere


b. confident d. effort f. purpose h. uncertain

1. After weeks of practice, Beth was not worriedshe felt 9 that she
would pass her driver's test.
2. Mrs. Chen could not . her keys. She looked everywhere for them.
3. You should always ask your doctor to explain the of any
medicine you take.

4. The handwriting in the letter is so hard to read that I am 9 what it says.


5. Looking for a job takes a lot of 9 it is a job itself.
6. Each year, thousands of lives are saved by people who 9 their blood.
7. My teacher was 9 when I got a perfect score on the test because I
had never done that well before.
8. I thought Rita was 9 about being my friend, but now I think she
just wanted to meet my good-looking older brother.

Addin Two Wards t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. amazed c. donate e. locate g. sincere


b. confident d. effort f. purpose h. uncertain

1-2. Because so many people saw my car being stolen, the police were
9 that they would be able to 9 it soon.
3-4. Everyone is 9 by all the time and 9 the fifth-graders put into
their play; they even wrote their own music for it.
5-6. The mayor said, "Let's have a party to celebrate the holiday season."
But the real 9 of the party was to get people to 9 money to
help pay for his re-election.
7-8. Joe seemed 9 when he said he would meet me at three o'clock.
But he often says one thing and does another, so I was 9 that he
would show up.

390
Chapter 13 107

Showing You Understand the Words


.PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. You would be amazed by which of the following?


a. A bird flying in the sky
b. Children playing in a park
c. A man in a chicken suit walking down the middle of a highway
2. If you donate your time to a nursing home, you probably
a. expect to be paid.
b. enjoy helping older people.
c. are too busy to help.
3. It would take a lot of effort for you to
a. pick up a pencil.
b. pick up a large box filled with bricks.
c. pick up a pickle.
4. If you are uncertain that you have enough food for a party, you would probably
a. invite more people.
b. take a nap.
c. buy more food.

PART 113
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. A boxer who is confident about winning a fight might say,


a. "The other guy is so big, he scares me."
b. "Let's call off the match."
c. "I'll knock the other guy out in minutes."
6. What might someone do to locate a lost dog?
a. Put a "lost dog" ad in the newspaper.
b. Get a new dog.
c. Drive the dog somewhere and leave it there.
7. The main purpose of a car is
a. to store old clothes and books.
b. to take people from one place to another.
c. to give people a place to sit.
8. A person who is sincere
a. is never on time.
b. can be trusted.
c. likes noise. 991
108 Chapter 13

Add Words to a Reading


A. Ready to Do Well
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. amazed b. confident c. effort d. uncertain

Feeling very nervous, Michelle walked into her English class on the morning of the
final exam. She hated tests, and she was (1) that she would
pass this one. Just as she sat down, she saw her friend Teresa come into the classroom.
Michelle waved to Teresa and was (2) to see that she looked
happy and calm. There was even a smile on Teresa's face, and she was humming a song.
When Teresa took her seat, Michelle said to her, "You don't look a bit worried! Aren't
you scared about the test?"
"No," said Teresa. "I put a lot of (3) into studying for it."
"Are you sure you will pass?" asked Michelle.
"I think I will," said Teresa. "But even if I don't, I know that I did my best to get
ready for it. And that is all I can do."
Michelle had also worked hard to prepare for the test, so Teresa's words made her
feel a bit more comfortable°. As she relaxed, and her worries went away, she began to feel
more (4) that she too would do well on the test.

IL . Advertising for a Date


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. donate b. locate c. purpose d. sincere

Kevin had broken up with his girlfriend, and he was lonely. All the women he knew
were married or had boyfriends, so he had no opportunity° to meet someone new to date.
He didn't want to go to bars with the (5) of trying to meet
women. So how, he asked himself, could he (6) an interesting
person to go out with? Finally, he had an idea. He put an ad in the local newspaper. This
is how the ad read: "I would like to meet a woman who can be a good friend. Maybe later
we will decide we like each other enough to be more than friends. I am a
(7) guy. I don't tell lies or play games. Because I like to help

3 92
Chapter 13 109

others, I (8) a couple of hours each week to a local soup kitchen,


for the homeless and poor. I would like to meet someone who enjoys laughing. She
should also be kind, honest, and caring. If that sounds like you, I would like to meet you."
Kevin's ad worked. In a short time, he met several nice women. One of them, Hana,
has become his steady girlfriend. Now he likes to tell people, "Hana and I found each
other in the want ads."

Usin the Words When Wri tin and Main ('I

Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I was amazed when

2. One thing I am confident about is

3. Once I donated

4. It took a lot of effort for me to

5. Many people have trouble locating their cars when

6. Teachers should have a clear purpose in mind when

7. You may question whether your friends are sincere if

8. With talk of the factory closing down, many workers were uncertain whether

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

393
disgust inspect
dismiss opinion
guarantee prevent
ideal resolve

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in e ach sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 disgust o The old cigarettes, sweaty socks, and moldy pizza on the floor of
(di ss-guhst) Steve's bedroom disgust me.
verb
o Elizabeth likes chicken and beef, but the smell of seafood disgusts her.
Disgust means a. make happy b. sicken c. make busy

2 dismiss The principal decided to dismiss the students early so they could get
(diss -miss) home before the storm.
verb
o The judge would not dismiss the angry neighbors until they shook
hands.
Dismiss means a. punish b. forget c. let leave

3 guarantee o Greg was happy that the used car he bought came with a six-month
(ga-ruhn-tee) guarantee. He will not have to pay for any repairs during this time.
noun o It was just bad luck that my stereo stopped working a day after the
guarantee ran out.
Guarantee means a. promise to b. wish to c. hope to buy
fix something go somewhere something

4 ideal o Fall is the ideal season because it is not too hot and not too cold.
(ii-dee-uhl) o The ideal meal should taste good, be healthful, and cost very little.
adjective

Ideal means a. short b. very bad c. best

5 inspect o At the factory, workers inspect every new car before it is shipped out.
(in-spekt) o After the kids clean their room, Mira inspects it all over, from the
verb
bookshelves to under the beds.
Inspect means a. hide carefully b. look at carefully c. stop

110
394
Chapter 14 111

6 opinion O My husband liked the movie we saw last night, but I had a different
(uh-pin-yuhn) opinion.
noun Jamie asked her friends for their opinion of her new hair color.
Opinion means a. thought b. fear c. wish

7 prevent My sister hid her Halloween candy to prevent the rest of us from eating
(pri-vent) it.
- verb The high fence and guard dog prevented anyone from breaking into the
house.
Prevent means a. stop b. help c. cause

8 resolve c I was glad to hear Dad say that on New Year's Day he may resolve to
(ri-zolv) quit smoking.
verb 0 Before Tina went away to college, she and her best friends from high
school resolved to write to each other once a week.
Resolve means a. forget b. fail c. decide

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. A promise (by a seller to a buyer) to fix or replace something that


breaks

2. To look at something closely in order to find problems or errors

3. To let someone leave; to send someone away

4. What someone thinks or feels about something

5. To keep someone from doing something; to stop something from


happening

6. To cause someone to have a feeling of sickness or strong dislike

7. To make a strong decision to do something

8. Perfect; meeting every need or wish

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

395
112 Chapter 14

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disgusts c. guarantee e. inspected g. prevent


b. dismissed d. ideal f. opinion h. resolves

1. Ever since her expensive VCR fell apart, Tisha won't buy anything
unless a store will give her a . . ? . . .

2. Thanks for asking me how I feel about the plans for the party, but my . .

? . . isn't really important.

3. The way drunk people sometimes act 7 me. I hate to see people
make fools of themselves.
4. We . . ? . . many apartments before choosing the one we wanted.
5. Every Monday morning, Nora 9 to make the week better than the
one before.

6. When Jon sprained his ankle at work, his boss 7 him so he could
go to the doctor.

7. Warm, sunny days are 7 for going swimming.


8. To . . ? . . myself from gaining weight, I exercise every night after dinner.

Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disgusted c. guarantee e. inspected g. prevent


b. dismissed d. ideal f. opinion h. resolved

1-2. All the blood in the movie sickened and 7 me. In my , the
movie would have been better without all the violence.
3-4. To 7 anyone from getting hurt when the fire broke out, Mrs.
Brown 7 her workers and told them to go home.
5-6. When the computer broke down just two months after he had bought it,
Carlo . 7 never again to buy anything if it didn't come with a

7-8. After my boss my work folder, he said I was an


7 9 worker
and gave me a big raise.

396
Chapter 14 113

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

1. You would probably think that your job is ideal if


a. your boss screams and yells at you all day.
b. you like your work, and the pay is good.
c. you don't like your work, and the pay is low.
2. You might want someone to inspect your favorite restaurant if you
a. found broken glass in your food.
b. had an excellent meal there.
c. like how clean and neat everything is.
3. If you are known for your strong opinions, you probably
a. can lift furniture easily.
b. say what you think and feel.
c. have healthy feet.
4. If you have a high fever, you might resolve to
a. go out into the cold without a jacket
b. have a party and stay up all night
c. stay home and get lots of rest

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Which of the following would probably disgust most people?


a. Newly cut roses
b. Freshly baked chocolate chip cookies
c. A pile of garbage on a hot summer day
6. A boss may dismiss workers early if they
a. have not finished their work.
b. completed their work way before deadline.
c. just came back from a long vacation.
7. People should try to get a guarantee when they
a. buy a used car.
b. buy a candy bar.
c. borrow a computer from a friend.
8. People can sometimes prevent themselves from getting sick if they
a. smoke a lot of cigarettes and eat a lot of junk food.
b. share food and drinks with people who are already sick.
c. get enough rest, food, and exercise.

397
114 Chapter 14

Adding Words t (o; Recd in


A. The Good and ad Sides of Malls
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. dismiss b. guarantees c. opinion d. resoOve

Most people think malls are great. But why do so many people share this
(1) ? First of all, malls are easy to use. Before malls, people
had to go to many small stores to locate° what they needed. Today's shoppers have to go
to only one place to find what they want. Another reason people like malls is cost. A
department store in a mall is large enough to be able to offer low prices. Malls can also
offer the best (2) in town. For example, if a TV bought in a
mall department store breaks down, the store will often fix the TV free of charge, no
questions asked.
But not everything about malls is good. Here's why. As malls spread across the
country, they put hundreds of small family-owned shops and restaurants out of business.
How? When you buy clothes at a mall, you are not spending your money at stores which
have been in the area since before the malls were built. The same is true for restaurants.
When you buy a taco in the mall food court, that takes business away from the taco
restaurant on Main Street in town. Over time, it becomes harder and harder for small
businesses to stay open. Their owners may (3) to fight to stay
open. But often they are forced to (4) all their workers and
close their doors forever. Towns that used to have streets filled with shoppers now have
empty stores and lost jobs. That's why malls are not as wonderful as they seem.

As Good As Et Looks?
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. disgust b. ideal c. inspected d. prevents

Did you ever want to know why the food in TV ads always looks
(5) ? Did you ever wonder° why it looks so much better on
TV than it does in real life? The answer may surprise you. Often the tasty-looking food
you see on TV is fakeor at least partly fake. There is no rule that says TV ads must
show real food. Advertisers are free to add whatever they want to make what they sell
Chapter 14 115
look good. Nothing (6) an advertiser from adding something
strange that would (7) people if they knew about it.
To make milk seem creamy and white, advertisers add sticky white glue to each
glass! The dark steamy coffee in TV ads is no better. In a few ads, it has soap added to it
to make it look bubbly and fresh. One company even made its chicken look good and
crispy by spraying it with brown paint. The nice roasted color made it look great. But if
you (8) the chicken closely, you would have seen a coat of
oily paint all over it. So it's not surprising that the food you make at home never looks as
good as the food on TV. Maybe you need to add some paint or glue to your recipes!

Using the Wards When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I once saw something that disgusted me. It was

2. A boss might dismiss workers early if

3. The store gave me a guarantee when

4. My idea of an ideal vacation is

5. At the supermarket, I always inspect

6. It is my opinion that

7. One way to prevent a fire at home is to

8. One thing I resolve to do over the next year is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

399
advice impossible
cautious necessary
defeat permit
defect provide

Learn:in Eight New Wards


Ih

In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 advice My mother's advice to me whenever I get sick is to stay in bed.


(ad-viis) O Friends often give good advice when you are trying to make a decision.
noun

Advice means a. helpful idea b. friendship c. mistake

2 cautious Ever since he stepped on a bee, Paul has been cautious about walking in
(kaw-shuhss) the grass with bare feet.
adjective You need to be cautious when riding a bike on busy roads.
Cautious means a. happy b. tired c. careful

3 defeat If you can defeat your fears, you can do anything.


(di-feet) Our soccer team played so well that we defeated the first-place team.
verb

Defeat means a. beat b. keep c. hide

4 defect Martina returned her new jacket to the store because it had a defect
(dee-fekt) the zipper would not close.
noun o My boss finds defects in everyone else's work, but he thinks his own
work is perfect.
Defect means a. cost b. problem c. best part

5 impossible 0 Mira has to work on Saturday, so it is impossible for her to go on the


(im-poss-uh-buhl) camping trip this weekend.
adjective o Until the 1960s, many people thought it would be impossible to travel
to the moon.
Impossible means a. usual b. not able to happen c. safe

4-0
116
Chapter 15 117
6 necessary o Before the bank can cash your check, it will be necessary for you to
(ness-uh-ser-ee) show your driver's license.
adjective o You will have to fill out the necessary forms before the doctor will see
you.
_Necessary means a. not wanted b. careful c. needed

7 permit O Most stores don't want customers to bring their pets inside, but they do
(pur-mit) permit people to bring in Seeing-Eye dogs.
verb I don't understand why Ralph permits his son to speak to him so rudely.
Permit means a. understand b. let c. win

8 provide Two soup kitchens in the city provide free meals to hungry families.
(pruh-viid) O Before the test, the instructor provided a pencil to every student.
verb

Provide means a. give b. take away c. show

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Not taking chances; careful

2. A helpful idea about how to do something

3. A problem or mistake that keeps something from being perfect;


a fault

4. To gain a victory over someone or something; to win in a contest


of some kind

5. To let someone do something

6. To give something that people need

7. Very important to something else; needed

8. Not possible; not able to be done

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
401
118 Chapter 15

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advice c. defeated e. impossible g. permits


b. cautious d. defects f. necessary h. provide

1. The store sells "not quite perfect" clothes that have small 9 you can
barely see.

2. When we saw lightning in the sky, we decided to be and go indoors.

3. The basketball star's 9 to students was simple: "Stay in school,


work hard, and stay off drugs!"
4. To bake a tall cake, several eggs are 9

5. I know who is bringing hot dogs to the picnic, but who will 9 the
soda?

6. If you water plants only once in a while, it will be 9 for them to


grow healthy and strong.
7. We 9 the ants in our kitchen with a broom and a can of bug spray.
8. My boss workers to wear jeans on Fridays.

Add in Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advice c. defeat e. impossible g. permitted


b. cautious d. defect f. necessary h. provide

1-2. The best piece of 9 my father gave me was this: "Don't be afraid
to try." He made me believe that if I worked hard enough, no problem
could 9 me.

3-4. Because Katie was born with a 9 in her heart, it was . . ? . . for her
to have an operation when she was just two days old.
5-6. The landlord told me it was for me to keep a pet, so why has he
. ? . my neighbors to have two dogs and a cat?
. .

7-8 ? parents will 9 a baby sitter with the phone numbers of the
police and fire stations.

402
Chapter 15 119

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you are a cautious person and someone invites you to go skydiving, you will probably say,
a. "Let's go!"
b. "I'm glad you asked."
c. "No way!"
2. How would you feel if another team defeated your favorite team in an important game?
a. Happy
b. Upset
c. Lazy
3. If you found a defect in a watch you had just bought, you would probably
a. be happy.
b. return the watch.
c. wear the watch.
4. If it is impossible for you to work nights, you
a. will work nights, not days.
b. look for a day job.
c. don't care when you work.

PART 113
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Someone who asks for advice


a. has already decided what to do.
b. does not have many friends.
c. is not sure what to do.
6. Which of the following is necessary in order to have a baseball game?
a. Two teams
b. Hot dogs and a cold drink
c. Many fans
7. A bar that permits smoking probably
a. has customers that smoke.
b. throws out anyone who lights up.
c. has a no-smoking rule.
8. In a restaurant, who provides the meal?
a. The customer
b. The server
c. The person at the cash register 403
120 Chapter 15

Adding Words to a Reading


A. A IL elief in Flying
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. advice b. defeated c. impossible d. permit

What do you think life would be like without the telephone? Without the radio, TV,
cars, or airplanes? If the people who came up with these wonderful inventions had
listened to the (1) they were given, they would have given up.
Instead, they were able to remain motivated° to reach their goals. For instance, many
people told the Wright brothers, who invented the airplane, that flying was
(2) . "We would have been born with wings if we were meant
to fly!" people said. Sometimes the Wright brothers thought these people were right.
After all, there were many times that their "flying machines" crashed to the ground. But
these setbacks never (3) the Wright brothers. They would not
(4) themselves to give up. Finally, in 1903, they invented a
flying machine that really worked. Every airplane in the sky today is there because the
Wright brothers believed in what they were doing.

IL She Tries Ir, efore She ILuys


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. cautious b. defect c. necessary d. provide

Mr. Henderson works in the vegetable section of the Quick-Mart store. The other
day, he saw a customer pick up a tomato and take a big bite of it.
"Wait a minute!" Mr. Henderson said. "What do you think you're doing? You can't
eat something you haven't paid for."
The woman looked at him in surprise. "I'm just a (5)
shopper," she explained. "I don't buy anything until I inspect° it to be sure that it's really
good. And these tomatoes aren't very good."
"What's wrong with them?" asked Mr. Henderson.
"Well, they look good on the outside," said the woman. "But they have a
(6) inside. They are hard and sour, not juicy and sweet. Biting
into that one was like eating a red tennis ball."
404
Chapter 15 121
"I'm sorry you don't like the tomatoes," said Mr. Henderson. "But it is still
(7) for you to pay for the tomato you ate."
"Oh, all right," said the woman. "Here's fifty cents. But you really should
(8) customers with a chance to taste before we buy. Otherwise,
how do we know what we are getting?"

Using the Words When Wri tin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. The best advice I ever got was

2. People should be extra cautious when

3. One childhood fear that I defeated was

4. I once bought something with a defect. It was

5. As much as I tried, it was impossible for me to

6. If people want to improve their vocabulary, it will be necessary for them to

7. On school nights, many parents often do not permit their children to

8. Most people enjoy watching the evening TV news. It provides them with

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6= 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

405
arrange panic
continue personal
expert regret
holl w suppose

Learnin Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 arrange The first thing Chen did in his new apartment was arrange his furniture
(uh-raynj) so that each piece was exactly where he wanted it.
verb I arranged all the books on the shelf in alphabetical order.
Arrange means a. buy b. mix up c. put in order

2 continue o The weather report says that heavy rain will continue for several days
(kuhn-tin-yoo) and cause flooding.
verb My neighbors continued playing their radio loudly, even though I asked
them to turn it down.
Continue means a. keep quiet b. keep outside c. keep going

3 expert o My little brother is an expert on dinosaurs. He knows all their names,


(ek-spurt) what they looked like, what they ate, and where they lived.
noun Aunt Sonia likes sweets so much she calls herself a dessert expert.
Expert means a. someone who does b. someone who c. someone who is
not know much knows a lot afraid of
about something about something something

4 hollow The pipe used to be hollow, but now it is filled with earth and tree roots.
(hol-oh) o The bank robbers hid the money in a hollow tree.
adjective

Hollow means a. against the law b. out of shape c. empty

5 panic o Gary felt panic when he saw the large, hairy spider.
(pan-ik) As the fire moved closer and closer to our block, we tried to fight the
noun feeling of panic inside us.
Panic means a. great fear b. great hunger c. great love

122
406
Chapter 16 123

6 personal 0 For the last five years, Tara has kept a diary so she can write down her
(pur-suh-nuhl) personal thoughts and feelings.
adjective o With close friends, you can talk about personal subjects, such as
problems you're having at home or on the job.
_Personal means a. not important b. close to one's heart c. not expensive

7 regret Our neighbors thought painting their house purple would be fun, but
(ri-gret) now they regret that they did it.
verb Bill regrets yelling at his little brother and making him cry.
Regret means a. feel bad about b. be thankful c. be nervous

8 suppose I suppose I will go to the movies tonight, but I won't decide until later.
(suh-pohz) We had supposed that my brother would bring his new girlfriend home
verb for Thanksgiving, but he visited her family instead.
Suppose means a. remember b. see clearly c. think

Machin Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Having to do with a person's life and feelings; private

2. A sudden feeling of great fear

3. Being empty inside

4. Someone who knows a lot about a subject

5. To be sorry; to feel bad about something that happened

6. To put something in order

7. To keep on doing something; to not stop

8. To guess that something is true or will happen

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
407
124 Chapter 16

Adding One Ward t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. arranged c. expert e. panic g. regretted


b. continue d. hollow f. personal h. supposed

1. When water started leaking into the house, Glenda 9 that she had
not gotten the roof fixed.

2. Sometimes children ask adults questions like "What scares you?"


and "Do you ever cry?"
3. Raccoons like to build their homes inside 9 places.
4. Shaking and feeling a great deal of , the man dialed 911 as
quickly as he could.
5. Melissa is an ? at math, but she does not know much about history.
6. The way the chef the food on the plate made the meal look better
than it tasted.
7. The man at the gas station told us to 9 driving on Route 95 until the
very end.

8. I 9 you would be hungry after the test, so I bought sandwiches and


soft drinks.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. arrange c. expert e. panic g. regrets


b. continue d. hollow f. personal h. suppose

1-2. I don't know how to ' flowers very well, but my sister, who
works in a flower shop, is an ' at it.

3-4. Rodney acts as though he isn't afraid of anything. But his closest
friends know one of his most 9 secrets. Rodney feels great . . ? . .

when he sees a mouse.


5-6. Ved ? putting white carpet in his living room. Now the room
looks so big that it seems almost 9
7-8. Our teacher gave us very little homework this week, but I 9 that
in the weeks ahead, the class will not ' to be so easy.
4U
Chapter 16 125

Showin You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

I. If you have friends who are experts on cooking, you might


a. decide it was dangerous to eat anything they make.
b. get their help on a special meal you are planning.
c. buy them a beginner's cookbook.
2. You would probably feel panic if you woke up one morning and found that
a. your pillow had fallen on the floor.
b. light rain was falling outside.
c. a big snake had wrapped itself around your feet.
3. Which of the following do you think is a personal question?
a. "How much money do you make?"
b. "Where is the nearest gas station?"
c. "Is there a bowling alley in town?"
4. Which of the following might you do to show you regret that you had a fight with your friend?
a. Say nothing until your friend says to you, "I'm sorry."
b. Say to your friend, "You're really a fool."
c. Call your friend and say, "I'm sorry."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

5. If a husband and wife arrange the photos from their wedding, they will probably
a. tear up the photos.
b. throw the photos into a drawer.
c. place the photos in an album.
6. Someone who continues losing weight will probably
a. buy larger-size clothing.
b. keep wearing the same clothing he or she has always worn.
c. buy smaller-size clothing.
7. Something hollow that is often found on a breakfast table is
a. a plate of bacon and eggs.
b. a coffee cup.
c. a newspaper.
8. If an adult says to a child, "I suppose you are the one who broke the mirror," the adult
a. has a feeling the child probably did it.
b. is sure the child did it.
c. is sure the child did not do it.
409
126 Chapter 16

Addin Words to a Readin C,)

A. Play Now, Pay Later


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. arranged b. continued c. hollow d. suppose

Did you ever hear the story of the ants and the grasshopper? It goes like this. During
the summer, the ants worked hard to prepare° for the winter. From sunup to sundown,
they hid pieces of food in (1) spaces off a main underground
tunnel. For weeks, the ants (2) to work hard. And what did the
grasshopper do during this time? He played. He sang and danced and had a fine time.
When the ants warned him that winter was coming, he just laughed and said, "I
(3) it will, but no one knows for sure. Anyway, there will always
be plenty of food to eat. You'll see." But, of course, winter did come. The ants went into
their tunnels and lived off the food that they had carefully (4)
there in neat piles. Soon the grasshopper knocked at their door. "I'm hungry!" he said.
"Will you share your food with me?" The ants shook their heads. "Now maybe you are
sorry about the way you spent the summer," they said. They shut the door on the
grasshopper and left him alone and hungry in the snow.

A Man of Many Faces


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. expert b. panic c. personal d. regret

If you ever have the chance, see the movie The Great Imposter. The movie tells the
story of Ferdinand Demara, Jr., a very interesting man. Demara did not have much
education. But he was very smart. When he wanted to learn about something, he read
everything that he could find on the subject. In that way, he became an
(5) on many subjects. Many of the people who met Demara
believed that he was a college teacher because he knew so much. In fact, Demara started
acting as if he were a college professor and more. During his life, Demara held jobs as a
doctor, prison warden, chef, priest, and lawyer. He was so good at all these jobs that
nobody suspected° he was not the real thing. Sometimes someone would ask Demara a

410
Chapter 16 127
question like "How does it feel to be a doctor?" or "What made you become a prison
warden?" Such (6) questions made Demara feel nervous that
someone might learn his secret. Many times, when he thought he might be caught, he felt
so much fear and (7) that he packed his belongings and moved
somewhere else. Finally, he was caught and served time in jail. But even then, he did not
(8) that he had told all those lies in the past.

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta Min IH

Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. In my room, I like to neatly arrange

2. I hope that I will always continue to

3. Young children think their parents are experts in everything. But when kids get older, they

4. Hollow trees are important in a forest because

5. Everyone in the building felt panic when

6. If someone asks me a question that I think is too personal, I simply say, "

7. I will always regret that

8. Since my friends didn't meet me when they said they would, I supposed

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

411
admit encourage
avaiilabb experiment
contribute intimate
duii portion

Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 admit People charged with a crime will sometimes admit their guilt. They
(ad-mit) hope that by saying, "Yes, I did it," they will receive a lighter sentence.
verb
O When I found crumbs in her bedroom, my daughter admitted that she
ate the last of the chocolate cake.
Admit means a. hide b. enjoy c. honestly tell

2 available o At one time, jeans came only in blue and were called "blue jeans." Now
(uh-vay-luh-buhl) they are available in dozens of colors.
adjective 0 Asian foods are available at many stores in my neighborhood, but they
are not sold in my sister's neighborhood.
Available means a. boring b. easy to get c. expensive

3 contribute Each winter, people are asked to contribute food and clothing to help
(kuhn-trib-yoot) the city's homeless.
verb My history class is interesting because every student contributes his or
her ideas.
Contribute means a. give b. take away c. find

4 dull Darren says that his work is dull because he does the same simple
(duhl) things day after day.
adjective c The movie was so dull that half the audience fell asleep and the rest
went home early.
_Dull means a. not interesting b. fun c. private

5 encourage To encourage a team to do better, a coach should not yell at the players
(en-kur-ij) all the time.
verb
My parents encouraged me to aim high and hope for the best.
Encourage means a. stop b. shout at angrily c. give hope to

128
412
Chapter 17 129

6 experiment o I like to experiment with new recipes, but sometimes I end up feeding
(ek-sper-uh-ment) the results to my dog.
verb Last year, the teacher experimented with a completely different way to
teach English to children from other countries.
Experiment means a. give b. try something new c. watch

7 intimate o Most of us tell intimate things about ourselves only to those people we
(in-tuh-mit) know well and trust completely.
adjective o In a diary, people may write about thoughts they feel are too intimate to
tell anyone.
_Intimate means a. boring b. private c. false

8 portion portion of his paycheck into the bank.


Every week, Lawrence puts a
(por-shuhn) O Father was busy at the Thanksgiving table, cutting portions of the
noun turkey for everyone.
Portion means a. all b. nothing c. part

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To tell the truth about something; to confess

2. Boring

3. To give something, such as money, help, or ideas

4. A small part of something larger

5. To make others feel they can do well; to help others get the
courage to do something

6. To try something new and different

7. Easy to get, buy, or find; ready for use

8. Having to do with inner feelings; private

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
413
130 Chapter 17

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admits c. contributed e. encouraged g. intimate


b. available d. dull f. experimented h. portions

1. Everyone in our family 7 something to the block fair. Dad baked


pies, Mom brought tablecloths, and I played the guitar.
2. To lose weight, you don't have to give up, all the foods you love. Just eat
smaller 7 of them.

3. I went to the video store to see if any good horror movies were
4. I 9 with driving a different route to work this morning to see if it
would be faster.

5. Because of problems at home, Lorena planned to drop out of school.


But her teachers 9 her to keep going and not give up.
6. Jake likes to dance, but he 7 that he is not very good at it.
7. Hakim thought the book would be .. ? ... However, it was so exciting
that he stayed up all night reading it.
8. Carlos is too shy to share his . . ? . . thoughts with anyone.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admit c. contributed e. encouraging g. intimate


b. available d. dull f. experimenting h. portions

1-2. Children from unhappy homes often keep . ? . secrets about family
. .

life to themselves. Caring adults can make the children feel better by
them to talk about what is happening at home.
3-4. If things get 7 at a party, try 9 with this idea for waking
everyone up: Ask people to talk about their earliest memories.
5-6. I don't like to 9 it, but I have never 7 anything to the toy
drive that my neighborhood runs every year.
7-8. Here's what to do when you have two hungry kids and only one candy
bar 7 Have one child cut the candy bar into two and have
the second child choose which piece he or she wants.

414
Chapter 17 131

Showin You Urgderstomsd the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. You would probably hate to admit that you


a. care for your family.
b. bought a new car.
c. cheated on a test.
2. Which of the following would you want to have available during the worst snowstorm of the
year?
a. An air conditioner
b. Warm boots
c. A bathing suit
3. If you want to experiment with your hairstyle, you might
a. get the same haircut you always get.
b. wear a hat.
c. get a different haircut.
4. If you hear a friend's intimate life story, you probably will
a. end up with a better understanding of the person.
b. never know much about the person.
c. wish your friend had told the truth.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

5. If each member of the football team contributed to winning the game, it's likely that
a. one star player did it all.
b. everyone on the team deserves thanks.
c. many players never showed up for practice.
6. People trying to read a very dull book might
a. fall asleep.
b. laugh out loud.
c. be kept awake by all the action.
7. To encourage workers, a boss might say,
a. "You are the best staff anyone could ask for."
b. "You workers think the world owes you a living!"
c. "I'm leaving work early. I'll see you sometime tomorrow."
8. Someone who gave away a portion of his dinner did which of the following?
a. Gave away all of his dinner
b. Gave away most of his dinner
c. Gave away some of his dinner
415
132 Chapter 17

Adding Words to a Reading


A. Soaps Are for Me!
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. admit b. dull c. encourage d. intimate

People often laugh at me for watching TV soap operas. Let them laugh. I like the
"soaps" for three reasons. First, sometimes my own life seems (1)
with the same boring jobs to do every day at home and at work. But the soaps are always
exciting. People hop from one romance to the next, get into all kinds of difficulty, and
come down with strange illnesses. Second, the soaps let me be nosy without getting into
trouble. I (2) it. To be truthful, I like hearing about the private
lives and inner thoughts of people on the soaps. But I would never want my own friends
or family to tell me such (3) things. How could I look them in
the face again? The soaps are a safe way to get all the interesting "inside dirt" on people.
Third, the soaps (4) me to deal with my own problems.
Compared with what goes on in a soap opera, my own troubles seem minor°. What if I
did have a little fight with my husband? At least I don't have two lovers and their jealous
wives to worry about, my brother hasn't been missing for ten years (he lives downstairs),
and I haven't got some terrible disease.

Keeping the Customer Happy


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. available b. contributed c. experiment d. portions

I'm a waiter in a restaurant. It's not a fancy place, but it's nice. Every so often, we
run out of desserts that are on the menu. A customer orders apple pie, and I have to say,
"Sorry, we're out of it." The customers don't like that, and sometimes they even get mad
at me. So I went to the boss and (5) an idea. Here's what I
said: "If we're out of a dessert, why not offer the customer something that is
(6) but serve it at half price?"
The boss started to laugh. "We would lose too much money!"
"No, we won't," I said. "Getting paid half for a few (7)
of apple pie or chocolate pudding a couple of times a week won't cost us much. And with
each serving, we make a customer happy, and a happy customer is a loyal° customer who
will come back over and over again."
J
16
Chapter 17 133

"All right," my boss said. "Let's (8) . Let's try your idea for
a month and see how it works."
So that's what we're doing. Now, instead of just saying, "Sorry, we're all out," I tell
the customer, "We're all out of strawberry ice cream today, but we do have vanilla fudge.
And to show you how sorry we are, we're serving that at half price."

Using the Words When Writing and Milan


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Most people find it difficult to admit that

2. The library book was not available because

3. When I go to a party, I like to contribute something, such as

4. The TV show was so dull that we

5. To encourage children to believe in themselves, parents should

6. If you eat dinner at the house of a friend who is experimenting with spicy food, you

7. A young girl writing in her diary might write an intimate thought about

8. I threw away a small portion of the pizza because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
.
417
compete envy
contain gradual
depend intense
effective involve

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 compete When Kathy and I compete at checkers, she always wins.


(kuhm-peet) The two brothers compete at everything, even to see who can finish his
verb dinner first.
Compete means a. try to win b. give up c. share

2 contain These boxes contain colorful shells that I found at the seashore.
(kuhn-tayn) The bowl in the back of my refrigerator contains vegetables that are
verb several months old.
Contain means a. dislike b. make c. have inside

3 depend o When life gets difficult, it helps if you can depend on friends to cheer
(di-pend) you up.
verb 0 Leon depends on his neighbor to watch his sons while he is at work.
Depend on means a. wait for b. rely on c. turn away from

4 effective O This medicine is so effective that I haven't coughed once since I took it.
(uh-fek-tiv) Exercise is an effective way to improve health and get more energy.
adjective

Effective means a. late b. slow c. good

5 envy Many people envy movie stars because they are so rich and famous, but
(en-vee) famous people often lead sad lives.
verb o Children often envy grownups because adults can stay up as late as they
like.
Envy means a. look like b. have more than c. wish to have
the same as

134
418
Chapter 18 135

6 gradual o Although we might not see it from one day to the next, there is a
(graj-yoo-uhl) gradual change as spring turns into summer.
adjective ° Over the months, we enjoyed watching Tiger's gradual growth from
tiny kitten to adult cat.
Gradual means a. happening slowly b. becoming smaller c. happening quickly

7 intense The birth of a healthy baby boy brought Elise and Jorge intense
(in-tens) happiness.
adjective Many people felt intense sadness when Princess Diana was killed.
Intense means a. little b. not important c. deep

8 involve o The teachers work hard to involve every student in the school play,
(in-volv) either as an actor or as a singer.
verb o I found it helpful to involve my parents when I was trying to decide
which apartment to rent.
Involve means a. keep out b. bring in c. make angry

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Happening little by little

2. Going as planned or wished; working well

3. To try hard to win over others; to try to outdo others

4. Deeply felt

5. To hold inside

6. To wish to have what someone else has

7. To make someone or something a part of

8. To have faith in someone or something; to rely

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
419
136 Chapter 18

Addin One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. competes c. depend e. envies g. intense


b. contains d. effective f. gradual h. involved

1. The sun makes such a 7 trip through the sky each day that we
never really see it moving.

2. I feel sorry for whoever is playing tennis with Sarah. Whenever Sarah
, she usually wins.

3. Because they wanted to find ways to end the fighting, the two warring
countries 7 many nations in the peace process.
4. I . . ? . . on my dog to wake me every morning in time for work.

5. Shopping for clothes in secondhand stores is an 7 way to save money.


6. Because he works outside in the summer heat, Scott 7 people who
work in air-conditioned offices.
7. When the runner lost the race, her face showed 7 disappointment.
8. My jewelry box 7 paper clips, pencils, nail files, and chewing gum.
Oh, yes, the box has some jewelry in it, too.

Adding Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. competed c. depend e. envy g. intense


b. contained d. effective f. gradual h. involve

1-2. When I was a kid, I used to 7 my friend because his lunch box
always . . ? . . a candy bar, while mine had only a piece of fruit.

3-4. It turned out to be a good idea to 7 my three-year-old daughter in


feeding our cat. She gets 7 joy from having such a grown-up job.
5-6. Omar used to lose when he 7 at chess, but then he found a more
7 way to play. Now he wins almost every game.
7-8. When children are very young, they 7 on adults for everything,
but as they grow, with the 9 passing of time, kids slowly learn to
do things for themselves.
420
Chapter 18 137

Showing Thu Eln,derstand the Words


PA T A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you compete in a pie-eating contest, which of these do you do?


a. You make pies for the contest.
b. You judge the contest.
c. You try to win the contest.
2. If you know what a box contains, you
a. need to open it to see what's inside.
b. don't need to open it to see what's inside.
c. ask someone to tell you what's inside.
3. You would be most likely to envy a person who had just
a. lost a job.
b. won a vacation to Hawaii.
c. made a dentist appointment.
4. To make a gradual 'change to a low-fat diet, you would
a. start eating high-fat foods.
b. add one or two low-fat foods to your diet each week or two.
c. begin right away to eat only low-fat foods.

PART
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

5. A person who depends on the bus to get to work


a. hopes the bus will come on time.
b. never takes the bus.
c. drives in a car pool.
6. A dishwashing liquid is effective if it
a. does a poor job of cleaning the dishes.
b. costs more than other brands.
c. gets the dishes really clean.
7. A husband and wife who feel intense sadness at the thought of moving probably have
a. good friends in the neighborhood.
b. neighbors they don't get along with.
c. a new apartment they don't like much.
8. When children in a family are involved in making an important decision, they
a. are not asked what they think.
b. are asked what they think.
c. are told to leave the room.
138 Chapter 18

Adding Wards t a Reading


A. A Fake "Cure"
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. contained b. depended c. effective d. involve

Have you ever heard anybody say, "That's just snake oil"? The term "snake oil"
means "fake medicine." People claim° that it can cure an illness, but it doesn't really do
anything. The term comes from the 1800s, when "medicine shows" would travel from
town to town, selling homemade "cures." People believed in the medicine because the
seller would often (1) several sick people in the show. They
would be called out of the audience and "cured" after taking a big drink of the medicine.
Of course, the "sick" people weren't really sick. They were in good health and worked for
the medicine show.
These so-called medicines were said to be (2) for everything
from baldness to cancer. However, the "medicine" bottles really (3)
useless liquids, anything from cactus juice to vinegar to, yes, snake oil. Because most
people lived too far from town to see a real doctor, they bought many bottles of this fake
medicine. They (4) on it to keep their families healthy. By the
time they found out that the medicine didn't work, the people running the medicine show
would be many miles awaycheating the next group of townspeople.

The Jobs Everyone Hates


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. compete b. envy c. gradual d. intense

Most people don't like to do housework very much. They (5)


those who have the money to hire someone else to do the work. Which housework jobs do
people hate most? Nearly 1,400 people were asked that question. Many said they did not
like dusting or doing the laundry. But the largest number of people said their most
(6) dislike was for washing the dishes and cleaning the
bathroom. These two kinds of housework easily won the "prizes" for the worst jobs.
Nothing else could (7) with them. Many people also said that
they used to like to cook. But as the years went by, a (8)
change took place. People got more and more tired of preparing° meals. For them, the

422
Chapter 18 139
kitchen became a place to stay out of. Maybe that's the reason fast-food restaurants do
such good business.

Using the Wards When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I knew everyone was ready to compete when

2. My pockets contain

3. For me, a good friend is one I can depend on to

4. An effective way to lose weight is to

5. Many people envy well-known athletes because

6. The growth of a tree is so gradual that

7. I felt intense happiness when

8. If you want to involve young children in helping around the house, you should

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

423
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Three. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

140 424
Unit 3 Review Activities 141

Completing (c); Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Three. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

admit
advice
available
cautious
contribute
defeat
defect
disgust
dismiss
dull
experiment
guarantee
ideal
impossible
inspect
intimate
involve
locate
necessary
opinion
permit
prevent
22
provide
23 resolve

ACROSS 16. To try something new and 4. To let someone do


1. Very important to different something
something else; needed 18. To look at something 8. To keep someone from
5. To make a strong decision closely in order to find doing something
to do something problems or errors 9. A problem or mistake that
6. Having to do with inner 20. To gain a victory over keeps something from
feelings; private someone or something being perfect
7. To let someone leave; to 21. Easy to get, buy, or find; 10. To tell the truth about
send away ready for use something; to confess
8. To give something that 22. To find something 12. A promise (by a seller to a
people need 23. To make someone or buyer) to fix or replace
11. To cause someone to have something a part of something that breaks
15. Not able to be done
a feeling of sickness or
strong dislike DOWN 17. What someone thinks or
13. Boring 2. Not taking chances; careful feels about something
14. To give something, such as 3. Perfect; meeting every 19. A helpful idea about how
money, help, or ideas need or wish to do something

425
142 Unit 3 Review Activities

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Three. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

111111111111111111111 Ell amazed


11111111111111mmillIMMIli
MM.
arrange

NI 111 NMI compete


confident
contain
1111111111111111111=11111.111111
Mr =Ell
continue

II MEI 10 depend
donate
1111111111111111111111mmmumm effective

an
11E11
INI14
En
imin am
II ME16 17
effort
encourage
envy
expert
IIUIIIIIIIKIIIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIIIIIIMIIIIIMIII gradual
1111111111111.11 Mil MIN hollow
intense
1111E1111111111111 11111111111111 panic
19
IIIIIIIIIIIIII ill 29 IIIIIII personal
21

IEIIIIIIIIIII II INN portion

11111111111111111
MIIIIIIIIIIIIIII
1.110.1111 MR purpose
regret
22
IIIIIIII sincere
11111111111111 III Milli suppose

111110111111111111 111111111.111111111 EMI uncertain

ACROSS 21. To hold inside 11. To wish to have what


1. Having to do with a 22. To make others feel they someone else has
person's life and feelings; can do well; to help others 12. The reason for something;
private get the courage to do the goal
6. To put something in order something 13. A small part of something
7. To try hard to win over larger
others; to try to outdo DOWN 14. Going as planned or
others 1. A sudden feeling of great wished; working well
9. To keep on doing fear 15. Not sure; in doubt
something; to not stop 2. Very surprised 17. Hard work; trying hard
10. To have faith in someone 3. Deeply felt 18. Honest; truthful
or something; to rely 4. Happening little by little 19. To give something in order
16. Sure of something; certain 5. Being empty inside to help others
18. To guess that something is 8. To be sorry; to feel bad 20. Someone who knows a lot
true or will happen about something that about a subject
happened

426
Unit 3 Review Activities 143

Choosing the est Word t Complete w Item


On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

1. Carrie did not call a plumber when the pipes in her basement froze. She
was 9 she could fix the problem herself.
a. intense b. confident c. personal
2. Because she thinks it is 7 to do the same kind of exercise every
day, Shannon sometimes runs, sometimes swims, and sometimes rides
her bike.
a. amazed b. gradual c. dull
3. Although penguins are birds, it is 9 for them to fly. Their bodies
are too large and their wings are too little.
a. ideal b. gradual c. impossible
4. I always go to Marie's Hair Salon because Marie is an . . ? . . in cutting
curly hair like mine.
a. expert b. effort c. advice
5. When the ice on the pond gets to be six inches deep, the owner . . ? . .

people to ice skate there.


a. experiments b. contains c. permits
6. You can buy frozen strawberries anytime, but fresh ones are 9 for
only a few months in the summer.
a. available b. hollow c. necessary
7. Because John is my closest friend, I can talk to him about the 9

parts of my life.
a. effective b. ideal c. intimate
8. Since the new baby down the street is all dressed in pink, I 9 that
the baby is a girl.
a. envy b. suppose c. dismiss
9. Peter ate so many 9 of the cherry pie that there was little left for
the rest of the family.
a. efforts b. purposes c. portions
10. The children put their money together to buy their mother a birthday
present. Even the four-year-old 9 a nickel.
a. continued b. contributed c. contained
11. Lori had to 9 that she was the one who had broken the arm of her
grandfather's favorite chair.
a. envy b. admit c. locate
12. The weather report says there will be a 7 warming this week, with
the temperature slowly rising from the 40s into the 60s.
a. sincere b. intimate c. gradual
(Continues on next page)
427
144 Unit 3 Review Activities

13. There used to be only one long-distance telephone company, but now
companies like MCI, Sprint, and AT&T all 9 to get people's
business.
a. disgust b. contain c. compete
14. Even though it will be hard, Karen has '
to put some money from
each of her paychecks into a savings account.
a. contained b. involved c. resolved
15. Because I have no car, I have to . ? . . on a neighbor for a ride to work.
.

a. prevent b. inspect c. depend


16. The teachers 9 the classes at different times for lunch. The first-
graders go out at 12 o'clock, the second-graders at 12:30, and so on.
a. encourage b. locate c. dismiss
17. To make a toy drum, you can use anything ) that has a lid, such as
an empty oatmeal box.
a. hollow b. intense c. uncertain
18. Peeling apples, rolling out a crust, and cleaning up afterward is a lot of
. ? .
. , but the taste of apple pie is worth all the work.
.

a. effort b. guarantee c. advice


19. Hiram taped sheets of plastic over his windows to cold air from
coming into the house.
a. prevent b. donate c. disgust
20. When Mrs. Ricardo visited her grandson, she was to see that he
had grown five inches in just six months.
a. amazed b. cautious c. intimate
21. I I. . ?. my brother's singing voice. He sings like a bird, while I sound
.

like a frog.
a. resolve b. suppose c. envy
22. It is my . ? . that my husband makes the world's best chocolate cake.
. .

a. purpose b. panic c. opinion


23. The apartment we looked at today seems 9 It is just the right size,
it is neat and clean, and the rent is not too high.
a. cautious b. ideal c. personal
24. The lost man stared at the city map for a long time, trying to
Park Avenue.
a. locate b. dismiss c. involve

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 = 46%, 10 = 42%, 9 38%, 8 = 33%, 7 = 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, 1 = 4%
Enter your scores above and in the-vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
428
Unit 3 Review Activities 145

Adding a Word to an Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advice d. defeated g. encourages j. necessary


b. contain e. disgust h. inspect k. panic
c. continues f. donate i. intense I. regret

1. Instead of letting old clothes hang in the closet, them to a


homeless shelter so they can be used by others.

2. If you 9 buying that purple and gold dress, you should return it to
the store.

3. Even if you are unhappy with your job, my is not to quit until
you have another one.

4. We will go to the shore this weekend if the sunny weather 9 that


long.

5. Please don't ' under my bed. I don't want you to see the balls of
dust there.

6. When the doctor told Mr. and Mrs. Rojas that their son was going to
live, they smiled with 9 happiness.

7. Balloons float upward because they 9 a gas that is lighter than air.

8. Since I did not see the end of the movie, I do not know if the humans
9 the aliens, or if the aliens took over the Earth.

9. Before you paint the living room, it will be 9 to take the old
wallpaper off the walls.

10. Mrs. Evans her students by telling them what they are good at,
not by yelling at them for their mistakes.

11. Professional athletes 9 many people by getting so much money


and then complaining about their jobs.

12. As soon as an airplane leaves the ground, some people feel a great deal
of 9 and are not able to relax until the plane lands safely.

(Continues on next page)


429
146 Unit 3 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. arranged d. effective g. involves j. purpose


b. cautious e. experiment h. personal k. sincere
c. defect f. guarantee i. provide I. uncertain

13. One . . ? . of most tests is to help students see how much they know
.

about a subject.

14. When you buy a CD from that store, you get a 7 that the CD will
be replaced if anything ever goes wrong with it.

15. There are lots of things I like about Rick, but he has one big 9 He
believes he is right about everything.

16. Apple trees 9 fruit to eat as well as much-needed shade on hot,


sunny days.

17. The little girl 7 her crayons in two pilesone with the colors she
liked, the other with the colors she did not like.

18. I teach my children to be 7 about petting strange dogs, even if the


dogs seem friendly.

19. When Kareem makes soup, he likes to 7 by adding different herbs


and spices.

20. I like the people I work with, but I don't talk to them about
things such as problems in my marriage.

21. Paula wants to surprise her father with a nice gift for his birthday, but
she is 7 about what he would like.

22. To prove that he is 7 about quitting smoking, James promises to


pay each of his children ten dollars if he ever has another cigarette.

23. The concert at school tonight 7 students from the fourth and fifth
grades, but not from the sixth and seventh.

24. Borrowing money from friends and not returning it is an 9 way to


lose their friendship.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

4 `.1
Unit 3 Review Activities 147

Find in the Same ®r the Opposite Nieman III

PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that correctly completes each sentence. In most
cases, the correct answer will have the same or almost the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

1. If you are amazed at the low price of an apartment, you


a. are surprised at how little it costs. b. are worried about what it costs.
c. are not sure what it costs.

2. A confident person is often heard saying things like,


a. "This is boring." b. "I doubt that I can do this."
c. "I am sure that I can do this."

3. If the Eagles defeat the Cowboys in a football game, the Eagles


a. beat the Cowboys. b. never play the Cowboys.
c. lose to the Cowboys.

4. If a smell disgusts you, then it


a. pleases you. b. surprises you.
c. makes you feel sick.

5. A job that takes effort is one that


a. pays well. b. is hard to do.
c. is very easy.

6. If you talk about intimate matters with your coworkers, then you talk with them about
a. your private life. b. helpful ideas.
c. things that are perfect.

7. A portion of pie is
a. no pie at all. b. the whole pie.
c. a piece of pie.

8. If you provide friends with a place to sleep, you


a. ask them for a place to sleep. b. don't let them stay with you.
c. give them a place to sleep.

9. If you have a purpose for talking to your neighbors, you have


a. no special reason for talking to them. b. a clear reason for talking to them.
c. a dislike for talking to them.

10. If you did something that you now regret, you feel
a. sorry about what happened. b. bored with what happened.
c. good about what happened.

11. If you resolve to get more exercise, you


a. do not need to get more exercise. b. do not want to get more exercise.
c. decide that you are really going to exercise more often.

431 (Continues on next page)


148 Unit 3 Review Activities

12. If you suppose that a friend dyes her hair, it means that you
a. wish that she wouldn't color it. b. believe that she probably colors it.
c. know for sure that she colors it.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

13. The opposite of cautious is


a. not easy b. not cold c. not careful

14. The opposite of continue is


a. stop b. shout c. push

15. The opposite of effective is


a. not working well b. not looking c. not hearing

16. The opposite of gradual is


a. very sad b. very busy c. all at once

17. The opposite of hollow is


a. not scary b. not empty c. not funny

18. The opposite of impossible is


a. able to repeat b. able to see c. able to happen

19. The opposite of locate is


a. not speak b. not find c. not wish

20. The opposite of necessary is


a. not needed b. not honest c. not strong

21. The opposite of panic is


a. calmness b. doubt c. hope

22. The opposite of permit is


a. not care b. not let c. not see

23. The opposite of sincere is


a. not weak b. not strong c. not truthful

24. The opposite of uncertain is


a. sure b. straight c. soft

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

432
Unit 3 Review Activities 1 49

Uthi the Wards When Writing and Talking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word admit, write or talk about something that most people do not like to tell about
themselves. For instance, you may feel that many people don't like to say that they eat too much,
lose their temper easily, or have trouble saving money.
2. Using the word advice, write or talk about a time you gave someone an idea to help solve a
problem. For example, you may have given a friend a way to work out a difficulty at home, on the
job, or in a relationship.
3. Using the word arrange, write or talk about the order in which you have put (or plan to put) the
furniture in one room where you live. You might describe how you have set up your bedroom or
how you want your living room to look.
4. Using the word available, write or talk about some nonfood items that you can find easily in most
large supermarketsfor example, soap, light bulbs, and movies to rent.
5. Using the word compete, write or talk about a time that you tried to beat someone at a game.
Maybe you bowled with a family member, shot pool with a friend, or played cards with a
roommate.
6. Using the word contain, write or talk about several items that are inside your refrigerator.
7. Using the word contribute, write or talk about someone who has given something that has made
other people happier or better off. You might describe a famous person, like Martin Luther King,
Jr., or someone you know firsthandfor example, a friend, neighbor, relative, or teacher.
8. Using the word defect, write or talk about a time when something was wrong with an item you
bought. Maybe the zipper on a new jacket broke or the controls on your new air conditioner didn't
work.

9. Using the word depend, tell about someone you can trust to be there for you. The person might
baby-sit for your child, give you a ride to work, or listen to you when you need to talk.
10. Using the word dismiss, write or talk about a time when one person sent several other people
away. Maybe a teacher let a class out early, a boss told employees they could leave work before
the end of the day, or a doctor let a patient go home from the hospital.
11. Using the word donate, write or talk about a time that you gave something that helped another
person. You might have given time, money, clothing, books, or a typewriter.
12. Using the word dull, write or talk about someone or something that you do not find at all
interesting. It might be a book, a movie, a TV show, or your weekend plans.
13. Using the word encourage, write or talk about what parents and teachers can do to help kids feel
they can do well in school. You might explain what you think adults can say or do to help kids try
their best.

433 (Continues on next page)


150 Unit 3 Review Activities

14. Using the word envy, write or talk about a time you wanted something that someone else had.
Perhaps you wanted a toy that belonged to another child or the happy family life enjoyed by a
close friend.

15. Using the word experiment, write or talk about a time when you tried doing something you had
never done before. Maybe you tried a new way of studying, exercising, dressing, or cooking a
meal.

16. Using the word expert, write or talk about one subject that you know a good deal about. It could
be a subject you studied in school, learned at work, or picked up as a hobby.
17. Using the word guarantee, write or talk about something that will be fixed or replaced for free if
it ever breaks down. It might be a computer, car, radio, TV, or washing machine.

18. Using the word ideal, write or talk about something that seems perfect to you. It could be your
favorite ice cream, a beautiful spot on a beach, or a perfect way to relax after a hard day.
19. Using the word inspect, write or talk about a time you looked closely at something. Maybe it was
your car after it had been washed, some secondhand furniture you were thinking of buying, or
your living room before guests arrived for a party.
20. Using the word intense, write or talk about a time when you had deep feelings. You might
describe a time that was frightening, happy, sad, or thankful.
21. Using the word involve, write or talk about an activity that you were part of when it was being
planned. Perhaps you helped plan a party, family vacation, or special meal.
22. Using the word opinion, write or talk about the way you feel about something. It could be your
favorite (or least favorite) movie, TV show, or restaurant. Or you might tell what you think is the
biggest problem these days with schools, parents, children, bosses, or companies.
23. Using the word personal, write or talk about what you do when you have a private problem you
would like to solve. Maybe you talk to a close friend, speak to a relative, or write down your
thoughts in a journal.

24. Using the word prevent, write or talk about something that you have tried to stop from happening.
Maybe you tried to keep someone from getting hurt, from borrowing your clothes, or from finding
out about a surprise you had planned.

434
Ungg' ,FTm&r

Chapter 19 Chapter 20

alarm modest confusion incident


collapse similar decrease realize
defend relieved distant refuse
grief victim emerge survive

Chapter 21 Chapter 22

excess reveal disaster predict


persuade separate fascinate progress
quarrel stubborn generous scarce
reaction tremendous increase tolerate

Chapter 23 Chapter 24

detail occupy condemn imagine


glare perform embrace isolate
humor select express support
notice weary familiar unite

435
alarm modest
collapse relieved
defend similar
grief victim

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 alarm O Did it alarm you when our doorbell rang in the middle of the night?
(uh-larm) We were alarmed when we heard that a second-grader in our
verb neighborhood was taken away by a stranger.
Alarm means a. scare b. please c. relax

2 collapse The earthquake caused many tall buildings in the city to collapse.
(kuh-laps) O On the first night of our camping trip, the tent collapsed on top of us
verb and woke us all up.
Collapse means a. build b. stay safe c. fall down

3 defend A mother bear is always ready to defend her cubs against danger.
(di-fend) Nikki takes karate lessons so she can defend herself if anyone tries to
verb hurt her.
Defend means a. give up b. keep safe c. harm

4 grief Rhetta felt a lot of grief when her grandmother died.


(greef) O With grief in his heart, David buried his dog Brownie, who had been his
noun good friend for fifteen years.
Grief means a. sadness b. happiness c. boredom

5 modest o Even though she has won prizes for her paintings, Cara is modest about
(mod-ist) being such a good artist.
adjective o It must be hard for movie stars to stay modest when people are always
telling them how wonderful they are.
Modest means a. not working hard b. not thinking too c. thinking too
at something highly of oneself highly of oneself

436
152
Chapter 19 153
6 relieved We were relieved to learn that no one was hurt in the bus accident.
(ri-leevd) Juan was relieved when the teacher called on someone else to answer
adjective the hard question.
Relieved means a. unhappy b. not caring c. made less worried

7 similar The guitar and banjo are similar in several ways. They both have long
(sim-uh-lur) necks and strings that are played with the fingers.
adjective Joe and his dad sound so similar on the phone that I can't tell them
apart.
Similar means a. not bragging b. good-looking c. alike

8 victim For a crime victim, going to court and seeing the person who hurt him
(vik-tuhm) or her can be as scary as the crime itself.
noun c The Red Cross helps the victims of floods, earthquakes, and fires.
Victim means a. person who b. person who hurts c. person who
is harmed someone else helps others

Matching Words with Meanin S

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Great sadness; sorrow

2. Not thinking too highly of oneself; not proud; humble

3. To keep safe from harm; to protect

4. A person who is hurt or done wrong to

5. Alike; like another in some ways

6. To fall down or fall to pieces

7. No longer worried

8. To make afraid

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

43`,
154 Chapter 19

Add in One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. alarmed c. defend e. modest g. similar


b. collapsed d. grief f. relieved h. victims

1. The children used blocks to build a tower more than three feet high, but
it 7 before anyone saw it.
2. I bet your family is 7 that you decided not to take the job which is
several hundred miles away.
3. Hot peppers and sweet peppers look 7 but taste very different.
4. The sight of a car rolling down the hill without a driver 7 everyone.
5. When you go walking in the woods, wear long pants and long sleeves to
9 yourself against poison ivy.
6. More than six million Jews were 7 of the Nazis during World War II.

7. When Martin came into the room, we knew he had very bad news. His
9 showed on his face.
8. Because my parents taught me to be 7 , I never bragged about how
well I did in school.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. alarm c. defend e. modest g. similar


b. collapsed d. grief f. relieved h. victim

1 -2. Mr. Turner was so 9 that he was surprised when he won the best-
teacher award. When he died a year later, his students felt real 9
3 -4. I don't want to 7 you, but if you carry your wallet in your back
pocket, you may become a robbery 7
5 -6. Many old towns in Europe had walls built around them to 9 the
people who lived there against enemies. Now, most of those walls are
falling apart or have 9

7-8. I felt bad about breaking my grandmother's favorite plate, so I was


. . ? . . when I saw a ? one I could buy and give her.
438
Chapter 19 155

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1 Which of these sights would alarm you?


a. A visit from little children on Halloween
b. A beautiful beach
c. A stranger driving away in your car
2. If you are feeling so sick that you think you might collapse, you would probably
a. go to work.
b. call a doctor.
c. invite friends to dinner.
3. If a teacher tells you that she likes a paper you have written, which of the following might you
say if you are modest?
a. "I knew you would like it."
b. "Thanks. I wasn't sure how it turned out, but I'm glad you liked it."
c. "I bet it was the best in the class."
4. Your relatives from another state are driving to visit you. It's getting dark and they are two
hours late. You feel relieved when they
a. call and say, "We'll be there in ten minutes."
b. call you from a hospital emergency room.
c. never show up.

PART 1B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best answers the question.

5. Which of the following would defend a country at war?


a. Children
b. Soldiers
c. Senior citizens
6. Which of these would bring grief to most people?
a. A raise at work
b. A visit from a loved relative
c. The death of a close friend
7. Which two words have a similar sound?
a. ring / necklace
b. better / butter
c. north / west
8. A man was arrested, put on trial, and jailed after robbing many homes. Who were his victims?
a. The ,police who arrested him
b. The people whose homes he robbed
c. The judge who put him in jail 439
156 Chapter 19

Adding Words to a Reading


A. A Young Librarian
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. collapse b. grief c. modest d. similar

Aja Henderson is a young girl who lives in Louisiana. Ever since Aja was little, she
has loved to read. For her birthday and at holiday time, Aja always asked for books. And
she always used any money she saved to buy more books. Because of all her books, Aja
never felt alone. Her books kept her company. When she read a funny story, she laughed.
When she read a really sad one, she felt (1)
After collecting for a few years, Aja had so many books that her family teased her,
saying that their house might (2) from all the heavy books she
owned. Then one day Aja found out something that bothered her. The other kids in her
neighborhood could not enjoy books as much as she did. They did not read much, and
there was no public° library nearby. So Aja came up with an idea. She would begin her
own library! And that is exactly what Aja did.
At first, Aja was nervous that the neighborhood kids would not come to her library.
But when several kids began stopping by her house to look through her books, she
relaxed. After a while, all the neighborhood kids started to borrow books from her. In fact,
today so many kids come to borrow her books that Aja gives the kids library cards
(3) to the ones that real libraries use. Aja even helps some of
the children learn to read. Everyone thinks Aja's library is wonderful. But she is
(4) about what she has done. "Just seeing other kids learn to
love reading is thanks enough for me," she says.

No More Elarm
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. alarmed b. defend c. relieved d. victims

Pam Lynchner is an example of someone who fought against something she thought
was wrong. In 1990, Lynchner was hurt badly when a man mugged her. The man was
caught. Because he had been arrested twice before for mugging, he was sentenced to
twenty years in jail. Lynchner was (5) to know that she was no
longer in danger. But the feeling did not last. Just two years later she was
(6) by the news that the man who had mugged her had been
set free. To make it even worse, the man tried to sue Lynchner. He said that being in jail

440
Chapter 19 157
had been difficult and painful for him. Lynchner was distressed° that the man was out of
jail and making problems for her. She began to talk to other (7)
of crime. She heard many other stories about criminals who got out of jail early and kept
bothering the people they had hurt. Lynchner wanted to do something about this, so she
started a group to (8) the rights of those who had been
harmed. She called her group "Justice for All." The group works to keep criminals from
getting out of jail early. "Justice for All" now has more than five thousand members.

Usin the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Two things that alarm me are

2. The bridge collapsed when

3. People need to defend themselves against

4. The whole country felt grief when

5. If someone received the highest grade in the class and wanted to sound modest, he or she
might say, "

6. When I go to the dentist for a checkup, I am relieved when

7. One way in which school and work are similar is

8. In the news, I heard about a victim who

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

441
confusion incident
decrease realize
distant refuse
emerge survive

Learning Ei:ht Neu' Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 confusion 0. The poor directions caused so much confusion that everyone arrived
(kuhn-fyoo-shuhn) late for the party.
noun
O The instructions for putting the toy together were missing, so at first I
felt great confusion.
Confusion means a. feeling of b. feeling of not c. feeling of
danger knowing what to do peace

2 decrease O Putting ice on an injury helps decrease pain and swelling.


(di-kreess) To decrease your chances of getting sick, you should eat healthy foods
verb and get plenty of exercise.
Decrease means a. make less b. make greater c. keep the same

3 distant o Some of the bright spots in the sky are distant planets that are millions
(diss-tuhnt) of miles away.
adjective c If we listened closely, we could hear the low rumble of a distant train
moving toward us.
_Distant means a. nearby b. not at all close c. different

4 emerge Today, I saw a tiny brown mouse emerge from a small hole in one of
(i-murj) our kitchen cabinets. When it saw me, it ran back into the hole.
verb The story was about a two-headed monster that emerged from the forest
at midnight to scare the town's children.
Emerge means a. stay still b. get lost c. come out

5 incident o To stop an incident from happening, the police told the angry men to
(in-si-duhnt) calm down and go home.
noun o The last incident I had with my car was two months ago when the
battery went dead.
Incident means a. time of trouble b. time of happiness c. time of resting
158
442
Chapter 20 159
6 realize My children's teachers realize that I can't attend after-school meetings.
(ree-uh-liiz) Mr. Ramirez groaned "Oh, no" when he realized he had locked his keys
verb in his car.
Realize means a. hope b. know c. write

7 refuse o Despite all the warnings about high-fat foods, many people refuse to
(ri-fyooz) give up eating rich, heavy meals.
verb o My sister refused to stop eating her Halloween candy even though she
felt sick from eating all the sugar.
_Refuse to means a. decide not to b. forget about c. want to

8 survive Seat belts and air bags help people survive serious car crashes.
(sur-viiv) In 1912, when the great ship Titanic sank, 1500 people died, but another
verb 712 survived the accident.
Survive means a. live through b. forget c. cause

Matching Words with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To come into view; to come out into the open

2. Something bad or upsetting that happens; a disturbing event

3. Far away

4. A feeling that things are mixed up and not at all clear

5. To make or become less

6. To understand that something is true

7. To make a strong decision not to do something

8. To stay alive through a dangerous time

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
443
160 Chapter 20

Adding One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. confusion c. distant e. incidents g. refuses


b. decreases d. emerged f. realizes h. survive

1. No one knew what was going on at the new restaurant. Because of all
the 7 , three tables received the wrong orders, and our waiter forgot
about us completely.

2. We are lucky to live at a time when there are telephones. They let us
speak to friends and relatives living in even the most 9 . places.
3. The rain stopped, and the sun ' from behind a dark storm cloud.
4. Do you think Robert 9 that his shirt and tie look terrible together?
5. No matter how many times we tell our puppy not to chew on our couch
pillows, she still 9 to stop.

6. Because my parents lived through a fire that killed others, they often
ask themselves, "Why did we . . ? . . when others died?"
7. Putting more police on the streets 9 crime.

8. Although the large crowd at the football game was noisy, no 9

were reported between fans of the two teams.

Addin Two Wards t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. confusion c. distant e. incidents g. refused


b. decrease d. emerged f. realized h. survived

1-2. The thick fog and heavy rain caused so much . . ? . . for drivers that Mary
had to . . ? . . her driving speed to make sure she didn't pass her street.
3-4. In the morning, when Stephen .. ? .. from his tent and saw half-eaten
food all over, he 9 that an animal had visited his campsite during
the night.

5-6. The plane crash was so . . ? . . from any town that it took hours before

police began to look for anyone who might have . . ? . . .


7-8. After two 7 at the playground when fights broke out, many
parents . .'? . . to let their kids go there anymore.
Ili 4 4
Chapter 20 161

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

1. At your job, you might want to decrease your


a. vacation time.
b. pay.
c. long drive to work every day.
2. If you take a trip to a distant lake, you will have
a. a long drive to get there.
b. a short drive to get there.
c. a short walk to get there.
3. You should refuse to pay a store bill if you
a. lost your checkbook.
b. bought everything listed on the bill.
c. bought nothing listed on the bill.
4. You probably would not survive
a. playing with a puppy.
b. a swim with a group of hungry sharks.
c. a visit from your favorite relative.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Drivers on a superhighway would feel confusion if


a. they bought a cold drink at a rest stop.
b. all the exit signs had been taken away.
c. their cars were in perfect working order.
6. When musicians emerge on stage, they
a. hide under the stage.
b. come out in front of the curtain.
c. stay in a dressing room.
7. Which of the following incidents would make most people stay away?
a. A parade
b. A circus
c. A bank robbery
8. Children will realize that candy is sweet when they
a. see someone else eat it.
b. taste it for themselves.
c. leave it in their pockets.

445
162 Chapter 20

Addis Words t a Readibs


A. Is He Man or Machine?
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. confusion b. distant c. emerges d. refuses

My friend Bob loves computers. His whole life centers around them. If Bob wants to
buy something, he clicks a couple of keys and finds what he wants. When he wants to
meet new people, he types messages to (1) computer lovers,
many of whom live hundreds, even thousands, of miles away. They "talk" for hours on the
computer but never meet each other in person. Sitting at the computer, Bob hardly ever
(2) from his room to go outside. I'm nervous about what's
happening to Bob. He feels cozy and relaxed with his computer but not around real
people. I try to tell him that this isn't good. I tell him that spending so much time with his
computer will prevent° him from having a full life. But he disagrees and
(3) to listen to what I am saying. One day, the electricity will
go out or his computer will break down. Maybe at this point, when he feels great
(4) , Bob will be forced to connect with human beings rather
than with a machine.

Struck by Lightning
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. decrease b. incident c. realized d. survived

Who said lightning does not strike the same place twice? Roy Sullivan knows that
isn't true. Sullivan, a forest ranger in Virginia, has been a victim° of lightning seven
times. Over the years, Sullivan's shoulder, stomach, eyebrows, and ankles were burned.
Once he was hit while sitting in his truck. The bolt pushed him out the door and threw
him to the ground. During another (5) , lightning struck his head,
burned a hole in the hat he was wearing, set his hair on fire, moved down his body, and
left through the toes of his boots. Somehow, Sullivan (6) all
these strikes. Once he (7) that lightning had a way of finding
him, Sullivan made a special plan to (8) his family's

Li A
Chapter 20 163

chances of being struck. Whenever a storm came near, he would goall aloneinto the
kitchen and would make his wife and kids go into the basement, far from him. Sullivan
died in 1983 at the age of 71. His death had nothing to do with lightning.

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I was left feeling great confusion when

2. One reason a company might decrease a person's salary is

3. Many people like to travel to distant lands because

4. This morning I saw a bee emerge from

5. The scariest incident that ever happened to me was when

6. People in an accident may not realize they are hurt until

7. Young people often refuse to listen to what their parents say because

8. The people in the town survived the flood because

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8= 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

447
excess reveal
persuade separate
quarrel stubborn
reaction tremendous

Learning Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 excess 0 Several restaurants in town give their excess food to groups that feed the
(ek-sess) poor.
adjective
O I will paint the living room first, and if there is any excess paint, I'll do
the hallway.
Excess means a. leftover b. good c. used

2 persuade c Nathan wants to drop out of school, but his parents are trying to
(pur-swayd) persuade him to stay.
verb O Advertising often persuades people to buy many things they don't need.
Persuade means a. get someone b. stop c. leave
to do something

3 quarrel o Jamal and Michael have not spoken to each other for five years, ever
(kwar-uhl) since they had a bad quarrel about money.
noun O The neighbors' quarrel was very loud. Their yelling and screaming
made me think they might hurt each other, so I called the police.
Quarrel means a. reason b. fight c. dream

4 reaction O Whenever our cat is petted, her reaction is to purr.


(ree-ak-shuhn) If something comes flying toward your face, your reaction will be to
noun pull back quickly.
Reaction means a. something that happens b. action that c. more of something
because of something else is hard to do than is needed

5 reveal If I promise to keep it a secret, will you reveal what you are getting
(ri-veel) Dora for her birthday?
verb My grandma never revealed her age to us; she said only that she was
"over forty."
Reveal means a. hide b. forget c. tell
164 448
Chapter 21 165

6 separate c In cooking class, we learned how to separate eggs by cracking them


(sep-uh-rayt) and putting the yolks in one bowl and the whites in another.
verb c To get the noisy kids to be quiet, the teacher separated them so they
were sitting far away from each other.
Separate means a. bring together b. make larger c. put apart

7 stubborn The stubborn boy would not go to bed, even though the baby sitter kept
(stuhb-urn) asking him to.
adjective It is hard to work with stubborn people. They are not willing to listen to
others or look at different ways of doing things.
Stubborn means a. easy to b. not wanting to c. quick to learn
get along with do something

8 tremendous c The blue whale is a tremendous animal. Its tongue alone can weigh up
(tri-men-duhss) to 8,900 pounds.
adjective o Outer space is so tremendous that no one can really understand its size.
Tremendous means a. friendly b. ugly c. big

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. Very large

2. Something that is done because something else is done first

3. To use words to get someone to think or do something

4. Not wanting to change or give in

5. Extra; more than is needed

6. To put or move two or more things apart; to put in different places

7. A fight with words; an argument

8. To make something known

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
449
166 Chapter 21

Adding Ole Word t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. excess c. quarrels e. revealed g. stubborn


b. persuade d. reaction f. separates h. tremendous

1. The class cheered when the teacher 7 that I had won the contest.
2. Although butterflies don't look strong, every year they fly the
distance from Canada all the way down to Mexico.
3. When the boss yelled at Sara, her 9 was to cry.
4. The donkey is a . 7 animal. If it doesn't want to move, it won't.
5. You cannot say anything that will 7 me to go see that horror
movieI don't enjoy being afraid.
6. Children may argue a lot, but they soon forget their 7 and play
together happily.

7. Every morning at work, Rita 9 the mail into three pilesone for
the company president, one for the vice president, and one for the office
manager.

8. My family grows fruit. We eat most of it and sell the 7 fruit at a


roadside stand.

Addin Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. excess c. quarrel e. revealed g. stubborn


b. persuade d. reaction f. separate h. tremendous

1-2. My little sister eats only vanilla ice cream. I tried to . 9 her to taste
other flavors, but she is so 7 she won't take even a tiny bite.
3-4. When the 9 burst of fireworks filled the sky, everyone's 9
was to say, "O0000hhhh!"
5-6. Every year, the library sells its 9 books. Employees ' the
books into two piles and sell hardcover books for a dollar and
paperback books for fifty cents.
7-8. When Irina learned that Glenn had 9 her secret to his friend, they
had a big 7
450
Chapter 21 167

Showing You Understand the Wards


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

1. To persuade your friends to go to a movie, tell them


a. the acting is really bad.
b. the story is boring.
c. you will pay for their tickets.
2. You can tell that people are having a quarrel when you hear
a. angry voices.
b. laughter.
c. the sounds of dancing.
3. Your reaction to a good joke might be
a. to leave the room.
b. to smile or laugh.
c. to say "I don't get it."
4. Like most children, when you were young, you probably revealed your happiness by
a. sitting very quietly.
b. looking sad.
c. jumping up and down.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

5. If people have a party and end up with excess lemonade, they


a. have to make some more.
b. should add ice to make the lemonade cooler.
c. may give some to their neighbors.
6. Pets may need to be separated if
a. they begin to fight whenever they are together.
b. they sleep quietly when they are around each other.
c. they do not look at each other.
7: Yoko and Emi argued. Yoko said she wanted to be friends again. Emi was stubborn and said,
a. "You'll always be my best friend."
b. "I'm sorry. I was wrong."
c. "I will never be your friend."
8. If a teacher gives students a tremendous amount of homework, the students
a. can finish in just a few minutes.
b. will be doing homework for a long time.
c. don't have any homework.

451
168 Chapter 21

Adding Words to a Read in (I)

A. Whose Fault ifs It?


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. persuade b. quarrel c. revealed d. stubborn

Mrs. Harris looked very upset. When I asked her what was wrong, she answered
"Nothing." But soon she (1) what was happening. "My daughters,
Maya and Tracy, have had a big fight," she said. "The (2) started
over a skirt. Maya had a new skirt that Tracy wanted to wear on a date. Since Maya
wasn't home, Tracy took the skirt without asking. When Maya discovered° what Tracy
had done, she took Tracy's favorite sweater and wore it to school. There, by accident,
some ketchup got spilled on the sweater. Now both girls are really angry at each other.
Tracy is too (3) to say she should not have taken the skirt
without asking. But Maya is just as bad. She says it is Tracy's fault that the sweater got
dirty. I'm trying to (4) both girls to say they are sorry, but neither
of them will. If they don't make up pretty soon, they're going to drive me crazy!"

Forests Full of Life


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. excess b. reaction c. separated d. tremendous

Forests are beautiful. Trees stretch high in the air, making a leafy green roof. Below,
small young trees dot the forest floor. One of the most interesting things about a forest is
the way new trees get planted. Small animals, like squirrels and chipmunks, pick up seeds
that have fallen from the trees to the ground. These animals gather more seeds than they
can eat. They take the (5) seeds and bury them to eat later. That
is how seeds get (6) from the trees they grew on, sometimes by
hundreds of miles. Often the animals forget about the seeds they buried and never go back
to eat them. As the months go by, the rain, sunlight, and rich soil act upon the seeds. The
(7) of the seeds is to grow upward until they emerge° above the
452
Chapter 21 169

ground. Over the years, some of the tiny plants grow into (8)
trees. Their branches of the big trees become home for the same kinds of animals that
planted them long ago.

Usin the Words When Writin and Talking


Ui

Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Because we had excess food after the party, we

2. Most parents try to persuade their children to

3. The two neighbors got into a quarrel when

4. What is the reaction of most people to the birth of a baby? They

5. When the police questioned them, the couple revealed

6. Before putting clothes in a washer, you should separate

7. I get upset when people are so stubborn that they

8. The new mall is so tremendous that

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

453
disaster predict
fascinate progress
generous sc rce
i crease tolerate

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 disaster o The family party turned into a disaster when two cousins got into a bad
(duh-zass-tur) fight and had to go to the hospital.
noun
',Every year, hurricanes, floods, and other natural disasters cause
thousands of people to lose their homes.
Disaster means a. something that b. something c. something that
causes harm interesting turns out well

2 fascinate ° It's easy to see that cars fascinate Nelson. His room is filled with car
(fass-uh-nayt) magazines.
verb
° The dog's wagging tail fascinates the baby. She keeps trying to grab it.
_Fascinate means a. bore greatly b. frighten c. interest greatly

3 generous ° Nick is very generous with his new carhe lets his friends drive it
(jen-ur-uhss) whenever they ask.
adjective
° The generous couple gave each of their nephews a hundred-dollar check
at graduation.
Generous means a. willing to share b. selfish c. bad-tempered

4 increase ° If you smoke, you greatly increase your chances of getting heart
(in-kreess) disease.
verb
° My little brother still does not understand that study increases one's
chances for good grades.
Increase means a. make smaller b. make greater c. get rid of

5 predict o Many scientists predict that one day we will find life on Mars.
(pri-dikt)
o Dora predicted that her baby would be a girl, but she was wrong.
verb

Predict means a. lie b. tell ahead of time c. forget


454
170
Chapter 22 171

6 progress a I have made real progress with my driving lessons. Now I can park my
(prog-ress) car on the street without hitting the curb.
noun o Tia is making excellent progress in learning English.
Progress means a. mistakes b. friends c. movement
toward a goal

7 scarce o So many elephants have been killed for their ivory that the animals have
(skairss) become scarce.
adjective 0 Peaches were scarce this year because bad weather destroyed most of
the crop.
Scarce means a. easily found b. famous c. few in number

8 tolerate My mother does not tolerate TV watching at dinner time. She wants us
(tol-uh-rayt) to sit around the table and talk together.
verb There is a no-smoking rule where I work. The only place where
smoking is tolerated is the parking lot.
Tolerate means a. let happen b. stop c. hide

Matching Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To make greater or larger; to add to

2. Movement toward a goal

3. Few in number; hard to find; rare

4. To say what one thinks will happen in the future

5. A happening that causes loss and suffering

6. To interest someone greatly; to hold someone's interest

7. Happy to give or share; unselfish

8. To let something go on without trying to stop it; to put up with

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all. 1
qi U
172 Chapter 22

Adding One Word t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disaster c. generous e. predict g. scarce


b. fascinates d. increased f. progress h. tolerate

1. The flu that hit the United States in 1918 was a 9 that killed more
than 500,000 Americans.
2. People who have 9 hearts always find time to help others.
3. Lifting weights has greatly . . ? . . my strength.
4. Some parents do not 9 their children's using swear words.
5. The builders are making good 9 with my aunt's new homethe
roof is on already.
6. People think that the stars can help them 9 what is going to happen
in their lives.

7. Mr. Beck is a hard teacher. A lot of students in his class receive C's. A's
are really 9

8. I laughed the other day when I heard someone say, "Work 9 me. I
can sit and look at it for hours."

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. disasters c. generous e. predict g. scarce


b. fascinated d. increase f. progress h. tolerates

1 -2. Since no one can 9 when an earthquake will happen, it is one of


the most feared of all . . ? . . .

3 -4. Tonya is such a 9 person that she 9 her neighbor's coming


over almost every day to borrow something.
5 -6. Nicki's boss cares about her education. He says he won't . 9 her
hours at her job until she makes better . . ? . at school. .

7-8. The movie Gorillas in the Mist is about a woman named Dian Fossey.
Apes and gorillas 9 Fossey, and she was angry that they were
becoming 9 because of illegal hunting.
Chapter 22 173

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of the following do you think is a disaster?


a. A fire that killed several people
b. A good meal
c. A job opening that sounds perfect
2. If a friend's story about a fight with a coworker fascinates you, you might say,
a. "I don't think this is any of my business."
b. "Really! What happened then?"
c. "This is boring. Who cares?"
3. Two friends ask you to lend them ten dollars each. Because you feel generous, you might say,
a. "I don't have any extra money."
b. "Why should I?"
c. "I'll be glad to give you a loan."
4. To increase your weight, you should
a. step on a scale.
b. stop eating dessert.
c. eat more at each meal.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. People who say that they can predict the future mean that they
a. can change the future.
b. know what is going to happen in the future.
c. never think about the future.
6. If people make progress in their schoolwork, they probably
a. study at home every day.
b. never study at home.
c. make believe they are studying at home.
7. If jobs are scarce in one part of the country, they are
a. easy to get.
b. high-paying.
c. hard to find.
8. Which of the following will most teachers not tolerate?
a. A lot of noise and running around
b. A time when kids are quiet
c. The rules of good grammar

45
174 Chapter 22

Addin Words t a Reading


A. An Animal in Danger
Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. disaster b. fascinated c. scarce d. tolerate

For thousands of years, tigers have (1) human beings.


Carvings made in Russia six thousand years ago show that people there thought of the
tiger as a god. Children across the world have grown up hearing stories, songs, and poems
about tigers. Such stories tell of the animal's strength, beauty, and danger. But today this
beautiful cat faces a problem that is alarming° to scientists. The tiger is becoming
(2) . It is dying out so fast that many scientists say there will
soon be no tigers in the wild. The only ones left will be in zoos. This would be a real
(3) for animal lovers around the world.
Why are the tigers dying out? They are being killed for their skins, bones, and other
body parts. People throughout the world believe that tiger parts make strong medicine.
The whiskers, the eyes, the claws, and the bones are used to treat different sicknesses. A
hundred years ago, there were about 150,000 tigers in the world. Today there may be as
few as 5,000. Many countries no longer (4) the killing of
the tiger. But it may be too late to save this beautiful animal.

. The Simple Life of the Amish


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. generous b. increase c. predict d. progress

The Amish are members of a church that was formed in the late 1600s. They live in
Pennsylvania, Ohio, Indiana, and other states. Their traditions° have not changed much
over the years. They believe that human beings should live simply. They dress the same
way the Amish did three hundred years ago. Living mostly on farms, they use horses
instead of tractors to do the work. They do not have electricity or drive cars.
The Amish want their children to go to school. They want to see them do well and
make (5) in reading, writing, and arithmetic. But they
believe that higher education is not needed. So Amish children leave school after the
eighth grade. Most Amish marry at a young age, live on farms, and have large families.
Chapter 22 175
Many outsiders have trouble understanding how the Amish can live without cars,
electricity, VCRs, and phones. Some people (6) that in the
future, the Amish will have trouble holding onto their young people. And it is true that
some young people leave the Amish church, wanting to (7)
their freedom. But many Amish are very happy. They are (8)
people who share what they have with one another. To them, non-Amish people rush
around too much and miss the simple joys of life.

Using the Wards When MTH ting and Talkin


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. One of the worst disasters I ever saw was

2. I have always been fascinated by

3. Some people are so generous that they

4. One way that people can increase their energy is

5. One of the things that I predict will happen in the next one hundred years is

6. To make progress studying vocabulary, it is a good idea to

7. Tickets to the rock concert were scarce because

8. In my home, one thing I will not tolerate is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%0, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

459
CHAPTER
detail occupy
23 glare
humor
notice
perform
select
weary

Lec&rnin Ei:ht New Words


Ol

In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 detail The student's report was very good except for one detailthe word
(dee-tayl) flower was spelled wrong.
noun
° Because the United States dollar bill has so many tiny details, it is hard
to copy.
Detail means a. end b. part c. color

2 glare o My dog-hating neighbors glare at me whenever I take Lassie for a walk.


(glair) o Instead of yelling, my father silently glared at me when I came home
verb two hours late.
Glare means a. choose b. smile c. give an angry look

3 humor o The movie was supposed to be funny, but I could see no humor in it.
(hyoo-mur) o Our English teacher likes to begin each class with humor, such as a
noun joke or a funny story.
Humor means a. lesson b. anger c. something funny

4 notice o Did you notice how sad Emily seemed today?


(noh-tiss) o Sitting in the food court at the mall, I noticed a small child who looked
verb lost.
Notice means a. see b. forget c. choose

5 occupy o Several silver and blue fish occupy a small glass bowl in the living
(ok-yuh-pii) room.
verb o Chen was upset to find roaches occupying every drawer in his new
apartment.
Occupy means a. break b. clean c. live in

176
460
Chapter 23 177

6 perform o The children get their allowance only if they perform their jobs around
(pur-form) the house.
verb 0 I hope that I performed well on yesterday's English test.
Perform means a. do b. fail c. leave

7 select A salesclerk helped me select a watch for my father's birthday.


(si-lekt) The child selected a blue crayon from the box and then drew a picture
verb of his dog.
Select means a. break b. lose c. pick out

8 weary After her baby was born, Lucy was happy but weary.
(wihr-ee) You must have been up too late last night. You look weary.
adjective

Weary means a. sad b. wide awake c. needing rest

Matching Wards with Meanin S

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To look at in an angry way

2. Something that makes people laugh

3. To live in

4. To see and understand something that is happening

5. To choose

6. Tired; worn out in body or mind

7. To do something

8. A small part; a single item

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

461
178 Chapter 23

Addin One Ward t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. detail c. humor e. occupy g. selected


b. glared d. notice f. performed h. weary

1. I don't know the people who 7 the apartment across the hall.
2. Janet planned her party carefully, not forgetting a single
3. The doctor who is taking out Tony's tonsils has the operation
many times before.

4. When the cashier walked away to make a phone call, the people waiting
in the check-out line 9 at her.

5. After finishing the five-mile race, Gina fell on the grass, too 9 to
take another step.

6. When Phil got sticky gum all over the bottom of his expensive new shoes,
he could have gotten angry. Instead he laughed at the 9 of it all.

7. The movie director interviewed more than fifty actors before he 7


one for the starring role.

8. We were so busy at work that we did not . . ? . . it had begun to snow.

Adding Two Wards to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. details c. humor e. occupy g. select


b. glared d. noticed f. perform h. weary

1-2. Tara ' at her unkind landlord when he told her that she could not
her apartment anymore.
3-4. When I 7my neighbor's children laughing at my new haircut, I
knew other people would also see the ? . in how silly I looked.
. . .

5-6. The blues singer is 9 from traveling almost every day of the year.
But in order to make a living, she must 9 her act night after night.
7-8. "When you a subject for your paper," said the teacher, "choose
something you know a lot about. Then you can include many
interesting . . ? . . in your paper."
Chapter 23 179

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Driving on your street, you are hit by another car. You would most likely glare at
a. the person who drove the car that hit you.
b. a police officer who came to help.
c. a small child standing by the road.
2. You are most likely to find humor
a. at a circus.
b. at a funeral.
c. at the doctor's office.
3. If you are wearing a good-looking new jacket, you probably want people to notice
a. that you spilled some ketchup on the front.
b. that it fits you perfectly.
c. that you lost a button on the sleeve.
4. Which of the following would you probably select to wear on a snowy day?
a. A T-shirt
b. A warm jacket
c. A pair of sandals

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. The details of a book's story are


a. what happens in the story.
b. the front and back covers of the book.
c. the people who wrote the book.
6. A group of cows would probably occupy
a. a barn.
b. a small house.
c. a supermarket.
7. Many dog owners get their pets to perform
a. miracles.
b. large jobs around the house.
c. a small trick like "sit" or "stay."
8. Which of these would help a weary person?
a. Taking a long trip in a car
b. Taking a nap
c. Studying for a test
463
180 Chapter 23

Adding Wards to Recd in


A. Taking a treak with TV
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. humor b. noticed c. select d. weary

Most men and women work hardsometimes at jobs they don't liketo bring
money home to their families. After a hard day on the job and a long ride home, these
people feel (1) . So after dinner, when they finally have
some leisure°, they like to use that time by relaxing in front of the TV. Have you ever
(2) the kind of TV show they like to watch? Often they
(3) lighthearted shows about families much like their
own. For many people, these shows are fun to watch and bring much needed
(4) into their lives. By watching shows that make them
laugh, people get a break from their everyday problems.

Working and Living Together


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. details b. glare C. occupy d. perform

Taking care of a home is not easy. People who (5) a


house or apartment know that there are many jobs that must get done. To help out, every
family needs to (6) a number of jobs to keep the house in
good order. Dishes need to be washed, repairs need to be made, laundry must be done,
and trash must be thrown out. Sometimes small jobs like dusting or vacuuming go undone
because they seem like unimportant (7) . From time to time,
quarrels° may break out over who is to do what. For example, a brother and sister may
(8) at each other because each thinks it is the other's turn to
clean the bathroom. Mother may yell at Father for throwing his dirty laundry on the floor.
Father may get angry at Mother for leaving dirty dishes in the sink. Every home will have

464
Chapter 23 181

some problems. But members of the family must learn to work out their differences. As
they do, the tiesand the lovebetween them will grow stronger and stronger.

Using the Words When Writing and Ta


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. The details I like most on that old house are

2. The instructor glared at me because

3. Some people have no sense of humor. When they hear a joke, they

4. One thing I usually notice about people is

5. A family of mice might occupy

6. A server in a restaurant performs many jobs, such as

7. The best gift I ever selected was

8. My mother looked weary when

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8= 100To, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, I = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

465
condemn imagine
embrace isolate
express support
familiar unite

Leansin Ei:ht New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in e ach sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 condemn o Most doctors condemn smoking, especially around children.


(kuhn-dem)
o The preacher condemned television shows that are full of sex and
verb violence.
Condemn means a. help b. give thanks for c. speak strongly against

2 embrace o In Latin America, men often hug when they meet each other, but in the
(em-brayss) United States, most men do not embrace each other.
verb
o At the airport, a man embraced a woman tightly before saying goodbye.
Embrace means a. speak in b. push away c. put one's arms
an angry way around

3 express o A friendly wave is one way to express that you are glad to see someone.
(ek-spress) o Ann's cat expressed its dislike for me by hissing and showing its teeth.
verb

Express means a. make feelings b. whisper c. picture in one's


known mind

4 familiar o Because its restaurants are in many countries, McDonald's is familiar to


(fuh-mil-yur) people all over the world.
adjective o I grew up in this small town, so just about every street here is familiar
to me.
Familiar means a. far away b. often seen or heard c. sad

5 imagine o To warm myself when it is cold outside, I often imagine that I am


(i-maj-uhn) sitting by a nice warm fire.
verb
o Nervous about sleeping in a strange room, my little brother began to
imagine that there was a tiger under the bed.
Imagine means a. picture in b. forget c. remember
the mind
182

466
Chapter 24 183

6 isolate o If I feel a need to be away from others, I isolate myself by going into
(ii- suh -layt) my bedroom and locking the door.
verb When Robbie got chicken pox, his parents isolated him in his room so
their other kids would not get sick.
Isolate means a. put into a group b. teach c. put by oneself
with everyone else

7 support c When somebody dies, people often support the family by sending
(suh-port) flowers.
verb c After Nita's twins were born, her friends supported her by bringing her
meals and doing her housework.
Support means a. show caring for b. blame c. meet

8 unite c Each year, my relatives from all over the country unite at my
(yoo-niit) grandmother's house for a big family party.
verb c Many small streams unite to form the large river that flows by my house.
Unite means a. join together b. fight c. keep alone

Matchin Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To say strongly that something is wrong or bad

2. To keep someone or something apart from others

3. To hug someone

4. To help someone by saying or doing nice, caring things

5. To picture something in one's mind

6. To come together

7. Often seen or heard; well-known

8. To show one's feelings through words or actions

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

467
184 Chapter 24

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. condemn c. expressed e. imagine g. support


b. embraced d. familiar f. isolates h. united

1. Because Jessie grew up in a big city, the sounds of heavy trucks, car
horns, and police sirens are to her.
2. People in town the high school's basketball team by attending
9

games and cheering loudly.


3. It is nice to 9 a world without wars.
4. Many people on the block 9 to form a Neighborhood Watch group.
5. Marsha 9 her new doll as if it were a long-lost love.
6. The zookeeper 9 new animals until he is sure they have no diseases.
7. When children behave badly, adults should what the children do,
not the children themselves.
8. Because he was shy, George . his love for Sarah by writing her a
letter.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. condemn c. express e. imagine g. support


b. embraced d. familiar f. isolate h. united

1-2. When I went to Jeff's funeral, I didn't know how to . . ? .. my feelings


in words. So I just went to his parents and quietly ' them.

3-4. Because I live in a city where I don't know anyone, I sometimes like
to 9 that I see friendly, faces from my childhood.
5-6. People on our block 9 drugs and have 9 to force drug dealers
to move out of the neighborhood.
7-8. Because her illness is catching, Janine has to herself at home.
But her friends 9 her by calling often and sending cards and gifts.

468
Chapter 24 185

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

1. You would probably condemn someone for saying something


a. nice about someone you like.
b. you agreed with.
c. bad or hurtful about someone you like.
2. If someone's face is familiar to you, you
a. never saw it before.
b. don't like how it looks.
c. feel you have seen it before.
3. If you like to isolate yourself when you study, you might
a. find a quiet spot in the library, away from everyone else.
b. take your books so you can study on a crowded bus.
c. invite friends to study with you.
4. If friends are feeling unhappy, you might support them by
a. telling them their troubles are their own fault.
b. staying away from them.
c. listening to them tell you what is bothering them.

PA I) TB
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. If two people embrace each other, they probably


a. are angry at one another.
b. like or love each other.
c. fight all the time.
6. Which of the following expresses surprise?
a. "Please come in."
b. "Wow! What a shock!"
c. "Take a seat."
7. Young children imagine scary monsters that grown-ups
a. do not see.
b. have no trouble seeing.
c. believe are real.
8. If neighbors unite to build a community playground, they
a. can't decide whether a playground is needed.
b. don't want a playground.
c. work together to build the playground.

469
186 Chapter 24

Adding Words t a Reading


A. The Horror of Hate
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. condemn b. i > >agined c. isolated d. united

During World War II, Adolf Hitler, the leader of Germany, had a horrible idea. In his
mind, he (1) a world with a "perfect race." Who would be in
this perfect race? People like the Germansblond, blue-eyed people. Many Germans
liked Hitler's ideas and (2) with him in his Nazi party. The
Nazis thought that most other people were not good enough to live. For example, they
hated people who were Jewish, or physically ill, or retarded, or homosexuals. The Nazis
took all these people from their homes. Many were killed right away. Others were
(3) in terrible prison camps. In the camps, many more were
killed, and others were forced to work. Many of those workers did not survive.° By the
end of the war, the Nazis had killed millions of people. It is scary to think that even today
there are "hate groups" like the Nazis in countries around the world. It is up to people of
all backgrounds and beliefs to (4) the hateful thinking of
such groups.

I., Taking Time for Thanks


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. embraced b. expressed c. familiar d. support

Last week, I got a letter that had (5) handwriting on it.


Though I knew I had seen the writing before, I wasn't sure whose it was. When I opened
the letter, I was surprised to see it was from a friend I had not heard from in a while. I was
even more surprised to read what she wrote. In her letter, my friend
(6) her thanks for a small favor I did a year ago. At that time,
she and her brothers and sisters flew into town to be with their dying mother. I had
cooked them some meals and done some shopping to (7) the
family during that hard time. "I was so upset when Mother died that I don't know if I ever
really thanked you," my friend wrote. "I want you to know how much your help meant to
me at that time of grief°." Her letter made me feel great. It also made me think about all
the people I am thankful for in my life. Do I take the time to let them know that I am
grateful? I decided to start right at home. When my daughter came home from school that

470
Chapter 24 187
day, I (8) her and said, "Thank you for being a wonderful kid."
I am going to try to remember to say "thank you" more often.

Using the Wards When Writing any? Takin :


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Two things that I condemn are

2. I would probably embrace someone who

3. Puppies express their happiness by

4. When someone moves to a new city, seeing a familiar face

5. To chase away a bad mood, I like to imagine myself

6. When a child fights in class, the teacher might isolate him or her by

7. If my neighbors were in the hospital after a car accident, I might support them by

8. The workers in a company sometimes unite to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words %

Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading %

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

471
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Four. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

,472
188
Unit 4 Review Activities 189

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Four. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

1 2
alarm
3 confusion
4 decrease
detail
5 6
distant
7 emerge
8
excess
glare
grief
9 10 11 humor
incident
12 13
notice
14 occupy
15 16 perform
quarrel
reaction
17 18 refuse
reveal
19
select
separate
20 21 support
survive
tremendous
22 23 weary

ACROSS 19. To help someone by saying 6. To make or become less


or doing nice, caring things 8. To look at in an angry way
3. To live in
5. Something that is done 20. To stay alive through a 9. To make a strong decision
because something else is dangerous time not to do something
done first 21. To choose 10. To put or move two or
7. Tired; worn out in body or 22. Something bad or upsetting more things apart; to put in
mind that happens different places
8. Great sadness; sorrow 23. Far away 11. A fight with words; an
12. Very large
argument
DOWN 13. A small part; a single item
15. Something that makes
1. To make afraid 14. A feeling that things are
people laugh
2. To see and understand mixed up and not at all
16. To make something known
something that is clear
17. To come into view; to
happening 18. Extra; more than is needed
come out into the open
4. To do something

473
190 Unit 4 Review Activities

Completing a Crossword Puzze #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Four. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

collapse
1 2 3 4 5
condemn
6 defend
disaster
embrace
express
8
familiar
10
fascinate
11 generous
12 13 imagine
14
increase
15
isolate
16 17
modest
persuade
18 19 20 predict
progress
realize
relieved
scarce
21 similar
stubborn
tolerate
22
unite
victim

ACROSS 21. Movement toward a goal 10. To keep someone or some-


1. To understand that 22. Happy to give or share; thing apart from others
something is true unselfish 11. No longer worried
6. To let something go on 12. To keep safe from harm
without trying to stop it DOWN 13. To say what one thinks will
7. To come together 2. To show one's feelings happen in the future
8. To say strongly that through words or actions 14. Not wanting to change or
something is wrong or bad 3. Not thinking too highly of give in
9. A person who is hurt or oneself; not proud; humble 15. A happening that causes
done wrong to 4. Often seen or heard loss or suffering
14. Few in number; hard to 5. To use words to get 17. Alike; like another in some
find; rare someone to think or do ways
16. To interest someone greatly something 19. To make greater or larger;
18. To picture something in 8. To fall down or fall to to add to
one's mind pieces 20. To hug someone
474
Unit 4 Review Activities 191

Choosing the est Ward t Complete a Item


Il

On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

1. When my spirits get low, I like to 2 escaping to a warm, sunny


island in the middle of the ocean.
a. imagine b. occupy c. unite
2. I'm lucky. My family has always been there to me during the
hard times.
a. support b. alarm c. fascinate
3. When I am ? at the end of a long hot summer day, nothing makes
me feel better than a frosty glass of iced tea.
a. modest b. weary c. generous
4. Our company is making 7 in hiring more women, but it still has a
way to go.
a. progress b. details c. confusion
5. Theo was afraid he had broken his ankle, so he was when the
doctor told him it was just a sprain.
a. stubborn b. relieved c. modest
6. Puppies and kittens 9 young children. Kids seem to like anything
that is smaller than they are.
a. fascinate b. separate c. collapse
7. When Mrs. Diaz met her grandson for the first time, she rushed over
and 7 him tightly.
a. embraced b. defended c. performed
8. The 7 of the earthquake needed shelter, food, and medical care.
a. quarrels b. details c. victims
9. The thick fog caused a . 9 a fifteen-car accident on the bridge.
a. disaster b. detail c. progress
10. I am trying to 7 my teenage children to save some of the money
they earn. So far, I have had no luck.
a. predict b. perform c. persuade
11. Whenever I ask my wife to give up cigarettes, she . . ? . . at me in anger.
a. emerges b. glares c. embraces
12. Although Tania is great in the kitchen, she is very 9 about her
cooking. She always says, "It wasn't hard to make. You could do it,
too."
a. familiar b. scarce c. modest

(Continues on next page)


475
192 Unit 4 Review Activities

13. Gina and Martin live on the first floor. Gina's parents 9 the upstairs
apartment.
a. embrace b. occupy c. perform
14. Sirens screaming in the night always 9 my children. They become
so scared that I have to sit up with them until they fall back to sleep.
a. select b. notice c. alarm
15. I have never understood why the roof of a river tunnel does not
under the weight of all the water on top of it.
a. reveal b. collapse c. survive
16. Did you ever 9 how often the phone rings when you are taking a
shower?
a. notice b. survive c. reveal
17. To 9 their homes from the forest fire, the owners sprayed their
roofs with water.
a. defend b. perform c. predict
18. Being able to laugh and see 9 even at bad times can help you get
through almost anything.
a. humor b. progress c. grief
19. A good boss does not 9 lateness or sloppy work.
a. predict b. isolate c. tolerate
20. As we headed toward the parade, we could hear the 9 sound of the
band playing, even though we were almost half a mile away.
a. stubborn b. weary c. distant
21. I could not decide which of three books to 9 , so I bought all of
them.
a. emerge b. select c. separate
22. Everyone in our neighborhood 9 the city's decision to close the
police station on our street. We felt that the closing would put us in
danger.
a. revealed b. condemned c. survived
23. People who have bad heart problems are often . . ? . in a special unit of
.

a hospital. There they can receive the extra care they need.
a. imagined b. isolated c. refused
24. Without your helpful map to guide us, we would have felt great
trying to find our way to your new home.
a. confusion b. quarrel c. victim

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 .-- 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12 = 50%, 11 = 46%, 10 = 42%, 9 - 38%, 8 = 33%, 7.= 29%, 6 = 25%, 5 21%, 4 = 17%, 3 = 13%, 2 = 8%, 1 =4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabuiary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

476
Unit 4 Review Activities 193

Adding a Word to an Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. details d. express g. predict j. realize


b. emerged e. incident h. quarrel k. stubborn
c. excess f. perform i. reaction I. tremendous

1. Sometimes my parents treat me like a child and do not seem to


that I am a grownup.

2. An important study skill is being able to tell the difference between


important main points and smaller, less important 9

3. Kids often don't want to eat new foods and can be very about
trying something even a little bit different.

4. I got a .. ? .. cut on my forehead when I banged into the windshield.

5. You cannot hope to well on a test if you had no sleep the night
before.

6. After the thunderstorm, our dog 9 from his hiding place under the
bed.

7. There was so much 9 food after the party that I did not have to
cook for almost a week.

8. Marsha's knees help her 9 the weather. When they hurt, she knows
rainy weather is on the way.

9. When my sister told me she was getting a divorce, my first was


to say that she was doing the wrong thing. But later I understood that
she was doing what was best for her family.

10. There was a strange 7 in our building yesterday. The glass in all
the doors suddenly broke, even though nothing had hit them.

11. Melba and Joe had an argument on Saturday, but it was nothing
seriousjust a lovers'
12. Because small children don't know how to 9 anger in words, they
sometimes show they are upset by hitting, kicking, and screaming.

(Continues on next page)


477
194 Unit 4 Review Activities

PA T B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. decrease d. grief g. reveal j. similar


b. familiar e. increased h. scarce k. survive
c. generous f. refused i. separate I. united

13. Human beings can several weeks without food, but they can live
only a few days without water.

14. When they do laundry, many people light- and dark-colored


clothes. I just throw in everything all together.

15. My boss 7 to give me a vacation because she needed extra help at


the store.

16. Prices always seem to go up but never come down. It would be nice if
they would . ? . . every once in a while.
.

17. Most people feel deep 9 when a pet dies.

18. When rain is ? during the growing season, farmers often lose their
crops.

19. Crimes ? in our town last year. Police are trying to figure out why
so many crimes took place these last twelve months.

20. The neighbors put aside their differences and 7 to fight the plan to
close a nearby park.

21. I don't mind coming home after being on vacation. It feels good to be
back in my old 7 routine.

22. If you say, "My good friend Jack would give me the shirt off his back,"
that is another way of saying he is very ?

23. If you never drink Coke or Pepsi, you might think they taste
But those who drink a lot of soda say they don't taste a bit alike!

24. To protect the people whose homes had been robbed, the newspaper did
not 9 their names or addresses.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, I = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary'performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.
Unit 4 Review Activities 195

Findin the Same ®r the Opposite Meargirg


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that has the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

1. The rising moon emerged from behind the trees. In other words, it
a. stayed hidden. b. was setting.
c. came into view.

2. The fruit store has excess bananas. The store has


a. too few bananas. b. too many bananas.
c. no bananas.

3. You write a note to someone saying, "I would like to express my thanks." That means you
wish to
a. put your thanks into words. b. repeat your thanks.
c. take back your thanks.

4. If friends tell you about an incident at a nearby school, they tell you about
a. something bad that happened there. b. the interesting courses there.
c. the good teachers there.

5. If children perform their jobs around the house, they


a. complain about doing the work. b. do the work they should.
c. don't do the work they should.

6. I predicted that both my roommates would move out by the end of the year. In other words, I
said
a. what I thought they would do in the future. b. what I wished they would do.
c. that I was angry about what they planned to do.

7. If two friends had a quarrel at a restaurant, they had


a. no money to pay the check. b. a good time there.
c. an argument there.

8. My coworkers came up to me and asked, "What will your reaction be if the boss wants you to
work the day shift from now on?" My coworkers wanted to know
a. how I would answer the boss. b. what my pay would be.
c. what my work hours would be.

9. When we realize that the people we look up to are not perfect, we


a. don't believe that they make mistakes. b. understand that they make mistakes.
c. have trouble believing that they make mistakes.

10. If friends tell you that you are stubborn, they mean that you
a. are a good friend. b. find it hard to change or give in.
c. change your mind all the time.

479 (Continues on next page)


196 Unit 4 Review Activities

11. If friends support you during a difficult time, they


a. show their love and concern for you. b. do nothing to help you.
c. ask you if you can get along without their help.

12. The new skyscraper downtown is a tremendous building. It's


a. very large. b. very new.
c. smaller than anyone expected.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

_13. The opposite of decrease is


a. smile b. get larger c. run fast
_14. The opposite of distant is
a. neat b. messy c. close
15. The opposite of familiar is
a. strong b. sharp c. unknown
_16. The opposite of grief is
a. joy b. money c. sadness
17. The opposite of increase is
a. get smaller b. sit down c. forget
18. The opposite of reveal is
a. hide b. help c. hurry
19. The opposite of scarce is
a. dry b. wet c. many
20. The opposite of separate is
a. dance b. jump c. join together
_21. The opposite of similar is
a. smart b. different c. broken
_22. The opposite of survive is
a. leave b. repeat c. die
_23. The opposite of unite is
a. keep apart b. watch c. stay
_24. The opposite of weary is
a. very small b. full of energy c. wanting to talk

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 1 I = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, I = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

c.) 0
Unit 4 Review Activities 197

Usin the Words When Writing and Talking


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word alarm, write or talk about a time that something scared you. Maybe you heard
that a pill you take causes medical problems, or perhaps you saw a crowd get out of control at a
rock concert.
2. Using the word collapse, write or talk about a time when you saw something fall apart. Perhaps a
tent blew over, an old building came crashing down, or a pile of oranges in the supermarket
tumbled to the floor.
3. Using the word condemn, write or talk about something that you feel very strongly is wrong and
should be spoken out against. Maybe you think it is wrong that drunk driving isn't taken more
seriously or that poor children go hungry.
4. Using the word confusion, write or talk about a time when things were unclear and mixed up. You
might describe a busy store sale that had customers pushing each other to get the best items. Or
you might describe how hard it was to get someone to fix a mistake in a bill that you had received.
5. Using the word defend, write or talk about a time that you (or someone else) protected a person or
animal from harm. Maybe a friend came to your rescue when you were picked on as a child or
you chased away children who were teasing a neighborhood dog.
6. Using the word detail, write or talk about a time that you paid careful attention to all the little
things that need to be done when planning something importantfor example, a wedding, a
retirement party, or a special birthday.
7. Using the word disaster, write or talk about something that caused a lot of suffering. For example,
you might describe a movie or a news story that showed a lot of people getting hurt, or you could
tell what happened when a building near your home caught on fire.
8. Using the word embrace, write or talk about how friends or people in your family feel about
hugging. Do some people always hug when they meet? Do others never hug?
9. Using the word fascinate, write or talk about something or someone that interests you and that
you would like to know more about. It might be a subject in school, a place, or a personfor
example, a teacher, movie or TV star, or world leader.
10. Using the word generous, write or talk about a person who has a big heart and always cares for
and helps others.
11. Using the word glare, write or talk about a time when you looked at someone in an angry way.
Perhaps the person didn't keep a secret or forgot to do something important.
12. Using the word humor, write or talk about something that makes you laugh, such as the silly
things a friend does or the jokes that a family member tells.
13. Using the word imagine, write or talk about what you picture in your mind as the perfect
vacation.
(Continues on next page)
481
198 Unit 4 Review Activities

14. Using the word isolate, write or talk about a time when a teacher, parent, or doctor might not let a
child get together with other kids.
15. Using the word modest, write or talk about a time when you or another person did something well
but did not brag about it. Maybe you got the highest grade on a test but did not tell anyone, or
perhaps a friend won an award but let only a few people know.
16. Using the word notice, write or talk about a time when you saw something that no one else did.
Maybe you saw someone stealing, or perhaps you found a mistake in something that everyone
else thought was perfect.
17.. Using the word occupy, write or talk about someone who lives in a house, apartment, or room
near you.

18. Using the word persuade, write or talk about a time when you got a person to do what you
wanted. Perhaps you got your parents to take you someplace special when you were a child, or
maybe you got friends to try a restaurant you liked.
19. Using the word progress, write or talk about a goal that you are moving toward in your life. Your
goal might be to become better at something, to learn to do something new, or to finish something
you have begun.

20. Using the word refuse, write or talk about something you have decided you will never do. Perhaps
you will not go on a roller coaster, eat a certain food, or see one kind of movie.
21. Using the word relieved, write or talk about a time that you were worried and then had that worry
taken away. Perhaps you were afraid you were sick and then found out you were not. Or maybe
you thought something was going to cost a lot of money and then learned it would not cost much
at all.

22. Using the word select, write or talk about a time when you wanted many things but could not have
everything you wanted. Maybe you were very hungry and wanted everything on a restaurant
menu, or perhaps you liked every outfit you tried on in a store.
23. Using the word tolerate, write or talk about an action that you do not like and will not let happen.
Maybe you don't let friends smoke in your house, copy your homework, or say mean things about
other people.
24. Using the word victim, write or talk about a time that you (or someone else) was hurt by life or by
another person. Perhaps relatives lost everything in a hurricane, your apartment was robbed, or a
friend's car was stolen.

4 62
Yh'd MUYO

Chapter 25 Chapter 26

admire expect appear enormous


bold insist attract irritate
comment pretend common mention
develop solution conceal surround

Chapter 27 Chapter 28

achieve injury advance interrupt


condition major consider praise
duty seldom delicate request
exhaust value grasp succeed

Chapter 29 Chapter 30

attempt imitate assist flaw


courteous permanent competent positive
explore recognize enemy sample
hopeless sufficient examine urge

483
admire expect
bold insist
comment pretend
develop solution

Learning Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 ad ire Kids often think highly of athletes and musicians. It's too bad they don't
(ad-mii-ur) admire their teachers as much.
verb
O People admired the woman who went into the burning house to save a
child.
Admire means a. laugh at b. look up to c. forget

2 bold O Since she is so frightened of roaches, Katherine thinks that anyone who
(bohld) kills them is bold.
adjective
In the movie, the bold hero fights off purple monsters from outer space.
Bold means a. afraid b. cruel c. brave

3 comment My coach's comment about how well I played in the soccer game made
(kohm-ent) me feel proud and happy. He said, "Great job!"
noun
The newspapers had nothing but bad comments about the latest action
movie.
_Comment means a. something that is said b. answer c. spelling

4 develop o If you don't take care of a cold, it can develop into something worse.
(di-vel-uhp) The ugly weed in our garden developed into a beautiful flower by the
verb end of the summer.
_Develop means a. grow b. leave c. dry

5 expect Since my sister never remembers my birthday, I expect that she will
(ek-spekt) forget it again this year.
verb
o After hearing the weather report, we expected the storm to last all night,
but it cleared up after fifteen minutes.
Expect means a. dislike b. want c. believe something
very much will happen

200 434
Chapter 25 201

6 insist o If friends are at my home around supper time, my mother will always
(in-sist) insist they stay for dinner.
verb c Even though she looked sick, Renee insisted that she felt fine.
_Insist means a. make believe b. remind someone c. say very strongly

7 pretend O Actors in a play pretend to be people they are not.


(pri-tend) O I pretended to be pleased with the sweater that Uncle Fred gave me, but
- verb I really thought it was ugly.
Pretend means a. make believe b. grow c. know

8 solution Our problem is that we have twenty guests and only five chairs. The best
(suh-loo-shuhn) solution is to have everyone sit on the floor.
noun O The solution to this week's crossword puzzle will be printed in next
week's newspaper.
_Solution means a. reason b. question c. answer

Matching Wards ,ith Meanin S

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To say something very strongly

2. To think something will probably happen

3. To act in a false way in order to fool someone; to make believe

4. Not afraid

5. An answer to a problem

6. To grow little by little; to become

7. To think highly of someone

8. A statement that shows what a person thinks or feels

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
:185
202 Chapter 25

Adding One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admire c. comments e. expected g. pretended


b. bold d. developed f. insisted h. solution

1. When the police officer stopped me, I 7 not to know I was going
too fast.
2. I felt 9 the day I told my boss I wanted a raise.
3. The math teacher asked, "Who can give me the 7 to problem
number four?"
4. I . . ? . . Gina for standing up to the bully who was teasing her.
5. After the superhighway was built nearby, the sleepy little town
into a very busy city.

6. Darrell's girlfriend 9 a bracelet for her birthday but got an


engagement ring instead.
7. Part of the fun of watching sports on TV is listening to the announcer's
. . 7. . .

8. The angry customer 9 that she had been overcharged.

Adding Two Words t® an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. admire c. comments e. expect g. pretends


b. bold d. developed f. insist h. solutions

1-2. Marvin 7 to like people but makes mean 9 about them


behind their backs.
3-4. I 7 the way that Joe and Lisa have worked to find . ? to their
marriage problems.

5-6. Although Ralph was a shy, frightened child, he has 7 into a . . ? . .

adult who seems afraid of nothing.


7 -8. When I 7 company to come, I 9 that the children help me
clean the apartment.

486
Chapter 25 203

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence.

1. Suppose you are at a party and see someone you would like to dance with. If you are bold, you
might
a. act as though you don't see the person.
b. wait and hope the person will ask you to dance.
c. say, "Hi! Would you like to dance?"
2. If your friends make comments on your new hairstyle, you
a. learn what they think of it.
b. don't learn what they think of it.
c. wish they would tell you what they think of it.

3. If you expect rain, you probably will


a. wash your car.
b. plan a picnic.
c. take an umbrella.
4. If you had a headache, a solution to your problem might be
a. loud noise.
b. an aspirin.
c. hard work.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Which of the following might be said by a person who admired a movie?


a. "I thought the movie would be better than it was."
b. "I wish I had seen that movie."
c. "What a great movie!"
6. When a man's and a woman's feelings for each other develop into love, the two often decide to
a. get married.
b. stop speaking.
c. stop dating.
7. If someone insists that she knows the answer to a question, she
a. is not sure of the answer.
b. thinks that no one else knows the answer.
c. feels strongly that she knows the answer.
8. If someone pretends to be sick, he probably
a. feels fine.
b. is tall.
c. needs to gain weight.
487
204 Chapter 25

Adding Words to a Reading


A. A Surprising Change
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. bold b. developed c. pretended d. solution

When I was a little girl, I had a neighbor named Nina, who was a very shy child. She
used to hide behind her mother when she met someone new. In school, she never raised
her hand to give answers. She would not even answer when the math teacher called on her
for the (1) to a problem. If Nina had to speak in front of
the class, she (2) to be sick and went to the nurse's office
instead. When we were in fifth grade, Nina's family moved to another town. I didn't see
her for many years. But when I met her again not long ago, I was surprised. Nina had
(3) from a shy little girl into a completely different adult.
She has a good job selling beauty supplies to hair salons. She goes from salon to salon,
showing shop owners the latest shampoos and hair colors. She is not a bit timid° anymore.
Today, I would call Nina a (4) , outgoing woman. Isn't it
surprising how much a person can change?

. Just for Fun


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. admire b. comment c. expect d. insisted

Roberto and Maria went to look at new cars last Saturday. They asked their friend
Anita to go along. "I didn't know you were getting a new car!" she said.
"We aren't," said Maria. "We don't (5) to buy anything."
"Then why are you going?" Anita asked.
Roberto tried to explain. "It's fun to look at new cars, even when you can't buy one,"
he said. "We like to (6) the new models and the new colors."
"Well, that sounds silly to me. It can't be any fun to look at things you can't buy,"
Anita said.
"Oh, but it is fun!" Maria (7) . "You should come with
us and see."
4 88
Chapter 25 205
But Maria could not persuade° Anita to go, so Maria and Roberto went alone. Later
in the day, Roberto made a (8) to Maria. He said, "I'm glad
that you and I don't take life as seriously as Anita. Who cares if we can't buy a new car
today? Spending the day together and daydreaming about the cars we would like to own
is a great way to have fun."

Usin the Words When Writin and Main, qi

Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. I admire the way

2. A bold waiter or waitress might

3. If a friend makes a comment that hurts you, it's a good idea to

4. Over the past five years, the small shopping center has developed into

5. This week, I expect

6. If workers have a fever and a headache, their boss might insist

7. When I was little, I used to pretend that

8. A high-school principal may try to find a solution to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

489
appear enormous
attract irritate
common mention
conceal surround

Learni ils Eight New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 appear a My grandmother taught me not to judge people too quickly. Things are
(uh-pihr) often not as they appear, she said.
verb
o When John received the yellow tie with purple polka dots, he appeared
happy, but I knew better.
_Appear means a. look b. think c. dislike

2 attract The sticky soda can on the floor started to attract ants.
(uh-trakt) The music from the ice-cream truck attracted children from the whole
verb neighborhood.
Attract means a. scare off b. make angry c. cause to come near

3 common c The cold is so common that it makes millions of Americans miss work
(kom-uhn) each year.
adjective
o Dogs used to be the country's most common pet, but today cats seem to
be everyone's favorite.
_Common means a. very large b. strange c. usual

4 conceal The thief wore a mask to conceal his face.


(kuhn-seel)
O I concealed my little brother's birthday present by burying it under a
verb pile of clothes in his closet.
Conceal means a. bother b. make sad c. hide

5 enormous 0 Joe's car is so enormous that he often has trouble finding a big enough
(i-nor-muhss) parking space.
adjective o Far bigger than elephants, the most enormous land animals ever to walk
on Earth were dinosaurs.
Enormous means a. very small b. very large c. very good-looking

206 490
Chapter 26 207
6 irritate When James plays his new drums, the loud sounds he makes irritate the
(ihr-uh-tayt) whole neighborhood.
verb o I irritated my boss when I didn't get to work on time and didn't call to
say I would be late.
Irritate means a. help b. calm down c. bother

7 mention 0 I must not mention the surprise party to anyone at work. No one there
(men-shuhn) can keep a secret.
verb o When Mrs. Ortiz talks to friends, she often mentions her brother, a
well-known writer. She is very proud of him.
Mention means a. talk about b. forget about c. think about

8 surround Piles of books and paper surround Eliza when she studies for exams.
(suh-round) Like sharks, the TV reporters surrounded the couple so they could not
verb move away and then asked them how they felt about the death of their
children.
Surround means a. make happy b. be all around c. move away from

Machin Words g,vith Meanin S


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To speak briefly about someone or something; to refer to

2. Happening or seen often; widespread; usual

3. To bother or annoy someone; to cause someone to be angry

4. To be on all sides of someone or something

5. To cause someone or something to come near

6. To seem

7. To hide someone or something; to put out of sight; to keep out


of view

8. Very large; huge

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
491
208 Chapter 26

Addin One Ward t® w Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. appeared c. common e. enormous g. mentioned


b. attract d. conceal f. irritate h. surrounded

1. The hamburger was so . ? . that, served with cheese and bacon, it had
. .

more fat than one person should eat in a whole week.


2. The actors in the high-school play 9 to be unsure about their lines.
3. Sally loves butterflies, so she plants flowers that 7 them.
4. When I 9 my wish to get a puppy, my landlord shook his head and
said he did not want dogs in the building.
5. Carlos wore a hat to 9 his new haircut from the rest of the world.
6. The best-liked and most 9 flavors of ice cream are vanilla and
chocolate.
7. My roommates 9 me when they leave dirty dishes and half-eaten
food on the kitchen table.
8. Three dogs 9 the tree, barking at the cat sitting on a high branch
overhead.

Adding Two Wards fit® an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. appeared c. common e. enormous g. mentioned


b. attracted d. concealed f. irritates h. surrounded

1-2. When the burglars saw that they were 7 by police, they dropped
the jewelry they had 9 in their clothing.
3-4. A 9 , everyday problem that really 7 me is drivers' keeping
their radios on so loud that my house shakes as they pass by.
5-6. The 9 sign on the side of the road 9 many people to the
opening of the new mall.
7 -8. When I 9 a new job opening at the place where I work, Pilar
9 to be very interested.

492
Chapter 26 209

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. After working in the hot sun all day, you would probably appear
a. relaxed.
b. happy.
c. tired.
2. You might attract a rabbit
a. in a report on pets.
b. with a carrot.
c. by putting it in a box in the basement.
3. If you are planning a surprise birthday party, you would conceal your plans from
a. the person who is having a birthday.
b. the guests who are coming.
c. the person who is bringing the cake.
4. Which of the following might irritate you if you are trying to relax?
a. Cats meowing outside your window
b. A soft blanket
c. Quiet, sweet music

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. Which of the following is a common happening on the weekend?


a. Going to the movies
b. Getting a divorce
c. Saving a drowning person
6. An enormous amount of water can be found in
a. a cup.
b. a puddle.
c. an ocean.
7. If a friend mentions George, that means he or she is
a. hiding George.
b. talking about George.
c. doing something that bothers George.
8. To surround a back yard with bushes, a person would need to plant bushes
a. on all sides of the yard.
b. along one side of the yard.
c. at the back edge of the yard.
493
210 Chapter 26

Addin Words t® a Read in


A. Little Lies
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. appear b. common c. conceal d. mention

If telling lies is wrong, why is it so (1) ? One reason is that


lying just a little bit makes it easier for people to talk to each other. When people meet for
the first time, they often ask, "How are you?" even if they don't care. Such a question
makes them (2) interested and friendly. And no matter how
angry or sad we feel, most of us answer, "I'm fine, thanks." Such social lies
(3) things we would rather not talk about and help keep
conversations moving along. Another reason people lie is to be kind to others. Let's say
someone you know gets a new haircut that you think looks terrible. You might act as
though you did not see the haircut and not (4) it at all. Or
just to be nice, you might make a comment° such as, "I like your new haircut." In other
words, even though we are taught as children that lying is wrong, sometimes it can be
easierand kindernot to tell the whole truth.

Rudeness at the Movies


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. attract b. enormous c. irritate d. surround

Most people like being scared, at least a little. After all, that is why movies with
monsters or creepy ghosts (5) millions of people into
theaters each year. But sometimes the strangest things in the theater are not on screen.
Instead, they are the people sitting next to you or behind you. For example, whenever I
see a movie, there are always several rude people nearby who (6)
me by talking throughout the entire film. And do they speak about the movie? Never.
They talk about an argument they had with a friend, a great party they went to, or their
plans for later, when the movie is over. And if that isn't bad enough, the tallest person in
the theater always chooses to sit right in front of me, blocking my view. I move this way
and that, trying to see around the (7) person in front of me.
Then the people behind me get mad, start kicking the back of my seat, and yell at me to

494
Chapter 26 211

stop moving around so much. At this point, I begin to think that the reason these people
come to the movies is not to see the movies. No, their real purpose° is to bother me. So
when I go to a scary movie, I become afraidnot of monsters or of ghostsbut of the
strange human beings that (8) me in the theater.

Using the r Y ords hen Writin and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. A person would appear angry if

2. The smell of freshly baked cookies attracts

3. One common problem people have at work is

4. A good way to conceal that you dislike someone is to

5. We could tell that our guests had an enormous hunger because they

6. At home, it irritates me when

7. When I spoke to a friend this week, I mentioned

8. Powerful people often surround themselves with

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

495
CHAPTER
achieve injury
condition major
duty seldom
exhaust value

Learn:in Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 achieve a In order to achieve their dreams of doing well in school, students must
(uh-cheev) work hard and study every day.
verb
o Sandra is a hard workerI know that she will achieve great success in
whatever she decides to do.
Achieve means a. lose b. have trouble with c. reach

2 condition o After we fixed the broken steps and painted the shutters, the outside of
(kuhn-dish-uhn) the house was in good condition.
noun ° With its flat tire and missing seat, the bike was in poor condition.
Condition means a. shape something b. neighborhood c. news
is in

3 duty c My dog thinks it is his duty to guard the house from any living thing
(doo-tee) including me!
noun c When I was in grade school, my teacher gave me the duty of cleaning
the chalkboard every day.
Duty means a. job b. hobby c. problem

4 exhaust o People who don't get enough sleep can exhaust themselves so much
(eg-zawst) that they get sick.
verb a Jody works so hard that just watching her exhausts me.
Exhaust means a. make happy b. make strong c. make tired

5 injury c The doctors used an x-ray machine to get a better look at Anne's ankle
(in-juh-ree) injury.
noun c Thanks to seat belts and air bags, people may have bad car accidents and
still walk away without serious injury.
Injury means a. movement b. harm c. good health

496
212
Chapter 27 213

6 major 0 TV programs are sometimes stopped so that a major news story can be
(may-jur) reported.
adjective o The Lees are planning major repairs on their house, including putting
on a new roof.
Major means a. small b. not expensive c. big

7 seldom o Because foxes hunt at night, people seldom see these beautiful animals.
(sel-duhm) An excellent employee is seldom late for work.
adverb

Seldom means a. every day b. not often c. on purpose

8 value o This ring was not expensive, but it has a lot of value to me because it
(val-yoo) was a gift from my great-grandmother.
noun 0 The thieves stole the painting from the museum because the painting
had great value.
Value means a. reason b. color c. worth

Matching Words with Meanin B


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. The state or shape that something or someone is in

2. Harm, often to the body

3. Not often

4. Something that someone has to do

5. The worth of somethingin money or in importance

6. Important; large

7. To reach a goal, often after hard work or difficulty

8. To cause someone to become very tired

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

497
214 Chapter 27

AddiII One Word to an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. achieved c. duty e. injury g. seldom


b. condition d. exhausted f. major h. value

1. Covered with broken bottles and other trash, the park was in bad 7

2. Believe it or not, but a strong sneeze can cause 7 to the back and
neck.

3. My parents raised me to feel it is my 7 to help those in need.


4. Angie needs a lot of sleep, so she 7 stays up past 10 p.m.
5. Our school swimming team 7 first place in the statewide contest.
6. Their house cost fifteen thousand dollars in 1975, but its has
gone up greatly since then.
7. School was called off because of a 7 snowstorm.
8. Lifting heavy loads all day in the hot sun 9 Warren, who was not
used to such hard work.

Adding Tw® Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. achieved c. duty e. injury g. seldom


b. condition d. exhaust f. major h. value

1 -2. Because Juanita is careful to warm up before she runs, she 7 gets
a painful . ? . like a pulled muscle.
. .

3 -4. Before a party, my neighbors 9 themselves trying to make their


home look perfect. That is silly. Their good health has more 9
than a neat home.
5 -6. It is a pet owner's 7 to make sure pets get the shots they need to
protect them against 7 illnesses.
7-8. Malik and Thea bought an old, rundown house. Two years later, they
had 7 their goal of fixing all the problems so that the house was
in good 7

498
Chapter 27 215

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which of the following is a duty that many people have?


a. Watching TV
b. Going to baseball games
c. Doing the laundry
2. Which of the following would be likely to exhaust you?
a. Watching a movie
b. Working for sixteen hours in a row
c. Driving to the neighborhood dry cleaner
3. If you seldom see your two closest friends, you probably
a. live far away from them.
b. live close to them.
c. see them every day.
4. How would you find out the value of a bracelet?
a. Wash it in the sink
b. Drop it to see if it breaks
c. Ask a jeweler how much it is worth

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. A person who achieves success as an athlete probably


a. does not like sports.
b. is skilled and hard-working.
c. has not done well but keeps trying.
6. Which of the following describes the condition of a car that is for sale?
a. It needs new brakes and some body work.
b. It once belonged to a man in California.
c. It will be used to take people to the airport.
7. Which of these is an injury that would make it hard for a person to play soccer?
a. The person's soccer ball is missing.
b. The person has no one to play with.
c. The person has a broken leg.
8. Which of these would be described as a major accident?
a. One car lightly bumps into another.
b. A train full of passengers falls into the river.
c. A bus knocks over a garbage can.
499
216 Chapter 27

Adding Words to s Reading


A. The Truth About Drinking
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. achieve b. conditions c. injury d. major

"This one's for you!" "I love you, man." "It's a light beer for a heavy world." These
are some of the lines used in beer ads on TV. Ads like these make drinking seem fun and
good. They make young people begin to think that drinking is a way for them to
(1) happiness and success. These ads are not honest about the
problems that drinking can cause. They never show the sickness, sadness, and loss of a
job that are the real (2) of many people who drink heavily.
The ads never show someone dealing with a serious (3) caused
by a drunk driver. The ads never mention° the families broken up because of the violence
of a person who drinks too much alcohol. In short, these flashy ads do not tell the truth
about the (4) difficulties that alcohol causes for people all over
the world.

B. A Life Out of Balance


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. duty b. exhausts c. seldom d. value

Being lazy is not a good thing. However, constant° work is not good either. Jerome is
an example of someone who never stops working. He works so hard at his job that he
(5) himself. When he is at home, he is always fixing
something in the house or working in the yard. Jerome loves his wife and children. He
takes his (6) to be a good husband and father very seriously.
The problem is that Jerome (7) spends any time with his family.
He is always too busy working. Jerome knows the (8) of hard
work. Sadly, he does not understand that spending time with his family is worth a lot, too.

5 0
Chapter 27 217

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. Parents should teach children that they can achieve their dreams if

2. The beach was in bad condition. It

3. The duty at home that I like the least is

4. Work that often exhausts me is

5. I would know an injury is bad if

6. A major problem in this country is

7. In the spring and summer, the leaves on a tree seldom drop off unless

8. Something I have that has great value to me is

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

5Q1
advance interrupt
consider praise
delicate request
grasp succeed

Learning Ei:ht New Wards


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 advance If our baseball team wins tonight, we will advance to first place.
(ad-vanss) We watched as the dark clouds advanced toward us.
verb

Advance means a. stop moving b. move forward c. move away

2 consider If you consider the problem much longer, you will not have time to do
(kuhn-sid-ur) anything about it.
verb 0 When he goes to a restaurant, Jeffrey carefully considers everything on
the menu before ordering.
Consider means a. cover up b. think about c. want

3 delicate Mom's crystal plates are so delicate that we use them only for very
(del-i-kit) special family dinners.
adjective o Because infants' bones are delicate, babies should be handled gently.
Delicate means a. light in color b. strong c. hurt easily

4 grasp o When people are learning to drive, they often grasp the steering wheel
(grasp) tightly.
verb o With large smiles on their faces, the children grasped the ice-cream
cones and started eating right away.
_Grasp means a. grab b. slap c. drop

5 interrupt Dad gets angry when phone calls interrupt our dinner.
(in-tuh-ruhpt) Fran often interrupts the teacher with silly questions.
verb

Interrupt means a. calm b. help c. stop for a


short time

218
502
Chapter 28 219

6 praise O Most people in town praise our hard-working new mayor.


(prayz) My sister praises the new science-fiction series on TV, but I don't like it
verb at all.
Praise means a. leave alone b. dislike c. say good
things about

7 request o You may borrow my car, but I have one request: Please fill the gas tank
(ri-kwest) before you return the car to me.
noun c The singer took requests from people wanting to hear their favorite
songs.
Request means a. problem b. answer c. something that
is asked for

8 succeed It takes both hard work and luck to succeed in show business.
(suhk-seed) On his third try, Jason succeeded in passing his driver's test.
verb

Succeed means a. do badly b. do well c. pay too much

M tehing Wards with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To grab something and hold it tightly

2. To do well at something

3. To move forward or ahead

4. To say good things about someone or something

5. Easily broken

6. To stop something for a time

7. Something that someone is asked to do

8. To think carefully about something

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
503
220 Chapter 28

Adding One Word t Ite


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advanced c. delicate e. interrupted g. request


b. considered d. grasped f. praised h. succeeding

1. The movers packed the .. ? .. crystal glasses inside soft tissue paper to
keep them from breaking.
2. Kim ? the job offer for a few days before deciding to accept it.
3. The librarian made a strange 9 He asked the students to make as
much noise as possible.
4. With one hand, the hero the young boy and pulled him away
from the giant shark.
5. A rainstorm ? the ball game for fifteen minutes.
6. The art teacher ? Ethan's beautiful drawing.
7. Each day, the soldiers packed up their supplies and ? further into
the northern countries.
8. Joan must be 9 at her new job. She has already gotten a big raise.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. advanced c. delicate e. interrupted g. request


b. considered d. grasp f. praised h. succeeded

1-2. I reminded my children that they shouldn't the kitten as if it


were a toy. Its bones are 9 and could break.
3-4. Before speaking to the group, I carefully . . ? . . what I wanted to say
and then ? to the front of the room.
5-6. When the little girl finally in tying her shoelaces, her parents
? her warmly.

7-8. The teacher 9 my report with the 9 that I speak more loudly.

504
Chapter 28 221

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If you considered quitting your job, you probably


a. like your job a lot.
b. don't like your job.
c. have already left your job.
2. Which of the following would you think of as delicate?
a. A brick
b. A city
c. A flower stem
3. If you want to praise a friend's cooking, which of these might you say?
a. "This tastes burned."
b. "What do you call this strange-looking dish?"
c. "This is delicious."
4. Which of these is a request that you might make to a waiter in a coffee shop?
a. "This is a nice restaurant."
b. "I like your shirt."
c. "Please bring me a slice of apple pie and a cup of coffee."

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. A child who finishes second grade advances into


a. first grade.
b. second grade.
c. third grade.
6. Which of these would most people want to grasp?
a. A small tree covered with thorns
b. A hundred-dollar bill
c. A piece of moldy bread
7. Which of these would interrupt a picnic?
a. A rain shower
b. A beautiful day
c. Hot dogs and hamburgers
8. Most people who succeed in school
a. study hard at home.
b. never study at home.
c. forget to do their homework.
505
222 Chapter 28

A &ng Words to a Re (SI lllfll

Animals Were First


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. advance b. delicate c. grasp d. succeeded

Many animals walked the Earth long before humans. The best-known of these
animals were the dinosaurs. Some dinosaurs were enormous° and scary. When these big
animals hunted, they would (1) slowly, (2)
the hunted animal in their sharp claws, and tear it to pieces. But not all dinosaurs were
this big. Some were the size of today's chickens. These small animals hunted for the eggs
of other dinosaurs. With their pointy teeth, they would crack the (3)
shells they found and eat the tasty juices inside them. And their size made it easy for them
to run away quickly from larger animals. Dinosaurs of all sizes died out millions of years
ago. Scientists have come up with different reasons why dinosaurs stopped walking the
Earth. But no one knows for sure what happened. However, some animals from several
million years ago (4) in living from those times until now.
For example, the snakes, turtles, and crocodiles of today are almost exactly like the ones
that lived in the time of the dinosaurs.

Call WaitingOh, No!


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. considered b. interrupt c. praise d. request

Have you ever (5) buying an answering machine or getting


"call waiting"? Let me tell you what I think about these inventions. I used to hate
telephone answering machines. I felt nervous talking to a machine. When I heard the
(6) "Please start talking after you hear the beep," I forgot what I
wanted to say. But I have gotten over my fears and do not hate answering machines
anymore. I can even (7) them as being useful. After all, they
do permit° people to pass along information even when nobody is able to answer the
phone. However, I will never stop hating call waiting. Talking to people who have call
waiting drives me crazy. When they hear the little beep that tells them someone else is
Chapter 28 223
calling, they (8) our conversation and say, "Just a minute,
please. I'll see who's calling and come right back." I am left holding onto the phone,
thinking, "Why is the other person who called more important than I am?" To me, "call
waiting" really means "I am left waiting."

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. If a river floods, the water might advance to

2. For a long time, I considered

3. One of the most delicate things I own is

4. People who get nervous on rides at amusement parks often grasp

5. One night my sleep was interrupted by

6. Parents should praise their kids when

7. A request that is often heard in my house is, "


?f,

8. I know I will succeed in

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, 1 = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

5 07
attempt imitate
courteous permanent
explore recognize
by peless sufficient

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 attempt Don't attempt to ski without first taking lessons.


(uh-tempt) Many climbers have attempted to reach the top of Mount Everest, but
verb few have made it.
Attempt means a. repeat b. try c. remember

2 courteous O It was courteous of you to give your seat to the old gentleman.
(kur-tee-uhss) O When the spinach was passed, the courteous little girl said "No, thank
adjective you," but her rude brother said "Yuck!"
Courteous means a. silly b. frightened c. thoughtful

3 explore In the years ahead, humans will explore the planet Mars and possibly
(ek-splor) even live there.
verb o Our new kitten explored every inch of the apartment before deciding
where to sleep.
Explore means a. search b. lose c. fear

4 hopeless a When the flood washed away their homes and everything they owned,
(hohp-liss) the people in town felt hopeless.
adjective o When my neighbor lost his job and wasn't able to pay his bills, he began
to feel hopeless.
Hopeless means a. happy b. without hope c. tired

5 imitate Because Rosa looks up to her big brother so much, she tries to imitate
(im-uh-tayt) the way he walks and talks.
verb It's best just to be yourself and not try to imitate anyone else.
Imitate means a. see b. hide c. copy

Sias
224
Chapter 29 225
6 permanent Kate did not want a permanent job; she wanted one that lasted only for
(pur-muh-nuhnt) the summer.
adjective o When Bruce colored his hair green for Halloween, he didn't know the
color was permanent. He thought it would wash out.
Permanent means a. good b. new c. long-lasting

7 recognize After not seeing your cousin for two years, do you think you will
(rek-uhg-nize) recognize her? Or have you forgotten how she looks?
verb Jake recognized his neighbor immediately, even though she had lost a
lot of weight.
Recognize means a. know from before b. not like c. lose

8 sufficient a Do you have sufficient gas in the tank to drive home, or should we stop
(suh-fish-uhnt) at the gas station?
adjective o There is sufficient chicken for dinner tonight and for leftovers tomorrow
night.
_Sufficient means a. expensive b. too much c. enough

Matching ords with Meanings


Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To try hard to do something; to make an effort

2. Lasting a long time

3. Believing that things will turn out badly; having no hope

4. To copy how someone else behaves; to act like someone else

5. Enough; as much as is needed

6. To travel around a new, unknown place to see what it is like

7. To know someone or something from an earlier time

8. Polite; having good manners

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.
509
226 Chapter 29

Adding One Word t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attempts c. explored e. imitate g. recognizes


b. courteous d. hopeless f. permanent h. sufficient

1. My dog doesn't bark when I drive into the garage because she
the sound of my car.

2. I get upset when I see my children the violence they see in


movies.

3. Seeing all the difficulty I was having with my packages, the


clerk offered to help me carry them.
4. Before they chose a place to camp, the hikers ' the woods to find
the best spot.

5. Jeffrey and Linda bought a house together, so I guess they think their
relationship will be .

6. I have ' cash to pay for my movie ticket and yours, too.
7. Even though the class is hard for her, Luisa . ' to do her best.
8. The lost hikers felt 9 when they couldn't find their way back to
camp.

Addin Two Words t an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. attempted c. explore e. imitating g. recognize


b. courteous d. hopeless f. permanent h. sufficient

1-2. You may feel very sad and even ? if you think that your problems
are ? and will never change.

3-4. I was pleased when my bossy little boy began . . ? . . the kind and . . ?
. . ways of his uncle.

5-6. Several hours is not time to


'? a large city like Chicago;
you need to spend at least two full days.
7-8. Everyone at the Halloween party wore a costume, so it was hard to
see who was who. We . . ? . . to-., . our friends by their height and
voices. ti
Chapter 29 227

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. Which might you say if you attempted to end a phone call?


a. "Let me tell you what happened to me today."
b. "Fill me in on all that's going on in your life."
c. "Thanks for calling. I'll let you go now."
2. If you want to explore Walt Disney World, you need
a. to know Mickey Mouse's life story.
b. strong legs and lots of money.
c. several tired children who hate long lines.
3. Before you imitate your newly married cousins at a family party, it's best to make sure they
a. are quiet and shy.
b. are in a bad mood.
c. have a sense of humor.
4. Which is most likely to be a permanent part of your life?
a. The house you buy
b. A movie you rent
c. Your underwear

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. A courteous person who receives a terrible birthday present might say,


a. "This is the worst present anyone ever gave me."
b. "Is this a joke?"
c. "How kind of you to think of me on my birthday."
6. Which of these might make a person feel hopeless?
a. Winning the lottery
b. Getting a very serious illness
c. Seeing a funny movie
7. A grade school teacher who recognizes a student from long ago might say,
a. "Sorry, but I don't remember you."
b. "It's good to see you again."
c. "What grade school did you go to?"
8. If people have sufficient time to relax on the weekend, they usually return to work feeling
a. rested.
b. tired.
c. angry at their coworkers.
511
228 Chapter 29

Addin Words t a Reading


A. A Cab Driver for Now
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. attempted b. courteous c. permanent d. recognized

As soon as James drove his taxi up to the curb, he (1) the


man in the expensive suit. It was the guy who never gave him a good tip. Even so, James
was (2) he asked, "May I take your bags?" and opened the
cab door for the man. During the ride, James (3) to have a
friendly talk, but the man said nothing in return. "Oh well," James said to himself.
"That's OK." In his heart, James knew that driving a cab was not going to be
(4) . From the time he was little, James had loved getting up in
front of people. He had starred in every play his schools had put onfrom grade school
through high school. Being the center of attention made him happy. Deep down, James
felt that he had the talent° needed to become a movie and TV star. And when he became
rich and famous, James promised himself, he would always be friendly to cab drivers
and leave them a big tip!

Thoughts at the Mall


Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. explore b. hopeless c. imitate d. sufficient

On Sunday afternoons, I often (5) one of the nearby


shopping malls. I enjoy eating in the food court and looking at all the people. It always
makes me laugh to see the middle-school kids pretending° they are all grown-up. They
dress the same as older kids and even (6) the ways that
high school kids talk. Most of all, though, when I am at the mall, I love to shop. But no
matter how much money I bring, it is never (7) for all the
things I'd like to buy. In fact, I know that I will never have enough money to own
everything I would like. That could make me feel sad, even (8)
But I don't let it. I know that no amount of money will buy what is really important:
family and friends, health, and happiness. So I buy only those things I really need and
forget the rest. Life is too short to worry about what you don't have.
512
Chapter 29 229

Using the Words When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

1. The first time I attempted to speak in front of a large group, I

2. Many people are not courteous drivers. When they drive, they

3. We explored the attic because

4. Fans would feel hopeless about their team if

5. Sometimes I try to imitate the way

6. I made a permanent change in my life when I

7. We had trouble recognizing our old neighborhood because

8. I saved for several months so I would have sufficient money to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8= 100%0, 7 = 88%0, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, I = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

513
assist flaw
competent positive
enemy sample
examine urge

Learning Eight New Words


In the space at the left, write the letter of the meaning closest to that of each boldfaced word. Use the
other words (the context) in each sentence to help you figure out the word's meaning.

1 assist Seeing-eye dogs are trained to assist people who have problems with
(uh-sisst) sight.
verb Neighbors and friends assisted the family whose house had burned
down by giving them food, clothes, and money.
Assist means a. find b. look at carefully c. help

2 competent After seeing him burn several pieces of toast, I knew that Aya was far
(kom-pi-tuhnt) from being a competent cook.
adjective Sandra is not good at tennis, but she is a competent skater.
Competent means a. dangerous b. skillful c. boring

3 enemy Even though Bob and I are friends, his dog growls at me as though I am
(en-uh-mee) an enemy.
noun In the science-fiction movie I saw last night, the enemy of the human
race is a large, purple monster that eats people.
Enemy means a. someone who b. someone who c. someone who
is perfect is liked is hated

4 examine In the supermarket, shoppers examine the fruit and vegetables to make
(eg-zam-uhn) sure they are fresh.
verb The airline examined the airplane that crashed to find out what had
caused the accident.
Examine means a. leave b. use c. look at carefully

5 flaw Because the sweater has a flaw, I was able to buy it at a really good
(flaw) price.
noun No one is perfect. Everyone has flaws.
Flaw means a. something wrong b. good part c. good looks

230
514
Chapter 30 231

6 positive Part of a coach's job is to keep members of the team feeling positive,
(poz-uh-tiv) even when they are not winning.
adjective Myra is a positive person who always look on the bright side.
Positive means a. sad b. healthy c. hopeful

7 sample The doctor took a sample of Jen's blood for testing.


(sam-puhl) Before we painted the living room, we brought home samples of three
noun different colors.
Sample means a. picture b. little bit c. large amount

8 urge o As she walked past a beauty salon, Lola felt a sudden urge to color her
(urj) hair bright red.
noun 0 After lying around all day, I got the urge to go out running.
Urge means a. dislike b. fear c. strong wish

Machin Words with Meanings


IQ

Here are the meanings, or definitions, of the eight new words. Write each word next to its meaning. The
sentences above and on the facing page will help you decide on the meaning of each word.

1. To look at carefully

2. Cheerful; upbeat; sure of oneself

3. A sudden desire to do something

4. Being good at something; able to do something well; skilled

5. A problem or fault that keeps something from being perfect

6. To help

7. Someone whom one hates and wishes to harm

8. A small part of something that shows what the whole is like

BE CAREFUL: Don't go any further until you know the answers above are correct. Then you can use the meanings
to help you in the following activities. After a while, you will know the words so well that you won't need to check
the definitions at all.

515
232 Chapter 30

Adding One Word t an Item


Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. assisted c. enemies e. flaws g. samples


b. competent d. examined f. positive h. urge

1. Max felt an 9 to surprise his boyhood friend, whom he hadn't seen


in years, with a phone call.

2. Guards at the department store worked with the police and 9 them
in the search for the shoplifter.
3. We returned two dishes to the store because several of them had small
9 we had not seen when we bought them.
4. When someone is killed, the police always ask friends and family if the
murdered person had any 9
5. Studies show that people with a . 7 view of life are healthier than
people who always look on the bad side.
6. Lonnie . . ? . . the wrapped gift closely, trying to guess what was inside.
7. Some ice-cream stores give customers 7 of their flavors to taste.
8. After drinking alcohol, even a . . ? . . driver is unsafe behind the wheel.

Adding Two Words to an Item


Complete each item below by writing two words from the box on the answer lines at the left. Use each
word once.

a. assist c. enemy e. flaws g. sample


b. competent d. examined f. positive h. urge

1-2. Because the word "used" was stamped on the cover of the book, I
' its pages closely. Since I found no ' , I went ahead and

bought the book.


3-4. During wartime, people can be arrested if they someone who is
believed to be the '
5-6. When Brenda and Trisha ran for club president, I found it hard to decide
who should get my vote. Both are hard-working and 7 I finally
chose Brenda because she has such a . . ? . . , upbeat way about her.

7-8. Watching her father eat a hot-fudge sundae, Anita felt a strong
to eat ice cream and asked her father for a 9 of his.
516
Chapter 30 233

Showing You Understand the Words


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

1. If your car broke down on the highway and people in another car assisted you, they probably
a. yelled rudely at you.
b. stopped and asked you how they could help.
c. bumped into you.
2. Your enemy is probably someone you
a. like as a friend.
b. like to visit.
c. dislike very much.
3. Which of these would you do if you examined a photograph?
a. Hide it in a drawer
b. Tear it up and throw it away
c. Spend a long time looking at it
4. If you have an urge to see some relatives who live far away, you probably
a. don't like them.
b. like them and miss them.
c. are happy they don't live nearby.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that best completes the sentence or answers the
question.

5. A very competent doctor is one


a. who forgets what's wrong with the patient.
b. who gives out the wrong medicine.
c. who can be trusted to do a good job.
6. Stores often sell clothes with flaws
a. at a very high price.
b. at low prices.
c. only in the wintertime.
7. It's a gray, rainy morning. Which of these might a person say if he or she has a positive way of
looking at life?
a. "Great! If it rains now, it will be beautiful later today."
b. "It's going to rain all day and spoil my plans."
c. "A day like this makes me want to crawl back to bed and pull the covers over my head."
8. If someone wanted a sample of three desserts being served at a party, he or she would
a. ask for a small slice of each.
b. eat a large piece of just one dessert.
c. eat three whole desserts.
51
234 Chapter 30

Addirg Words t (a Readin


A. The irth of the American Red Cross
Read the following paragraph carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. assist b. enemy c. examined d. positive

Clara Barton was a nurse who lived during the American Civil War (1861-1865).
She knew what happened to soldiers during war. When they received an injury° from a
bullet or knife, they had to lie on the battlefield until the battle was over. By then, many of
them had bled to death. Because Clara wanted to (1) the
soldiers, she asked to go to the battlefield while the fighting was still going on. The
officer in charge said no. But Clara did not take "no" for an answer. Instead of thinking
nothing could be done for the soldiers, Clara was (2) She said
.

that many of them could be saved if she could just get to them. After listening to her, the
officer decided to let her go. She and her nurses then worked day and night to help the
hurt soldiers. They (3) their wounds, gave them medicine, and
used a cart pulled by horses to take them to a hospital. The nurses did not care which side
the men fought for. To them, no man was an (4) They were all
.

just human beings who needed help. After the war was over, Clara started the American
Red Cross. The Red Cross helps people during wartime. But it does much more. When
there is an earthquake, a flood, or a fire, the Red Cross is there to help. And it is all
because of Clara Barton.

To Spank or Not to Spank?


Read the following paragraphs carefully. Then fill in each blank with a word from the box. Use each
word once.

a. competent b. flaw c. sample d. urge

Do you think children should be spanked? Whenever a (5)


of adults is asked that question, there are many different answers. Some people say that
children need to be spanked in order to learn to be good. Others say there is a
(6) in that idea. They say that all spanking does is teach kids to
hit those who are smaller and weaker. They also say that spanked children don't really
learn to be goodthey simply learn to be afraid of spanking.
People who believe in spanking say that children who are not spanked always
expect° to get what they want. Others say that (7) parents find
better ways to teach kids how to behave. For example, when such parents feel the

518
Chapter 30 235

(8) to spank a child who is behaving badly, they take a few


minutes to cool down. Then they do one or more of the following: talk to the child about
why the behavior was wrong, take away the child's favorite toy, keep the child from
watching TV, or make the child take "time out" in his or her room. What do you think?
Do you think these ideas work as well as spanking?

Usin the Wards When Writing and Talking


Now that you understand the meanings of the eight new words in the chapter, you are ready to use them
on paper and in speaking. Complete each sentence below in a way that shows you really know what
each boldfaced word means. Take a few minutes to think about your answer before writing it down
and saying it out loud.

I. When people feel sad or depressed, friends can assist them by

2. When a waiter or waitress is competent, I

3. One way to make enemies is to

4. To see if my home needs cleaning, I examine

5. One flaw about myself that I would like to change is

6. A positive person is one who

7. Grocery stores often give shoppers samples of

8. On a recent weekend, I had a strong urge to

Scores Adding One Word to an Item % Showing You Understand the Words
Adding Two Words to an Item % Adding Words to a Reading

Number right: 8 = 100%, 7 = 88%, 6 = 75%, 5 = 63%, 4 = 50%, 3 = 38%, 2 = 25%, I = 13%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

51q
Review Activities
On the next ten pages are activities to help you review the words you learned in Unit Five. You may
do these activities in any order.

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #1

Completing a Crossword Puzzle #2

Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item

Adding a Word to an Item, Parts A and B

O Finding the Same or the Opposite Meaning

Using the Words When Writing and Talking

236
Unit 5 Review Activities 237

Completin a Crossword Puzzle #1


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Five. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

admire
2 3 4
attempt
bold
comment
condition
5 6 7
courteous
develop
8 duty
9 examine
exhaust
10
expect
11
explore
12 13 hopeless
14 injury
17 18
major
15 16
permanent
19 20
pretend
recognize
21 seldom
solution
succeed
22
sufficient
urge
23 24 value

ACROSS 21. To think something will 7. To try hard to do some-


probably happen thing; to make an effort
3. The worth of something
22. Polite; having good 9. Not afraid
in money or importance
manners 11. To grow little by little; to
5. Not often
23. Something that someone become
6. To look at carefully
has to do 13. A sudden desire to do
8. To act in a false way in
order to fool someone; to 24. The state or shape that something
something or someone is in 14. Lasting a long time
make believe
15. A statement that shows
10. Important; large
DOWN what a person thinks or
12. Enough; as much as is
needed 1. To do well at something feels
2. To travel around a new, 17. Harm, often to the body
16. To know someone or some-
unknown place to see what 18. An answer to a problem
thing from an earlier time
19. Believing that things will it is like 20. To cause someone to
turn out badly 4. To think highly of someone become very tired

521
238 Unit 5 Review Activities

Comp lean a Crossword Puzzle #2


The box at the right lists twenty-four words from Unit Five. Using the meanings at the bottom of the
page, fill in these words to complete the puzzle that follows.

achieve
2
advance
3 4 appear
5 6 assist
attract
common
7 8
competent
9 10
conceal
consider
11
delicate
enemy
12
enormous
13
flaw
14 15 grasp
16
imitate
insist
17
interrupt
18
irritate
mention
19 positive
praise
request
20
sample
21
surround

AC OSS 18. To bother or annoy 7. To reach a goal, often after


3. To think carefully about someone hard work or difficulty
something 19. Cheerful; sure of oneself 10. To hide someone or some-
5. A problem or fault that 20. To stop something for a thing; to keep out of view
keeps something from time 12. To seem
being perfect 21. Easily broken 13. Happening or seen often;
7. To cause something or widespread; usual
someone to come near DOWN 15. To help
8. To be on all sides of 1. Very large; huge 16. Something that someone is
someone or something 2. To say good words about asked to do
9. To move forward or ahead someone or something 17. A small part of something
11. Someone whom one hates 4. To copy how someone else that shows what the whole
and wishes to harm behaves is like
13. Being good at something 6. To speak briefly about 18. To say something very
14. To grab something and someone or something strongly
hold it tightly 522
Unit 5 Review Activities 239

Choosing the II; est Word t® Compkte w Item


On the answer line at the left, write the word that best completes each item.

1. I went to the jewelry store in the mall to see if the ring I found on the
street had any ?
a. duty b. value c. comment
2. The first time Wanda ? to ice skate, she fell down and broke her
wrist.
a. mentioned b. attempted c. requested
3. What started as a small argument between two people into a
large fight with dozens of people getting hurt.
a. developed b. explored c. pretended
4. All of us ? Gina because she does so well in school.
a. admire b. interrupt c. conceal
5. My long hours at work '
me so much that all I want to do on the
weekend is sleep.
a. appear b. exhaust c. achieve
6. Tanya's little sister ? the new book tightly with both hands and
said, "I love stories."
a. insisted b. grasped c. achieved
7. Ben did not ask for help, but when we saw how much work he had to
do, we chose to him. '
a. examine b. imitate c. assist
8. Although the old house needed a fresh coat of paint, overall it was in
pretty good
a. condition b. solution c. flaw
9. When the rain turned to ice, there were several accidents on the
turnpike.
a. positive b. major c. courteous
10. Though twenty years had passed since the two old friends had been
together, they . . ? . . each other right away at the grocery store.
a. recognized b. imitated c. exhausted
11. The rock group so many people that the streets near the concert
hall were filled with cars.
a. attracted b. considered c. examined
12. I looked for a job for weeks but had no luck. In the beginning, I felt
7 but then then my mood improved.
,

a. hopeless b. bold c. enormous

(Continues on next page)

523
240 Unit 5 Review Activities

13. Joseph 9 several neighborhoods before deciding where he wanted


to live.
a. developed b. achieved c. explored
14. At first, I didn't have the 7 to eat anything. But then I smelled the
chocolate chip cookies baking in the oven, and I wanted to eat every
single one of them.
a. urge b. solution c. duty
15. You need to 7 other people's feelings or you may say something
that hurts someone badly.
a. interrupt b. attempt c. consider
16. My grandparents have never needed or asked for help. But they did
make one 7 the other day. They asked if I could help them clean
their basement.
a. flaw b. injury c. request
17. Last winter, the flu was so 9 that several schools and businesses
closed their doors because so many people were sick.
a. seldom b. common c. delicate
18. Even a tiny 7 in the wing of an airplane can cause the plane to
crash.
a. flaw b. sample c. comment
19. After listening to Sheila's 7 about hOw bad the new movie was, I
changed my mind and decided to see something else.
a. solution b. condition c. comment
20. Greg 9 Janetta to say "no" when he asked her out on a date. He
was happily surprised when she said "yes."
a. expected b. imitated c. recognized
21. We were planning a surprise birthday party for Troy on Saturday night.
All that day, we . ? . that we did not know it was his birthday.
.

a. requested b. achieved c. pretended


22. Malik's sleep was 7 by the loud sound of hail smashing against his
bedroom window.
a. interrupted b. concealed c. assisted
23. In just a few hours, the 9 blizzard brought more than two feet of
snow to the city.
a. permanent b. delicate c. enormous
24. It wasn't until the party was almost over that Carlos 7 that he was
moving to another state.
a. attempted b. mentioned c. examined

Score Choosing the Best Word to Complete an Item


Number right: 24 = 100%, 23 = 96%, 22 = 92%, 21 = 88%, 20 = 83%; 19 = 79%, 18 = 75%, 17 = 71%; 16 = 67%, 15 = 63%. 14 = 58%, 13 = 54%,
12=50%, 11 =46 %, 10= 42%, 9 -38%, 8=33%,7=29%,6 =25%,5 - 21%,4=17%,3=13%, 2=8%,1 =4%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performan6c@r4n the inside back cover of the book.
Unit 5 Review Activities 241

Adding a Word to an Item


PART A
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. achieved d. competent g. enemies j. permanent


b. advancing e. courteous h. injury k. praised
c. appears f. duties i. irritated I. sufficient

1. The slow service and poor food 7 Mr. and Mrs. Shahad so much
that they complained to the restaurant manager.

2. Because Lonnie is such a 9 student, his teacher asked him if he


would like to tutor several younger children.

3. It took a lot of practice, but Andrea finally . . ? . . her goal. She beat her
older brother at a game of basketball.

4. By saving her money for several months, Julia had cash to buy
the leather jacket she wanted.

5. Although Rodney and Samuel were in grade school, they are


best friends today.

6. In this light, my new jacket . ? . . to be gray, but it is really blue.


.

7. The police were surprised that the Sung family walked away without a
single 9 from the three-car accident.

8. At a picnic, you have to eat quickly if you want to beat the army of ants
that is 7 toward your food.

9. Children behave better when they are 7 and not yelled at and
scolded all the time.

10. Even when customers are rude, Keisha tries hard to be 7 and
friendly.

11. Sara and Peter know their relationship is . 7 and will last forever.

12. Phil likes working at the movie theater, but he strongly dislikes one of
his 7 picking up the trash that others leave behind.

(Continues on next page)

525
242 Unit 5 Review Activities

PART B
Complete each item below by writing one word from the box on the answer line at the left. Use each
word once.

a. bold d. examined g. positive j. solution


b. concealed e. imitates h. sample k. succeeded
c. delicate f. insisted i. seldom I. surround

13. Jim gets such a nice, 7 feeling from cooking for others that he has
decided to work several hours a week in a soup kitchen for the homeless.

14. We didn't plan to eat dinner at my grandparents' house, but my


grandmother . . ? . . that we stay.

15. With two jobs and two night classes, Chen has time to relax.

16. Tamika was the only one in class who found the 9 to the math
problem.

17. After they 9 the scene of the crime, the police were able to figure
out how many people had robbed our apartment.

18. My sister 9 the mess in her room by hiding it under her bed.

19. Although he was nervous about passing the test, Harry 9 in getting
his driver's license on the first try.

20. Brightly colored flowers and a pretty white fence 9 the home of
my dreams.

21. John tried a 9 of Sandra's peanut butter pound cake. He liked it so


much that he ate two big slices and took another slice home to enjoy
later.

22. A butterfly's wings are so 9 that they tear very easily.

23. My little sister often teases me when I am angry. She repeats every
word I say and 9 the way I act.

24. Some people thought Mario's plan to chase the bear away from the tent
was brave and 9 , but I thought it was stupid.

Scores Part A (Adding a Word) Part B (Adding a Word)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 =
8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary, performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

rt
. 21-;
Unit 5 Review Activities 243

Finding the Same ®r the Opposite Meaning


PART A
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that has the same meaning as the boldfaced word.

1. If storm clouds are advancing, they are


a. moving forward. b. breaking up.
c. moving away.

2. Your coworkers appear to be happy when they learn you got a raise. They
a. are very unhappy with the news. b. seem pleased with the news.
c. do not believe the news.

3. If the smell of your dinner attracts your cats, the smell


a. makes them come near you. b. makes them run away from you.
c. makes them sleepy.

4. If you conceal a secret from your friends, you


a. tell them the secret. b. keep the secret hidden and don't tell it.
c. hear them tell you the secret.

5. When you examine a menu in a restaurant, you


a. wave it in the air, as if to get rid of a fly. b. pay no attention to it.
c. look at it carefully to see what you want to order.

6. If a day at work exhausts you, it


a. makes you feel very tired. b. gives you energy.
c. disappoints you.

7. If you get an injury while you are on vacation, you have gotten
a. a present for someone. b. a lot of rest.
c. some sort of harm to the body.

8. If the phone interrupts you while you are studying, it


a. rings once and then is quiet. b. is quiet and lets you work.
c. stops you from doing your work for a while.

9. If you get a permanent stain on your shirt, the stain will


a. wash away easily. b. stay there forever.
c. wash away over a period of time.

10. If you recognize several classmates from fifth grade, that means that you
a. like them. b. remember them from your school days.
c. forget who they are.

11. Someone who has a sample of a new kind of ice cream


a. has a taste of the ice cream. b. dislikes the ice cream.
c. has a big box of the ice cream.

527 (Continues on next page)


244 Unit 5 Review Activities

12. A person who seldom makes a mistake


a. makes mistakes all the time. b. hardly ever makes a mistake.
c. never makes a mistake.

PART B
In the space at the left, write the letter of the choice that is the opposite of the boldfaced word.

13. The opposite of admire is


a. be sure of b. talk about c. think badly of
14. The opposite of bold is
a. angry b. silly c. scared
15. The opposite of delicate is
a. old b. new c. strong
16. The opposite of enemy is
a. student b. friend c. stranger
17. The opposite of enormous is
a. pretty b. warm c. small
18. The opposite of grasp is
a. let go b. smile c. shake
19. The opposite of hopeless is
a. feeling sad b. looking forward to something c. wanting to be honest
20. The opposite of irritate is
a. make happy b. forget c. ask
21. The opposite of positive is
a. excited b. sad c. straight
22. The opposite of succeed is
a. fail b. act c. win
23. The opposite of sufficient is
a. not enough b. not boring c. not expensive

24. The opposite of solution is


a. thought b. problem c. warning

Scores Part A (Same Meanings) Part B (Opposite Meanings)


Number right in each part: 12 = 100%, 11 = 92%, 10 = 83%, 9 = 75%, 8 = 67%; 7 = 58%, 6 = 50%, 5 = 42%; 4 = 33%, 3 = 25%. 2 = 17%, 1 = 8%
Enter your scores above and in the vocabulary performance chart on the inside back cover of the book.

.528
Unit 5 Review Activities 245

Using the Wards When Writing and Ta


The items below will help you use many of the words in this unit on paper and in conversation. Feel free
to use any tense of a boldfaced verb and to make a boldfaced noun plural. (See pages 249-251 and
252.)

1. Using the word achieve, write or talk about a goal that you hope to reach some day. You might
want to get a better job, learn a new language, or have a nicer apartment.
2. Using the word assist, write or talk about a time that you helped someone. Perhaps you baby-sat
for neighbors so they could go job hunting, shoveled the snow on an elderly neighbor's sidewalk,
or listened to a friend who needed to talk.
3. Using the word attempt, write or talk about the first time you tried to do something you knew
would be difficult. Maybe you tried to ski, fix a broken bicycle, or speak in front of a large group.
4. Using the word comment, write or talk about a time when you said something that showed how
you felt about someone or something. You may have said something like "You are so friendly. It's
not surprising everyone likes you" or "I dislike the new restaurant in my neighborhood."
5. Using the word common, write or talk about something that young people often do nowadays. It
might be going to the mall, listening to loud music, or saving money to buy good-looking clothes.
6. Using the word competent, write or talk about something that you do well. Maybe you are good
at playing cards, cooking quick but good meals, or doing household repairs.
7. Using the word condition, write or talk about an elderly person that you know, and describe the
shape the person is in. Is the person strong and active or fairly weak? Does he or she hear and see
well or have difficulty hearing and seeing?
8. Using the word consider, write or talk about a decision you made after a lot of careful thought. It
might have been a decision to leave a job, move to another town, or buy a new car.
9. Using the word courteous, write or talk about a time you were surprised by someone's good
manners. Maybe a store clerk was helpful when you returned a shirt that had faded in the wash, or
perhaps a driver slowed down so you could get onto a busy highway.
10. Using the word develop, write or talk about something that has grown and changed over the years.
It could be a street, city, or school. It could even be a person.
11. Using the word duty, write or talk about something that everyone knows is your job at work or at
home. Perhaps it is your job to do laundry at home or to repair machines at work.
12. Using the word expect, write or talk about a time when you thought something would happen a
certain way, but it turned out very differently. You might describe a date you went on, a meeting
you attended, or a movie you watched.
13. Using the word explore, write or talk about visiting someplace new. You might describe a
vacation you took, a new neighborhood that you walked around in, or a shopping mall you visited.

14. Using the word flaw, write or talk about someone you like, even though there is something about
the person you don't like. Perhaps the person has a bad temper, is always late, or spends money
wildly.
529 (Continues on next page)
246 Unit 5 Review Activities

15. Using the word imitate, write or talk about the time that you saw children trying to act older than
they really were. Maybe the children copied their parents or an older brother or sister.
16. Using the word insist, write or talk about a time you said something in a strong, firm way. Maybe
you told your boss you had to have a raise, or perhaps you told your children they had to clean
their rooms.

17. Using the word major, write or talk about a big change in your life. You might describe getting
married, losing someone close to you, or returning to school.
18. Using the word mention, write or talk about a time a person told you something you didn't know.
You might have learned that a neighbor was moving, a relative was getting divorced, or a friend
was taking a new job.

19. Using the word praise, write or talk about how you felt when someone said nice things to you
about the way you did something. Perhaps a teacher liked a paper you wrote, a boss said you had
done a difficult job well, or friends told you how much they enjoyed your home-cooked meal.
20. Using the word pretend, write or talk about a time when you acted one way but really felt another
way. Maybe you acted as though you liked an ugly present that someone gave you. Or perhaps
you acted as though you were not upset when you really were.
21. Using the word request, write or talk about something that you plan to ask someone to do for you.
You might want to ask a friend to baby-sit, ask a teacher for help with a problem, or ask neighbors
to keep their cat out of your yard.
22. Using the word surround, write or talk about a place that has a fence around it. You might
describe a back yard, a playing field, or a city park.
23. Using the word urge, write or talk about a time that you had a sudden wish to do something.
Maybe it was something small (like eating a candy bar) or something big (like moving across the
country).

24. Using the word value, write or talk about something of yours that means a lot to you, even though
it is not worth a lot of money. It might be a photograph, a home-made birthday card from someone
special, or a toy from your childhood.
For .3zirco; Ilegp
VFormagno) erb Terreo

This chart offers guidelines only for the verbs in this book. Check with your teacher for help forming
the tenses of irregular verbs (for example, verbs like go or see).

Verbs Ending with a Consonant


Present Tense Past Tenses: Add -ed Progressive Tenses: Add -ing

I am asking
You You
ask He, she, it is asking
We He, she, it asked
They J We You

He, she, it asks


They We
They J are asking

I
You I
have asked was asking
We He, she,i t
They
You
He, she, it has asked We were asking
They

I
You I

He, she, it had asked You


We He, she, it will be asking
They We
They

I
You
have been asking
We
They
He, she, it has been asking

I
You
He, she, it had been asking
We
They

249
532
250 Forming Verb Tenses

Verbs Having -e at the End


Progressive Tenses:
Present Tense Past Tenses: Add -d Drop final e and add -ing

You 1decide I
You 1decided
I am deciding

We He, she, it He, she, it is deciding


They We
They _I
You
We
7are deciding
He, she, it decides
They _I
I
You 1 I

We have decided was deciding


He, she, iti
They
He, she, it has decided
You
We
T
were deciding
They

I
You 1had decided I
He, she, it 1
j
You
We He, she, it will be deciding
They We
They

I
You
We
have been deciding
They
He, she, it has been deciding

You
He, she, it had been deciding
We
They j

533
Forming Verb Tenses 251

Verbs Having -y at the End


Present Tense:
In third-person singular, Past Tenses: Progressive Tenses:
drop final y and add -ies Drop final y and add -ed Add -ing

I I I am trying
You You
try He, she, it is trying
We He, she, it tried
They J We 7are trying
He, she, it tries
They J We
They J
I
You 7have tried I
was trying
We He, she, i t
They
You
He, she, it has tried We were trying
They

I
You I
He, she, it had tried You 1
We
They j He, she, it will be trying
We
They

I
You 7have been trying
We
They
He, she, it has been trying

I
You
He, she, it had been trying
We
They j
Note: When a verb ends with a consonant (for example, the verb plan), you often double the final
consonant when forming the past (planned) and progressive (planning) tenses. In both cases, the final
n has been doubled before adding the tense ending. But this rule doesn't hold true for all verbs ending
with a consonant. If you are not sure when to double the final consonant, check with your teacher or a
dictionary.

534
owso Pllusrog
NM-all-eine).

Singular (sing-gyuh-lur) nouns name one person, place, or thing. Plural (ploor-uhl) nouns name two
or more persons, places, or things. Most nouns can be made plural by adding -s.

Most Plluralls: Add -s

Singular Plural Singular Plural


hat hats student students
teacher teachers cheese cheeses

Some nouns form their plurals in other ways. A few of these are shown below. If you are not sure how
to make a certain noun plural, check in a dictionary or ask your teacher.

Other Plluralls

Nouns Ending in Consonant and -y: Nouns Ending in -ch, -sh, -ss, or -x:
Change y to i and add -es Add -es
Singular Plural Singular Plural
cry cries church churches
party parties dish dishes
sky skies class classes
story stories box boxes

Some Nouns Ending in -f or -fe: Some Nouns That Change Their Spelling
Change/ or fe to v and add -es
Singular Plural Singular Plural
leaf leaves man men
knife knives woman women
life lives child children
wife wives mouse mice

252
Lgmgz-ed Amower Key

Important Note: This answer key has the answers for the "Adding One Word to an Item" activity that
is in each chapter. You should not look at these answers until you have tried your best to pick the word
that should go in each sentence of this activity.
If you use the answer key correctly, it will help you learn and remember the words in the chapter.
It will also help you get ready for the other activities and tests, for which the answers are not given. To
make this key easier to use, the titles of each chapter's readings are written after the chapter number.

Chapter 1 (The Nose Knows; Chapter 4 (An Upsetting Dream;


Barbie: A Bad Example?) A King's Mistake)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. agreement 5. flexible 1. accused 5. inspires
2. cancel 6. odor 2. precious 6. public
3. curious 7. fact 3. embarrassed 7. unusual
4. prepare 8. suggests 4. pleasant 8. claims

Chapter 2 (Feeling Blue; Chapter 5 (Be Proud of Your Age!;


A Late Love Letter) Making Anger Work for You)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. tension 5. original 1. logical 5. emphasize
2. produced 6. identify 2. benefited 6. vacant
3. daily 7. negative 3. rivals 7. tempted
4. experience 8. entertained 4. delayed 8. satisfy

Chapter 3 (Ads That Lie; Chapter 6 (How Not to Treat Customers;


Horrible Hiccups!) Stuck in the Middle)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. minor 5. talent 1. fortunate 5. opposes
2. event 6. volunteers 2. motivated 6. definite
3. conclusion 7. humble 3. suspect 7. refers
4. attack 8. protects 4. leisure 8. specific

253
536
254 Limited Answer Key

Chapter 7 (The Joy of lice Cream; Chapter 11 (Taking Risks;


A Noisy Apartment) Bad Manners Hurt Everyone)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. devour 5. discovered 1. furious 5. tradition
2. distressed 6. aware 2. reversed 6. observes
3. modern 7. constant 3. careless 7. resist
4. occasion 8. popular 4. capable 8. opportunity

Chapter 8 (Nuts in the Senate; Chapter 12 (Two Different Sisters;


Calling Dr. Leech) How "Honest Abe" Earned His Name)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. gratitude 5. failure 1. comfortable 5. respect
2. ability 6. introduce 2. persists 6. insulting
3. glanced 7. labor 3. allow 7. sensitive
4. damage 8. create 4. distracted 8. wondered

Chapter 9 (TV and Violence; Chapter 13 (Ready to Do Well;


Are You Ready for a Pet?) Advertising for a Date)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. intended 5. excuse 1. confident 5. effort
2. helpless 6. normal 2. locate 6. donate
3. avoided 7. includes 3. purpose 7. amazed
4. sociable 8. struggle 4. uncertain 8. sincere

Chapter 10 (Help for Shy People; Chapter 14 (The Good and Bad Sides of Malls;
Not a Laughing Matter) As Good As lit Looks?)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. previous 5. numerous 1. guarantee 5. resolves
2. damp 6. ignored 2. opinion 6. dismissed
3. loyal 7. require 3. disgusts 7. ideal
4. approached 8. timid 4. inspected 8. prevent

537
Limited Answer Key 255
Chapter 15 (A Belief in Flying; Chapter 19 (A Young Librarian;
She Tries Before She Buys) No More Harm)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. defects 5. provide 1. collapsed 5. defend
2. cautious 6. impossible 2. relieved 6. victims
3. advice 7. defeated 3. similar 7. grief
4. necessary 8. permits 4. alarmed 8. modest

Chapter 16 (Play Now, Pay Later; Chapter 20 (Is He Man or Machine?;


A Man of Many Faces) Struck by Lightning)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. regretted 5. expert 1. confusion 5. refuses
2. personal 6. arranged 2. distant 6. survive
3. hollow 7. continue 3. emerged 7. decreases
4. panic 8. supposed 4. realizes 8. incidents

Chapter 17 (Soaps Are for Me!; Chapter 21 (Whose Fault Is It?;


Keeping the Customer Happy) Forests Full of Life)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. contributed 5. encouraged 1. revealed 5. persuade
2. portions 6. admits 2. tremendous 6. quarrels
3. available 7. dull 3. reaction 7. separates
4. experimented 8. intimate 4. stubborn 8. excess

Chapter 18 (A Fake "Cure"; Chapter 22 (An Animal in Danger;


The Jobs Everyone Hates) The Simple Life of the Amish)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. gradual 5. effective 1. disaster 5. progress
2. competes 6. envies 2. generous 6. predict
3. involved 7. intense 3. increased 7. scarce
4. depend 8. contains 4. tolerate 8. fascinates

538 255
256 Limited Answer Key

Chapter 23 (Taking a Break with TV; Chapter 27 (The Truth About Drinking;
Working and Living Together) A Life Out of Balance)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. occupy 5. weary 1. condition 5. achieved
2. detail 6. humor 2. injury 6. value
3. performed 7. selected 3. duty 7. major
4. glared 8. notice 4. seldom 8. exhausted

Chapter 24 (The Horror of Hate; Chapter 28 (Animals Were First;


Taking Time for Thanks) Call Waiting-Oh, No!)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. familiar 5. embraced 1. delicate 5. interrupted
2. support 6. isolates 2. considered 6. praised
3. imagine 7. condemn 3. request 7. advanced
4. united 8. expressed 4. grasped 8. succeeding

Chapter 25 (A Surprising Change; Chapter 29 (A Cab Driver for Now;


Just for Fun) Thoughts at the Mall)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. pretended 5.. developed 1. recognizes 5. permanent
2. bold 6. expected 2. imitate 6. sufficient
3. solution 7. comments 3. courteous 7. attempts
4. admire 8. insisted 4. explored 8. hopeless

Chapter 26 (Little Lies; Chapter 30 (The Birth of the American


Rudeness at the Movies) Red Cross; To Spank or Not to Spank?)
Adding One Word to an Item Adding One Word to an Item
1. enormous 5. conceal 1. urge 5. positive
2. appeared 6. common 2. assisted 6. examined
3. attract 7. irritate 3. flaws 7. samples
4. mentioned 8. surrounded 4. enemies 8. competent

539
Word Lgoe

ability, 62 condemn, 182 effective, 134


accuse, 26 condition, 212 effort, 104
achieve, 212 confident, 104 embarrassed, 26
admire, 200 confusion, 158 embrace, 182
admit, 128 consider, 218 emerge, 158
advance, 218 constant, 56 emphasize, 32
advice, 116 contain, 134 encourage, 128
agreement, 8 continue, 122 enemy, 230
alarm, 152 contribute, 128 enormous, 206
allow, 86 courteous, 224 entertain, 14
amazed, 104 create, 62 envy, 134
appear, 206 curious, 8 event, 20
approach, 74 daily, 14 examine, 230
arrange, 122 damage, 62 excess, 164
assist, 230 damp, 74 excuse, 68
attack, 20 decrease, 158 exhaust, 212
attempt, 224 defeat, 116 expect, 200
attract, 206 defect, 116 experience, 14
available, 128 defend, 152 experiment, 129
avoid, 68 definite, 38 expert, 122
aware, 56 delay, 32 explore, 224
benefit, 32 delicate, 218 express, 182
bold, 200 depend, 134 fact, 8
cancel, 8 detail, 176 failure, 62
capable, 80 develop, 200 familiar, 182
careless, 80 devour, 56 fascinate, 170
cautious, 116 disaster, 170 flaw, 230
claim, 26 discover, 56 flexible, 8
collapse, 152 disgust, 110 fortunate, 38
comfortable, 86 dismiss, 110 furious, 80
comment, 200 distant, 158 generous, 170
common, 206 distract, 86 glance, 62
compete, 134 distressed, 56 glare, 176
competent, 230 donate, 104 gradual, 135
conceal, 206 dull, 128 grasp, 218
conclusion, 20 duty, 212 gratitude, 63

540 257
258 Word List

grief, 152 numerous, 74 resolve, 111


guarantee, 110 observe, 80 respect, 87
helpless, 68 occasion, 57 reveal, 164
hollow, 122 occupy, 176 reverse, 81
hopeless, 224 odor, 9 rival, 32
humble, 20 opinion, 111 sample, 231
humor, 176 opportunity, 80 satisfy, 33
ideal, 110 oppose, 38 scarce, 171
identify, 14 original, 15 seldom, 213
ignore, 74 panic, 122 select, 177
imagine, 182 perform, 177 sensitive, 87
imitate, 224 permanent, 225 separate, 165
impossible, 116 permit, 117 similar, 153
incident, 158 persist, 86 sincere, 105
include, 68 personal, 123 sociable, 69
increase, 170 persuade, 164 solution, 201
injury, 212 pleasant, 26 specific, 39
insist, 201 popular, 57 struggle, 69
inspect, 110 portion, 129 stubborn, 165
inspire, 26 positive, 231 succeed, 219
insulting, 86 praise, 219 sufficient, 225
intend, 68 precious, 27 suggest, 9
intense, 135 predict, 170 support, 183
interrupt, 218 prepare, 9 suppose, 123
intimate, 129 pretend, 201 surround, 207
introduce, 63 prevent, 111 survive, 159
involve, 135 previous, 75 suspect, 39
irritate, 207 produce, 15 talent, 21
isolate, 183 progress, 171 tempt, 33
labor, 63 protect, 21 tension, 15
leisure, 38 provide, 117 timid, 75
locate, 104 public, 27 tolerate, 171
logical, 32 purpose, 105 tradition, 81
loyal, 74 quarrel, 164 tremendous, 165
major, 213 reaction, 164 uncertain, 105
mention, 207 realize, 159 unite, 183
minor, 20 recognize, 225 unusual, 27
modern, 57 refer, 39 urge, 231
modest, 152 refuse, 159 vacant, 33
motivated, 38 regret, 123 value, 213
necessary, 117 relieved, 153 victim, 153
negative, 14 request, 219 volunteer, 21
normal, 69 require, 75 weary, 177
notice, 176 resist, 81 wonder, 87

541
Notes

542
VOCABUL RY PERFORMANCE CHART

Chapters
Adding Adding Showing You Adding Adding Adding Showing You Adding
One Word Two Words Understand Words to One Word Two Words Understand Words to
to an Item to an Item the Words a Reading to an Item to an Item the Words a Reading

1 16

2 17

3 18

4 19

5 20

6 21

7 22

8 23

9 24

10 25

11 26

12 27

13 28

14 29

15 30

Review Activities
Choosing Adding Adding Same or Same or
the Best a Word, a Word, Opposite, Opposite,
Word Part A Part B Part A Part B

Unit One
Unit Two

Unit Three

Unit Four
Unit Five

543
VOCABULARY BASICS will help you learn 240 important
words. Here are five reasons why a good vocabulary matters:

1 Knowing a lot of words makes it easier for you to understand


others and for others to understand you.
2 A good vocabulary is the key to understanding what you read.
3 A large vocabulary can help you score higher on tests.
4 A solid vocabulary will help you do better in school and
at work.
5 A strong vocabulary will help you believe in yourself.

The facts are clear. It is important to have a strong vocabulary.


Words can make you a better reader, speaker, thinker, and learner. By
working with the chapters in this book, you will greatly add to your
vocabularyand to your life as well.

TOWNSEND PRESS
Pavilions at Greentree-408
Marlton, NJ 08053
1-800-772-6410

544
U.S. Department of Education
Office of Educational Research and Improvement (OEM)
National Library of Education (NLE)
Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC)

REPRODUCTION RELEASE
(Specific Document)

I. DOCUMENT IDENTIFICATION:
Title: -VOCA43.14 LA.4.\4 f 9C,5

ifev- 11-TICTI\.. V 0C443 u L A.A


czAck.s.1 j Jo* IV 1-A4s.i (=MI
Author(s):**, 1 -to 1-(4.1.31-3 Mc ti-h_
Corporate Source: Publication Date:

II. REPRODUCTION RELEASE:


In order to disseminate as widely as possible timely and significant materials of interest to the educational community, documents announced in the
monthly abstract journal of the ERIC system, Resources in Education (RIE), are usually made available to users in microfiche, reproduced paper copy,
and electronic media, and sold through the ERIC Document Reproduction Service (EDRS). Credit is given to the source of each document, and, if
reproduction release is granted, one of the following notices is affixed to the document.

If permission is granted to reproduce and disseminate the identified document, please CHECK ONE of the following three options and sign at the bottom
of the page.

The sample sticker shown below will be The sample sticker shown below will be The sample sticker shown below will be
affixed to all Level 1 documents affixed to ell Level 2A documents affixed to ell Level 2B documents
PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE AND
PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE AND DISSEMINATE THIS MATERIAL IN PERMISSION TO REPRODUCE AND
DISSEMINATE THIS MATERIAL HAS MICROFICHE, AND IN ELECTRONIC MEDIA DISSEMINATE THIS MATERIAL IN
BEEN GRANTED BY FOR ERIC COLLECTION SUBSCRIBERS ONLY, MICROFICHE ONLY HAS BEEN GRANTED BY
HAS BEEN GRANTED BY
\e

5,60
TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES TO THE EDUCATIONAL RESOURCES
INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC) INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC) INFORMATION CENTER (ERIC)

1 2A 2B
Level Level 2A Level 2B

12(
Check here for Level 1 release, permitting reproduction Check here for Level 2A release. permitting reproduction Check here for Level 2B release, permitting
and dissemination in microfiche or other ERIC archival and dissemination in microfiche and in electronic media reproduction and dissemination in microfiche only
media (e.g.. electronic) and paper copy. for ERIC archival collection subscribers only

Documents will be processed as Indicated provided reproduction quality permits.


If permission to reproduce is granted, but no box is checked, documents will be processed at Level 1.

I hereby grant to the Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC) nonexclusive permission to reproduce and disseminate this document
as indicated above. productien from the ERIC-microfiche or electronic media by persons other than ERIC employees and its system
contractors requires n from the . t holder. Exception is made for non-profit reproduction by libraries and other service agencies
to satisfy information rs in response to discrete inquiries.

Signature: Printed Name/Position/Title:


Sign
here, -" --...
please
Organizes° ress: 1-"D
t 03 .3;NtO1.s5 litaA-4,
NI S 6..At Telephone:
6 Og 7hrS
N
gos 3 11649
E-Mail Address: Date:
NUT m, 0_3 oqt. TAAA(5214NNLantl 1. CO ON Lt. 11+%
(over)
HI. DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY INFORMATION (FROM NON-ERIC SOURCE):
If permission to reproduce is not granted to ERIC, or, if you wish ERIC to cite the availability of the document from another source, please
provide the following information regarding the availability of the document. (ERIC will not announce a document unless it is publicly
available, and a dependable source can be specified. Contributors should also be aware that ERIC selection criteria are significantly more
stringent for documents that cannot be made available through EDRS.)

Publisher/Distributor:

Address:

Price:

IV. REFERRAL OF ERIC TO COPYRIGHT/REPRODUCTION RIGHTS HOLDER:


If the right to grant this reproduction release is held by someone other than the addressee, please provide the appropriate
name and
address:

Name:

Address:

V. WHERE TO SEND THIS FORM:

Send this form to the following ERIC Clearinghouse:

liCIE
iii 22nd STREET, H.W.
WASHINGTON, !DC 200:T'

However, if solicited by the ERIC Facility, or if making an unsolicited contribution to ERIC, return this form (and the document being
contributed) to:
ERIC Processing and Reference Facility
1100 West Street, 2nd Floor
Laurel, Maryland 20707-3598

Telephone: 301 - 497 -4080


Toll Free: 800-799-3742
FAX: 301-953-0263
e-mail: ericfac @inet.ed.gov
WWW: http://ericfac.piccard.csc.com
EFF-088 (Rev. 9/97)
PREVIOUS VERSIONS OF THIS FORM ARE OBSOLETE. \

You might also like